BHT-ALL-SPM

NOTICE
This Revision 2 updates the Front Matter as well as Chapters 2, 3, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10,
11 and 13. Due to the number of changes in Chapter 13, it has been printed
without change bars.
At Revision 2, this publication has been printed in its entirety for ease of handling.
Please replace existing publication with this Revision 2.
Bell Helicopter would also like to thank its Customers for providing us with
Customer Feedback information. This information is very much appreciated and
allows us to improve the quality of our manuals with each revision.

23 MAY 2000
REVISION 2 — 16 FEBRUARY 2007

BHT-ALL-SPM

STANDARD
PRACTICES
MANUAL
(Applicable to all Bell Helicopter Models)

NOTICE
The instructions set forth in this manual, as supplemented or modified by Alert Service Bulletins (ASB) or
other directions issued by Bell Helicopter Textron Inc. and Airworthiness Directives (AD) issued by the
applicable regulatory agencies, shall be strictly followed.

BHT-ALL-SPM

STANDARD
PRACTICES
MANUAL
(Applicable to all Bell Helicopter Models)

NOTICE
The instructions set forth in this manual, as supplemented or modified by Alert Service Bulletins (ASB) or
other directions issued by Bell Helicopter Textron Inc. and Airworthiness Directives (AD) issued by the
applicable regulatory agencies, shall be strictly followed.
COPYRIGHT NOTICE
COPYRIGHT
2007
BELL ® HELICOPTER TEXTRON INC.
AND BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON
CANADA LTD.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

REISSUE — 23 MAY 2000
REVISION 2 — 16 FEBRUARY 2007

BHT-ALL-SPM

PROPRIETARY RIGHTS NOTICE
These data are proprietary to Bell Helicopter Textron Inc. Disclosure,
reproduction, or use of these data for any purpose other than helicopter
operation or maintenance is forbidden without prior written authorization from
Bell Helicopter Textron Inc.

Additional copies of this publication may be obtained by contacting:
Commercial Publication Distribution Center
Bell Helicopter Textron Inc.
P. O. Box 482
Fort Worth, Texas 76101-0482
PN

Rev. 2

16 FEB 2007

WARNING
THIS MANUAL APPLIES ONLY TO HELICOPTERS AND COMPONENTS
MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON
(BELL) APPROVED PROCEDURES USING BELL APPROVED PARTS.
ALL INSPECTION, REPAIR AND OVERHAUL PROCEDURES PUBLISHED
BY BELL, INCLUDING PART RETIREMENT LIFE, ARE BASED SOLELY ON
THE USE OF BELL PARTS THAT HAVE BEEN MAINTAINED USING BELL
APPROVED DATA. THE DATA PUBLISHED HEREIN OR OTHERWISE
SUPPLIED BY BELL IS NOT APPLICABLE TO NON-BELL PARTS OR
PARTS THAT HAVE BEEN REPAIRED USING DATA AND/OR PROCESSES
NOT APPROVED BY BELL.
BELL IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY PART OTHER THAN THOSE THAT
IT HAS APPROVED.
BEFORE PERFORMING ANY PROCEDURE CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL
YOU MUST INSPECT THE AFFECTED PARTS AND RECORDS FOR
EVIDENCE OF ANY MANUFACTURE, REPAIR, REWORK OR USE OF A
PROCESS NOT APPROVED BY BELL.
IF YOU IDENTIFY OR SUSPECT THE USE OF PARTS NOT AUTHORIZED
BY BELL, EITHER REMOVE THE AFFECTED ITEM FROM THE AIRCRAFT
OR OBTAIN INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTINUED AIRWORTHINESS FROM
THE MANUFACTURER OR THE ORGANIZATION THAT APPROVED THE
REPAIR.

......................... 0 Chapter 3 1 – 2 ............................ A revised page with only a vertical line next to the page number indicates that text has shifted or that non-technical correction(s) were made on that page................. the text and/or illustration affected by the latest revision is shown by a vertical line........... 2 15 – 20...... Cover ...............2 Title ................................................................. 2 51/52.....................1 12A/12B................... 0 11/12.............2 3 – 10 ...................................................................................................................................2 3 – 8 ............................................................................... 03 FEB 95 Reissue ..................................2 109/110 .. 0..............2 59 – 108 ............2 A /B .........2 137/138 ...........................2 i/ii............................................2 29/30 ..............................................................................................20 AUG 99 Reissue ....................................2 16 FEB 2007 Rev..........2 5 – 56 ....................2 111 – 118............................10 OCT 96 Reissue ..............................2 Chapter 5 1/2...........................2 Warranty..................BHT-ALL-SPM LOG OF REVISIONS Insert latest revision pages and dispose of superseded ones...................................... 0......................2 Chapter 12 1/2 . Page No......................... Deleted Chapter 13 1/2 ..........23 MAY 00 Revision .............................2 PN .............1 3/4 .............2 Chapter 4 1/2................................. 0 ........................ 0 Chapter 10 1 – 22 ........................... 2 A/B ..........1 Index 5/Index 6 ............................................. 2 Chapter 8 1 – 50........0 11 – 12 ........2 Help........30 JUN 04 Revision ................ 2 7/8.............................16 FEB 07 LOG OF PAGES Page No..............................................................................................................1 3/4 ...... 0 3 – 30..............................2 ................. Rev No.................................................1 Chapter 6 1 – 22......................................... 0 3 – 10...........................2 Customer Feedback..08 SEP 92 Reissue...2 Chapter 1 1/2 .... 2 Chapter 11 1/2 ..1 Index 1 – Index 4 ............................ Original ............. 0 ........ 0. 2 Chapter 2 1 – 28 .......................... 2 23/24............................................................ Rev No......................................2 57/58 ............................2 3/4 . 0 ...... 01 MAR 90 Reissue........................ On a revised page..................................................... Page No...................................2 Warning..................................................1 ...................................... Deleted 5 – 68 ........................................................2 Chapter 7 1/2.............2 Helicopter Sale Notice .............................. Rev No................... 2 3 – 6........................................................... 0 Chapter 9 1 – 136 ..................................................... 2 13 – 14.

.

You may use the enclosed Customer Feedback form.H ELP E VALUATE L OGISTICS P UBLICATIONS Have you found something wrong with this manual — an error. Your assistance is sincerely appreciated.? Although we strive for accuracy and clarity. an inconsistency. we may make errors on occasion. we would appreciate your telling us about it so that we can change whatever is incorrect or unclear. to inform us where we have erred. If we do and you discover it. as applicable. Your complaint or suggestion will be acknowledged and we will tell you what we intend to do. unclear instructions. Please be as specific as possible. . etc.

.

CUSTOMER FEEDBACK RETURN VIA FAX TO PRODUCT SUPPORT ENGINEERING (450) 433-0272 Manual Title: ___________________________________________________________ Manual Number (if assigned): _____________________________________________ Date of Issue: ___________________________________________________________ Date of Last Revision: ___________________________________________________ Section.: _______________________ Reference No. Chapter.) . tape and mail. fold in thirds with address exposed. (your initials and date): _____________________________________ (If you choose to mail this form.: _______________________ Company: _______________________________ Fax No. Paragraph Affected: ______________________________________ Your Feedback: ________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ Now Reads: ____________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ Should Read: ___________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ Your Name: _____________________________________________________________ Address: _______________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ Position: __________________________ Telephone No.

800 rue de l’Avenir Mirabel Québec.TAPE HERE From POSTAGE NECESSARY PRODUCT SUPPORT ENGINEERING 12. Canada. J7J 1R4 FOLD ON DOTTED LINES AND TAPE TAPE HERE .

Model of Helicopter Sold or Purchased ____________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ Bell Serial Number ____________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ Registration Number __________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ Company or Individual who purchased Helicopter____________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ Address ____________________________________________________________________ City________________________________________________________________________ State_______________________________________________________________________ Zip Code ___________________________________________________________________ Country ____________________________________________________________________ FAX No. Attention: CPDC) to Bell Helicopter Textron. This will ensure that the New Owners receive updates to their Bell Helicopter Technical Manuals and Bulletins.IMPORTANT HELICOPTER SALE NOTICE Please complete this Form and return by Mail or FAX (817-280-3224. ___________________________ Telephone No. ___________________________ .

1744 FORT WORTH. TEXAS 76101-0482 FOLD ON DOTTED LINES AND TAPE TAPE HERE . TEXAS COMMERCIAL PUBLICATION DISTRIBUTION CENTER P.TAPE HERE From NO POSTAGE NECESSARY IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES BUSINESS REPLY MAIL FIRST CLASS PERMIT NO. BOX 482 FORT WORTH.O.

and this warranty shall be void to the extent that such repairs and alterations. whichever occurs first and reimbursement of reasonable freight charges. negligence or strict product liability. and avionics. radios. Warranty adjustment is contingent upon the Purchaser complying with the Seller's Warranty Administration disposition instructions for defective parts. January 1. THIS WARRANTY IS GIVEN AND ACCEPTED IN PLACE OF (i) ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS. or which has been installed in any aircraft which has been destroyed unless that helicopter has been rebuilt by Bell. negligence and strict tort (delictual) liability. except Seller assigns each manufacturer's warranty to Purchaser to the extent such manufacturer's warranty exists and is assignable. whether as a result of a breach of contract or warranty. or which has been subject to misuse. INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND (ii) ANY OBLIGATION.000 hours. whichever is the lesser). Seller makes no warranty and disclaims all liability in contract or in tort (delict). and costs or expenses for commercial losses or lost profits due to loss of use or grounding of helicopters or otherwise. batteries. changes in retirement lives and overhaul periods. The Purchaser's sole remedy for a breach of this warranty or any defect in a part is the repair or replacement of helicopter parts and reimbursement of reasonable freight charges as provided herein. is authorized by Seller to assume for it any other liability in connection with the sale of its helicopters and parts. Failure to comply with all of the terms of this paragraph may. This warranty is the only warranty made by Seller. without limitation. engine accessories. RIGHT. for incidental or consequential damages. Seller's sole obligation under this warranty is limited to replacement or repair of parts which are determined to Seller's reasonable satisfaction to have been defective within 1. in Seller's sole judgment. or damage genuine Bell or Bell-approved parts. No person. NEGLIGENCE. 1996 . CLAIM OR REMEDY IN CONTRACT OR IN TORT (DELICT). safety or reliability of the helicopter or any part thereof. void this warranty. corporation. including without limitation. negligence or accident. A list of destroyed aircraft is obtainable from Bell Product Support. to affect its stability. affect the stability. safety or reliability. INCLUDING PRODUCT LIABILITIES BASED UPON STRICT LIABILITY. Defective parts must be reported in writing to the Seller's Warranty Administration within 90 days of being found defective. EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. OR IMPLIED WARRANTY IN LAW. including Bell Customer Service Facilities. with respect to work performed by third parties at Purchaser's request and with respect to engines. After 200 hours of use. This warranty shall not apply to any helicopter part which has been repaired or altered outside Seller's factory in any way so as. LIABILITY.000 hours of operation or one (1) year after installation. costs and expenses resulting from required changes or modifications to helicopter components and assemblies. Repairs and alterations which use or incorporate parts and components other than genuine Bell parts or parts approved by Bell for direct acquisition from sources other than Bell itself are not warranted by Bell. or organization. including. at Seller's sole option. Seller excludes liability. in Seller's judgment. damage to the helicopter or other property. local customs fees and taxes.WARRANTY Spare Parts WARRANTY AND REMEDY: Seller warrants each new helicopter part or helicopter part reconditioned by seller to be free from defect in material and workmanship under normal use and service. there will be a prorated charge to the Purchaser for replacement parts (prorating the hours of total use against the then applicable part life or 2.

.

............. Recommended Installation Torque for Threaded Studs ....................................................................................................................... Deleted ................................. Standard Torque for Steel and CRES Nuts on <125 KSI Minimum Ultimate Tensile Fasteners ............ Standard Torque for Specified Nuts on 180 KSI Minimum Ultimate Tensile Fasteners ................................................................ 2 9 10 12 14 16 18 19 20 22 2-00-00 Page 1 ................................................................................................................... Deleted ........................................................................................................ 2-00-00 2-00-00 2-00-00 2-00-00 2-00-00 3 3 5 5 5 2-00-00 2-00-00 2-00-00 2-00-00 2-00-00 5 5 6 6 8 FIGURES Figure Number 2-1 2-2 2-3 Page Number Title Torque Wrench Concentric Type Attachments ........................... Torque Wrench Nonconcentric Type Attachments .......................................................................................... Affect of Applied Force to Rigid Frame and Audible Indicating Torque Wrenches Using Nonconcentric Attachments........................................................................................... Recommended Grip Length Control Requirements for Threaded Fasteners ........................................ 27 28 29 TABLES Table Number 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-6 2-7 2-8 2-9 Page Number Title Standard Torque for MS17825 and MS17826 Nuts on 125 KSI Minimum Ultimate Tensile Fasteners ..................................... Standard Torque for Specified Nuts on 160 KSI Minimum Ultimate Tensile Fasteners .............................................. Miscellaneous Torquing Information.................................. Standard Torque for Specified Nuts on 220 KSI Minimum Ultimate Tensile Fasteners ................................................................................. Standard Torque — Use of.................... 16 FEB 2007 Rev.... Bolts and Screws Grip Length ................................................................................................................BHT-ALL-SPM CHAPTER 2 — TORQUE TABLE OF CONTENTS Paragraph Number Chapter/Section Number Title Page Number TORQUE 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-6 2-7 2-8 2-9 2-10 Torque Values...................................................................... Recommended Installation Torque for Flared Fitting Nuts ................................................................. Selection and Use of Torque Wrench........................ Plain Washer Substitution Requirements .................................................................................... Standard Torque for Specified Nuts on 125 KSI Minimum Ultimate Tensile Fasteners ............................................................. Standard Torque for Non-Structural Small Diameter Fasteners ................................. Self-locking Nuts...........................

............. Recommended Installation Torque for Dynamic Beam Seal Nuts...................... 2 16 FEB 2007 Page Number 23 25 26 .. Recommended Pin and Nut Torque Values ............BHT-ALL-SPM TABLES (CONT) Table Number 2-10 2-11 2-12 2-00-00 Page 2 Title Recommended Installation Torque for Flareless Fitting Nuts .... Rev.......................................................

but may be measured by approaching the value with a “click” style torque wrench. stress. Torque required to overcome resistance of self-locking nuts against mating bolt. Tare torque must be measured using the same fastener combination that the torque will be applied to. The preferred method for measuring Tare Torque is to use a dial (indicator) type torque wrench. they take preference over Standard Torque values given in Table 2-1 through Table 2-7. Specified Torque requires the addition of Tare Torque. Recommended Installation Torque for Flareless Fitting Nuts is given in Table 2-10. 1. It is unique to that fastener combination. plus the Tare Torque. The value must be measured after all threads are engaged and then compared to the for Recommended Pin and Nut Torque Values are given in Table 2-12. a. An adjacent fastener combination utilizing the same hardware may require a different Assembly Torque value. STANDARD TORQUE — USE OF CAUTION DO NOT EXCEED THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE TORQUE VALUE. A static force applied 90° to the plane of rotation of contiguous parts. NOTE When torques are specified in the applicable maintenance publication. DO NOT USE THREAD LUBRICANT OR ANTI-SEIZE COMPOUND UNLESS SPECIFICALLY CALLED FOR IN THE APPLICABLE MAINTENANCE PUBLICATION. If measured Tare Torque value is less than the minimum listed. DRY FILM LUBRICANT MATERIALS APPLIED TO THE NUTS BY THE NUT MANUFACTURER SHALL NOT BE REMOVED. A dynamic force causing two parts in contact to move in a direction parallel to their point of contact. Assembly Torque is the Standard Torque or Specified Torque. Tare Torque is unique to that fastener combination. Variations in wear. A general torque requirement that is applied when a Specified Torque is not identified in the applicable maintenance publication. Standard Torque requires the addition of Tare Torque. A specific torque identified in the applicable maintenance publication for a particular fastener. INSTALLATION TORQUE. ASSEMBLY TORQUE. c. Installation Torque is the actual torque measured when installing the threaded fastener. Unless otherwise stated in the applicable maintenance document. TORQUE VALUES CAUTION ALL TORQUE VALUES APPLY TO DRY THREADS.BHT-ALL-SPM TORQUE 2-1. the lock nut must be replaced. g. d. SPECIFIED TORQUE. STANDARD TORQUE. Standard Torque values are listed in Table 2-1 through Table 2-7. f. SHEAR LOAD. TENSION LOAD. b. 2-2. The total torque value applied to a fastener (preferably the nut in a nut/bolt combination). Definition. TARE TORQUE. screw. Unless otherwise specified. or stud threads. Recommended Installation Torque for Dynamic Beam Seal Nuts is given in Table 2-11. e. Recommended Installation Torque for Flared Fitting Nuts is given in Table 2-9. Minimum Tare Torque Value (paragraph 2-2). NOTE Recommended Installation Torque Threaded Studs is given in Table 2-8. OVERSTRESSING OF THE BOLT OR 16 FEB 2007 Rev. 2 2-00-00 Page 3 . It is not acceptable to measure Tare Torque for one fastener combination and apply this Tare Torque value to all similar fasteners. and finish will impact tare values of fasteners of the same size and type. Unless otherwise specified.

(3) Thread size of bolt (10-32.0 (16. The Standard Torque Charts (Table 2-1 through Table 2-7) list the Standard Torque for various combinations of bolts and nuts. 2 16 FEB 2007 d.5 (1. as applicable.0 (19.91 Nm) (1) With reference to Table 2-1 through Table 2-7. TARE TORQUE SHALL BE ADDED TO STANDARD TORQUE VALUE LISTED.0 (13.5 (0. 3/4-16 50. IN ADDITION. To locate the correct Standard Torque for a bolt and nut.).07 Nm) 7/16-20 14. 3/8-24. etc.5 (0.71 Nm) 5/8-18 32. a. Locate thread size and read across to obtain Standard Torque values. Calculate Assembly Torque by adding Standard Torque to the measured Tare Torque.0 (3. IF MEASURED TARE TORQUE IS LESS THAN MINIMUM LISTED. COMBINAT IO N T HAT THE TO RQ UE WILL BE APPLIED TO USING A DIAL INDICATOR TYPE TORQUE WRENCH.03 Nm) 9/16-18 24. REPLACE SELF LOCKING FASTENER.0 (7. 5/16-24. NAS.58 Nm) 1/2-20 18. the following must be known: (1) Type of bolt used (AN. Standard Torque value charts usage.0 (2. 1/4-28. THE FASTENERS ARE TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED. locate the specific table that carries the primary bolt part number (designation) and the part number of the nut. THE ASSEMBLY OR COMPONENT BEING ASSEMBLED IS TO BE INSPECTED FOR DAMAGE THAT MAY HAVE BEEN CAUSED FROM THE OVER-TORQUE.21 Nm) 1-1/2-12 197.16 Nm) 1-3/8-12 170. refer to Table 2-1 through Table 2-7.0 (2. c. MS.). When all three of the above values are known. 1.26 Nm) 2. etc. .1 THROUGH TABLE 2-7. IF THERE IS CONCERN THAT FASTENERS HAVE BEEN OVER-TORQUED.BHT-ALL-SPM NUT MAY RESULT. Minimum allowable Tare Torque value of self-locking bolts and nuts is as follows: CAUTION MINIMUM TARE TORQUE VALUE RECOMMENDED STANDARD TORQUE RA N G E S A RE G I VE N IN TA B LE 2 .62 Nm) b.73 Nm) 3/8-24 9. 1-12 90.65 Nm) 7/8-14 70.0 (22. UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED. Measure Tare torque of self-locking nut to be installed using dial indicator type torque wrench.0 (0.0 (10.23 Nm) 1/4-28 3.17 Nm) 1-1/18-12 117.22 Nm) 1-1/4-14 143. THREAD SIZE MINIMUM TARE TORQUE (INCH-POUNDS) 10-32 2.0 (5. COMPARE VALUE TO MINIMUM TARE TORQUE VALUE LISTED BELOW. The torque values listed do not include the Tare Torque (friction drag) of the self-locking feature. CAUTION TARE TORQUE MUST BE MEASURED ON THE SAME FASTENER 2-00-00 Page 4 Rev.0 (1.40 Nm) 5/16-24 6. etc.). (2) Type of nut used (AN. MEASURE TARE TORQUE OF SELF LOCKING NUT TO BE INSTALLED AFTER ALL THREADS ARE ENGAGED.

Torque of nut: 3. For standard bolts and screws. including thread run out. 2-00-00 16 FEB 2007 Rev. etc. b. are considered to be bottomed out and are not acceptable. the adjustment of bolt and screw grip length is necessary where grip oriented standard bolts and screws are used. sufficient torque shall be applied to engage the locking element and seat the fastener.2500-28. To preclude threads from being in the bearing area: The shanks of structural fasteners shall be such that no threads are in the bearing area where the sheet or fitting next to the nut is 0. • Measured Tare inch-pounds. To prevent nuts from bottoming out on the bolt or screw shank: Nut threads. AND BEARING HANGERS Grip length changes for reasons other than specified below are not permitted. inserts. AND PARAGRAPH 2-8 SHALL NOT APPLY TO THE ASSEMBLY OR INSTALLATION OF DRIVE SYSTEM COMPONENTS.3622 mm) or less in thickness. DRIVE SYSTEM COMPONENTS ARE IDENTIFIED WITH A PART NUMBER WHICH HAS THE SECOND SET OF THREE DIGITS (UNIVERSAL CODE) OF: -040-. TH E IN FO RM ATI O N CONTAINED IN PARAGRAPH 2-6.6 inch-pounds = 38. 2-6. a maximum of one and one half threads. THE DRIVE SYSTEM INCLUDES ALL SHAFTS. • Type of nut: MS14145. AND -645-.6 inch-pounds. a clearance check must be performed to ensure an improper clearance or foul condition does not exist. the total Assembly Torque is the measured Tare Torque plus the Standard Torque or Specified Torque. This adjustment shall be accomplished by changing the grip length of the bolt or screw and/or by use of standard (flat) washers in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 2-7 and paragraph 2-8. Where the sheet or fitting next to the nut is greater than 0. In all cases. -640-. Example: • Type of bolt: MS9088. -140-. -620-. 2 Page 5 . -644-. 1. DELETED 2-4.6 2-7. PARAGRAPH 2-7. -342-.093 inch (2. SELF-LOCKING NUTS BOLTS AND SCREWS GRIP LENGTH NOTE For self-locking hardware (nuts. NOTE When the Specified Torque is provided in the applicable maintenance publication.093 inch (2.BHT-ALL-SPM USED IN THE TRANSMISSION OF ENGINE POWER TO THE MAIN AND TAIL ROTORS OR TO ANY REMOTE OR TO ANY REMOTE MOUNTED A C C E S S O R Y. • Recommended shear load Standard Torque range: 30 to 40 inch-pounds. 2-3. -340-. provided that these threads do not exceed 25% of the thickness of the section having threads in the bearing area. Because of variations due to tolerance buildup in structure and fasteners. -044-. The following is not applicable to studs or fully threaded fasteners used in threaded holes. Assembly Torque is calculated by adding Specified Torque to the measured Tare Torque. RECOMMENDED GRIP LENGTH CONTROL REQUIREMENTS FOR THREADED FASTENERS CAUTION UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED IN THE APPLICABLE MAINTENANCE P UB LIC AT IO N.). • Thread size of bolt: 0. which engage the first incomplete thread next to the bolt shank of a grip oriented fastener.3622 mm). GEARBOXES. DELETED 2-5. is permitted in the bearing area. grip lengths specified in the applicable maintenance or parts publication may be changed one grip length only (longer or shorter) for the following reasons only: a. 1. nut plates. -344-. -540-. • Assembly Torque equals 35 inch-pounds + 3. When the attachment hardware is changed from the original installation. COUPLINGS.

plate nuts. as a minimum. fully threaded bolts. The provisions of the above do not apply to studs. flat washers (thick or thin) of the same part number as those specified in the applicable maintenance or parts publication may be used when required for proper nut or cotter pin installation or to allow Assembly Torque to be attained. FLAT WASHERS TO JOINTS WHERE PARTICULAR WASHERS. all threads of the nut shall be engaged and. under the bolt or screw head is required for material protection. a 0-100 inch-pound torque wrench should be used to apply a torque of 30-80 inch-pounds. b. T H E ADDITION OR SUBSTITUTION OF PLAIN. If the applicable maintenance publication does not specify the location of the washers. whichever is being rotated during tightening. IS NOT PERMITTED. The selected torque wrench should be within the calibration period specified by the torque wrench manufacturer or applicable local regulations.. T HE FASTENERS ARE TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED. they shall be placed under the bolt or screw head or under the nut. CONCAVE. To prevent inadequate thread engagement: Unless otherwise stated in the maintenance publication. 2-00-00 Page 6 Rev. 2. NOTE Ensure to add bolt shank friction during step 3. 1. The accuracy of most torque wrenches tends to decrease at the extremes of the torque range. . SELECTION WRENCH 1. unless otherwise specified by the applicable maintenance publications. IN ADDITION. c. 2. To prevent bolts or screws from bottoming out in blind threaded holes. The graduation increments of the torque wrench should not be greater than 10 percent of the torque value being measured. OVERSTRESSING OF THE BOLT OR NUT MAY RESULT. Rapid or jerky force can result in error in the torque applied. The torque value being measured should be between the 30 and 80% points of the torque wrench range. CHAMFERED. the full round or chamfer plus one thread pitch on the bolt or screw shall protrude beyond the nut. DISSIMILAR METAL. Force Application on Torque Wrench Grip: A smooth steady force must be applied to obtain an accurate torque value.E. Additional plain. or barrel nuts where thread protrusion cannot be seen. I. PLAIN WASHER REQUIREMENTS AND WARNING d. KEYED. Selecting Torque Wrench: a. except where one washer. IF THERE IS CONCERN THAT THE FASTENERS HAV E BE EN OV ER. For example. nor do they apply to bolts or screws used in conjunction with inserts. COUNTERBORED. 2-8. d. 2 16 FEB 2007 USE OF TORQUE DO NOT EXCEED THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE TORQUE VALUE. 2-9. The torque wrench should be calibrated in the same torque units as the specified torque for the fastener. OR LOCK ARE SPECIFIED. 2. Examples include: bolts or screws used with inserts. c. Flat ended bolts or screws shall protrude a minimum of two thread pitches beyond the nut. Not more than a total of three washers will be used: two under the nut for grip adjustment and one under the bolt or screw head for surface protection.BHT-ALL-SPM NOTE The following does not apply where thread protrusions cannot be seen. however. SUBSTITUTION CAUTION DO NOT SUBSTITUTE WASHERS OF D I FF E R E N T PA R T N U M B E R S . THE ASSEMBLY OR COMPONENT BEING ASSEMBLED IS TO BE INSPECTED FOR DAMAGE THAT MAY HAVE BEEN CAUSED FROM THE OVER-TORQUE. or barrel nuts. full nut thread engagement is required.T O RQUE D. nut plates.

use the lower limit of the torque range. then tighten to the required torque.) NOTE Do not loosen fasteners during a Torque Check. This is not cause for disassembly. Joints which are having a Torque Check performed as a part of a Special Inspection. a. e. Re-Torque: When a retorque is specified in the applicable maintenance publication or it is uncertain if a joint has been properly torqued. For this reason. (Refer to OSN GEN-02-34. b. If during the application of the Assembly Torque as detailed above. 5. If the fastener is one in a multi-fastener pattern requiring a torque sequence. 6. Determine the Specified Torque or Standard Torque. The amount of torque absorbed will vary. then the Assembly Torque for Torque Check purposes would be the minimum Specified Torque or minimum Standard Torque. If the fastener is inserted through a hole that increases the tightening resistance. bolt shank friction shall also be measured and added to torque value. Torque Check: When a Torque Check is called out in the applicable maintenance publication. it should be accomplished by torquing in the tightening direction.. use the provided torque range. recorded in a logbook). then all the fasteners will require re-torque. as follows: NOTE Do not use torque wrench to loosen fasteners. c. 4. some of the torque applied is absorbed in turning the bolt in the hole. then this is the Assembly Torque for Torque Check purposes. as applicable. d. Cotter Pin or Lockwire Hole Alignment: When tightening nuts which are secured by cotter pins or lockwire. d. b. as defined in paragraph 2-1. there are some applications specified in maintenance publications where lubrication or anti-seize compound is used on the threads. Loosen the fastener by backing off one-half turn. stop the torque load just above the minimum Assembly Torque value. only need to be tightened. Tightening New Fastener: Tighten the fastener to the Standard or Specified Torque value. Tightening Fastener on the Head End: When a fastener is tightened from the head end. c. If required. 8. Do not loosen the fastener(s). b. c.e. then the joint is considered acceptable. Remove all torque from the fastener (loosening) until no preload is on the fastener. If the Assembly Torque is known from when the fastener was originally installed (i. If the hole thread length is less than the fastener diameter. However. however. Retighten to desired Assembly Torque value. no motion is detected between the fasteners. a. the fastener(s) will have to be 16 FEB 2007 Rev. and add the measured Tare Torque to determine the Assembly Torque.BHT-ALL-SPM 3. as applicable. Fastener Thread Condition: Threads should be clean and free from nicks. torque to the high limit of the torque range. back off the faster one or two turns. grease. This aids in cleaning and smoothing the threads and results in more accurate torque. The value applied should be one of the following: a. Torque the fastener to this Assembly Torque value. paint. Looseness may occur until the components “seat” themselves and the fasteners simply need to be tightened. plus the minimum acceptable Tare Torque (paragraph 2-2). additional tightening to the next hole alignment may be accomplished. provided the maximum Assembly Torque value is not exceeded. If the original Assembly Torque was not recorded. Measure the tare torque (paragraph 2-2). use the Specified Torque range or Standard Torque range. 7. as required after a specified number of flight hours. and oil to obtain the correct torque. If the fastener is inserted into a threaded hole and if the hole thread length is more than the fastener diameter. 2 2-00-00 Page 7 . burrs. If the fastener can be inserted through the hole and started into the nut by the fingers. NOTE Do not use the torque wrench to loosen fasteners.

This type of attachment affects the lever length. The torque value applied is the torque value indicated. 13. Do not apply final Assembly Torque during the first drawdown. Force Application when Using Nonconcentric Attachment: a.26 to 3. If some fasteners are tightened to the minimum value and others to the maximum. fuel. 2 16 FEB 2007 applied. Chilled fastener may become overstressed when it warms. The final installation torque for all non-metallic fitting nuts can be achieved by tightening the nut past the point of sharp torque rise. select a median torque value within the required Assembly Torque range. The point of force applied on rigid frame and audible indicating torque wrench grips will affect the calculated torque applied to the fastener. Some fasteners in the sequence may accept additional torque while others may not. Tightening Fastener on Part with a Slow Permanent Set: Hold desired torque until part is seated. The point of force applied on a flexible beam-type torque wrench pivoted grip will not affect the calculated torque applied to the fastener. It is necessary to calculate the effect of the lever length to determine the correct indicated torque value. improper assembly. corrosion. 12. If a specific torque sequence is to be followed. The recommended torque range for worm gear clamps on oil. The torque value applied is not the torque value indicated. the fastener(s) may be retorqued to the Assembly Torque value. or coolant hose is 20 to 30 inch-pounds (2. When there is doubt as to whether a fastener has been tightened to the correct torque value.39 Nm). Tightening Fasteners in a Series: If fasteners are to be torqued in a series. Tightening Fastener with Nonconcentric Attachment: The use of a nonconcentric attachment which does not operate concentrically with the drive square presents a mathematical problem. 2. 10. Tightening Fasteners with Concentric Attachment: The use of a concentric attachment which operates concentrically with the torque wrench drive square presents no particular problem. then this same sequence should be followed during the Torque Check. if no problem is found. 2-10. See Figure 2-3 for proper and improper application of force and their effect. In this case. Heated fastener may loosen when it cools. Torque Verification: Checking fasteners accurately to determine if they have been tightened to the required Assembly Torque is not possible. 11. the fastener should be backed off from one-half to one full turn and retightened to the correct torque value.BHT-ALL-SPM Torque Checked again at the same scheduled interval set for the first Torque Check until the assembly is completely seated. If the fastener(s) move.1900-32 thread size bolts or screws mounting loop clamps is 12 to 15 inch-pounds (1. force is not distributed evenly. the assembly shall be rechecked for damage. Refer to Figure 2-2. e. 15. NOTE Do not use the torque wrench to backoff fasteners. Unequal distribution of force may cause fastener failure. Tightening Chilled or Heated Fastener: Do not tighten a chilled or heated fastener until it has returned to room temperature. NOTE Do not use the torque wrench to back off fasteners.69 Nm). b. etc.36 to 1. the fastener(s) would have to be Torque Checked again at the same scheduled interval set for the first Torque Check. this is acceptable. Tightening in a diametrically opposite (staggered) sequence is desirable in most cases.. 9. plus the following: • For pipe threads: 1/4 turn (90°) • For screw threads: 1/6 turn (60°) (one hex flat) . loosen fasteners one at a time and apply final torque. MISCELLANEOUS TORQUING INFORMATION 1. 14. Refer to Figure 2-1. Joints that have not retained torque will require disassembly and inspection. The recommended torque range for . After the median torque value is 2-00-00 Page 8 Rev. as initially torqued. 3.

1) 108-125 (146. 3.0-395.8750-14 79-96 (107.5) 0.1-677.9) NUTS 125 KSI BOLTS & SCREWS MS17826 AN3 thru 20 AN21 thru 37 AN42 thru 49 AN173 thru 186 MS17825 AN502 AN503 AN525 MS9088 thru 94 MS20073 thru 81 MS21091 MS24694 MS27039 NAS428 NAS1297 NOTES: 1.8-1.4) 1. add the Standard Torque from table to the Actual Measured Locking Torque (Tare Torque) of the nut.2500-28 25-35 (2.5000-20 150-200 (16.1-130.3750-24 70-90 (7.7) 0.2500-12 292-375 (395. coated or plated. The Standard Torque values shown apply to any combination of bolt and nut shown unless otherwise specified.1) 0.4-1.0-84.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 2-1.6-7.7-12.5-46.8-9.4-16.2) 95-110 (10.5-203. To determine the Total Assembly Torque.2) 125-150 (169.4-4. 2.5) 55-65 (74.4) 0. 16 FEB 2007 Rev.9-508.4375-20 110-150 (12.6) 24-34 (32.9) 40-50 (54.1250-12 208-292 (282.9-22.9) 270-300 (30.4) 12-15 (1.7500-16 45-62 (61.4) 450-500 (610. 2 2-00-00 Page 9 .0) 30-40 (3.1900-32 (10-32) 7-12 (0.2-67.4) 183-275 (248.3125-24 50-70 (5.9) 0. It is recommended that paragraph 2-1 through paragraph 2-10 be read and understood prior to tightening any threaded fasteners.4-169.6-88.1) 0.6-33.5-33. Total Assembly Torque = Standard Torque (from table) + Measured Locking Torque (Tare Torque) of nut.5) 1.6250-18 300-420 (33.9) 1.8-4.9-47.9) 60-85 (6.8) 0. Standard Torque for MS17825 and MS17826 Nuts on 125 KSI Minimum Ultimate Tensile Fasteners TORQUE RANGE THREAD SIZE SHEAR INCH-POUNDS (Nm) FOOT-POUNDS (Nm) TENSION INCH-POUNDS (Nm) FOOT-POUNDS (Nm) 0.5-203. unlubricated threads and are in addition to the actual locking torque (Tare Torque) value of each self-locking nut. They are recommended for dry.5625-18 200-300 (22.0000-12 125-150 (169.5) 0.9) 250-350 (339.9-10.1-372.6) 0.0-474.

9) 0.1-372.4375-20 270-300 (30.8) 66-83 (89.3-15.8) 0.0-282.6) 0.8-1.4-1.1) 40-58 (54.6-88.1-21.0-790.7) 0.4-4.6250-18 55-65 (74. Standard Torque for Specified Nuts on 125 KSI Minimum Ultimate Tensile Fasteners TORQUE RANGE THREAD SIZE SHEAR INCH-POUNDS (Nm) FOOT-POUNDS (Nm) TENSION INCH-POUNDS (Nm) 0.9-1241.2-67.5-203.5) 0.5-112. 2 16 FEB 2007 .7-12.9) NUTS 125 KSI BOLTS & SCREWS 2-00-00 Page 10 AN316 AN320 MS14145 MS21025 MS21083 NAS1022 NAS1068 NAS1789 80-026 90-002 90-003 90-033 AN256 AN310 AN315 MS14144 MS20500 MS21043 MS21044 MS21047 thru 49 MS21051 thru 56 MS21058 thru 62 MS21069 thru 76 MS21080 MS21083 MS21086 MS21225 NAS509 NAS679 NAS1021 NAS1023 NAS1031 NAS1033 NAS1067 NAS1473 NAS1474 NAS1766 NAS1791 NAS1792 NAS1793 NAS1870 90-099 90-100 90-105 AN3 thru 20 AN21 thru 37 AN42 thru 49 AN173 thru 186 AN502 AN503 AN525 MS9088 thru 94 MS20033 thru 46 MS20073 thru 81 MS21091 MS24694 MS27039 NAS428 NAS1003 thru 20 NAS1297 Rev.5) 50-70 (5.1-677.4) 1.7) 20-25 (2.1640-32 (8-32) 7-9 (0.6) 100-140 (11.0) 12-15 (1.4-1.4-169.2500-12 450-500 (610.0-474.4) 208-250 (282.1250-12 250-350 (339.4) 0.5) 416-583 (564.9) 750-916 (1016.0) 0.3125-24 60-85 (6.8-9.1900-32 (10-32) 12-15 (1.8750-14 125-150 (169.0-339.6-621.5) 191-208 (259.5625-18 40-50 (54.0) 1.9) 308-458 (417.2500-28 30-40 (3.9) FOOT-POUNDS (Nm) 37-42 (50.5) 0.7500-16 108-125 (146.1) 91-108 (123.0000-12 183-275 (248.5000-20 24-34 (32.5-46.4) 160-190 (18.0) 1.3-2.2-56.6-7.8) 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 2-2.3750-24 95-110 (10.4-146.5-33.2-78.9) 0.

16 FEB 2007 Rev. The Standard Torque values shown apply to any combination of bolt and nut shown unless otherwise specified. add the Standard Torque from table to the Actual Measured Locking Torque (Tare Torque) of the nut. Standard Torque for Specified Nuts on 125 KSI Minimum Ultimate Tensile Fasteners (Cont) NOTES: 1. regardless of the bolt tensile or nut strength relationship. coated or plated. The lower category recommended Standard Torque is to be used to calculate the Total Assembly Torque (Note 3). 2. It is recommended that paragraph 2-1 through paragraph 2-10 be read and understood prior to tightening any threaded fasteners. 4. Total Assembly Torque = Standard Torque (from table) + Measured Locking Torque (Tare Torque) of nut. 2 2-00-00 Page 11 . unlubricated threads and are in addition to the actual locking torque (Tare Torque) value of each self-locking nut. Fasteners listed in higher tensile categories (Table 2-2 through Table 2-5) may be used in conjunction with fasteners listed in lower tensile categories (Table 2-2 through Table 2-5). 3. They are recommended for dry.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 2-2. To determine the Total Assembly Torque.

4375-20 37-42 (50.8750-14 208-250 (282.2-56.9-58.2-292.9) 1441-1608 (1953.4) 1.6-7.9) 75-95 (8.3) 0.3) 0.9-1241.3-180.6250-18 91-108 (123.2500-12 750-916 (1016.4) 691-858 (936.1380-32 (6-32) 6-8 (0.8) 30-40 (3.5-10.9) 39-43 (52.1-790.0) 200-216 (271.0) 333-375 (451.1900-32 (10-32) 20-25 (2.5-112.4-4.6) 53-71 (71.1120-40 (4-40) 4-5 (0.5) FOOT-POUNDS (Nm) 25-28 (33.0-339.9-96.5-508.7500-16 191-208 (259.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 2-3.0-282.5-0.1-21.3750-24 160-190 (18.0) 0.7) 0.5) 0.9) 0.8) 120-160 (13.2-78.5625-18 66-83 (89.5) 83-100 (112.4) 116-133 (157.3-15.7-0.1640-32 (8-32) 12-16 (1.0860-56 (2-56) 2-3 (0.4-1.4-146.9-1163.3) 0.1) 0.4) 1.6) 0.3) 1.9-38.6) 0.6-18.0-790.5000-20 40-58 (54.3-2.5-135.3) 0.7-2180.6-621.8) 0.0) 433-583 (587.3125-24 100-140 (11.1250-12 416-583 (564. Standard Torque for Specified Nuts on 160 KSI Minimum Ultimate Tensile Fasteners TORQUE RANGE THREAD SIZE SHEAR INCH-POUNDS (Nm) FOOT-POUNDS (Nm) TENSION INCH-POUNDS (Nm) 0.0000-12 308-458 (417. 2 16 FEB 2007 MS21086 MS21225 NAS509 NAS679 NAS1021 NAS1031 NAS1033 NAS1067 NAS1473 NAS1474 NAS1766 NAS1791 NAS1792 NAS1793 NAS1870 50-048 90-099 MS21042 NAS577 NAS1291 NAS1770 NAS1771 NAS1772 NAS1773 NAS1778 NAS1805 .2) NUTS 2-00-00 Page 12 90-099 90-100 AN256 AN310 AN315 MS14144 MS20500 MS21043 MS21044 MS21047 thru 49 MS21051 thru 56 MS21058 thru 62 MS21069 thru 76 MS21080 MS21083 Rev.2-0.2500-28 50-70 (5.9) 0.

The lower category recommended Standard Torque is to be used to calculate the Total Assembly Torque (Note 3). 5 A-286 CRES and alloy steel only. unlubricated threads and are in addition to the actual locking torque (Tare Torque) value of each self-locking nut. 3. coated or plated.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 2-3. 6 120-142 shall use the shear values. Total Assembly Torque = Standard Torque (from table) + Measured Locking Torque (Tare Torque) of nut. regardless of the bolt tensile or nut strength relationship. 2 2-00-00 Page 13 . SCREWS & STUDS 20-057 20-058 20-092 20-099 20-100 20-113 20-114 20-116 20-122 50-047 120-142 120-184 120-186 120-212 120-220 120-225 120-259 120-261 120-262 120-264 120-265 6 120-266 120-267 120-268 120-269 120-270 120-271 120-276 120-278 M87114/1 M87114/2 M87114/3 MS16997 thru 98 MS20004 thru 24 MS27576 NAS144 thru 158 NAS333 thru 340 NAS464 NAS517 NAS583 thru 590 NAS623 NAS673 thru 678 NAS1101 NAS1102 NAS1103 thru 20 NAS1121 thru 28 NAS1131 thru 38 NAS1141 thru 48 NAS1151 thru 58 NAS1161 thru 68 NAS1171 thru 78 NAS1181 thru 88 NAS1189 NAS1190 NAS1191 NAS1202 thru 10 NAS1218 NAS1223 thru 35 NAS1266 thru 70 NAS1303 thru 20 NAS1351 5 NAS1352 5 NAS1402 thru 06 NAS1580 NAS1801 NAS1802 NAS6203 thru 20 NAS6303 thru 20 NAS6403 thru 20 NAS6603 thru 20 NAS6703 thru 20 NAS6803 thru 20 NAS7103 thru 16 NAS7203 thru 16 NAS7303 thru 16 NAS7500 thru 16 NAS8100 thru 06 NAS8200 thru 06 NAS8702 thru 16 NAS8802 thru 16 NAS9101 thru 06 NAS9201 thru 06 NOTES: 1. It is recommended that paragraph 2-1 through paragraph 2-10 be read and understood prior to tightening any threaded fasteners. 4. add the Standard Torque from table to the Actual Measured Locking Torque (Tare Torque) of the nut. To determine the Total Assembly Torque. They are recommended for dry. Fasteners listed in higher tensile categories (Table 2-2 through Table 2-5) may be used in conjunction with fasteners listed in lower tensile categories (Table 2-2 through Table 2-5). Standard Torque for Specified Nuts on 160 KSI Minimum Ultimate Tensile Fasteners (Cont) 160 KSI BOLTS. The Standard Torque values shown apply to any combination of bolt and nut shown unless otherwise specified. 2. regardless of nut type. 16 FEB 2007 Rev.

5-889.9) 135-180 (15.4) 1.4-572.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 2-4.2) 1.2) 34-45 (3.8-2452.5) 1621-1809 (2197.3-1396.5) 0.4) 0.3-108.5-12.5-3.1900-32 (10-32) 22-28 (2.2) 60-80 (81.3-24.2) FOOT-POUNDS (Nm) 28-32 (38.1) 93-112 (126.8-5.5) 0.9) 0.3-381.2500-12 844-1030 (1144.7500-16 215-234 (291.7-17. Standard Torque for Specified Nuts on 180 KSI Minimum Ultimate Tensile Fasteners TORQUE RANGE THREAD SIZE SHEAR INCH-POUNDS (Nm) TENSION FOOT-POUNDS (Nm) INCH-POUNDS (Nm) 0.3750-24 180-214 (20.1) 0.0000-12 346-515 (469.6250-18 102-122 (138.3-165.3-203.7) NUTS 180 KSI BOLTS & STUDS 2-00-00 Page 14 MS21042 NAS577 NAS1291 MS14156 MS21133 EB – ( ) (ESNA) LH 3830 (ESNA) 48FLW (SPS) NAS1805 20-065 20-069 20-087 20-096 20-102 20-104 20-105 20-109 20-118 120-064 120-244 MS14157 MS21134 MS21250 NAS624 thru 644 NAS1972 thru 80 NAS2803 thru 10 Rev.0-43.3125-24 112-158 (12.4) 130-150 (176.5625-18 74-93 (100.1) 0. 2 16 FEB 2007 5 .4) 1.3-8.9) 84-107 (9.3) 0.1-151.8750-14 234-281 (317.4) 0.0-73.3-20.7) 44-48 (59.3-126.9-63.1250-12 468-656 (634.5-317.5-1308.1-329.4375-20 42-47 (56.7-65.5000-20 45-54 (61.0) 375-422 (508.1) 0.1-698.3) 225-243 (305.2500-28 56-79 (6.2) 487-656 (660.4) 777-965 (1053.3-889.

3. 4. They are recommended for dry.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 2-4. Fasteners listed in higher tensile categories (Table 2-2 through Table 2-5) may be used in conjunction with fasteners listed in lower tensile categories (Table 2-2 through Table 2-5). The Standard Torque values shown apply to any combination of bolt and nut shown unless otherwise specified. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. To determine the Total Assembly Torque. regardless of nut type. The lower category recommended Standard Torque is to be used to calculate the Total Assembly Torque (Note 3). add the Standard Torque from table to the Actual Measured Locking Torque (Tare Torque) of the nut. 2 2-00-00 Page 15 . coated or plated. It is recommended that paragraph 2-1 through paragraph 2-10 be read and understood prior to tightening any threaded fasteners. unlubricated threads and are in addition to the actual locking torque (Tare Torque) value of each self-locking nut. 2. 5 120-064 shall use the shear values. Total Assembly Torque = Standard Torque (from table) + Measured Locking Torque (Tare Torque) of nut. Standard Torque for Specified Nuts on 180 KSI Minimum Ultimate Tensile Fasteners (Cont) NOTES: 1. regardless of the bolt tensile or nut strength relationship.

0-132.6) 54-59 (73.1250-12 572-802 (775.8) 275-297 (372.1) 0.7) 0.6-6.0000-12 424-630 (574.5625-18 91-114 (123.1900-32 (10-32) 28-34 (3.9-29.3) 1981-2211 (2685.9) 0.0-699.8) 41-55 (4.8) 103-131 (11.3125-24 138-192 (15. 2 16 FEB 2007 .9) 0.0) 0.7) NUTS 220 KSI BOLTS 2-00-00 Page 16 LH6520 (ESNA) 90-101 NAS1805 MS14164 MS21084 NAS1758 FN22 M (SPS) LH3393 (ESNA) LH6422T (ESNA) LHEB220 (ESNA) MS14182 20-071 20-088 20-089 20-097 20-098 20-101 20-106 20-112 MS14163 MS21297 MS14181 Rev.6-108.8750-14 286-344 (387.6-187.6-21.5-200.5-1087.2500-28 69-96 (7.5000-20 55-80 (74.6-14.4-154.9-854.3750-24 220-261 (24.2) 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 2-5.9-1708.7500-16 263-286 (356.1-51.4) 950-1180 (1288.1-78.4375-20 51-58 (69.4) 1.9) 1.7) 160-183 (216.4) 458-516 (621.6) 1.8-466.0-1599.2500-12 1031-1260 (1397.6250-18 125-148 (169.9-402.9-248. Standard Torque for Specified Nuts on 220 KSI Minimum Ultimate Tensile Fasteners TORQUE RANGE THREAD SIZE SHEAR INCH-POUNDS (Nm) TENSION FOOT-POUNDS (Nm) INCH-POUNDS (Nm) 0.2-80.1) 0.6) 114-138 (154.5) 0.9-2997.6-24.7) 165-220 (18.8-10.2) 595-802 (806.8) 0.6-387.5) 73-98 (99.7-1087.5) FOOT-POUNDS (Nm) 34-38 (46.2-3.

3. 4. They are recommended for dry. regardless of the bolt tensile or nut strength relationship. coated or plated. add the Standard Torque from table to the Actual Measured Locking Torque (Tare Torque) of the nut. The Standard Torque values shown apply to any combination of bolt and nut shown unless otherwise specified. Standard Torque for Specified Nuts on 220 KSI Minimum Ultimate Tensile Fasteners (Cont) NOTES: 1. To determine the Total Assembly Torque. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. 2. 2 2-00-00 Page 17 .BHT-ALL-SPM Table 2-5. Total Assembly Torque = Standard Torque (from table) + Measured Locking Torque (Tare Torque) of nut. The lower category recommended Standard Torque is to be used to calculate the Total Assembly Torque (Note 3). It is recommended that paragraph 2-1 through paragraph 2-10 be read and understood prior to tightening any threaded fasteners. unlubricated threads and are in addition to the actual locking torque (Tare Torque) value of each self-locking nut. Fasteners listed in higher tensile categories (Table 2-2 through Table 2-5) may be used in conjunction with fasteners listed in lower tensile categories (Table 2-2 through Table 2-5).

3. It is recommended that paragraph 2-1 through paragraph 2-10 be read and understood prior to tightening any threaded fasteners.5000-20 103-147 (11.5) 0.2) 0.7) 0.5-0. coated or plated.1900-32 (10-32) 4-6 (0.5) 0.6) NOTES: 1. Standard Torque for Steel and CRES Nuts on <125 KSI Minimum Ultimate Tensile Fasteners TORQUE RANGE THREAD SIZE INCH-POUNDS (Nm) 0.0-12. unlubricated threads and are in addition to the actual locking torque (Tare Torque) value of each self-locking nut. 2-00-00 Page 18 Rev.8-4. Total Assembly Torque = Standard Torque (from table) + Measured Locking Torque (Tare Torque) of nut. 2 16 FEB 2007 . To determine the Total Assembly Torque. They are recommended for dry.7) 0. 2.1-1. add the Standard Torque from table to the Actual Measured Locking Torque (Tare Torque) of the nut.6-16. The Standard Torque values shown apply to any combination of bolt and nut shown unless otherwise specified.3125-24 21-31 (2.2500-28 10-15 (1.4375-20 97-108 (11.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 2-6.3750-24 34-40 (3.4-3.

Standard Torque for Non-Structural Small Diameter Fasteners THREAD SIZE TORQUE RANGE MINIMUM MAXIMUM INCH-POUNDS (Nm) INCH-POUNDS (Nm) 0860-56 (#2) 0.1640-32 (#8) 4 (0. 2 2-00-00 Page 19 . It is recommended that paragraph 2-1 through paragraph 2-10 be read and understood prior to tightening any threaded fasteners.1) . brass.1380-32 (#6) 2 (0. These values should be added to the Actual Measured Locking Torque of the nut.1120-40 (#4) 1 (0.1) 1 (0.9) NOTES: 1. and steel fasteners in wet or dry installations.2) .5) 8 (0. 3. These torques will not induce significant preload in the fastener. add the Standard Torque from table to the Actual Measured Locking Torque (Tare Torque) of the nut. and flange mount connectors. To determine the Total Assembly Torque.1) 2 (0. Torques are the minimum needed to keep the fastener from becoming loose in the joint. Table 2-7. Total Assembly Torque = Standard Torque (from table) + Measured Locking Torque (Tare Torque) of nut. The Standard Torque values listed are recommended fastener torques for non-structural applications such as attachment of clips.2) 6 (0.7) . 16 FEB 2007 Rev.5 (0. CRES.BHT-ALL-SPM . They are applicable for aluminum. trim. 2.

7 Nm) 50-70 in-lb (5.1900-32 (10-32) 0.3-14. 2-00-00 Page 20 Rev.1-73.8 Nm) 33-70 ft-lb (44.3750-24 0.8) 0.6-9.4 Nm) 50-80 in-lb (5.8-42. gearbox case.5 Nm) 0.7-112.2500-20 50-95 in-lb (5.4-4.8-36.5625-12 33-95 ft-lb (44.2 Nm) 75-141 ft-lb (101.3-25..7-271.2 Nm) 30-40 in-lb (3.5 Nm) 30-40 in-lb (3.4375-20 0.3750-16 100-240 in-lb (11.3125-24 0.2500-20 30-40 in-lb (3.9 Nm) 0. Recommended Installation Torque for Threaded Studs TORQUE RANGE THREAD SIZE NUT END STUD END TYPE A TYPE B 0.8-185. etc.8-53.2500-28 0.6250-11 50-137 ft-lb (67.2 Nm) 0. Installation torque shown in the table is the actual torque measured when installing the threaded stud into the parent material (i.7-78.2 Nm) 0.7 Nm) 175-325 in-lb (19.4-4.6-118.5625-12 50-120 ft-lb (67.7-191.4375-14 175-475 in-lb (19.2-45.e.).4-4.1 Nm) 58-116 ft-lb (78.5000-13 20-60 ft-lb (27.8-28.1900-32 (10-32) 0.5625-18 0.6875-11 75-200 ft-lb (101.6-12.7-94.5 Nm) 33-58 ft-lb (44.0 Nm) 0.7 Nm) 0.7 Nm) 41-87 ft-lb (55.3-18.4 Nm) 175-250 in-lb (19. Table 2-8.1 Nm) 100-160 in-lb (11.6-10.3750-16 175-375 in-lb (19.2-59.3750-24 0.3125-18 50-110 in-lb (5.7-128.4 Nm) 100-130 in-lb (11.5000-20 0.8-162.0 Nm) 0.4375-20 0.7 Nm) 50-95 ft-lb (67.1-81.9 Nm) 0. It is recommended that paragraph 2-1 through paragraph 2-10 be read and understood prior to tightening any threaded fasteners.1900-24 (10-24) 0.6250-11 75-166 ft-lb (101.6250-18 0.2 Nm) 250-400 in-lb (28.3 Nm) 0.3125-24 0.3125-18 100-225 in-lb (11.8-128.3 Nm) 0. 2.1 Nm) 0.3-27.6250-18 0.6-7.6-157.6 Nm) 0.BHT-ALL-SPM .2500-28 0.7 Nm) 0.5 Nm) NOTES: 1.3 Nm) 250-525 in-lb (28. 2 16 FEB 2007 .5625-18 0.4375-14 20-54 ft-lb (27.7-225.5000-13 33-83 ft-lb (44.5000-20 0.

Recommended Installation Torque for Threaded Studs (Cont) NOTES (CONT): 3. Type B: The grip portion of the stud is less than the minor diameter of the nut end thread.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 2-8. refer to Table 2-2. 2 2-00-00 Page 21 . For nut Standard Torque. 4. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. as applicable. Threaded stud — Type A: The grip portion of the stud is approximately the same diameter as the pitch diameter of the nut end thread.

9-13.6-94.6 Nm) 4 60-96 in-lb (6.4-61. STEEL TUBING NAS 594 AND 596 ALUMINUM TUBING NAS 591 AND 593 NOTES: 1 For flared nuts installed with conical seal washers (AS4824 or 110-144).4-10. See Table 2-10 for flareless fitting nuts.8-101.0-40.8-101.5 Nm) 210-420 in-lb (23.5-14.6 Nm) 300-480 in-lb (33. apply the recommended installation torque. wait 10 to 15 seconds.7-112.6 Nm) 85-180 in-lb (9.4 Nm) 5/8 200-350 in-lb (22.5 Nm) 8 144-232 in-lb (16.3 Nm) 4 64 200-225 ft-lb (271.9-11. 2 16 FEB 2007 .8-101.2 Nm) 6 72-120 in-lb (8.9-78.5-12.6 Nm) 2-1/2 40 110-150 ft-lb 150-175 ft-lb (203.3 Nm) 135-150 in-lb (15.9-56.4-5.1 Nm) (101.4-237.1-203.8 Nm) 16 42-58 ft-lb (56.3 Nm) (78.1-13.8 Nm) 48-96 in-lb (5.1 Nm) 90-100 in-lb (10.1 Nm) 270-300 in-lb (30.2-78.8-101.0 Nm) 2 32 75-110 ft-lb 75-100 ft-lb (101.3 Nm) 1/4 40-65 in-lb (4.6-78.5 Nm) (55.6 Nm) 72-120 in-lb (8. Refer to the applicable Illustrated Parts Breakdown (IPB) manual to make sure the washer installation is authorized on the fitting (Information Letter GEN-07-108).3-16.3 Nm) 5 66-108 in-lb (7.3-40.6 Nm) 1-1/4 50-75 ft-lb (67.1 Nm) FLARED FITTING NUTS (AN818) 1 RIGID TUBE CONNECTOR DASH NO.7 Nm) 144-360 in-lb (16.5-33.7 Nm) 50-75 ft-lb (67.7 Nm) 24 50-75 ft-lb (67.8 Nm) 5/16 60-80 in-lb (6.0 Nm) 1 41-58 ft-lb (55.8-10.0 Nm) 216-540 in-lb (24.5 Nm) 75-83 ft-lb 41-70 ft-lb (101.6-24.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 2-9.9-28.9 Nm) 70-120 in-lb (7.3-22.8-12.2 Nm) 60-108 in-lb (6.5 Nm) 54-58 ft-lb (73.6 Nm) 1/2 150-250 in-lb (16.8-101.6-157.9-54.5-7.2 Nm) 120-216 in-lb (13.2-78.7 Nm) 1-3/4 38 60-90 ft-lb (81.7 Nm) 3/4 300-500 in-lb (33.0 Nm) 62-90 ft-lb (84.7-149.7-135.1-13.9 Nm) 100-250 in-lb (11.3-26.6-20.2 Nm) 10 204-360 in-lb (23.3 Nm) 70-100 in-lb (7.7-47.1-122.8-56.2-305.7 Nm) 1-1/2 50-75 ft-lb (67.6-39. 2-00-00 Page 22 Rev.9 Nm) 12 300-540 in-lb (33. 2.2 Nm) 450-500 in-lb (50.0 Nm) 180-200 in-lb (20.4 Nm) 3 48 150-175 ft-lb (203.6-128.8-101.3-28.8-9.7 Nm) 20 50 -75 ft-lb (67.2 Nm) 3/8 75-125 in-lb (8.4-237.7 Nm) 50-75 ft-lb (67.9-61.3-122.6 Nm) 100-116 ft-lb 58-95 ft-lb (135. Recommended Installation Torque for Flared Fitting Nuts TUBE SIZE ALUMINUM TUBING FLARE (MS33583 OR MS33584) STEEL TUBING FLARE (MS33584) HOSE END FITTINGS AND HOSE ASSEMBLY (MS28740 AND MS28759) 3/16 30-45 in-lb (3.2-11.3 Nm) (149. then again apply the same torque value to the nut.6 Nm) 480-696 in-lb (54.

020 .500 .7) 1.7) 1200 (135.5) 270 (30.0) 140 (15.7) .312 .028 170 (19. Recommended Installation Torque for Flareless Fitting Nuts INSTALLATION WRENCH TORQUE.250 .020 .750 . 16 FEB 2007 Rev.028 .8) .9) .5) 700 (79.625 .625 .8) .4) 1.5) 190 (21.058 .8) 110 (12.3) 80 (9.375 .8) 140 (15.012 55 (6.750 .625 .035 360 (40.6) NOTE: Please see next page for notes.188 .7) .065 1.500 .049 800 (90.2) . ALUMINUM TUBE 1 INCH-POUNDS (Nm) STEEL FITTING.058 .BHT-ALL-SPM Table 2-10.6) .028 .000 .750 .028 360 (40.1) 900 (101.5) 190 (21. CRES 1/8 HARD TUBE 1 INCH-POUNDS (Nm) .375 .028 450 (50.250 .000 .188 .000 . FLARELESS FITTINGS.750 .5) 270 (30.042 .5) 500 (56.035 750 (84.6) 1.016 100 (11.049 450 (50.028 280 (31.000 .028 140 (15.500 .042 .083 100 (11. AS 21922 BITE TYPE SLEEVE TUBE OD TUBE WALL THICKNESS ALUMINUM FITTING.312 .188 .2) .8) .3) .7) 900 (101.5) 500 (56.6) 1200 (135.625 .8) 190 (21.065 1200 (135. 2 2-00-00 Page 23 . ANNEALED CRES TUBE 1 INCH-POUNDS (Nm) STEEL OR TITANIUM FITTING.035 .1) 700 (79.4) 140 (15.035 415 (46.125 .020 .

Flareless Fitting Nuts: a.3) .375 170 (19.0) NOTES: 1 Torque values shown may be altered ±5%. Do not attempt to prevent the leakage by overtorquing.7) 1. 2.000 --- 2000 (226.7) 1200 (135.7) 700 (79.500 900 (101. NAS 1760 FITTING ENDS.8) 190 (21. 2-00-00 Page 24 Rev.500 280 (31. foreign material. the tightening torque for AS21922 bite type and NAS1760 style sleeves shall be in accordance with table. Instead. loosen the coupling nut and remove the tube end from the fitting. the final installation torque for flareless tubing connections can be achieved by tightening the nut 1/6 to 1/3 turns (1 to 2 hex flats) past the point of sharp torque rise.0) 2.5) .6) 1.188 80 (9.1) . FLARELESS FITTINGS. 2 16 FEB 2007 .2) 270 (30. if necessary.250 110 (12. Leaking joints: After installation.5) . TUBE OD ALUMINUM FITTING 1 INCH-POUNDS (Nm) STEEL AND TITANIUM FITTING 1 INCH-POUNDS (Nm) .0) 100 (11.625 360 (40. Reassemble the joint with new parts. etc. c.8) 1.2) . inspect the seal areas of the sleeve and mating fitting for scratches. nicks.7) 1600 (180. Recommended Installation Torque for Flareless Fitting Nuts (Cont) INSTALLATION WRENCH TORQUE.5) . dents.6) 500 (56. Torque method: When a torque wrench is used for assembly.312 140 (15. if leakage is encountered at the fitting joint.8) 900 (101. b.8) . Nut turn method: When standard open end wrenches are used for assembly.250 900 (101.4) 140 (15.7) 2000 (226.000 750 (84.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 2-10.125 --- 55 (6.750 450 (50.

4) 82 (111.1) -08 30-40 (40.0) 12 (16.9) 48 (65.8-94.9) 20 (27.9) 60 (81.7) 13 (17.2) 35 (47.7-54.9-127.9-108.1) -12 50-70 (67.3) -05 10-16 (13.6) 48 (65.0) 12 (16.6-21.0-210.2) -20 90-120 (122.3-33.0-162.4) -24 110-150 (149.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 2-11.1-203.4) 130 (176.5) -10 60-70 (81.3-94.6-19.7) 105 (142. MATERIAL) TORQUE RANGE COUPLING NUTS TORQUE MAXIMUM JAM NUTS FOOT-POUNDS (Nm) FOOT-POUNDS (Nm) -04 10-14 (13.2) 7 (9.3) -16 135-155 (183.2) FITTING SIZE 16 FEB 2007 Rev.3) RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION TORQUE FOR DYNAMIC BEAM SEAL NUTS (OPERATING PRESSURES TO 5000 PSI TITANIUM.8-12.2) 82 (111. MATERIAL) FITTING SIZE TORQUE RANGE COUPLING NUTS TORQUE MAXIMUM JAM NUTS FOOT-POUNDS (Nm) FOOT-POUNDS (Nm) -03 5-9 (6.2) 35 (47.3-33.5) -04 10-14 (13.3) -16 70-94 (94.7-54. 2 2-00-00 Page 25 .9) 20 (27. Recommended Installation Torque for Dynamic Beam Seal Nuts RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION TORQUE FOR DYNAMIC BEAM SEAL NUTS (OPERATING PRESSURES TO 3000 PSI TITANIUM.5) 60 (81.1) -12 70-80 (94.1) -08 30-40 (40.6) -06 15-25 (20.5) -10 41-55 (55.6-74.6-19.3) -06 15-25 (20.

0-14.4375-20 270-330 30.6 0.4375-20 44-56 59. NAS1291 THREAD SIZE RECOMMENDED TORQUE INCH-POUNDS Nm 8-32 30-40 3.5 10-32 40-50 4.7-75.7-112. H541L.0 0. TENSION PIN: 100-047. Recommended Pin and Nut Torque Values SHEAR PIN: 100-076.7-47. 100-090 NUT: MS21042. 100-049.7-18. 2 16 FEB 2007 .5-5.5 NOTE: 1.3 .3125-24 200-250 22.7-2.1 .3125-24 130-160 14.8-9.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 2-12.1 .8-4. 100-059 NUT: MS21042.5 FOOT-POUNDS Nm 0.8-48. 100-048.2 0.6-28.7 0.4-4.5000-20 61-83 82. 100-085.9 0.2500-28 115-130 13.0 . The above values apply to any combination of pin and nut shown.6-27. The above values apply to any combination of pin and nut shown.3750-24 360-420 40.3750-24 200-240 22. H541L.2500-28 60-80 6. 2-00-00 Page 26 Rev.5-37.5000-20 370-430 41.6 NOTE: 1.8 10-32 25-35 2. NAS1291 THREAD SIZE RECOMMENDED TORQUE INCH-POUNDS Nm 8-32 15-25 1.

ALL_SPM_02_0001 Figure 2-1. Torque Wrench Concentric Type Attachments 16 FEB 2007 Rev. 2 2-00-00 Page 27 .BHT-ALL-SPM 90° 90° NOTE Applied and indicated torque values are the same.

72 Nm) EXAMPLE 3 ALL_SPM_02_0002 Figure 2-2.75 RESULTS: FASTENER TORQUED 200 IN-LBS (22.60 Nm) WHEN WRENCH INDICATES 174. Torque Wrench Nonconcentric Type Attachments 2-00-00 Page 28 Rev.8 mm) 2400 = 174.12 Nm) 10 RESULTS: FASTENER TORQUED 200 IN-LBS (22.2 2400 = 240 IN-LBS (27.5 IN-LBS (19. (304.8 mm) L 200 IN-LBS (22.60 Nm) A TA 2 IN. (50.60 Nm) WHEN WRENCH INDICATES 240 IN-LBS (27.60 Nm) WHEN WRENCH INDICATES 171. (304.60 Nm) TA A 1.4 IN-LBS (19.75 L 12 IN.45 mm) TW TW = 200 X 12 = 12 .60 Nm) TA (TA) X (L) (L) ± (A) TW = INDICATED TORQUE VALUE ON TORQUE WRENCH TA = ACTUAL TORQUE VALUE APPLIED TO FASTENER L = LEVEL LENGTH A = ATTACHMENT LENGTH TW 200 X 12 = 12 + 2 TW = 2400 = 171. (44. 2 16 FEB 2007 . (304. (50.37 Nm) 14 RESULTS: FASTENER TORQUED 200 IN-LBS (22.12 Nm) EXAMPLE 2 TW = 200 X 12 = 12 + 1. (50.8 mm) L 2 IN.72 Nm) 13.8 mm) A FORMULA TO OBTAIN CORRECT INDICATED TORQUE VALUE WHEN USING NONCONCENTRIC ATTACHMENT TW = 12 IN.8 mm) 200 IN-LBS (22.5 IN-LBS (19.8 mm) TW 200 IN-LBS (22.4 IN-LBS (19.75 IN.BHT-ALL-SPM 2 IN.37 Nm) FORMULA EXAMPLE 1 12 IN.

8 + 50.60 Nm) WHEN WRENCH INDICATES 171.8 mm) (304. 12 IN. 2 IN.6 IN-LBS (18.82 Nm) 12 (12 .BHT-ALL-SPM 4 IN.2) = = 166. (101. .4 IN-LBS (19.8 = 355.60 Nm) TA A R 12 IN.50. + 2 IN.8 mm) L TW 200 X 12 = 12 + 2 2400 = 171.8 = 254 mm) 2 IN. (50.37 Nm) FORMULA PROPER APPLICATION OF FORCE EXAMPLE 1 2800 200 X (12 + 2) = = 175 IN-LBS (19.2 IN.60 Nm) WHEN WRENCH INDICATES 166. = 14 IN.77 Nm) 16 (12 + 2) + 2 IM RESULTS: FASTENER TORQUED 200 IN-LBS (22.60 Nm) WHEN WRENCH INDICATES 175 IN-LBS (19. (50.60 Nm) TA TW = PR O TW L TW 2000 200 X (12 .4 IN-LBS (19. (304. 2 2-00-00 Page 29/30 .82 Nm) IM PE R TW = PR O 200 IN-LBS (22.77 Nm) IMPROPER CALCULATION AND APPLICATION OF FORCE EXAMPLE 2 PE 200 IN-LBS (22.37 Nm) 14 RESULTS: FASTENER TORQUED 200 IN-LBS (22.6mm) A L IMPROPER CALCULATION AND APPLICATION OF FORCE EXAMPLE 3 ALL_SPM_02_0003 Figure 2-3.8 mm) (304.6 mm) FORMULA TO OBTAIN CORRECT INDICATED TORQUE VALUE WHEN USING NONCONCENTRIC ATTACHMENT TW = (TA) X (L) (L) ± (A) TW = INDICATED TORQUE VALUE ON TORQUE WRENCH TA = ACTUAL TORQUE VALUE APPLIED TO FASTENER L = LEVEL LENGTH A = ATTACHMENT LENGTH 2 IN.2) + 2 RESULTS: FASTENER TORQUED 200 IN-LBS (22. = 10 IN. Affect of Applied Force to Rigid Frame and Audible Indicating Torque Wrenches Using Nonconcentric Attachments 16 FEB 2007 Rev.60 Nm) TA TW = 12 IN. (50.8 .8 mm) A 200 IN-LBS (22.6 IN-LBS (18.

.

............. and Non-rotating ............................................. PMB Clean-up Operation........... Organic Coat Removal Procedure................................... Corrosion Corrective Treatment............................................. Corrosion Prevention .......................... Deleted............................ Plastic Media Blasting Operator Training .............. Cadmium Plating ........................ Corrosion Protection — Control Bolts........ Chemical Film (Chromic Acid) Treatment — Magnesium ....................................... Corrosion Removal — Magnesium Parts ............................................................................................................ PMB Method 1 Procedures................... Aluminum Alloy — Chemical Film Treatment (Touchup) ......................................... Corrosion Removal — Elastomeric Components ................................................................................ Rotating....................................................................... Preparation of the Helicopter for PMB ........................................................................................................................................................... Corrosion Removal — Steel Parts................................................................................................................ PMB Mapping Procedure.............. Dissimilar Metals.............. PMB Method 2 (Open Booth) Procedures ............................................................... Copper Plating ........................................... Black Oxide................................................ Corrosion Protection — Faying Surfaces.................................. Similar Metals ................ Deleted . Corrosion Preventive Treatment.................................. Page Number 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3 4 4 4 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 3-00-00 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 8 8 8 9 10 11 12 12 12 13 13 14 15 16 17 17 17 17 18 18 19 19 19 20 16 FEB 2007 Rev................... PMB Procedure — Requirement ........................................................................................ Chromate Conversion Coating ..................................................................................................................................... Corrosion Protection — Exceptions...................................................................................................................................... Corrosion Removal — Aluminum Parts ........................................................................................................... 2 3-00-00 Page 1 ..........................BHT-ALL-SPM CHAPTER 3 — CORROSION CONTROL AND PROTECTIVE COVERINGS/COATINGS TABLE OF CONTENTS Paragraph Number 3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5 3-6 3-7 3-8 3-9 3-10 3-11 3-12 3-13 3-14 3-15 3-16 3-17 3-18 3-19 3-20 3-21 3-22 3-23 3-24 3-25 3-26 3-27 3-28 3-29 3-30 3-31 3-32 3-33 3-34 3-35 Chapter/Section Number Title General ..................................................................................................... Media Particles Method 1 ............................................................ Corrosion Preventive Oil..... Media Particles Method 2 .......... Plastic Media Blasting.................. Solid Film Lubricant ..... Plastic Media Blasting Equipment — Description.................

............................. PMB Method 2 Parameters — Description ...................................................................... Rev........................................................ Copper Plating Bath............................ Organic Protective Requirements for Metals ............................................BHT-ALL-SPM TABLES Table Number 3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5 3-00-00 Page 2 Title Definitions of Similar and Dissimilar Metals ... Solid Film Lubricants — Heat Cure Applicability and Characteristics..................................... 2 16 FEB 2007 Page Number 7 7 13 15 18 ...........

water 3. solution ALUMINUM CONVERSION COATING SOLUTION RATIO RATIO BY VOLUME 6 parts Nitric Acid (C-432) 1 part 7. b. Primer. Chemical Film Material (C-100) 5. the solution must not make contact with the anodized surface. NOTE and Distilled or Demineralized Water 6.6 ml minimum thickness) of epoxy polyamide primer (C-204) to interior and exterior surfaces. Color should range from golden iridescent to brown. e. To protect adjacent areas from coating. Scrub area with nylon web abrasive pad and cleaning compound (C-318) 10 to 20% by volume in clean water. the solution must not make contact with the anodized surface. d. Scrub area to be treated to clean bare metal using nylon web abrasive pad (C-407) or fine aluminum wool (C-422). Mix aluminum conversion coating chemical film material (C-100) as follows: When applying solution near or next to an anodized surface. Remove oil and grease with a clean cloth dampened with drycleaning solvent (C-304) or MEK (C-309). a. CADMIUM PLATING Selective brush cadmium accordance with STD-865-C. 2 3-00-00 Page 11 . provided there is chemical film coverage in these areas. Preparation. 256 parts Selective brush cadmium plating is intended to be used for the repair and/or touchup of metal surfaces where existing cadmium plating has been damaged or partially removed. 1. Drying. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. plating shall be in CAUTION BELL HELICOPTER TEXTRON DOES NOT AUTHORIZE CADMIUM PLATING OF STRUCTURAL PARTS IN THE FIELD USING ELECTRO DEPOSITED OR VACUUM DEPOSITED PROCEDURES. Treatment. 2. Apply one spray coat (0. Ensure the anodized surface is protected with masking tape (C-426) and plastic sheeting.BHT-ALL-SPM NOTE NOTE When applying solution near or next to an anodized surface. Keep area wet with solution 1 to 3 minutes. Appearance. mask the perimeter of the area to receive treatment with masking tape (C-426) and plastic sheeting. Rinse area thoroughly with clean water and dry. The treatment should provide an appearance that is continuous and uniform. 3-17. c. Thoroughly rinse with clean water. Cleaning. 4. Repeat step c and step d until break-free surface cleanliness is achieved. Streaks and mottled areas caused by the surface condition of the metal will be allowed. Allow surface to air dry or force dry using clean filtered compressed air and clean dry cloths. Ensure the anodized surface is protected with masking tape (C-426) and plastic sheeting. Apply solution chemical film material (C-100) liberally to area to be treated.

80 ml) Nitric Acid (C-432) 2-3/4 oz a. b. 3-19. 1. of SIFCO Industries Inc. Rinse area thoroughly with clean water or by swabbing with clean cloths wetted with water. The color should be bronze iridescent to light brown. free from blisters. Dry with clean dry cloths or dry compressed air. DELETED 3-20.com OR SIFCO Metachemical Div. and burned areas. nodules. Clean the area to be coated with a clean cheesecloth (C-486) and aliphatic naphtha (C-305). 2 16 FEB 2007 c. Apply chromate conversion coating (C-112) liberally to the area to be treated. pits. fine grained. 2. Dry the part with a clean low-lint cleaning cloth (C-516) before aliphatic naphtha (C-305) evaporates. and Water 3-00-00 Page 12 1 gal Rev. .ldcbrushplate. Cleveland. SOLID FILM LUBRICANT MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. Cover areas that do not require solid film lubricant with masking tape (C-426). 3. adherent. do the steps that follow: CHROMATE CONVERSION COATING MEASUREMENTS Cadmium Chromate Conversion Coating (C-112) 6-1/2 (191. Phone: (216) 881-8600 3-18. Ohio 44131. remove any solid film lubricant that remains with an abrasive pad (C-407) moistened with acetone (C-316) or MEK (C-309). The treatment shall provide an appearance that is smooth. Ohio U. Mix chromate conversion coating (C-112) as follows: 1. CHROMATE CONVERSION COATING MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-005 Solid Film Lubricant C-021 Solid Film Lubricant C-305 Aliphatic Naphtha NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-309 MEK C-112 Chromate Conversion Coating C-316 Acetone C-407 Abrasive Pad C-426 Masking Tape C-486 Cheesecloth C-516 Low-lint Cleaning Cloth NOTE Chromate conversion coating is used over cadmium plated surfaces.BHT-ALL-SPM Bell Helicopter Textron approves the use of LHE brush cadmium plating methods and procedures established by: LCD Liquid Development Company 3748 East 91st Street Cleveland.A. 44105 Phone: (216) 641-9366 Toll Free: 1-800-321-9194 Fax: (216) 641-6416 http://www. If the solid film lubricant is partially or completely removed from the part. If applicable.S.

2. 2 3-00-00 Page 12A/12B . Remove masking tape (C-426) from the part. heat cure the solid film lubricant (C-005) or solid film lubricant (C-021). Spray solid film lubricant (C-005) or solid film lubricant (C-021).005 to 0. unless otherwise specified. a. e. g. c.0008 inch (0.BHT-ALL-SPM NOTE NOTE Refer to Table 3-3 for the applicability of solid film lubricants. h.005 to 0. Air dry the part for a minimum of 30 minutes. Dry with a clean low-lint cleaning cloth (C-516).020 mm). d. NOTE Let the solid film lubricant dry for 15 minutes before you touch it. on the area to be coated to a thickness of 0. Spray solid film lubricant (C-021) on the area to be repaired to a thickness of 0. Air dry the part for 12 hours before use. Only touch-up repairs not exceeding 5% of the coat area are permitted. as applicable.020 mm).0002 to 0. Clean the area to be repaired with aliphatic naphtha (C-305). Cover areas that do not require solid film lubricant with masking tape (C-426). Lightly abrade the area with an abrasive pad (C-407). f. Clean the area again with a clean cheesecloth (C-486) and aliphatic naphtha (C-305). NOTE Let the solid film lubricant dry for 15 minutes before you touch it. unless otherwise specified. Remove the masking tape (C-426) from the part. If the solid film lubricant on the part requires a touch-up. do the steps that follow: f. As applicable.0002 to 0. Refer to Table 3-3 for the different cure temperature and time applicable to solid film lubricants. e. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. NOTE b.0008 inch (0. g.

.

BHT-ALL-SPM

Table 3-3. Solid Film Lubricants — Heat Cure Applicability and Characteristics
SOLID FILM
LUBRICANT

MATERIAL

C-005

Steel

CURE
TEMPERATURE

2

Corrosion Resistant Steel (CRES)

CURE TIME

370 to 430°F
(187 to 221°C)

60 minutes

135 to 165°F
(57 to 75°C)

60 minutes

1

3

Titanium
Titanium alloys
Plated surfaces
C-021

4

Aluminum alloy
Magnesium alloy
CRES 440
Steel

5

NOTES:
1

Cure time begins when the part reaches the specified temperature.

2

Except carburized parts or parts containing induction hardened areas.

3

Except CRES 440.

4

Unless limited by the base material.

5

Carburized parts or parts containing induction hardened areas.

3-21.

BLACK OXIDE

3-22.

DELETED

CAUTION
BLACK OXIDE TREATMENT OF PARTS
IS NOT REQUIRED OR AUTHORIZED.

16 FEB 2007

Rev. 2

3-00-00
Page 13

BHT-ALL-SPM

3-23.

COPPER PLATING
CAUTION
MATERIALS REQUIRED

ACID PICKLE (HYDROCHLORIC
(MURIATIC) ACID (C-431) SOLUTION)
WILL REMOVE ANY BLACK OXIDE
COATING THAT IS PRESENT. USE
SOLUTION
ONLY
AT
ROOM
TEMPERATURE AND KEEP FULLY
INHIBITED USING RODINE AID PICKLE
INHIBITOR (C-417).

Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications.
NUMBER

NOMENCLATURE

C-413

Stripper

C-415

Corrosion Preventive

C-417

Inhibitor

C-431

Hydrochloric (Muriatic)
Acid

C-506

Potassium Cyanide

C-507

Sodium Cyanide

NOTE
Copper plating is used to coat indicated
areas. This procedure is to be used to
remove copper plating and reapply copper
plate to the same area.
1.

7. Immerse part in acid pickle solution (40 to 60%
Hydrochloric (muriatic) acid (C-431) by volume in
water).
8.

Rinse part thoroughly in water.

9. Cyanide dip parts to passivate, if required, to hold
parts prior to plating. Cyanide dip solution consists of 2
to 6 ounces of potassium cyanide (C-506) or sodium
cyanide (C-507) per gallon of water.

Remove all oils and grease from component.

2. Strip existing copper plating using Metex copper
F stripper (C-413) per manufacturers instructions.
3.

IMMERSE CASE HARDENED PARTS A
MAXIMUM OF 10 SECONDS.

Rinse part thoroughly with water.

4. Clean part using corrosion preventive (C-415)
following manufacturers instructions.
5.

Rinse part thoroughly with water.

6.

Mask areas that are not to be plated.

10. If part is not going directly to plating bath, wash
part thoroughly in clean water.
11. Copper plate part in solution given in Table 3-4.
Plating thickness shall be in accordance with
dimensions specified in applicable maintenance
chapter. Adjust voltage for current densities of 30 to 45
amps per square foot. Rotate part as necessary to
eliminate unplated areas under clamps and to ensure
a uniform thickness of plating is achieved.
12. Rinse part thoroughly in clean water.
13. Dry part and remove masking tape.
14. Perform embrittlement relief in accordance with
instruction contained in appropriate maintenance text.
15. Apply corrosion preventive to part, if required
(paragraph 3-2).

3-00-00
Page 14

Rev. 2 16 FEB 2007

BHT-ALL-SPM

CHAPTER 5 — CLEANING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Paragraph
Number

Chapter/Section
Number

Title

Page
Number

CLEANING
5-1
5-2
5-3
5-4
5-5
5-6
5-7
5-8
5-9
5-10
5-11
5-12
5-13

Cleaning.........................................................................................
Upholstery.................................................................................
Carpet .......................................................................................
Headliner and Trim Panels .......................................................
Plastic and Glass ......................................................................
Use of High-Pressure Washers ................................................
Hydraulic Assemblies and Servicing Units ...............................
Bearings....................................................................................
Metals (Except Titanium) ..........................................................
Titanium ....................................................................................
Treatment of Fungus......................................................................
Inspection for Fungus ...............................................................
Cleaning of Fungus...................................................................

5-00-00
5-00-00
5-00-00
5-00-00
5-00-00
5-00-00
5-00-00
5-00-00
5-00-00
5-00-00
5-00-00
5-00-00
5-00-00

16 FEB 2007

Rev. 2

3
3
3
3
4
5
5
5
6
6
7
7
7

5-00-00
Page 1/2

BHT-ALL-SPM

CLEANING
5-1.

CLEANING
CAUTION
NOTE
For detailed description of recommended
cleaning agents, refer to Chapter 11.

5-2.

CARPET CLEANING AGENTS SHOULD
BE USED WITH CARE TO PREVENT
D A M A G E TO U N D E R LY I N G M E TA L
S U R FA C E S . C A R P E T M U S T B E
REMOVED FROM HELICOPTER FOR
CLEANING. ALLOW CARPET TO DRY
PRIOR TO REINSTALLATION.

UPHOLSTERY

MATERIALS REQUIRED
Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications.
NUMBER

NOMENCLATURE

C-305

Aliphatic Naphtha

Clean carpet using aliphatic naphtha (C-305) or any
good grade commercial drycleaning solvent.
5-4.

HEADLINER AND TRIM PANELS

MATERIALS REQUIRED

CAUTION
U P H O L S T E R Y M U S T O N LY B E
CLEANED WITH AGENTS SPECIFIED ON
MANUFACTURERS MATERIAL CARE
TA G. I F N O C L E A N I N G A G E N T I S
SPECIFIED, USE ALIPHATIC NAPHTHA
(C-305), COMMERCIAL DRYCLEANING
SOLVENT OR EQUIVALENT. DUE TO
VARIOUS MATERIALS BEING CLEANED,
TESTING SHOULD BE ACCOMPLISHED
IN AN INCONSPICUOUS AREA.
ANY FLAMMABLE SOLVENT THAT MAY
AF F EC T M AT ER I A L F LA MMA BILI TY
SHOULD BE COMPLETELY REMOVED
AFTER CLEANING.
5-3.

CARPET

MATERIALS REQUIRED

Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications.
NUMBER

NOMENCLATURE

C-305

Aliphatic Naphtha

C-355

Detergent

C-385

Isopropyl Alcohol

WARNING
99% ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (C-385) IS
FLAMMABLE AND TOXIC. DO NOT
INGEST OR INHALE. ISOPROPYL
ALCOHOL MAY REMOVE LUBRICANTS
OR PRESERVATIVES AND MAY SOFTEN
SOME PLASTICS. DO NO T USE O N
WINDOWS OR WINDSHIELDS.

CAUTION

Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications.
NUMBER

NOMENCLATURE

C-305

Aliphatic Naphtha

USE SOLVENTS SPARINGLY. CERTAIN
S O LV E N T S M AY S O F T E N O R
D U L L M AT E R I A L . T E S T I N A N
INCONSPICUOUS AREA.

16 FEB 2007 Rev. 2

5-00-00
Page 3

BHT-ALL-SPM
Allow surfaces to air dry.

1. Clean headliner and trim panel using aliphatic
naphtha (C-305) or isopropyl alcohol (C-385), which
should be suitable for most materials. Test
inconspicuous area.

3.

2. Finish cleanup with mild soap or detergent
(C-355) and clean water.

5. Apply cleaner (C-330) with a clean soft cloth or
tissue in a circular motion until clean. Polish with
another clean, soft, cotton cloth.

5-5.

4. Minor scratches may be reduced or removed by
using cleaner (C-330).

PLASTIC AND GLASS

CAUTION
MATERIALS REQUIRED
Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications.
NUMBER

NOMENCLATURE

C-304

Drycleaning Solvent

C-305

Aliphatic Naphtha

C-330

Cleaner

C-355

Detergent

C-385

Isopropyl Alcohol

CAUTION
DO
NOT
USE
COMPOUNDS
CONTAINING
ABRASIVES
OR
CHLORINATED HYDROCARBONS.
AVOID EXCESSIVE SCRUBBING OR
POLISHING OF PLASTIC PANELS. HEAT
BUILDUP MAY DAMAGE PLASTIC
PANELS.
REMOVE RINGS, WATCHES, AND HARD
OBJECTS FROM HANDS AND WRISTS
BEFORE WASHING TRANSPARENT
PANELS.
1. Clean acrylic plastic windshields and windows
with large quantities of clean water and a solution of
detergent (C-355). Gently free all insects or dirt with
soft pads or fingers. Do not use sponges or coarse
cloths. Rinse the area continuously while removing
insects or dirt.
2.

Flush entire area thoroughly with clean water.

5-00-00
Page 4

Rev. 2

16 FEB 2007

IF REQUIRED, IN PLACE OF
DETERGENT (C-355), USE ISOPROPYL
ALCOHOL (C-385) OR ALIPHATIC
N A P H T H A ( C - 3 0 5 ) O N LY. M O S T
MATERIALS USED IN THESE AREAS
ARE PRONE TO SOLVENT DAMAGE.
T H I S I N C L U D E S C O AT E D G L A S S
WINDSHIELDS.
WHEN CLEANING ADJACENT AREAS
O R T O U C H I N G U P PA I N T, B E
EXTREMELY CAREFUL TO PROTECT
TRANSPARENT AREAS FROM SOLVENT
SPLASH,
FUMES
AND
PA I N T
OVERSPRAY.
6. If required, transparent areas such as
windshields, windows, and sight glasses may also be
cleaned using isopropyl alcohol (C-385) or aliphatic
naphtha (C-305).

CAUTION
WHEN CLEANING OR TOUCHING UP
PA I N T O N A D J A C E N T S U R FA C E S ,
PROTECT PLASTIC AND FIBER
REINFORCED PLASTICS FROM
SOLVENT SPLASH, FUMES OR PAINT
OVERSPRAY.
DO NOT VAPOR DEGREASE OR SOAK
PLASTIC OR FIBER REINFORCED
PLASTICS IN ANY SOLVENT.
7. Opaque plastic parts such as heater, air ducts,
door, window trim, or shields, covers and fiber
reinforced plastics such as fiberglass, graphite, or
polycarbonate (Kevlar) shall be degreased using only

BHT-ALL-SPM
isopropyl alcohol (C-385), aliphatic naphtha (C-305),
or drycleaning solvent (C-304).
5-6.

5-7.

HYDRAULIC
ASSEMBLIES
SERVICING UNITS

USE OF HIGH-PRESSURE WASHERS

AND

MATERIALS REQUIRED
Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications.

CAUTION
BE LL H EL ICOP TER RE COM ME NDS
THAT HIGH PRESSURE WASHERS NOT
BE USED FOR THE PURPOSE OF
CLEANING
HELICOPTERS
OR
COMPONENTS.

NUMBER

NOMENCLATURE

C-304

Drycleaning Solvent

CAUTION
DO NOT USE ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL TO
CLEAN HYDRAULIC ASSEMBLIES. A
STICKY ACRYLIC RESIN WILL FORM
AND CAN PREVENT CORRECT
OPERATION OF COMPONENTS.

Operators using high-pressure washers need to be
aware of the implication when using this type of
equipment (refer to Information Letter GEN-03-95).
The use of high-pressure washers has been a primary
source of water contamination. Concentration of
high-pressure spray will physically push water past
gearbox seals and packings, breathers and caps. The
mixture of oil, water and soap is detrimental to the
gears, bearings and cases of the gearboxes.

Clean hydraulic assemblies and servicing units using
drycleaning solvent (C-304).
5-8.

BEARINGS

MATERIALS REQUIRED
High-pressure washers will push water past
grease-coupling seals and fill the coupling with water
and soap. It will also push water past the electrical
connectors and backshells. Corroded connectors, pins
and receptacles are liable to cause multiple electrical
failures and faults.
Some of our customers have experienced fuel system
contaminations attributed to high-pressure washers
(refer to OSN-GEN-95-26).
It is possible that high-pressure washers will push
water underneath paint coatings through minute
cracks. Trapped water and soap will induce corrosion
that will be unnoticed during a visual inspection. When
the damage appears, it might be too late to salvage
the affected part.
With this information, Bell Helicopter wants to place
emphasis on the importance of the proper procedures
and advise operators to review their processes and
equipment.

Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications.
NUMBER

NOMENCLATURE

C-304

Drycleaning Solvent

C-305

Aliphatic Naphtha

CAUTION
D O N O T R O TAT E B E A R I N G S W I T H
COMPRESSED AIR.
1. Clean ball bearings and roller bearings using
drycleaning solvent (C-304) and blow dry with
compressed air.
2. Clean du-metal and fabric lined (Teflon) rod end,
and other bearings using aliphatic naphtha (C-305) or
drycleaning solvent (C-304). Blow dry thoroughly
using compressed air or hair dryer.

16 FEB 2007 Rev. 2

5-00-00
Page 5

BHT-ALL-SPM
5-9.

METALS (EXCEPT TITANIUM)

CAUTION
MATERIALS REQUIRED
SOLVENTS MUST BE USED AT AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE. DO NOT USE STRONG
SOLVENTS, SUCH AS MEK, ACETONE,
LACQUER THINNER, ETC.

Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications.
NUMBER

NOMENCLATURE

C-304

Drycleaning Solvent

C-305

Aliphatic Naphtha

C-385

Isopropyl Alcohol

C-563

Perchloroethylene

3. Metal parts with adhesive bonded joints shall be
cleaned with aliphatic naphtha (C-305), or drycleaning
solvent (C-304).

CAUTION
1.

Bare metals — no paint, adhesive, rubber etc.:
D O N O T S O A K R U B B E R PA R T S
I N S O LV E N T. D O N O T VA P O R
DEGREASE AND DO NOT USE
CHLORINATED SOLVENTS SUCH AS,
TRI-CHLOROETHANE, TRICHLOROETHYLENE AND PERCHLOROETHYLENE.
USE
S O LV E N T S
SPARINGLY.

a. Grease, oil, and corrosion preventive
compounds may be removed by vapor degreasing or
solvent cleaning.
NOTE
Make sure materials used are inhibited
vapor degreasing quality solvents.
b. Vapor degreasing may be accomplished by
using the following chlorinated solvent:
(1) Perchloroethylene (C-563) — use at 248
to 252°F (120 to 122°C).
c. Solvent cleaning may be accomplished using
the above materials or similar solvents at ambient
temperature or by using aliphatic naphtha (C-305),
drycleaning solvent (C-304), mineral spirits, paint
thinners, etc.
2.

Painted metal parts:

a. If part is to be stripped and repainted any
solvent suitable for bare metal may be used.
b. If the painted part is to be installed without
stripping and repainting, solvents must be used at
ambient temperature only. Also, solvents such as MEK
(C-309), acetone (C-316), lacquer thinner (C-206) and
other strong solvents which attack the paint must be
avoided.
5-00-00
Page 6

Rev. 2

16 FEB 2007

4. Metal parts containing rubber such as,
elastomeric bearings, grease and oil seals, and rubber
boots shall be cleaned using aliphatic naphtha
(C-305), isopropyl alcohol (C-385), or drycleaning
solvent (C-304).
5-10.

TITANIUM

MATERIALS REQUIRED
Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications.
NUMBER

NOMENCLATURE

C-304

Drycleaning Solvent

C-305

Aliphatic Naphtha

C-306

Toluene

C-309

MEK

C-385

Isopropyl Alcohol

C-395

Cleaner

Tailboom interior 5. In and around doors CAUTION DO NOT VAPOR DEGREASE AND DO NOT USE CHLORINATED SOLVENTS. drycleaning solvent (C-304). but small amounts of dust. before assembly. oils or lubricants may accumulate and promote fungal growth. Pay particular attention to the following: Nose section interior NUMBER CAUTION INSPECTION FOR FUNGUS 1. 4. or toluene (C-306). rinsed and thoroughly dried. Inspect all closed compartments and areas for fungus growth. aliphatic naphtha (C-305). 5-12.BHT-ALL-SPM 6. 10. Clean titanium parts using cleaner (C-395). Under and behind auxiliary tanks. If paint or solid film lubricant must be removed from titanium. 1. 2. Behind sound deadening on the bulkheads and overhead NOMENCLATURE C-304 Drycleaning Solvent C-355 Detergent C-385 Isopropyl Alcohol 99% ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (C-385) MAY REMOVE LUBRICANTS AND PRESERVATIVES. Allow area to dry or wipe dry with clean cloth. Most paint type coatings used in the helicopter are resistant to fungi. Clean the area of fungus growth with drycleaning solvent (C-304) to remove grease and oil residue. Cowling interiors 8. use MEK (C-309) or nonchlorinated paint remover. part should be alkaline cleaned. 2. DO NO T USE O N A C R Y L I C O R P O LY C A R B O N AT E WINDOWS OR WINDSHIELDS. Under the floor 4. Treat area of fungal growth with 99% isopropyl alcohol (C-385) and wipe with a clean cloth or sponge. Baggage compartment 3. 2. MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. 2 5-00-00 Page 7/8 . Float covers 9. CLEANING OF FUNGUS 1. BUT MAY SOFTEN SO ME P LASTICS. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. rinsed and dried. isopropyl alcohol (C-385). debris. Closed compartment interiors 7. Remove debris or foreign matter with detergent (C-355) and water. or scrubbed with soap and water.s 5-11. NOTE If vapor degreasing or chlorinated hydrocarbons are used inadvertently. Paint damage may result. TREATMENT OF FUNGUS Fungi growth is ideal in an environment with a temperature between 68 to 104°F (20 to 40°C) with relative humidity of 85 to 100%. 5-13. 3.

.

..........BHT-ALL-SPM CHAPTER 6 — NONDESTRUCTIVE INSPECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS Paragraph Number Chapter/Section Number Title Page Number NONDESTRUCTIVE INSPECTION 6-1 6-2 6-3 6-4 6-5 6-6 6-7 6-8 6-9 6-10 6-11 6-12 6-13 6-14 6-15 6-16 6-17 6-18 6-19 6-20 6-21 6-22 6-23 6-24 6-25 6-26 6-27 6-28 6-29 6-30 6-31 6-32 6-33 6-34 6-35 6-36 6-37 6-38 6-39 6-40 6-41 6-42 6-43 6-44 General ................................... Records ............ Equipment Requirements ........................................................ Personnel Qualification/Certification................................................................. Personnel Qualification/Certification...................................................................................... Post Inspection Cleaning ................................................................................... Standard Equipment ..................... Safety Precautions......................... Acceptance Criteria ............................................ Scope................... Particle Application .................... Equipment Requirements ...................................................................................................... Personnel Qualification/Certification...................................................... Longitudinal Magnetization Using an Electromagnetic Probe .................................................................. Introduction . Inspection Material Requirements ............................. Postinspection Cleaning .................... Magnetizing Current Application.............. Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection Method (ASTM E1417) .... Process Control Requirements.......................... Circular Magnetization .... Evaluation .................................................................................................................... Nondestructive Inspection Eddy Current Method ...................................................................................................................................................................................... Equipment Requirements ................................. Preinspection Cleaning......................................................................................................... Fluorescent Magnetic Particle Inspection Method (ASTM E1444) Introduction ................................................................................................ Magnetic Field Direction .......................................................................................................................... Magnetic Field Strength........................................................................... Safety Precautions................... Acceptance Criteria .................................................................. Developer Application Equipment....................................................................................................................................... Evaluation ........................................................................................................................ Penetrant Inspection.................................................... 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 16 FEB 2007 Rev................................... Longitudinal Magnetization Using Coils.............................................................. Reference Standards........................................................................ Demagnetization............................................................ Introduction .. Process Control Requirements........................................................................................... Safety Precautions.................................................... Inspection ..................................................... Preinspection Cleaning........................................................... 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 6 6 7 7 7 7 10 10 10 10 10 11 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 15 15 16 17 17 17 18 18 18 18 19 19 6-00-00 Page 1 .................................................................... Records . Inspection Material Requirements ...........................................................................................

.................................................................................... Reference Standards............................................................................................................ Inspection . Inspection Procedures ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Probe Frequency Selection................................................................................................................................................................. Reference Standard Materials Non-Critical Components ............................................ Ultrasonic Inspection Method........................................................................................... Evaluation ................................ Personnel Qualifications/Certifications .................... Reference Standard Materials for Components Listed in Chapter 4 and Chapter 5 (Airworthiness Limitations/Inspections and Component Overhaul Schedule)....................................................................................................................... 2 16 FEB 2007 Page Number 9 17 20 21 21 ....... Chapter/Section Number 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 6-00-00 Page Number 19 20 20 20 22 22 22 22 22 23 23 23 23 TABLES Table Number 6-1 6-2 6-3 6-4 6-5 6-00-00 Page 2 Title Fluorescent Penetrant Process Control Tests — Frequency and Requirements Fluorescent Magnetic Particle Process Control Tests — Frequency and Requirements.................................................... Safety Precaution .. Acceptance Criteria .............. Equipment Requirements ........................................................................BHT-ALL-SPM TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT) Paragraph Number 6-45 6-46 6-47 6-48 6-49 6-50 6-51 6-52 6-53 6-54 6-55 6-56 6-57 Title Evaluation ................................................ Process Control Requirements....................... Acceptance Criteria ................................. Rev................... Introduction ............

Provide adequate ventilation when handling cleaner. Use only low sulfur and low halogen content penetrant materials. PERSONNEL QUALIFICATION/ CERTIFICATION All personnel performing NDI shall be certified to meet or exceed Level II requirements as established in the latest revision of NAS 410 or alternate approved document. or as specifically authorized in an ASB or other Bell Helicopter approved written directive. Make sure safety requirements for using electrical equipment near aircraft fuel cells. Black lights generate considerable heat during use. Temperatures in excess of 120°F (48. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. emulsifier. oxygen systems. 8. 6-5. creating both a fire and health hazard. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 1. Penetrant containing excessive sulfur or halogens may cause stress corrosion cracking in titanium parts.BHT-ALL-SPM NONDESTRUCTIVE INSPECTION 6-1. 2 6-00-00 Page 3 . Be sure to grasp the black light only by the handle. Exercise extreme caution when handling penetrants which have been heated to a point where some lighter constituents are driven off. Prolonged or repeated inhalation of vapors or powders may result in irritation of mucous membrane areas of the body. Indications become visible by the fluorescence of the penetrant under ultraviolet light. Individuals who have successfully completed and passed the Level I Special Bell Helicopter training course may perform routine inspections for acceptance on components as listed in the Chapter 4 Airworthiness Limitations Schedule for retirement life parts and as listed in Chapter 5 Component Overhaul Schedule for components requiring an overhaul interval providing the applicable MM and or the CR&O provides the detailed instructions to perform the inspection. Avoid contact with Individuals who have successfully completed and passed the Level I Special Bell Helicopter training 4. Excess penetrant is removed from the part surface with penetrant remaining in the discontinuities. magnetic particle and Eddy Current. 2. 6-2. 7. 5. Avoid exposure of pressurized spray cans to open flame. Volatile fumes may occur. 6. To prevent injury to the eyes. do not look directly into the black light as unfiltered black lights or a damaged filter on a black light may damage eyes. 3.8°C) may cause bursting of pressurized spray cans and injury to personnel. Store all pressurized spray cans in a cool. Continual exposure to penetrant inspection materials may cause skin irritation. dry area protected from direct sunlight. Personnel that have successfully completed the level I Special NDI training course at Bell Helicopter are qualified to perform fluorescent penetrant inspections in accordance with the applicable maintenance and overhaul manuals. or developers. The employer of NDI Level I Special personnel must have an established written practice which meets the requirements of ATA 105 for qualification and training of NDT personnel as described in the Bell Helicopter Customer Training Academy (CTA) NDI training course. INTRODUCTION Penetrant inspection is a nondestructive test for discontinuities open to the surface in parts made of nonporous materials. GENERAL Nondestructive inspections included in this chapter are fluorescent penetrant. 6-4. penetrant inspection materials by wearing gloves. and stores have been met. Developer is then applied to the part surface to provide a blotting action which allows the penetrant to emerge from the discontinuities. penetrants. Wash exposed areas of body with soap and water. This is done by applying penetrant to the surface of the part which then penetrates the surface discontinuity. FLUORESCENT PENETRANT INSPECTION METHOD (ASTM E1417) 6-3. The ASB or other Bell Helicopter approved written directive must indicate in the document that a Bell Helicopter trained Level 1 Special individual is qualified to perform such task and may be responsible for product acceptance.

6-00-00 Page 4 Rev. The rinsing apparatus shall deliver a coarse spray of water having a maximum pressure of 40 PSI (276 kPa). Penetrant application equipment shall provide a means of application by immersion. 6-8. Equipment used to apply suspension type developers shall be capable of agitating the mixture to maintain a uniform suspension. The preferred application of non-aqueous developers is by commercially available aerosol containers. Portable kits (Method C) may be employed for inspection of localized areas of components and parts installed on aircraft. 6-6. Drying equipment shall be recirculating hot air ovens. Fluorescent penetrant inspection (FPI) equipment shall be designed specifically for the purpose intended and constructed from materials compatible with the chemicals used. b. Non-Aqueous Type Developers. Drying oven temperatures shall be at least 120°F (48. 2. which disperses the powder in a manner resulting in a uniform coating being applied to the entire surface of the part. Penetrant/Emulsifier Application Equipment. Rinsing/Wash Apparatus. If during the course of the evaluation an indication is found. visible alarm. uniform coating can be applied. Developer shall be applied in an enclosed cabinet. General. 2 16 FEB 2007 d. Brush application is prohibited. emulsifier. and is not intended as a final means of acceptance or rejection. 3. electrically heated and thermostatically controlled. c. Dry Type Developers.8°C) and shall not exceed 160°F (71. flowing. or spraying so that the entire part is completely covered.BHT-ALL-SPM course may only perform evaluations on components if the MM or CR&O do not provide the required detailed instructions. STANDARD EQUIPMENT 1. Excess penetrant and penetrant/emulsifier mixtures shall be removed by manual spraying. Adequate ventilation and personal protective devices shall be provided as instructed by the penetrant materials manufacturer. All tanks shall be provided with covers to avoid contamination of the materials when not in use. or audible alarm which operates should the oven temperature exceed 160°F . scratch). The drying oven shall be equipped with a safety shut off. Water temperature shall be between 50 – 100°F (10 – 37. and aqueous developer tanks shall have drain racks. The cabinet shall be equipped with a viewing window to allow for visual verification of cloud formation.3°C) from set point and the temperature indicator shall be accurate to ±10°F (±5. conventional or electrostatic spraying so that the entire part is covered with penetrant. the bath or parts shall be agitated during immersion. 6-7. Aqueous Type Developers. DEVELOPER APPLICATION EQUIPMENT 1. Prior to electrostatic spray application refer to the manufacturer's product data to determine if the penetrant is compatible with this method of application. brushing. or a calibration system approved by Bell Helicopter. EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS 1. Hydro-air nozzles may be used with a maximum of 20 PSI added air pressure. and to characterize indications found visually (crack.5°C) of the oven temperature. Equipment for applying lipophilic emulsifiers shall provide complete part coverage by immersion or flowing. If application is by spraying. the spray unit shall be capable of dispensing the concentration recommended by the manufacturer. Actual inspection of such parts needs to be supported by a certified Level II in the method employed. Examples include assessment of a damaged bare metallic skin for evidence of cracking. flowing. vs. The temperature controller shall be capable of maintaining the oven temperature at ±15°F (±8. NCSL Z540-1. The equipment shall provide a means of application by immersion. If application is by immersion.7°C).1°C). Temperature/pressure indicators and controls shall be calibrated at six month maximum intervals in accordance with ISO 10012-1. The equipment shall be arranged to facilitate part flow through the process and be capable of providing a repeatable operation. An evaluation is performed for information purposes only. Air pressure type spray units equipped with a means to continuously agitate the developer mixture during use may be used so that a thin. The rinsing area shall be provided with a black light to monitor the progress of penetrant removal and to prevent over-washing/under-washing. a person certified to meet or exceed a Level II requirement will be responsible for the acceptance or rejection of that indicated part. Drying Ovens. Equipment for applying hydrophilic emulsifiers shall provide complete part coverage by immersion or spraying. Penetrant. Hydro-air nozzles may be used with a maximum of 20 PSI (138 kPa) added air pressure. a.

FPI systems covered by this document shall be of the following types. Inspection Viewing Area. INSPECTION MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS NOTE 2. Solvent Removers: NOTE 7. Stationary inspection areas shall be shielded adequately to assure the white light background does not exceed 2 foot-candles at the examination surface. Form a — Dry Powder Form b — Water Soluble Form c — Water Suspendable Form d — Non-aqueous 3. Fixed black lights shall provide a black light intensity level of not less than 1000 μW/cm2 at the surface of the inspection work table.BHT-ALL-SPM (71. Hydrophilic Sensitivity Level 3 — High b. Visible Light Meter. NOTE 5.1 cm). 3. the inspection area shall be darkened adequately with dark canvas. NiCr. The area where parts are inspected shall be kept clean at all times and free from excessive fluorescent contamination. Developers: Developers shall be of the following forms. Penetrant Systems. They shall provide a black light intensity level of not less than 1000 microwatts per square centimeter (μW/cm2) when tested at a distance of 15 inches (38. The visible light meter for measuring white light background in the inspection area shall be capable of measuring a light level of at least one foot-candle. The black light meter shall be capable of measuring black light intensity in μW/cm2 within the spectral range of 3200 – 4000 Angstroms. Penetrants: NOTE Method B (Lipophilic Emulsifier) may be substituted in place of Method D (Hydrophilic Emulsifier) provided Sensitivity Level 4 penetrant is used. Black light sources shall be filtered to pass a wave band of 3200 to 4000 Angstrom units. photographer's black cloth. The oven shelves (if so equipped) shall allow free air circulation. 2 6-00-00 Page 5 . When portable inspection is required. NY) or equivalent is acceptable. Black Light Source.1°C). NY) or equivalent is acceptable. Type I — Fluorescent Dye Method B — Post Emulsified. 1. Method C — Solvent Removable Method D — Post Emulsified. Fixed Black Light Sources. Portable black light units shall be of the spot bulb type.. Sensitivity Level 4 — Ultrahigh 2. Lipophilic a. Portable Black Light Units. System Performance Test Panels. All penetrant materials shall conform to MIL-I-25135. The DSE-100X Light Meter (Spectronics Co. Westbury.. The DSE-100X Light Meter (Spectronics Co. methods and sensitivity levels. Solvent removers shall be of the following classes. 6. Black Light Meter. 4. or other methods to provide satisfactory viewing of indications. or those conforming to Pratt & Whitney Aircraft drawing number TAM 146040. 6-9. Westbury. Panels used for testing system performance shall be Chrome. Class 1 — Halogenated 16 FEB 2007 Rev.

4°C). or spraying. Dwell time shall be doubled when the part temperature is between 40 and 60°F (4. For specific components which have been identified in Bell Helicopter manuals as having potential for stress corrosion cracking. 2 16 FEB 2007 THE INSPECTION AREA SHALL NOT BE FLUSHED WITH SOLVENT OR WIPED WITH SOLVENT-SATURATED CLOTH WHEN PERFORMING PENETRANT REMOVAL. Lipophilic emulsifiers shall not be applied by spray or brush and shall not be agitated while on the surface of the part. The penetrant dwell time shall be a minimum of 30 minutes. dry cloth followed by a cloth moistened with solvent.BHT-ALL-SPM Class 2 — Non-halogenated CAUTION WHEN PORTABLE INSPECTION KITS ARE USED ON TITANIUM OR NICKEL BASE ALLOYS. Parts that have excessive background or appear to be over-emulsified must be cleaned and reprocessed. Penetrant may be applied to the inspection surface by dipping. dry cloth (refer to Chapter 5). oil. Limitations/Inspections and Component Overhaul Schedule). brushing. Lipophilic emulsifiers shall be applied by immersion or flowing. 6-10. 6-11. 5. SENSITIVITY LEVELS IN EXCESS OF LEVEL 2 SHOULD NOT BE USED. flow-on. Allow the inspection area to dry completely before applying penetrant. except as stated in the above caution. 3. PENETRANT INSPECTION CAUTION DO NOT PERFORM PENETRANT I N S P E C T I O N AT T E M P E R AT U R E S BELOW 40°F (4. (EXAMPLE: MAGNESIUM TRANSMISSION CASES). and free of contaminants such as grease. Solvent removable penetrant systems (Method C) shall be removed by using a clean. For localized inspections on assemblies. unless otherwise specified. After the emulsifier dwell time. etc. dry. PREINSPECTION CLEANING The inspection surface shall be clean. unless otherwise specified. minimum penetrant sensitivity levels for inspection shall be level 3 or greater. After contaminants are removed. 1. the inspection area shall be precleaned using solvent and a clean. 4. Maximum dwell times. After the penetrant is applied. Rewipe with a dry cloth to remove any solvent residue. Lipophilic post emulsified penetrant systems (Method B) shall be removed by water immersion or with a water spray rinse after application of an emulsifier and an appropriate emulsifier dwell time. check the inspection area for adequate coverage and to assure that the penetrant is not contaminating non-inspection areas. 2. Actual dwell times shall be the minimum necessary to produce an acceptable background. plastic media blast and/or liquid strippers to reveal the bare metal for inspection. THE USE OF A HALOGENATED SOLVENT REMOVER ( C L A S S 1 ) O R A H A L O G E N AT E D NON-AQUEOUS DEVELOPER IS PROHIBITED. emulsification shall be stopped by agitated immersion rinse or water spray. For components identified in Chapters 4 and 5 (Airworthiness 6-00-00 Page 6 Rev. the preferred method of application is brushing. Organic coatings such as paint may be removed by hand sanding.4 and 15. Minimum penetrant sensitivity levels for inspection shall be level 2 or greater.5°C). dwell times shall be a minimum of 120 minutes. shall be 3 minutes. Check the inspection area with a black light for adequate . CAUTION CAUTION DUE TO EXCESSIVE BACKGROUND RELATED TO HIGH SENSITIVITY PENETRANT MATERIALS WHEN USED FOR INSPECTION OF COMPONENTS MANUFACTURED FROM SAND CASTINGS.

POSTINSPECTION CLEANING Remove developer residues as soon as practical after completion of inspection. 8. For immersion applications. If determined to be detrimental to the service of a component. For spray applications. the part shall be cleaned and reprocessed. and water as necessary. FPI materials used in open containers (tanks) and/or materials that are reused shall be tested as required. Complete inspection after developer dwell time is complete. the part shall be rinsed with water. 7. If touch up application of the emulsifier does not produce an acceptable background. Parts that are not inspected before the maximum dwell time shall be cleaned and reprocessed. Perform inspection under black light. OR P E R M A N E N T LY S H A D E D L E N S E S WHEN PERFORMING INSPECTION. but unless otherwise specified. Inspectors shall be continually alert to any changes in performance. DO NOT OVER APPLY DEVELOPER. CAUTION DO NOT WEAR PHOTOSENSITIVE. The oven temperature shall not exceed 160°F (70°C) and drying time shall not exceed that necessary to adequately dry the part. Mark relevant indications of concern for further evaluation and/or disposition. other penetrant residues shall be removed from the inspection area using solvent or other approved methods. Evidence of over-removal shall require the part to be cleaned and reprocessed. Excessive background may be removed by additional (touch up) application of the emulsifier provided the maximum dwell time is not exceeded. 10. the concentration shall not exceed 35% by volume. 2 6-00-00 Page 7 . Dwell time shall be the minimum required for adequate penetrant removal. the concentration shall not exceed 5%. The parts shall be dried prior to the application of dry or nonaqueous developer. The following specific process control tests shall be accomplished according to the minimum frequency indicated in Table 6-1. FPI materials dispensed from closed containers and discarded after one use are exempt from the testing requirements of step 4 through step 10. 6-13. or brush (with soft. Hydrophilic post emulsified penetrant systems (Method D) shall be removed with a water prerinse. If excessive application of developer has occurred. 6-14. odor. the emulsifier or part shall be mildly agitated. 6. the area shall be cleaned and reprocessed. shall not exceed 2 minutes. indications of cracks shall be cause for rejection. Developer dwell time shall be a minimum of 10 minutes and a maximum of 1 hour. 9. consistency. For immersion applications. Parts that are not inspected before the maximum dwell time shall be cleaned and reprocessed. or appearance 16 FEB 2007 Rev. The hydrophilic emulsifier shall be applied by immersion or spray. If over-removal is suspected. then the part shall be cleaned and reprocessed. Developer dwell time shall be a minimum of 10 minutes and a maximum of 4 hours. After the application and dwell of the emulsifier. A HEAVY COATING OF DEVELOPER WILL MASK INDICAT IO NS. Nonaqueous or dry developer residues may be removed by wiping with a clean cloth. Penetrant indications may be evaluated by wiping once with a solvent moistened cotton swab followed by re-development. CAUTION EVALUATION PROCESS CONTROL REQUIREMENTS 1. 6-12. 6-15. application of the hydrophilic emulsifier and then a postrinse. color. ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA Unless allowed by a specific procedure. The prerinse shall be applied for the minimum amount of time to achieve removal of the bulk surface penetrant. Observe any obvious bleed-out as the developer dwells. Specific Process Controls. Nonaqueous developer shall be applied by lightly spraying.BHT-ALL-SPM penetrant removal. nonmetallic bristles). Parts shall be air dried or dried in an oven. Dry developer shall be applied by lightly dusting the areas to be inspected. followed by a rinse.

6. and the discrepancy shall be corrected before resuming inspection. step 6. clean for 5 d.BHT-ALL-SPM of all penetrant materials being used. unused concentration. Store panel(s) immersed in solvent or dry at 120 – 160°F (48. drying. Dry developers shall not contain more than 10 fluorescent specks. ultrasonic minutes. and observing the panel under black light. Penetrant Fluorescence Tests. The system performance shall be checked by processing a test panel conforming to paragraph 6-8. 4 inch (10. a. Black lights used for inspection shall be checked using a black light meter conforming to paragraph 6-8.4 cm) into the bath. Hydrophilic Emulsifier Concentration.8 – 71. 7. comparison may be made between a panel processed through the in-use material and a photograph of the same panel previously processed through unused material.6 x 25. If a difference exists. Caked dry developer shall be discarded. 6-00-00 Page 8 Rev. or extent to which the defects are shown. System Performance Test. Appropriate tests shall be conducted if their quality is believed to have deteriorated. A comparison test is made by processing a similar test panel through exactly the same processing steps and times using unused materials of the same designation. step 7 through each inspection line in use. Aqueous developers shall be checked for fluorescence by immersing a clean aluminum panel approximately 3 x 10 inches (7.2 cm) diameter circular area and observing under a black light. . Vapor degrease. step 5. The water content of in-use emulsifier shall be determined in accordance with the test procedures in ASTM-D-95 or ASTM-D-1744. Black Light Intensity. the test panels shall be cleaned according to the following Instructions as the minimum requirement: 2. c. 2 16 FEB 2007 b. a comparison is made between the panels. Dry developers shall be checked for fluorescence by spreading a thin layer on a flat. The comparison shall reveal no appreciable difference in background fluorescence. After developing. brilliance of indications. a. The intensity of the spurious visible light in the inspection area shall be measured at the surface of the work table with a visible light meter conforming to paragraph 6-8.1°C) for 10 minutes. b. failure of aqueous developers to uniformly wet part surfaces shall be cause for FPI to cease until the problem is corrected. 4. Soak in alkaline cleaner for 1/2 to 1 hour. Variation of immersion solution concentrations shall not be greater than 3 percentage points from the initial. Water Content of Lipophilic Emulsifier. The concentration of hydrophilic emulsifiers (applied by immersion or spraying) shall be checked using a calibrated refractometer. Rinse. Dry developers shall be fluffy and not caked. Visible Light Intensity. inspection shall be stopped and all of the solutions and procedures shall be checked to determine which of the used solutions or the procedures are discrepant. For fixed light sources. Immediately after each use. the black light intensity shall be measured at the surface of the work table. Alternately. Black light reflectors and filters shall be checked for cleanliness and integrity. 8. Portable light sources shall be tested with the meter fifteen inches from the face of the filter. Fixed Light Sources. the emulsifier concentration shall be no higher than specified by the penetrant system supplier and shall not exceed 35% by volume. The test shall be conducted in the inspection booth/area in which the black light is normally used. The comparison test may also be made by dividing a panel (if using NiCr or chrome panels) into two equal sections by means of a wax line or narrow vinyl tape. Spray concentrations shall be within the manufacturer's recommended limits and emulsifier concentration shall not exceed 5%. The brightness of the in-use penetrant shall be determined according to ASTM E1135 with a sample of the unused penetrant serving as the reference. All black lights shall be checked after bulb replacement. or solvent soak for 1 hour. Damaged or dirty reflectors or filters shall be replaced or cleaned as appropriate. 3. 5. Portable Light Sources. Developer Contamination. Additionally. For immersion applications.

Penetrant Contamination. Light Meter Certification. 2 6-00-00 Page 9 . step 4 Developer Contamination Daily Per paragraph 6-15. step 6 Aqueous Developer Concentration Weekly Per paragraph 6-15. white coloration or any other evidence of contamination or breakdown. Fluorescent Penetrant Process Control Tests — Frequency and Requirements TEST FREQUENCY REQUIREMENTS Each Shift Per paragraph 6-6. Drying Oven Temperature.8°C) and 160°F 11. step 8 Water Content of Lipophilic Emulsifier Monthly 5% Drying Oven Temperature Indicator Calibration Six Months Per paragraph 6-15. step 10 Inspection Viewing Area Cleanliness Daily Per paragraph 6-8.T. step 11 Drying Oven Controller Calibration Six Months Per paragraph 6-8. step 1 and paragraph 6-15. The oven temperature indicator shall be calibrated against an ASTM calibrated thermometer or a thermocouple traceable to the N. waxy deposits. The penetrant shall be examined visually and shall be discarded if there is any evidence of precipitates. step 2 Visible Light Intensity (Background) Daily ≥ 2 foot-candles System Performance Daily Per paragraph 6-15.I.S.1°C). step 10 Rinse Water Pressure/ Temperature 16 FEB 2007 Rev. step 9 Drying Oven Temperature Verification Daily Per paragraph 6-15. step 8 Penetrant Contamination Daily Per paragraph 6-15. step 1) may be used for this check. The oven temperature indicator (refer to paragraph 6-8.BHT-ALL-SPM 9.I. step 10 Light Meter Certification Six Months Per paragraph 6-15. Table 6-1.S. separation of constituents. The temperature of the drying oven shall be verified daily and shall be within the range of 120°F (48. step d Black Light Intensity Daily 1000 μW/cm2@15 inches Black Light Reflectors and Filters Daily Per paragraph 6-15.T. (71. step 2 Hydrophilic Emulsifier Concentration Weekly Per paragraph 6-15. surface scum. 10. Black and visible light meters shall be certified every six months using standards traceable to the N.

Make sure safety requirements for using electrical equipment near aircraft fuel cells. To prevent injury to the eyes. The ASB or other Bell Helicopter approved written directive must indicate in the document that an individual is qualified to perform such task and may be responsible for product acceptance. 6-20. Inspection Records. FLUORESCENT MAGNETIC PARTICLE INSPECTION METHOD (ASTM E1444) 6-18. 3. the fluorescent magnetic particles are aligned along the flaw or discontinuity due to a leakage field and are visible under ultraviolet or black light. Personnel Certification Records. Records shall be maintained on each inspector showing experience. 6. and nonmetallic inclusions that are either surface or slightly subsurface. Unless otherwise directed. Be sure to grasp the black light only by the handle. 90° apart. oxygen systems. 7. An inspection log shall be maintained for all parts inspected showing the part number. 2 16 FEB 2007 6-19. or as specifically authorized in an ASB or other Bell Helicopter approved written directive. components shall be subjected to magnetization in at least two directions. 2. and magnetic particle materials. reference to any rejection documents and the identity of the inspector. Prolonged or repeated inhalation of vapors may result in irritation of mucous membrane areas of the body. RECORDS 1. The employer of NDI Level I Special personnel must have an established written practice . Avoid exposure of pressurized spray cans to open flame. laps. Types of defects that can be detected are cracks. Continual exposure to magnetic particle inspection materials may cause skin irritation.8°C). All inspections shall be of the wet continuous method using fluorescent magnetic particles. 3. Wash exposed areas of body with soap and water. Personnel that have successfully completed the level I Special NDI training course at Bell Helicopter are qualified to perform magnetic particle inspections in accordance with the applicable maintenance and overhaul manuals. an inspection report with information similar to that specified for the inspection log must be prepared. the number of parts accepted or rejected. Records shall be maintained for a length of time prescribed by Bell Helicopter. quantity in lot. and stores have been met. Inspection is accomplished by inducing a magnetic field into the part and applying a liquid suspension of fluorescent iron oxide particles to the surface to be inspected.BHT-ALL-SPM 6-16. During magnetization of the part. may cause bursting of pressurized spray cans and injury to personnel. Store all pressurized spray cans in a cool. 6-00-00 Page 10 Rev. Black lights generate considerable heat during use. 5. to insure 100% inspection of the part. seams. Avoid contact with magnetic particle inspection materials by wearing gloves. do not look directly into the black light as unfiltered black lights or a damaged filter on a black light may damage eyes. Magnetizing equipment shall be maintained properly to prevent personnel hazards from electrical short circuits. 6-17. performance evaluations and inspection stamp identification. By controlling the direction of the magnetizing current. folds. examination results. INTRODUCTION Magnetic particle inspection is effective in detecting surface and near surface discontinuities in ferromagnetic parts. Direction of the magnetic field should be at right angles to the discontinuity to obtain the best inspection results. Process Control Test Records. 2. Provide adequate ventilation when handling cleaner. formal training. vision tests results. Records shall be maintained showing the dates and results of all tests required. the lines of magnetic force can be induced at right angles to the discontinuity. When inspection is performed by an independent facility. 4. Temperatures in excess of 120°F (48. lot identification or traveler number. dry area protected from direct sunlight. PERSONNEL QUALIFICATION/ CERTIFICATION All personnel performing NDI shall be certified to meet or exceed Level II requirements as established in the latest revision of NAS 410 or alternate approved document. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 1. date of inspection.

The magnetizing apparatus shall be of Wet Horizontal DC or AC Type. Portable black light sources shall be of the spot bulb type. Fixed black lights shall provide a black light intensity level of not less than 1000 μW/cm2 at the surface of the work (15" minimum light to surface distance). Suitable solvents shall be available for degreasing parts prior to and after magnetic particle inspection (MPI). 6-21. Test Sensitivity (Ketos) Ring. In order to insure the direction and magnitude of the magnetic field in the part being inspected. Magnetic Field Strength Indicator. The area shall be provided with a black light source for inspection as required. 8. Individuals who have successfully completed and passed the Level I Special Bell Helicopter training course may perform routine inspections for acceptance on components as listed in the Chapter 4 Airworthiness Limitations Schedule for retirement life parts and as listed in Chapter 5 Component Overhaul Schedule for components requiring an overhaul interval providing the applicable MM and or the CR&O provides the detailed instructions to perform the inspection. A Hall effect gauss meter (F.BHT-ALL-SPM which meets the requirements of ATA 105 for qualification and training of NDT personnel as described in the Bell Helicopter Customer Training Academy (CTA) NDI training course. Inspection Area. b. A model DSE-100X (Spectronics Corporation) or equivalent is acceptable. Examples include assessment of damaged ferromagnetic components for evidence of cracking. All equipment shall contain quick break circuitry. high amperage current passed through the part or through a conductor which passes through a hole in the part.) meter or equivalent is acceptable. 2 6-00-00 Page 11 . 2. This meter shall be capable of measuring intensity in μW/ cm2. Actual inspection of such parts needs to be supported by a certified Level II in the method employed. A visible light meter for measuring visible light at the surface of the work being inspected shall be available. The ambient visible light level shall not exceed two foot-candles. 7. 4. W. EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS 1. The equipment shall be capable of inducing a magnetic flux into the part being inspected by means of a low voltage. scratch). Magnetizing Current. Visible Light Meter. and is not intended as a final means of acceptance or rejection. Black light intensity shall not be less than 1000 microwatts per square centimeter (μW/cm2) when tested at a distance of 15 inches (38. a. 9. Black Light Source. The black light source shall be filtered to pass a wave band of 3200 to 4000 Angstrom units. a field strength indicator in accordance with ASTM-E1444 shall be available. An evaluation is performed for information purposes only. Black Light Meter. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. Individuals who have successfully completed and passed the Level I Special Bell Helicopter training course may only perform evaluations on components if the MM or CR&O do not provide the required detailed instructions. Bell Model 4048) will satisfy this requirement. a person certified to meet or exceed a Level II requirement will be responsible for the acceptance or rejection of that indicated part. Field Indicator. A field indicator capable of detecting a magnetic field of at least three oersteds or gauss shall be available for checking demagnetization. Cleaning Apparatus. This meter shall be capable of measuring an ambient light level of at least one foot-candle. Equipment other than Wet Horizontal DC or AC shall not be used without prior Bell Helicopter approval. and to characterize indications found visually (crack.1 cm). A model DSE-100X (Spectronics Corp. 6. The black light source shall be filtered to pass a wave band of 3200 to 4000 Angstrom units. The inspection area shall be equipped with a means of shielding the area from spurious visible light so as to provide a darkened area. If during the course of the evaluation an indication is found. The equipment shall also be capable of inducing a magnetic flux in the part being inspected by placing the part in a current carrying coil. A test sensitivity ring in accordance with ASTM-E1444 shall be available. 5. Portable Black Light Sources. as will commercially available etched shims. Fixed Black Light Sources. vs. 3. The black light meter for monitoring black light intensity shall be available.

but it must 6-00-00 Page 12 Rev. Demagnetizing equipment shall be available.4 to 4. This includes the use of shims with artificial defects (per ASTM E1444) placed on the part.BHT-ALL-SPM 10. It is important to ensure that field strengths in this range are present in all areas to be inspected on the part. Demagnetizing Apparatus. scale. (2) By using a Hall effect probe gaussmeter capable of measuring the peak values of the tangent field. this may consist of circular magnetization in two or more directions. box or DC step decay type and shall be capable of demagnetizing all inspected parts to a level of three oersteds or gauss maximum.05 ml increments for checking suspension concentrations shall be available. 11. . When such coatings are nonconductive. Fluorescent particle concentration shall be maintained in the range of 0. pear shaped centrifuge tube graduated in 0. When using a Hall effect probe gaussmeter. and by using values as specified for part number specific components in applicable sections of the manual. (4) The use of etched shims per Aerospace Standard 5371 (AS 5371) may be utilized to determine adequate field strength and direction. Depending on part geometry. or other contaminants that might interfere with the efficiency of the inspection. The surface of the component to be inspected shall be clean and dry. at least one additional stated method. Normal magnetic particle inspection procedure should be followed. PREINSPECTION CLEANING NOTE Ferrous parts may be inspected through a coating of epoxy primer or epoxy polyamide primer. 6-22. Demagnetization apparatus should be oriented with the axis of the coil in the East-West Direction. INSPECTION MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Fluorescent wet inspection material shall be used unless otherwise specified. The equipment shall be of the open coil. Magnetic particle examination shall not be performed with coatings in place that could prevent the detection of surface defects in the ferromagnetic substrate.1 to 0. they must be removed where electrical contact is to be made.4 milliliters per 100 milliliters of suspension fluid. Centrifuge Tube. in the range of 30 to 60 Gauss (2. values shall not be less than 65% of the calculated DC values. Alternating and/or rectified alternating current (referred herein as DC) is used for the detection of surface and near surface defects. 6-24. 6-25. measured on the part surface. 6-23. and free of oil. must be used in conjunction. or of longitudinal magnetization in two or more directions. MAGNETIZING CURRENT APPLICATION 1. MAGNETIC FIELD STRENGTH The applied magnetic field shall have sufficient strength to produce satisfactory indications.8 kA/m) peak values are normally adequate magnetization levels for magnetic particle examination. NOTE When using AC. Adequate magnetic field strength may be determined by one or a combination of four methods: (1) By testing parts having known or artificial defects. All suspension fluid shall conform to AMS 3045 and/or AMS 3046. A 100 ml. 6-26. not be so strong that it causes the masking of relevant indications by nonrelevant accumulations of magnetic particles. such as the Hall effect probe gaussmeter specified in item (2). each part must be magnetized in at least two directions 90° apart. tangential field strengths. 2 16 FEB 2007 (3) By using the formulas given in paragraph 6-28. step 6 (the current values given are peak current values and are applied directly to full-wave rectified current). of both circular and longitudinal magnetization. When formulas are used. MAGNETIC FIELD DIRECTION Unless otherwise specified.

000 A turns per inch if R is measured in inches (1690 A turns per mm). 2 6-00-00 Page 13 .000 A turns. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. the effective distance of magnetization is 9 inches (22. step 1 shall apply. shall be as follows: a. except that the diameter shall be considered the sum of the diameter of the central conductor and twice the wall thickness. CIRCULAR MAGNETIZATION CAUTION CARE MUST BE TAKEN TO REDUCE ARCING. allowing for approximately a 10% magnetic field overlap. the current levels as given in paragraph 6-27. pole pieces (pieces of ferromagnetic material with the same diameter as the part being tested) shall be placed on each end of the part to effectively increase the L/D to 2 or greater. 3. Prods shall not be used. The distance around the part circumference (interior) that is effectively magnetized shall be taken as four times the diameter of the central conductor. The diameter of the part shall be taken as the greatest distance between any two points on the outside circumference of the part. If the part has hollow portions. 1. N. step 6. When the conductor passing through the inside of the part is placed against an inside wall of the part. The entire circumference shall be inspected by rotating the part on the conductor. and the current in amperes through the coil. LONGITUDINAL MAGNETIZATION USING COILS 1. L = length of part. and D = diameter of the part (measured in the same units as the length). For high fill factor coils. K = 45. the current shall be from 300 to 800 A/inch of part diameter (12 to 32 A/mm). the product of the number of coil turns. Circular magnetization may be provided by passing current through a conductor that passes through the inside of the part. I. This produces a magnetic field parallel to the axis of the coil. inch (or mm). by repositioning the part within the coil. When the cross-sectional area of the coil is ten or more times the cross-sectional area of the part being inspected. For low or intermediate fill factor coils. Longitudinal magnetization is often accomplished by passing current through a coil encircling the part or section of the part. For parts longer than the effective distance. the same current levels as given in paragraph 6-27. the entire length shall be inspected 3. replace D with Deff as given in paragraph 6-28. 2. b. K = 43. step 1 shall apply. the value of 15 shall be substituted for L/D. For parts positioned in the center of the coil: NI = [KR/((6L/D)-5)] (±10%) where: R = radius of the coil. 6-28. the effective field extends a distance on either side of the coil center approximately equal to the radius of the coil.BHT-ALL-SPM 6-27. and D = diameter of the part (measured in the same units as the length). Longitudinal Magnetization With Low Fill Factor Coils. allowing for approximately 10% effective magnetic field overlap. When magnetizing by passing current directly through the part. For parts positioned to the side of the coil: NI = [K/(L/D)] (±10%) where: 2. If L/D is less than 2. When the axis of the central conductor is located near the central axis of the part. If the L/D is greater than 15. L = length of the part.8 cm) on either side of the coil center. These formulas hold only if L/D is greater than 2 and less than 15.

PARTICLE APPLICATION 1. 6-30. and the current in amperes through the coil. 2 16 FEB 2007 5. In the fluorescent wet continuous method. 6-00-00 Page 14 Rev. the magnetizing current shall be applied simultaneously with or immediately after applying the suspension. where: At = total cross sectional area of the part. For magnetization using the electromagnetic probe. These formulas hold only if L/D is greater than 2 and less than 15. NI = [K/((L/D)+2)] (±10%) where: K = 35. D shall be replaced with an effective diameter. Longitudinal magnetization with high fill factor coils. Position probe legs on the part. and D = diameter of the part (measured in the same units as the length) 5. If the L/D is greater than 15. When the cross sectional area of the coil is less than twice the cross sectional area (including hollow portions) of the part under testing. calculated using the following: Deff = 2[(At – Ah)/p]1/2 LONGITUDINAL MAGNETIZATION USING AN ELECTROMAGNETIC PROBE FALSE INDICATIONS MAY OCCUR IF PROBE LEGS ARE POSITIONED WITHIN 2 1/2 INCHES OF EACH OTHER.000 A turns. 2 MINUTES OFF . pole pieces (pieces of ferromagnetic material with the same diameter as the part being tested) shall be placed on each end of the part to effectively increase the L/D to 2 or greater. Reposition probe legs 90° from original position and repeat step 3 through step 6. If the part has hollow portions. Adjust magnetization intensity control to maximum. If L/D is less than 2. L = length of the part. Fluorescent particles suspended in a liquid vehicle shall be applied by flowing over the area to be inspected. 6. step 6. COIL C O VE R HE A T IN G I S A N INDICATION OF EXCESSIVE ON TIME. Apply inspection material to the inspection surface and immediately press ON to magnetize the part. Perform inspection under black light in a darkened area. 4. 2. Proper sequencing and timing of part magnetization and application of particle suspension are required to obtain the proper formation and . the product of the number of coil turns. DO NOT SWITCH THE PROBE FROM DC TO AC OR FROM AC TO DC WHEN THE PROBE IS TURNED ON. Deff. 6. For cylindrical parts. 1. and ID = inside diameter of the cylinder. Decreasing the spacing between the legs will increase the magnetic field strength. Allow a short amount of time for particle dwell and drainage. and Ah = cross sectional area of the hollow portions of the part. CAUTION DUTY CYCLE FOR AN ELECTROMAGNETIC PROBE IS USUALLY 2 MINUTES ON.BHT-ALL-SPM 4. I. Calculating the L/D ratio for a hollow or cylindrical part. direct current (DC) is required for all magnetic particle inspections. the value of 15 shall be substituted for L/D. this is equal to the following: Deff = [(OD)2 – (ID)2]1/2 where: OD = outside diameter of the cylinder. 3. replace D with Deff as given in paragraph 6-28. shall be as follows: 6-29. N.

6-34. and abrupt changes in section. it should be evaluated as "not acceptable" until the indication is either removed by surface conditioning or reinspected by the same or other nondestructive inspection method and shown to be nonrelevant. ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA Rejectable Defects. the field used during examination. 2. 4. with a minimum of two shots being used. the part shall be subjected to a field with a peak value greater than and in nearly the same direction as. 3. When using DC demagnetization. may cause indications which are nonrelevant. This generally requires that the flow of suspension be stopped simultaneously with or slightly before energizing the magnetic circuit. Following magnetization and particle application. 2 6-00-00 Page 15 . drilled holes. the parts shall be examined for indications under black light in a darkened area. When using AC demagnetization. Some metallurgical discontinuities and magnetic permeability variations may also cause indications which are nonrelevant. Unless allowed by a specific procedure. Repeat this process as necessary. EVALUATION CAUTION DO NOT WEAR PHOTOSENSITIVE OR PERMANENTLY SHADED LENSES WHEN PERFORMING INSPECTION. For large parts. 16 FEB 2007 Rev.1 cm) from the face of the filter or bulb. Polar effects as a result of design factors. Parts shall be corrosion protected to prevent the occurrence of corrosion after final inspection. DEMAGNETIZATION 1. POST INSPECTION CLEANING Clean the inspected area with solvent and wipe dry with a clean cloth to remove any magnetic particle residue that could have an adverse effect in the use of the part.4 cm) beyond the coil. For small parts. All indications will be identified as relevant or nonrelevant. Adjusting the amperage (decreasing) or electromagnetic probe leg spacing (increasing) can minimize these effects by reducing the magnetic field strength. an opaque cloth or plastic tarp shall be used to darken the inspection area to the lowest possible ambient light level. 4. parts that have been magnetized circularly shall be magnetized in the longitudinal direction before being demagnetized. the field used during examination. a magnetic field indicator shall be used. After demagnetization. the initial field shall be higher than and in nearly the same direction as. The field shall then be reversed. for example.5 cm) in front of the coil and then move slowly through the coil and at least 3 feet (91.BHT-ALL-SPM retention of indications. The second shot shall follow the first in rapid succession. 1. decreased in magnitude. Demagnetization using an electromagnetic probe. 6-32. 2.4 cm). and the process repeated until an acceptably low value of residual field is reached. Apply AC magnetization. When performing portable inspections. Whenever possible. The magnetizing current shall be applied for a duration of at least 1/2 second.4 cm) from probe before turning probe off. Hold the part approximately 1 foot (30. indications of cracks shall be cause for rejection. 3. Inspection booths of stationary equipment shall not exceed 2 foot-candles of white or ambient light during inspection when measured with a white light meter. keep magnetization switch on and slowly move probe away a minimum of 3 feet (91. 6-31. then turn probe off. Rotate and tumble parts of complex configuration while passing through the field of the coil. The black light shall be capable of a minimum intensity of 1000 microwatts per square centimeter measured 15 inches (38. Pass parts through area between poles of probe and withdraw parts to a minimum distance of 3 feet (91. keyways. This field is then decreased gradually to zero. apply AC magnetization. demagnetize parts in same position as they were magnetized. Any indication of a crack shall be cause for rejection. Readings obtained equal to or greater than 3 oersteds/gauss anywhere on the part is not acceptable. When an indication is not believed to be relevant. 6-33.

The settled volume of magnetic particles shall be from 0. the top layer (contamination) shall not exceed 30% of the bottom layer volume nor shall the contamination layer fluoresce objectionably.1 cm). 9. 6. Black Light Meter. Current Flow. Specific Process Controls. 7. When the current is actuated. 5 and 6 holes respectively. The frequency of testing shall be as specified in Table 6-2. 2500 and 3400 should reveal 3. there shall be no deflection of the ammeter. Visible Light Meter. The measured intensity shall not be less than 1000 μW/ cm2 at 15 inches (38. Current Output. • If using a Magnaflux Magnetic Test Bar #189838 or Continuous Method Test Bar 75130. 5. AMPERAGE MINIMUM HOLES DETECTED 1 Ketos Ring 1400 2500 3400 3 5 6 2 AS 5282 Ring 1500 2500 3500 6 7 9 1 2 The Ketos ring at amperages of 1400. If second sample reveals the same. The black light meter shall be certified every six months using an illuminate standard traceable to NIST.40 ml) may be adjusted lower when using accelerated settling tests to give results equivalent to the one hour settling test.BHT-ALL-SPM 6-35. Suspension Contamination.5 to 1.40 ml. If examination of the precipitates reveals two distinct layers. 6-00-00 Page 16 Rev. 11. System Sensitivity. The high limit (0. The current decay as measured using a suitable oscilloscope or other applicable method as specified by the manufacturer shall be within the manufacturer's definition of quick break. 10. the bath shall be replaced. When examined in black light. Black Light Intensity. The effectiveness of the MPI materials and procedure shall be determined. The current flow shall be between 0. The measured intensity shall not exceed two foot-candles in the darkened inspection area for inspection of fluorescent magnetic particles. The visible light intensity shall be determined. 7 and 9 holes respectively. the liquid shall not show objectionable fluorescence. 4. The suspension concentration shall be tested. A Ketos ring or AS 5282 ring may be used for system test sensitivity. The visible light meter shall be certified every six months using an illuminate standard traceable to NIST. The current output shall be within ±10% of the indicated current. Suspension Concentration. Visible Light Intensity. the Ketos ring or AS 5282 ring shall be demagnetized. 2 16 FEB 2007 . • When using a Ketos ring or AS 5282 ring all amperages shall be achieved with Full Wave Rectified Alternating Current (FWDC) or Half Wave Rectified Alternating Current (HWDC). refer to manufacturers directions.10 to 0. cleaned and checked under black light to ensure residual indications do not exist. After test. Internal Shorting. The suspension contamination shall be evaluated on the settled suspension. Magnetic Field Quick Break. 8. 12. If the settled particles appear as loose agglomerates a second sample shall be taken.0 second. The following specific process control tests shall be accomplished periodically. The intensity of illumination of each black light source shall be measured. 2. The AS 5282 ring at amperages of 1500. PROCESS CONTROL REQUIREMENTS Examples: 1. 2500 and 3500 should reveal 6. 3.

10 – 0. 6-37. step 4 Weekly paragraph 6-35. lot identification or traveler number. NONDESTRUCTIVE INSPECTION EDDY CURRENT METHOD 6-38. reference to any rejection documents and the identity of the inspector. Personnel Certification Records. RECORDS 1.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 6-2. Fluorescent Magnetic Particle Process Control Tests — Frequency and Requirements TEST FREQUENCY REQUIREMENT Each Shift 0. an inspection report. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. Eddy current and penetrant are somewhat complimentary methods of inspection. must be prepared. 2. 2 6-00-00 Page 17 . Records shall be maintained on each inspector showing experience. When the overhaul manual specifies penetrant. When eddy current is specified in the overhaul manual. Inspection Records. particularly for localized areas on the aircraft. with information similar to that specified for the inspection log.5 – 1. Cases may arise when one or the other can be employed to provide additional NDI for evaluation of indications. In some cases.40 ml* Daily 1000 µ W/cm2 @ 15 inches Each Shift paragraph 6-35. formal training.0 second Current Output Six Months ±10% Internal Shorting Six Months No Deflection Visible Light Meter Six Months DSE-100x or equivalent Gauss Meter Six Months 30 – 60 gauss Suspension Concentration Black Light Intensity System Sensitivity Suspension Contamination Visible Light Intensity 6-36. Process Control Test Records. quantity in lot. An inspection log shall be maintained for all parts inspected showing the part number. SCOPE It is not the intent of this NDI method to provide a substitution for penetrant inspection. vision tests results. step 6 Daily 2 foot-candles maximum Quick Break Six Months Per Manufacturer Black Light Meter Six Months DSE-100x or equivalent Current Flow Six Months 0. by ASB or other Bell Helicopter approved written directive. When inspection is performed by an independent facility. Records shall be maintained showing the dates and results of all tests required. and/or for components off aircraft requiring inspection over 100% of the surface area. written inspection procedures shall be developed by Level III personnel per paragraph 6-47. penetrant inspection (level 3 sensitivity or greater) shall be used (eddy current may not be used as a substitution). examination results. eddy current is recognized as a sensitive method for the detection of fatigue cracks. 3. performance evaluations and inspection stamp identification. the number of parts accepted or rejected. date of inspection.

All personnel performing NDI shall be certified to meet or exceed Level II requirements as established in the latest revision of NAS 410 or alternate approved document. 6-41. When using small diameter surface probes. electronic systems. 6-40. and stores. Personnel that have successfully completed the level I Special NDI training course at Bell Helicopter are qualified to perform eddy current inspections in accordance with the applicable maintenance and overhaul manuals. by measuring the magnitude and/or distribution of eddy currents generated in a conductor. The operating frequency range of the instrument shall be suitable to collect the desired information from the material under test. The employer of NDI Level I Special personnel must have an established written practice which meets the requirements of ATA 105 for qualification and training of NDT personnel as described in the Bell Helicopter Customer Training Academy (CTA) NDI training course. Defect type. Individuals who have successfully completed and passed the Level I Special Bell Helicopter training course may perform routine inspections for acceptance on components as listed in the Chapter 4 Airworthiness Limitations Schedule for retirement life parts and as listed in Chapter 5 Component Overhaul 6-00-00 Page 18 Rev. magnetic permeability. PERSONNEL QUALIFICATION/ CERTIFICATION 1. Optimization of defect detection is the primary objective in the selection of probes. Therefore. the use of shoes and/or . An evaluation is performed for information purposes only. INTRODUCTION Eddy currents are electrical currents induced in a conductive material by an alternating magnetic field. During inspection with eddy currents. Meters and/or LCD's. Displays may include CRT's. care must be exercised to isolate the specimen property of interest. a person certified to meet or exceed a Level II requirement will be responsible for the acceptance or rejection of that indicated part. Equipment shall contain a means to display detected impedance changes. 2. alternate approved document. The ASB or other Bell Helicopter approved written directive must indicate in the document that an individual is qualified to perform such task and may be responsible for product acceptance. vs. and homogeneity. Actual inspection of such parts needs to be supported by a certified Level II in the method employed. Examples include assessment of a damaged bare metallic skin for evidence of cracking. oxygen systems. 6-42. If during the course of the evaluation an indication is found. All flaw detector instrumentation shall be capable of detecting surface and/or near surface discontinuities in electrically conductive materials. size and orientation along with part geometrical and metallurgical characteristics shall be considered. All probes shall be compatible with the detection instrumentation and be identified as to type and frequency. changes in one or more of these variables can be determined. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Make sure safety precautions have been met for electrical grounding when using electrical equipment near aircraft fuel cells. geometry. Probes. Personnel responsible for the development written eddy current inspection procedures shall certified to meet or exceed Level III requirements established in the latest revision of NAS-410. and is not intended as a final means of acceptance or rejection. The eddy currents induced in a metallic part vary in magnitude and distribution in relation to the following specimen properties: electrical conductivity. 2 16 FEB 2007 Schedule for components requiring an overhaul interval providing the applicable MM and or the CR&O provides the detailed instructions to perform the inspection. and to characterize indications found visually (crack. Individuals who have successfully completed and passed the Level I Special Bell Helicopter training course may only perform evaluations on components if the MM or CR&O do not provide the required detailed instructions. of be as or EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS 1. Table 6-3 shall be used as a guideline for selection of probe frequency. or as specifically authorized in an ASB or other Bell Helicopter approved written directive.BHT-ALL-SPM 6-39. either by eliminating the variation in the specimen properties for which inspection is not performed or by electronically suppressing or differentiating the other variables. Instrumentation shall possess the capability of detecting impedance changes introduced by variations in material properties as well as metallurgically and mechanically induced discontinuities. 2. scratch). Flaw Detectors.

Nonconductive shims shall be used to represent paint thickness when calibrating for inspection of painted surfaces. and in cases where part geometry effects lift-off. Connect applicable surface probe (geometry and frequency range). manufactured specimens to simulate parts. All eddy current instrumentation shall be capable of detecting discontinuities in the materials listed in Table 6-4 and Table 6-5. 6-45. drilling.040 inch (1. For all other components. etc.e. hole templates. i. Reference standards shall be representative of the material. geometry of the test material.010 inch (0. Calibration Requirements. 2. base material type. ASB or other Bell Helicopter approved written directive. condition and flaw pedigree. as a minimum. Scan indexing shall not exceed one-half of the probe diameter. Surface Roughness. INSPECTION 1. after inspection and periodically within every fifteen minutes of continuous inspection. Calibration shall be checked prior to inspection. Unless otherwise specified by overhaul manual.020 inch (0. Scan speeds shall not exceed calibration scan speeds.020 inch (0. Surface Preparation/Cleanliness. If the system is found to be out of calibration. 5. inspected shall be such that at least a 3:1 defect signal to noise ratio is maintained. 3. 0. For naturally occurring flaws. For eddy current inspection of magnetic materials. EVALUATION 1. Reference Standard Material. prevents the inspection to be performed to its required efficiency shall be removed prior to inspection. or general purpose flawed material containing natural or artificially induced flaws. Gain shall be adjusted to provide a crack deflection (0. 2 6-00-00 Page 19 .254 mm).. Each standard shall be constructed of the same base material and have approximate conductivity values of the material under test (refer to Table 6-4 and Table 6-5). Fill factor ratios shall be within ± 10% of reference standard ratios. 6-43. paint or other foreign surface material which when present. Penetrant. All indications shall be verified after recalibration per paragraph 6-43. high magnification 16 FEB 2007 Rev. Reference standard defects may be naturally occurring or artificially induced. at least one other inspection method shall be implemented for the determination of flaw pedigree. lift-off shall be oriented along the horizontal axis and deflections obtained from simulated cracks shall be oriented vertically). These standards may be actual parts.408 mm) and 0. All inspections require the use of reference standards.016 mm). Surface roughness of reference standards and components/material to be 6-44. alarms shall be employed. Scanning Requirements. Oxides.BHT-ALL-SPM collars to prevent undesirable lift-off effects is highly recommended. A thin protective layer of teflon tape may be used on probe faces to reduce friction and reduce probe wear. Lift-off shall be compensated for (for phase analysis displays. All standards shall be identified and have documentation on file defining. When using bolthole probes. fill factor ratios shall be as close to 1:1 as possible and allow for full coverage of the hole under test. eddy current inspections shall not be performed on surfaces which exceed 250 RHR. REFERENCE STANDARDS 1. Defects. Null/ balance on a defect-free area of the appropriate reference standard. Scanning shall be accomplished in two axes. may be used to enhance scanning. For components listed in Chapters 4 and 5 (Airworthiness Limitations/ Inspections and Component Overhaul Schedule). Scanning may be manual or automated. Electrical Discharge Machining (EMD) is the recommended method for crack simulation. Any surface finish which impedes reference standard defect responses greater than 10% deflection/ amplitude shall be removed (refer to Chapter 4). Recommended crack depths are 0. saturation probes are recommended. and all inspections performed after the last successful calibrated repeated. Reference standards shall have a surface finish representative of the component under inspection. when automated scanning is incorporated. 2. Nonconductive guides. the cause shall be determined and corrected. Areas of inspection shall be scanned 100%. etc. eddy current inspections shall not be performed on surfaces which exceed 125 RHR.408 mm) crack depth) with a minimum of 30% full scale from the null point. Artificially induced flaws may be introduced through machining. straightedges. 4. 3. scale. the inspection system shall be calibrated as follows prior to inspection.

These procedures shall be sufficiently detailed in the following areas: a. All personnel performing inspections shall be certified in accordance with paragraph 6-41. required to perform the inspection shall be documented. This specification along with the applicable inspection procedures.0 MHz Titanium 500 – 1. recorders. h. etc. 6-48. All equipment. surface. Area to be Inspected. 6-47.e. g. when applicable. Records. k. ASB or other Bell Helicopter approved directive is required. fixturing. f. This section shall be written in sufficient detail to assure repeatability of the inspection. When inspection per overhaul manual. cleaning. etc. used to provide additional evaluation of detected indications. Evaluation. All inspection instrumentation used to perform eddy current inspection shall have valid calibration certification traceable to procedures and/or standards required by the National Institute of Standards (NIST). etc.. e. 2. ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 1. i. Describe the sequence of steps required to perform this inspection. as indicated from the applicable callout shall be given. Inspection. Describe techniques used to verify indications detected. List calibration/reference standards required to perform the inspection. as a unit. Described steps to be performed before inspection can begin. INSPECTION PROCEDURES 1. j. Additional NDI. 2 16 FEB 2007 . d. Post Inspection. b. Accept/Reject Criteria.BHT-ALL-SPM visual and/or additional NDI methods may be employed to aid in verification process. Calibration. describe operations necessary for clean-up/handling of part after inspection. Identify the document and/or location of acceptance criteria applicable to this inspection. Reference other NDI methods and/or procedures. 1. probes. to be inspected. When applicable. Equipment. Table 6-3. i.0 MHz Rev. 6-46. A description of area. Probe Frequency Selection 6-00-00 Page 20 TEST MATERIAL OPERATING FREQUENCY Aluminum 100 – 500 kHz Steel 300 – 1. Reference/Calibration Standards. Equipment 3.. cross section. Preinspection. c. govern the inspection requirements. Describe steps necessary for the recording and maintenance of inspection results. All verified indications of cracks shall be cause for rejection. written inspection procedures shall be prepared. List initial equipment control settings necessary to establish a starting point from where final calibration can be obtained. PROCESS CONTROL REQUIREMENTS Personnel a.

4340. Nitralloy 135. Inconel 625 and 718 Hasteloy X Nonmagnetic (1) 304 and 321 annealed < 125 RHR 17-4 PH.e. A286. 18 Ni Maraging grades. High permeability steel and stainless steel alloys.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 6-4. 4330. 4340 or similar high permeability alloys in any heat treat condition. Reference Standard Materials for Components Listed in Chapter 4 and Chapter 5 (Airworthiness Limitations/Inspections and Component Overhaul Schedule) TEST MATERIAL MAGNETIC PROPERTIES REFERENCE STANDARD MATERIAL SURFACE FINISH All Aluminum Alloys Nonmagnetic Same as Table 6-4 < 125 RHR All Titanium Alloys Nonmagnetic Ti-6A1-4V < 125 RHR All 300 Stainless Steel. 15-5 PH.8% and 15% IACS. Custom 455 Moderately Magnetic 17-4 PHH1025 condition| < 125 RHR 17-7 PH Annealed Slightly Magnetic 17-7PH annealed < 125 RHR 17-7 Heat Treated Moderately Magnetic 17-07 PHTH1050 condition < 125 RHR All AISI-SAE low alloy steels: i. Nonferromagnetic alloy with a conductivity that does not exceed 15% IACS of test material. 8620. M-50. X-53. 1095. 9310. 2 6-00-00 Page 21 .5% or -0. 4130. Reference Standard Materials Non-Critical Components TEST MATERIAL REFERENCE STANDARD MATERIAL All conductive nonferromagnetic alloys with conductivity's between 15% and 60% IACS. Nitralloy N. 300M. Aermet 100 Highly Magnetic 4340 Heat Treat to 125 KSI minimum < 125 RHR Precipitation Hardening Stainless Steels 16 FEB 2007 Rev. H-12. MP35. Nonferromagnetic alloy with a conductivity that does not exceed +0. All conductive nonferromagnetic alloys with conductivity's between 0. 4130. N155. H-11. 52100. 4330V. Table 6-5. Nickel Alloys. PH13-8 Mo.8% IACS of test material. Low permeablity alloys. 17-7 PH annealed.

0MHz. ULTRASONIC INSPECTION METHOD 6-50. The grade of the couplant should be appropriate for the conditions encountered when performing routine inspection. or as defined by the maintenance organizations quality control guidelines. These sound waves provide information as to the state of various materials.0MHz. If during the course of the evaluation an indication is found.0MHz. shear wave. will enable inspection of surface. 6-53. The specific transducer frequency used for an inspection/evaluation shall be determined by the Level III individual. The ultrasonic couplant utilized should be water based. Ultrasonic instruments required for contact inspection may be specific to pulse-echo. Personnel that have successfully completed the level I Special NDI training course at Bell Helicopter are qualified to perform ultrasonic inspections in accordance with the applicable maintenance and overhaul manuals. Individuals who have successfully completed and passed the Level I Special Bell Helicopter training course may only perform evaluations on components if the MM or CR&O do not provide the required detailed instructions. PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS/ CERTIFICATIONS 1. An evaluation is performed for information purposes only. subsurface. INTRODUCTION Ultrasonic inspection is a method of inspection using sound waves with frequencies that are above the audible range. The inspection is accomplished by inducing the ultrasound into the part by coupling the transducer which generates high frequency ultrasonic energy. SAFETY PRECAUTION Make sure safety requirements for electrical (static) grounding have been met when using ultrasonic equipment near aircraft fuel cells. Battery operated units shall have low voltage warning. Examples include assessment of bare metallic skin to determine thickness. Correct selection of transducer. or as specifically authorized in an ASB or other Bell Helicopter approved written directive. The instruments shall have audio and/or visual flaw indicators and be commercially available. and is not intended as a final means of acceptance or rejection. 2 16 FEB 2007 parts and as listed in Chapter 5 Component Overhaul Schedule for components requiring an overhaul interval providing the applicable MM and or the CR&O provides the detailed instructions to perform the inspection. Actual inspection of such parts needs to be supported by a certified Level II in the method employed.25MHz. or resonant frequency. EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS An ultrasonic instrument having a capability for both the through transmission and the pulse-echo techniques is required. The ASB or other Bell Helicopter approved written directive must indicate in the document that an individual is qualified to perform such task and may be responsible for product acceptance. and 10. Typical inspection frequencies shall be 1. and back surface of part. a person certified to meet or exceed a Level II requirement will be responsible for the acceptance or rejection of that indicated part. or as directed by the MM. The use of petroleum . oxygen systems. The transducer picks up the reflected sound from within the part. The instrument shall be capable of transmitting and receiving ultrasound of the frequency specified for the inspection. through transmission. 6-52. All personnel performing NDI shall be certified to meet or exceed Level II requirements as established in the latest revision of NAS 410 or alternate approved document. ASB. contact impedance.BHT-ALL-SPM 6-49. Individuals who have successfully completed and passed the Level I Special Bell Helicopter training course may perform routine inspections for acceptance on components as listed in the Chapter 4 Airworthiness Limitations Schedule for retirement life 6-00-00 Page 22 Rev. 6-51. CR&O. and stores. or other approved Bell Helicopter directive. 5. The detected ultrasonic reflections are electronically displayed and interpreted for indications of defects. electrical systems. sensitivity. 2. The employer of NDI Level I Special personnel must have an established written practice which meets the requirements of ATA 105 for qualification and training of NDT personnel as described in the Bell Helicopter Customer Training Academy (CTA) NDI training course. Ultrasonic equipment shall be calibrated as recommended by the manufacturer. angle and so forth. Ultrasonic transducers may be of the broadband or narrow band frequency type. or to assess suspect damage of composite laminates or honeycomb composite structures.

e. required to perform the inspection shall be documented. but may be utilized on metallic components. List initial equipment control settings necessary to establish a starting point from where final calibration can be obtained. Post Inspection. 2. Inspection. surface. 2 6-00-00 Page 23/24 . List calibration / reference standards required to perform the inspection.. 5. the ultrasonic inspection unit shall be utilized and calibrated following the applicable written inspection procedure which outlines: 7. etc.BHT-ALL-SPM based couplants should not be used on composite parts. Evaluation. This section shall be written in sufficient detail to assure repeatability of the inspection. 9. Accept/Reject Criteria. Reference/Calibration Standards. or as stated on applicable safety bulletin or other approved Bell Helicopter directive. 6-56. The reference standard(s) shall be of known quality and shall represent all relevant characteristics of the component it is intended for. Acceptance criteria will be as stated in the MM. fixturing. Describe the sequence of steps required to perform this inspection. recorders. CR&O. When applicable. to be inspected. 6-55. cross section. Pre-inspection. A description of area. 6-57. Described steps to be performed before inspection can begin. describe operations necessary. Equipment. 8. Calibration. 6-54. EVALUATION 1. The reference standard shall be used to establish acceptable or rejectable thresholds during equipment calibration and/or setup. probes. cleaning. Describe techniques used to verify indications detected. Care should be taken to avoid the use of non-compatible materials. Additional NDI methods may be employed for positive defect affirmation. ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA Any indication found using this method should be verified. INSPECTION Unless otherwise specified by MM. as indicated from the applicable callout shall be given. All specific equipment requirements. using another NDE method such as by visual or mechanical means. 3. REFERENCE STANDARDS 4. All indications shall be verified after recalibration per inspection procedure. ASB or other BHTI approved written directive. etc. Reference standards representative of the part being inspected are required. etc. Identify the document and/ or location of acceptance criteria applicable to this inspection. 6. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. CR&O. when it is possible. Area to be inspected.. i.

.

................... Anti-icing............ Safetying — Cotter Pins ................ 8-00-00 3 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 3 4 4 4 5 6 6 7 8 9 9 10 11 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 12 13 13 13 13 16 16 16 17 17 18 18 18 18 23 25 25 28 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 28 29 30 45 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 8-00-00 45 45 45 48 16 FEB 2007 Rev........................................... and Snow Removal — Snow Removal...... and Snow Removal — Anti-icing ...................................................................................... Elastomeric (Rubber) Parts........... and Snow Removal........... Anti-icing............................. Placards and Markings .... Safetying ..... Application of Decals ...................................................................................... Studs and Inserts — Standard Studs Replacement . Control Tube (Adjustable) ........................ Studs and Inserts — Standard Studs Identification .... Clamping of Rigid Tubes and Flexible Hoses — General Practices .........BHT-ALL-SPM CHAPTER 8 — MISCELLANEOUS PRACTICES TABLE OF CONTENTS Paragraph Number Chapter/Section Number Title Page Number MISCELLANEOUS PRACTICES 8-1 8-2 8-3 8-4 8-5 8-6 8-7 8-8 8-9 8-10 8-11 8-12 8-13 8-14 8-15 8-16 8-17 8-18 8-19 8-20 8-21 8-22 8-23 8-24 8-25 8-26 8-27 8-28 8-29 8-30 8-31 8-32 8-33 8-34 8-35 8-36 8-37 8-38 8-39 8-40 Clamping of Rigid Tubes and Flexible Hoses ........................................... Elastomeric (Rubber) Parts — Guidelines for Determination of the Useful Age ................................. Electric ARC Etching — Unauthorized Procedure ..... Grease .................................................................................. De-icing............................. Retaining Compounds .................... Anti-icing................................ Unwanted Particles — Visual Identification ................................................................................... Anti-icing.......... Thermal Fit Parts ..................................................................................................... and Snow Removal — De-icing.............................................................. Grease — Storage Life ................................................. Thermal Fit Parts — Methods of Securing Dimensional Changes .................................... and Snow Removal — Fluid Removal ................................................. Surface Roughness ............................. Systems of Units ......... 2 8-00-00 Page 1 .......................................................................... Gears — Spline and Teeth Wear Measuring Pins ............ Control Tube (Adjustable) — Thread Protection................. Studs and Inserts — Ring Locked Studs and Inserts Replacement........................ Grease — Changing Types or Brands........................................................................ Unwanted Particles — Chemical Identification .................................................................. Anti-icing................................................. Gears — Wear Pattern Check ............................... Data Plates .......................... Safetying — Safety Wire.................................... Elastomeric (Rubber) Parts — Guidelines for Storage .................................... Retaining Compounds — Application ................................................................................................ De-icing........................................................................... De-icing...................................................... Gears ............................................................................................................................................................ Studs and Inserts .............................................................. Unwanted Particles ....... Control Tube (Adjustable) — Alignment ............................. De-icing......... De-icing...... Elastomeric (Rubber) Parts — General Practices .......................................

........... Rev...................................................................................................................................................... Safetying — Cotter Pins Installation ............................... Safetying — CRES (MS24665) Cotter Pin Dash Numbers.................... Unwanted Particles — Visual Identification .......................... Systems of Units — Pound-Force per Square-Inch (PSI) to Kilopascal (KPA) Conversions ........ Systems of Units — Fluid-Ounce (OZ) to Milliliter (ML) Conversions .............................................................................. Systems of Units — Degree Celsius (°C) to Degree Fahrenheit (°F) Conversions ............................... Surface Roughness — Machining Method Versus Roughness ......... Visual Identification of Ferrous Particles on Chip Detectors .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... Safetying — Safety Wire Installation......................................... Retaining Compounds — Heat Cure Temperature and Time.................BHT-ALL-SPM FIGURES Figure Number 8-1 8-2 8-3 8-4 8-5 Title Gears — Methods for Spline and Teeth Wear Measurement......................... Systems of Units — Ounce (OZ) and Pound (LB) to Kilogram (KG) Conversions ......................................................... Gears — Measuring Pins Versus Helicopter Models and Kit Designation Letters .......... Systems of Units — Inch-Pound (IN-LB) and Foot-Pound (FT-LB) to Newton-Meter (NM) Conversions ............................................................................................................................. Page Number 14 20 26 27 49 TABLES Table Number 8-1 8-2 8-3 8-4 8-5 8-6 8-7 8-8 8-9 8-10 8-11 8-12 8-13 8-14 8-15 8-16 8-17 8-18 8-19 8-20 8-00-00 Page 2 Title Approximate Holdover Times (HOT) for De-icing/Anti-icing Fluid....... Systems of Units — Gallon (GAL) to Liter (L) Conversions ............................................ Systems of Units — Microinch (μin) to Micrometer (μm) Conversions ....... Systems of Units — Conversion Formulas .......................................... Safetying — Cadmium Plated Steel (MS24665) Cotter Pin Dash Numbers............................................................... Systems of Units — Ounce-Force (OZF) and Pound-Force (LBF) to Newtons (N) Conversions ......... Systems of Units — Inch to Millimeter (MM) Conversions.................................................................................................. 2 16 FEB 2007 Page Number 9 15 18 24 24 30 31 34 35 36 38 40 40 41 42 42 43 44 46 47 ........ Systems of Units — Degree Fahrenheit (°F) to Degree Celsius (°C) Conversions ...... Studs and Inserts — Standard Studs Identification .................................................................................. Systems of Units — Inch (Fraction) to Millimeter (MM) Conversions ................................................... Thermal Fit Parts — Material Versus Maximum Temperature.......................................

The paragraph 8-2 provides additional information to ensure correct installation of new clamps (MS21919) or troubleshooting an installation where evidence of chafing between the tubing and the structure occurred. CLAMPING OF RIGID TUBES AND FLEXIBLE HOSES Always install clamps (MS21919) in accordance with the procedure of the applicable manual. When the tubing runs horizontally. or instruction. • Aluminum band (band code D) • Corrosion Resistant Steel (CRES) band (band code C) b. The last clamp (MS21919) on a flexible line must be loose enough to allow movement through full range of the equipment it connects to. Not resistant to synthetic hydraulic fluid. CLAMPING OF RIGID TUBES AND FLEXIBLE HOSES — GENERAL PRACTICES 2. Clamps (MS21919) are installed with 24 inches (610 mm) or less of space between. use a screw (MS27039-1) of the appropriate length. make sure the fasteners used are in accordance with the following: a. The size of the clamp (MS21919) should provide a tight fit on the tube or hose without pinching. • Silicone cushions (white) are used for application at high temperature in areas contaminated with synthetic hydraulic fluid. • Fluorosilicone cushions (blue) are used for application at high temperature in areas contaminated with petroleum-based hydraulic fluid (C-002). e. bulletin. 2 8-00-00 Page 3 . clamps (MS21919) are installed with the mounting holes above the loop to prevent the attachment legs from bending. Based on the band material used for the clamp (MS21919). Not resistant to synthetic hydraulic fluids. bulletin. or instruction.BHT-ALL-SPM MISCELLANEOUS PRACTICES 8-1. the general practices for installation of clamps (MS21919) on rigid tubes and flexible hoses are as follows: 1. and a washer (NAS1149D0332J) under the nut. f. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. Clamps (MS21919) are installed with the rear attachment leg resting on the structure. Refer to the BHT-ELEC-SPM for electrical applications. (2) For CRES clamp bands. a spacer (NAS43HT3) of the appropriate length if applicable. as follows: a. Ideal for extreme temperature conditions and exposure to fuel or oil. a nut (MS21042L3). Clamps (MS21919) are installed so the rigid tube or flexible hose they support does not come in contact with the surrounding structure when subject to vibrations. use a screw (MS27039C1) of the appropriate length. • Chloroprene cushions (black) are used for general application in areas contaminated with petroleum-based hydraulic fluid (C-002) and occasional fuel splash. c. bulletin. Unless otherwise specified in the procedure of the applicable manual. and a washer (NAS1149C0332R) under the nut. Not resistant to petroleum-based hydraulic fluid (C-002). Unless it is specified in the procedure of the applicable manual. based on other clamps (MS21919) used in a similar environment and consistent with the application: (1) For aluminum clamp bands. 8-2. b. or instruction. The clamp (MS21919) should not slide on the tube or hose when you apply a light axial pull. c. a nut (MS21042L3). make sure the appropriate materials were selected for the clamp (MS21919). Material for the clamp cushion must be compatible with the operating environment: • Nitrile cushions (yellow) are used for application in fuel immersion and fuel vapors. d. Not resistant to synthetic hydraulic fluids and not for use on titanium tubings. Material for the clamp band must be as follows. a spacer (NAS43DD3) of the appropriate length if applicable.

Align the control tube between one spherical self-aligning bearing and one nonself-aligning bearing as follows: 8-5. 1. apply corrosion preventive compound (C-101) to the rod end jam nuts and threads. and mechanical damage. it is a good practice to examine rigid tubes and flexible hoses at areas covered by the clamps. Tighten locknut. If one spherical self-aligning bearing has more travel and does not bottom out. Turn the control tube in both directions by hand. in each direction. and make sure that each end bottoms out at the same time. Turn the control tube and the adjustable end in the same direction until both bottom out. 2. Tighten the locknut and do a check of the alignment again. corrosion. NOMENCLATURE C-101 Corrosion Preventive Compound C-104 Corrosion Preventive Compound b. Loosen the locknut on the control tube. These are self-aligning and/or nonself-aligning bearings. c. Move the controls through their full range of travel and make sure the control tube clevises have clearance at all positions. Attaching screws may be loosened or removed and clamps moved away to allow visual inspection of the rigid tubes or flexible hoses for fretting. b. MATERIALS REQUIRED NUMBER a. Whenever you do a major inspection in areas subject to a combination of dirt and lubricants. During assembly and adjustment procedures of adjustable control tubes. 2 16 FEB 2007 — a. 2. d. refer to step 2. apply corrosion preventive compound (C-104) to the threads of the rod end. Loosen the locknut on the control tube. For control tubes that feature a spherical self-aligning bearing on each end. at the bearing having the extra travel. Position the control tube so the tangs of the clevis are parallel to the flat surface of the spherical self-aligning bearing retaining boss. Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. c. loosen the locknut and reposition the adjustable end to provide equal clearance. CONTROL TUBE ALIGNMENT (ADJUSTABLE) NOTE Two different types of spherical bearings can be installed on adjustable control tubes. CONTROL TUBE (ADJUSTABLE) THREAD PROTECTION — d. 8-00-00 Page 4 Rev. CONTROL TUBE (ADJUSTABLE) 8-4. Align the control tube between the two spherical self-aligning bearings as follows: 8-3. For control tubes that feature a spherical self-aligning bearing on one end and a spherical nonself-aligning bearing on the other end. Move the controls through their full range of travel and make sure the control tube clevises have clearance at all positions. . After the adjustment of adjustable control tubes. Tighten the locknut and do a check of the alignment again. e.BHT-ALL-SPM 3. 1. f. refer to step 1.

If a “new” component is built up from spare or serviceable detail parts. Place a 4-mil thread in the adhesive (C-317) on the data plate. dry gloves to prevent contamination of the parts.64 or 0. Two pieces of thread positioned lengthwise on the data plate serve as a spacer and control bond line thickness. DATA PLATES If an existing data plate was lost. After cleaning. Remove the residue with a clean cloth moistened with aliphatic naphtha (C-305). 2. 2 8-00-00 Page 5 . 16 FEB 2007 Rev. Abrade lightly with a 400 grit abrasive cloth or paper (C-423). bond the data plate on the component as follows: 1. b. you may assign a serial number of your choice. Position the data plate on the component. The data plate may be made as follows: • Material: aluminum alloy T0 or T3 • Thickness: 0. Apply a thin coat of adhesive (C-317) to the data plate and to the bonding surface on the component.BHT-ALL-SPM 8-6. you may reproduce the same serial number that appears on the component or the Historical Service Record (HSR). 5. FAILURE TO DO SO MAY RESULT IN DAMAGE THE COMPONENT. 4. If the data plate of a part/component is lost or a component is built up from serviceable detail parts. The pot life of adhesive (C-317) is 30 to 50 minutes. NOTE NOTE Bell Helicopter does not supply blank data plates through spares. 3. Use rubber bands to maintain a pressure of approximately 10 PSI (69 kPa) on the dataplate during the 24 hour cure period. Clean the back side of the data plate and the bonding surface on the component as follows: a. NOTE The serial number created is to be used in all of the helicopter records to provide maximum traceability for the life of the part or assembly. After forming the data plate to the proper contour. MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-305 Aliphatic Naphtha C-309 MEK C-317 Adhesive C-423 Abrasive Cloth or Paper C-486 Cheese Cloth CAUTION ALWAYS STAMP OR VIBROETCH THE DATA PLATE BEFORE BONDING ONTO THE COMPONENT. wear clean. Bell Helicopter recommends that a new data plate be locally manufactured.025 or 0.81 mm) • or adhesive backed aluminum alloy foil The part number to be vibroetched on the data plate must match the actual configuration of the part/ component and the records on hand.032 inch (0.

and exhausts • Main and tail rotor blades and controls • Exposed flight controls • Drain and vent ports • Landing gear bays and doors • Inside cowlings and fairings • Cabin and cockpit air ventilation inlets 2. and accumulation of snow on the helicopter. NOTE Refer to the applicable Flight Manual (FM) for operating limitations under snow or icing conditions. and other factors affect the HOT. 8-00-00 Page 6 Rev. or your internal procedures. Fluid quantity. If strong wind and blowing snow conditions occurred. ANTI-ICING. 8-7. as applicable. to your local regulatory requirements. 6. for the appropriate practices. remove any excess of adhesive (C-317) outside the bonding area with a clean cheesecloth (C-486) moistened with MEK (C-309). wind speed. Before the adhesive (C-317) cures. ANTI-ICING. You may refer to the FAA Advisory Circular AC 120-60B. Outside Air Temperature (OAT). AND REMOVAL — SNOW REMOVAL NOTE Refer to Chapter 13 for accelerated cure temperature. time. AND SNOW REMOVAL WARNING DO N O T S TAR T O R O PE RA T E T HE HELICOPTER UNTIL YOU HAVE COMPLETED APPROPRIATE DE-ICING. 1. The purpose of the following section is to provide recommended guidelines for the de-icing. as applicable: • Exterior surfaces • Antennas • Pitot tubes and static ports • Engine air inlets. anti-icing. precipitation rate. HARD BRISTLE BROOMS OR BRUSHES MAY CAUSE DAMAGE TO SURFACES OF THE HELICOPTER. SPECIAL TOOLS REQUIRED NUMBER NOMENCLATURE Commercial Soft Bristle Broom or Brush DE-ICING. ANTI-ICING. and pressure data of adhesive (C-317). DE-ICING. 2 16 FEB 2007 SNOW CAUTION DO NOT REMOVE SNOW WITH OTHER TOOLS THAN THOSE SPECIFIED.BHT-ALL-SPM 8-8. particle separators. and snow removal of the helicopter. OPERATING A HELICOPTER WITH CONTAMINATION ON THE SURFACES MAY RESULT IN REDUCED FLIGHT CONTROLABILITY AND CAUSE DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURIES TO PERSONS. AND SNOW REMOVAL. Remove all deposits of snow from the helicopter with a broom or brush. . It is difficult to make an accurate estimate of the amount of time or Holdover Time (HOT) the de-icing/ anti-icing fluid will prevent the formation of frost and ice. Table 8-1 provides an approximate HOT for different weather conditions. Make sure snow is removed from the following areas. pay special attention to inside areas of all cowlings and fairings of the fuselage and the tailboom for snow deposits.

NOTE Using the approved de-icing/anti-icing fluid (C-394) and the following procedure will not damage elastomeric parts. DE-ICING. providing the Outside Air Temperature (OAT) is not too low. ANTI-ICING. SNOW SPECIAL TOOLS REQUIRED NUMBER NOMENCLATURE Commercial Spray Equipment MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. Remove snow from the helicopter (paragraph 8-8). REMOVAL — DE-ICING AND b. It is recommended to remove a thin layer of frost with hot water 90 to 100°F (32 to 38°C) instead. c. NOTE For removal of light icing. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. (2) Apply a course stream to loosen and remove the ice. WEAR EYE AND SKIN PROTECTION. Refer to procedures for de-icing (paragraph 8-9) or anti-icing (paragraph 8-10). horizontal stabilizer.BHT-ALL-SPM 3. d. a solution with 40% in volume of de-icing/anti-icing fluid (C-394) may be used. USE FLUID AT OR NEAR 70°F (21°C). and vertical fin). a. GET EMERGENCY TREATMENT IN CASE OF IRRITATIONS. THE RESULTING THERMAL SHOCK MAY CAUSE CRAZING OF THE WINDOW. CAUTION DO NOT APPLY A HOT (180 ° F(82°C)) SOLUTION OF DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING F L U I D ( C . NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-394 De-icing/Anti-icing Fluid WARNING DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING FLUID (C-394) IS POISONOUS. 8-9. IF FLUID ENTERS THE ENGINE AIR INLETS. CAUTION DO NOT SPRAY DILUTED OR NONDILUTED DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING FLUID (C-394) IN THE ENGINE AIR INLETS. DO A COMPRESSOR WASH. as applicable. Mix a solution of 50% by volume of de-icing/ anti-icing fluid (C-394) and 50% of water.3 9 4 ) TO C O L D A C R Y L I C WINDOWS. 2 8-00-00 Page 7 . Heat solution to 180°F (82°C) for most efficient and effective ice removal. flight controls. NOTE The de-icing/anti-icing fluid (C-394) may produce an unacceptable glare for the pilot on the windshield. tail rotor blades. (3) Avoid spraying in the direction of wind. EXPOSURE TO HIGH CONCENTRATIONS OR INGESTION OF HIGH DOSES CAN BE HARMFUL OR FATAL TO PERSONS. Spray the diluted solution of de-icing/anti-icing fluid (C-394) to the helicopter with suitable spray equipment as follows: (1) Start spraying from top to bottom of the helicopter and finish with the critical surfaces (main rotor blades. DO NOT PUT IN MOUTH AND AVOID BREATHING THE FLUID VAPORS.

NOTE WARNING DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING FLUID (C-394) IS POISONOUS. IF FLUID ENTERS THE ENGINE AIR INLETS. f. DO A COMPRESSOR WASH. b. Spray or wipe non-diluted de-icing/anti-icing fluid (C-394) on the helicopter to prevent ice and frost from sticking. The non-diluted de-icing/anti-icing fluid (C-394) will freeze at approximately -25°F (-32°C). ANTI-ICING. Refer to paragraph 8-9 for instructions on de-icing/anti-icing fluid (C-394) application. Before you start the helicopter. CAUTION DO NOT SPRAY DILUTED OR NONDILUTED DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING FLUID (C-394) IN THE ENGINE AIR INLETS. After landing. e. After landing. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-394 De-icing/Anti-icing Fluid Using the approved de-icing/anti-icing fluid (C-394) and the following procedure will not damage elastomeric parts. DE-ICING. 8-10. a. c.BHT-ALL-SPM NOTE Refer to Table 8-1 for the approximate Holdover Times (HOT). remove the de-icing/anti-icing fluid (C-394) from the helicopter as soon as practical (paragraph 8-11). WEAR EYE AND SKIN PROTECTION. do a visual inspection of all helicopter surfaces for evidence of ice and snow contamination. remove the de-icing/anti-icing fluid (C-394) from the helicopter as soon as practical (paragraph 8-11). 2 16 FEB 2007 Refer to Table 8-1 for the approximate Holdover Times (HOT). EXPOSURE TO HIGH CONCENTRATIONS OR INGESTION OF 8-00-00 Page 8 Rev. NOTE SPECIAL TOOLS REQUIRED NUMBER NOMENCLATURE Commercial Spray Equipment MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. do a visual inspection of all helicopter surfaces for evidence of ice and snow contamination. REMOVAL — ANTI-ICING AND SNOW HIGH DOSES CAN BE HARMFUL OR FATAL TO PERSONS. Some ice or slush may form at or below -25° F (-32°C). . Before you start the helicopter. DO NOT PUT IN MOUTH AND AVOID BREATHING THE FLUID VAPORS. GET EMERGENCY TREATMENT IN CASE OF IRRITATIONS.

NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-355 Detergent Table 8-1. HOT is reduced in heavy weather conditions (precipitation rate. ELASTOMERIC (RUBBER) PARTS The parts defined as elastomeric are those made of elastomer (ex. etc. For the most part. The following paragraphs provide both required and recommended procedures to follow for correct use of packings or O-rings. 8-12. elastomers are synthetic rubbers. snow pellets. and hose assemblies before and during installation on a component.BHT-ALL-SPM 8-11. heat. AND REMOVAL — FLUID REMOVAL SNOW MATERIALS REQUIRED 1. ANTI-ICING. Clean the helicopter with freshwater or with a solution of detergent (C-355) and water. wind speed. hail. seals. Rinse the solution of detergent (C-355) with freshwater. seal assemblies. seals. Approximate Holdover Times (HOT) for De-icing/Anti-icing Fluid APPROXIMATE HOT VS. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. etc. O-rings) or those that feature an elastomeric element (ex. heat the de-icing/anti-icing fluid (C-394) to a minimum of 140°F (60°C) and apply 2 gallons per 100 square-foot (1 L/m²) of diluted fluid. packings. WEATHER CONDITIONS (MINUTES) OAT FROST FREEZING FOG >27°F (>-3°C) 45 11 to 17 11 to 16 6 to 11 27 to 21°F (-3 to -6°C) 45 8 to 14 8 to 13 5 to 8 20 to 14°F (-7 to -10°C) 45 6 to 10 6 to 10 4 to 6 <14°F (<-10°C) 45 5 to 9 4 to 6 2 to 4 1 LIGHT SNOW 2 MODERATE SNOW 2 NOTES: No HOT exist for heavy snow. DE-ICING. 2 To use these Holdover Times (HOT). with elastic properties used for the sealing of components after installation. Remove the de-icing/anti-icing fluid and residue from the helicopter as follows: a. Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. ice pellets. Refer to the applicable Flight Manual (FM) for operating limitations under snow or icing conditions. Elastomers are also age sensitive materials or materials subject to deterioration when exposed to environmental factors like oxygen. The de-icing/anti-icing fluid (C-394) is not intended for and does not provide anti-ice protection during flight. moderate and heavy freezing rain. hose assemblies).) or when the helicopter skin temperature is lower than the OAT. 2 8-00-00 Page 9 . 1 Outside Air Temperature (OAT). sunlight.

Exceptions are: CAUTION ALWAYS INSTALL NEW PACKINGS OR O-RINGS. Lubrication of packings must be as follows. 2.BHT-ALL-SPM 8-13. or twists before installation. or instruction: (1) Always use an assembly fluid (C-024) to lubricate a packing. This can cause deterioration or hardening of the packing and result in leakage. FAILURE TO DO SO MAY RESULT IN EQUIPMENT LEAKAGE AND EARLY FAILURE. NOTE Refer to the applicable Flight Manual (FM) for approved fuels and system lubricants. Never use a packing more than once. A twist in the packing will reduce its cross section area and causes leakage. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-001 Grease 1 C-002 Hydraulic Fluid C-003 Turbine Fuel C-008 Petrolatum C-024 Assembly Fluid C-030 Lubricating Oil C-355 Detergent C-428 Caps and/or Plugs C-516 Low-lint Cleaning Cloth NOTE: 1 Mobilgrease 28 is preferred. manufacturing defects. lubricate with hydraulic fluid (C-002) or petrolatum (C-008). c. f. . Never expose a seal to solvent. Never expose a packing to solvent. b. Never twist the preformed packing during installation. nicks. e. To install a preformed packing in the groove of an outer or inner diameter. Follow the precautions provided hereafter when you install a new preformed packing. 2 16 FEB 2007 (a) For packings operating in contact with hydraulic fluid. d. lubricating oil (C-030)). This can cause deterioration or hardening of the sealing surfaces and result in leakage. bulletin. 1. ELASTOMERIC (RUBBER) GENERAL PRACTICES PARTS — MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. b. lubricate with turbine fuel (C-003). never roll a preformed packing into a groove. Make sure you discard the packing after removal from a component and use a new packing at installation. Never substitute a preformed packing. always stretch or collapse the packing. Follow the precautions provided hereafter when you remove and install (elastomeric) seals and seal assemblies: a. unless otherwise specified in the procedure of the applicable manual. NOTE After installation. 8-00-00 Page 10 Rev. Only touch the outer surface of a seal. (b) For packings operating in contact with fuel. packings or O-rings are no longer age controlled. use the applicable system lubricant as an alternate (ex. To prevent a twist in the packing. or O-ring: a. Always examine the new packing for signs of cuts. A preformed packing can look the same but can be made of a different material that is not compatible with the fluid used in the system or component. (2) If assembly fluid (C-024) is not available or specified. as applicable.

4. Refer to applicable manual. iron. NOTE If the storage temperature is less than 59°F (15°C).). until installation in the next assembly. Unless stated otherwise. Clean the seal with a detergent (C-355) and water. solvents. contact with metals (copper. Uninstalled (stored) packings or O-rings. During storage or when you handle packings. 8-14. Follow the precautions provided hereafter for the storage of elastomeric parts: NOTE a. date of manufacture) of the elastomeric part. etc. make sure of the following: (1) Never expose elastomeric parts to direct sources of heat (radiator) or light (sunlight). Lubricate single and double lip seals with grease (C-001). Storage temperature should be 59 to 100°F (15 to 38°C) and humidity not to exceed 75%. the temperature of an elastomeric part should be raised to 68°F (20°C) before installation on the component. b. or 65% if polyurethanes are being stored. for the appropriate practices. ELASTOMERIC (RUBBER) PARTS GUIDELINES FOR STORAGE MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. (4) Avoid incorrect stacking of elastomeric parts. Always put protective caps and/or plugs (C-428) on the open ends of hose assemblies when removed from the helicopter. bulletin or instruction for the brand of grease (C-001) to apply. f. Each envelope should show the cure date (i. judgment/experience. 1. b. c. Mobil 28 is preferred. If necessary. and seals are age controlled. clean (elastomeric) seals as follows: a. the storage temperature must not exceed 125°F (52°C). d. unless otherwise specified.e.BHT-ALL-SPM c. You may refer to the latest revision of the SAE specification ARP5316 and AS1933. 3. d. and contact with adhesive tapes. discard the part. grease. (2) Do not let elastomeric parts make contact with liquids or liquid vapors (fuel. (3) Avoid contact between elastomeric parts made of different elastomers.e. Each elastomeric part should be individually stored in the original heat-sealed envelope or an equivalent that uses barrier material (C-427). nicks. always keep the protective cup installed on the sealing surfaces. e. Wipe the sealing surfaces of the seal lightly with a clean low-lint cleaning cloth (C-516) to remove contaminated oil and/or grease. i. etc. If applicable. For hose assemblies. hose assemblies. Always examine the sealing surfaces of a new seal for signs of cuts. or to your personal — NOTE If the cure date of an elastomeric part cannot be identified.). 2 8-00-00 Page 11 . NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-427 Barrier Material NOTE The purpose of the following section is to provide recommendations for the storage of elastomeric parts. Stock rotation of elastomeric parts should comply with the First In First Out (FIFO) principle. e. compression and/or flattening under heavy 16 FEB 2007 Rev. c. oil. or manufacturing defects before installation. Rinse the seal with water and dry with a clean low-lint cleaning cloth (C-516). seal assemblies.

seal assemblies and hose assemblies. • 12 Quarters (or 3 years) • 20 Quarters (or 5 years) • 60 Quarters (or 15 years) • Unlimited (i. • The heat-sealed envelope used for storage is not correctly sealed or is damaged. are no longer age controlled. Colorado 80112 http://www. and hose assemblies (AS1933) is based on the cure date and should not exceed one of the following recommended age limits: 1. You may refer to the latest revision of the SAE specification ARP5316 and AS1933. seal assemblies. 2 16 FEB 2007 Using the latest revision of SAE specification ARP5316. Please. the elastomeric part is expected to retain its characteristics as originally specified. . Fill the hose assembly with the applicable system fluid for 24 hours before installation and any pressurization.ihs. The useful age of elastomeric parts is considered the maximum amount of time. for the appropriate practices. Packings (O-rings). and discard the part as required. if any of the following conditions occur: • The age is in question and the part is not yet installed on a component.S. O-rings. for applicability of the following recommended age to the material specification of the elastomers. elastomeric parts. Technical Support: 1-800-447-3352 (USA/Canada) 1-303-397-2295 (Worldwide) 1-303-397-2599 (Fax) custsvc@ihs. from the cure date (date of manufacture) to the date the part is installed in components. seals. and International Phone Number 1-800-525-7052 NOTE The purpose of the following section is to provide recommendations to determine the useful age of elastomeric parts. and seal assemblies: From the cure date of the packing to the date of installation on a component. Within the useful age. the useful age should not exceed one of the following: 2. stored hose assembly is more than one quarter (3 months). Examine the part for damage and signs of aging. and depending on the type of material.com 8-00-00 Page 12 Rev. If the date of assembly of an unfilled. 8-15. Hose assemblies are not preferred to be stored for an extended period of time.e. • The cure date cannot be identified. including packings.com ELASTOMERIC (RUBBER) PARTS — GUIDELINES FOR DETERMINATION OF THE USEFUL AGE Telemarketing: U. before installation or a periodic pressure test. seals. seals. the following is recommended: NOTE Refer to the applicable Flight Manual (FM) for approved system fluids. the useful age of uninstalled (stored) packings or O-rings. 15 Inverness Way East Englewood. on-condition) Hose assemblies: With reference to AS1933. bulk hose. Elastomers may take a compression set. engines or helicopters should not exceed 32 quarters (8 years). or to your personal judgment/experience. components. refer to the latest revision of SAE specification ARP5316.BHT-ALL-SPM loads and creases could occur when forced against corners and edges of storage containers. from the cure date of the bulk hose to the time of installation into hose assemblies. 3. SAE specifications may be obtained from: IHS Inc. NOTE After installation in component. accessories. a.

NOTE Make sure to specify the kit designation letter and helicopter model when you order (Table 8-2). Electric arc is a high temperature source. To order kits. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-028 Dry Film Lubricant 1. Manually operate the component. foreign operators may contact the following: Bell Helicopter Textron. NOTE Each set has two pins and the pins are of the same length and diameter. Measuring pins of different diameters are required to examine wear of gear teeth and spline during components and parts overhaul. 4. Electric arc blasts away surface metal and causes a notch. GEARS 8-18.. Heating causes three zones of weakness: • Cast zone • Re-hardened zone • Tempered zone b. a.O. 75207 2. one set for each size of pin required. 3. Table 8-2 provides the different sizes of pins required for each model of helicopter and included in each kit. Make sure to specify the pin length and diameter for each set you may want to order. ELECTRIC ARC ETCHING — UNAUTHORIZED PROCEDURE The electric arc (pencil marking) etching of the components is not authorized for the reasons that follow: 1. Cracks grow in the re-hardened brittle metal below the surface and cause failure of the component. Measuring pins are procurable as follows: Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. Disassemble as required and examine the wear pattern of the gear teeth. 3. Each set of pins is stored in a labeled plastic container and all of the sets are stored in a single container designed to accommodate. Texas. Assemble the component only to the extent necessary to rotate the gear.016 μm). protect. Inc. 8-19. Diameter of pins has a tolerance of 0 inch to 40 microinches (1. Spray three gear teeth. GEARS — WEAR PATTERN CHECK MATERIALS REQUIRED Each kit (Table 8-2) includes sets of pins. Figure 8-1 shows the correct position for the pair of measuring pins when measuring the spline/teeth wear of internal and external gears. In service. GEARS — SPLINE AND TEETH WEAR MEASURING PINS 1. Dallas. Sets of two pins can also be purchased separately. with dry film lubricant (C-028). and identify each set. 2. US operators may contact the following: Machinists Tools and Supplies 1000 Quaker St. c. the notched metal under high residual tensile strength is prone to cracking. 8-17. To order kits. Customer Support and Service Spare Parts Department P. Texas 76101-0482 1-817-280-2919 1-817-280-2551 4. approximately 120° apart.BHT-ALL-SPM 8-16. Box 482 Fort Worth. 2 8-00-00 Page 13 . 2. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. Length is not critical.

2 16 FEB 2007 .GEAR MEASUREMENT BETWEEN PINS MEASUREMENT OVER PINS ALL_SPM_08_0005 Figure 8-1. Gears — Methods for Spline and Teeth Wear Measurement 8-00-00 Page 14 Rev.BHT-ALL-SPM GAUGE PIN .

0480 1 0.1080 X X X X X X X 1 0.0240 1 0.1200 X X X X X X X 1 0.0432 X 1 0.0960 X X X X X 1 0.0450 1 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 8-2.1600 1 0.1440 1 0. 2 8-00-00 Page 15 .1309 1/4 0.1680 X 1/4 0.1800 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 16 FEB 2007 Rev.0900 1 0.0540 X 1 0.1728 1 0.0360 X 1 0.1728 1 0.1440 1 0.1600 X 1 0. Gears — Measuring Pins Versus Helicopter Models and Kit Designation Letters MEASURING PINS LENGTH (INCH) DIAMETER (INCH) 47 206 204 205 212 47 206 47/206 204/205 212 407 427 429 KIT A KIT B KIT C KIT D KIT E – – – X X X 1 0.0864 1 0.1440 1/4 0.0600 X 1 0.0720 X X 1 0.0800 1 0.0710 X X 1 0.

2880 X X X 1 0. Examine the bearings for corrosion. purge until previous grease is depleted.3000 X X X X X NOTES: There is no kit available for the 407. refer to the appropriate lubrication chart for lubrication intervals. lubricated with MIL-G-25013 lubricant (C-026) or MIL-PRF-81322 grease (C-001). GREASE 8-21. When you change from one grease to the other.2065 1 0. After initial operation of the component on the helicopter.2160 1 0. do the following: a. bulletin. After initial operation of the component on the helicopter. 2 16 FEB 2007 component is not put into service before expiration of the 4 year shelf life of the grease. 1 8-20. b. Before installation of bearings.2400 X X X 1 0. c. Flattened pins. Grease. refer to the appropriate lubrication chart for lubrication intervals. Intermixing of greases is prohibited. whether stored in the original container or in a component. . or instruction to make sure the correct grease type or brand is used for the specific component. 2. Be careful the same way when you switch brands of grease as when you switch types of grease.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 8-2. the Components with bearings installed must be purged and lubricated before installation on the helicopter. 427. Gears — Measuring Pins Versus Helicopter Models and Kit Designation Letters (Cont) MEASURING PINS LENGTH (INCH) DIAMETER (INCH) 47 206 204 205 212 47 206 47/206 204/205 212 407 427 429 KIT A KIT B KIT C KIT D KIT E – – – X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1 0. Lubricate again the bearings with applicable grease (C-001) or lubricant (C-026). 204-040-755-005 lubricant (tube pack) (C-015) has a shelf storage life of 4 years. 8-22. GREASE — STORAGE LIFE 1. Clean the bearings (Chapter 5). and 429 models. Sets of pins can only be purchased individually. the component must be purged and lubricated before installation on the helicopter. MIL-PRF-81322 grease (C-001) is recommended for use in all applications which previously used MIL-G-25537 bearing grease (C-007).2057 1 0.1920 1 0. If a 8-00-00 Page 16 Rev. GREASE BRANDS — CHANGING TYPES OR NOTE Refer to the procedure of the applicable manual.

d. or other contaminants from the surfaces to be bonded as follows: a. For the sealing of exterior decals. Apply the pressure-sensitive (adhesive-backed) decal to the bonding surface as follows: a. 2 8-00-00 Page 17 . 16 FEB 2007 Rev. PLACARDS AND MARKINGS The requirements and procedures given in paragraph 8-24 concern the application of pressure-sensitive (adhesive-backed) decals to internal and external surfaces of helicopters. NOTE A clear polyurethane enamel (C-233) may be used to seal decals applied to all types of exterior finishes. Otherwise. APPLICATION OF DECALS with a clean low-lint cleaning cloth (C-516) before the toluene (C-306) evaporates. make a hole in the bubble with a pin and press with your finger or a squeegee to remove the air. Carefully align the decal in the correct position. then use a clear polyurethane enamel (C-233). b. For best result. apply finger pressure to the remaining part of the decal until the entire decal is applied. apply the same material used for the exterior painting. f. Dry the surfaces with a clean low-lint cleaning cloth (C-516) before the aliphatic naphtha (C-305) evaporates. Otherwise. use a plastic squeegee with a firm pressure. wax. Dry the surfaces b. Put the peeled edge of the decal on the edge of the bonding surface and apply a firm pressure with your finger along the same edge. Remove dirt. c. hold the opposite edge away from the surface until the entire decal is applied. While you continue to remove the adhesive protection. NOTE For application of large decals. 3. Remove the adhesive protection from one edge of the decal with a quick smooth movement. clean with a clean cloth moistened with toluene (C-306). 2.BHT-ALL-SPM 8-23. Apply the decal at temperatures above 60°F (16°C) for best results. MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. 8-24. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-233 Polyurethane Enamel C-305 Aliphatic Naphtha C-306 Toluene C-349 Edge Sealer C-385 Isopropyl Alcohol C-426 Masking Tape C-516 Low-lint Cleaning Cloth NOTE Bonding surfaces must be nonporous. first apply solvent (refer to the manufacturer's instructions) or isopropyl alcohol (C-385) to the decal. For non-metallic and painted surfaces. b. clean with a clean cloth moistened with aliphatic naphtha (C-305). Make sure there is no air bubbles trapped under the decal. Edge seal or fully coat the decal with the applicable coating as follows: a. 1. For example. Apply masking tape (C-426) 1/8 inch (3 mm) away from the edge and all around the decal. For bare metal surfaces. CAUTION DO NOT ALLOW TOLUENE TO MAKE CONTACT WITH PAINTED OR NONMETALLIC SURFACES OR DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE MAY OCCUR. grease. if the exterior paint is polyurethane enamel (C-233). e.

and sealing of parts at assembly. or instruction for correct selection of the compound. to apply the retaining compound to the bonding surfaces. bulletin. as applicable. Make sure all bonding surfaces are clean. Mix the compound and use the applicator nozzle provided with the container. f. If staking of the bearing is not required. For the sealing of interior decals. Refer to the procedure in the applicable manual. Within 30 minutes after assembly or bearing staking. apply a clear edge sealer (C-349). stake the bearing within 30 minutes. They remain liquid on metal or other surfaces as long as they are in contact with air. or instruction for applicability. 8-26. Table 8-3. TIME 300°F (149°C) 5 minutes 250°F (121°C) 10 minutes 200°F (93°C) 15 minutes 175°F (79°C) 20 minutes 150°F (66°C) 30 minutes SAFETYING NOTE Not all applications of fasteners require safety wire or cotter pins. When the retaining compound is used for retention of bearings in conjunction with staking. refer to Chapter 5. SAFETYING — SAFETY WIRE SPECIAL TOOLS REQUIRED NUMBER NOMENCLATURE Commercial Wire Twister Commercial Wire Cutter Commercial Pliers . Refer to the BHT-ELEC-SPM for electrical applications. 8-28. Do not stake parts after the retaining compound has cured. Refer to the procedure in the specific manual. refer to the FAA Advisory Circular AC 43. Remove the masking tape (C-426) from around the decal when the coating is dry. bulletin. Retaining Compounds — Heat Cure Temperature and Time TEMPERATURE Confining the compound between closely fitting surfaces prevents contact with air and the compound will harden to a strong permanent bond. bulletin. b. as applicable. 8-25. allow the compound to fully cure before use. and cure time. d. paragraph 8-28 or paragraph 8-29 for proper use of safety wires and cotter pins. retaining. d. heat cure at one of following times and temperatures. or compounds that become solid in absence of air. Retaining compounds are formulated to give a wide range of strengths. RETAINING APPLICATION COMPOUNDS 8-27. c. degrees of adhesion. RETAINING COMPOUNDS Retaining compounds are single component liquid materials used in locking. Otherwise. viscosities. 1. or instruction. e. or a cotton swab soaked in the compound. bonding. 8-00-00 Page 18 Rev. Assemble the parts.BHT-ALL-SPM c. These adhesive/sealants are anaerobic compounds.43-1 and. 2 16 FEB 2007 Unless otherwise specified in the procedure of the applicable manual. NOTE Parts or assemblies with greased bearings may be heated to a maximum of 200°F (93°C). — Apply retaining compounds as follows: a.

NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-405 Lockwire C-414 Shear Wire C-447 Lockwire C-508 Lockwire WARNING A L W A Y S W E A R E Y E P R O T E CT IO N WHEN YOU REMOVE AND INSTALL SAFETY WIRE.02 mm) diameter lockwire (C-447). use the largest size of wire that the hole can accommodate. • For shear and seal wiring. Unless it is specified in the procedure of the applicable manual. MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. • For safety wiring of a part with a hole diameter less than 0. Procedure for the single-wire method is the same as the double-twist method except that the wire is not twisted.51 mm) diameter lockwire (C-508). • For safety wiring of a part with a hole diameter more than 0. use a 0.51 mm) diameter lockwire (C-508). based on the application: NOTE Shear wiring of emergency equipment is used to prevent actuation of the equipment.25 inch (6. FAILURE TO DO SO MAY RESULT IN INJURIES TO PERSONS. use a 0. Select a material for the wire. 2 8-00-00 Page 19 . bulletin. except where indicated. NOTE The single-wire method may be used if there is less than 2 inches (50. etc.80 mm) or less of space between. rectangle.57 mm). use a 0. or instruction. Make sure to use new safety wire. 1. use a Corrosion Resistant Steel (CRES) safety wire (AS1000).032 inch (0. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. 0. Safety wire the part(s) using the double-twist method as follows (Figure 8-2): Seal wiring of equipment is used to report actuation of the equipment.80 mm) between holes in a closed-geometrical pattern (triangle. use a 0. • For safety wiring of parts with 2 inches (50. b. b.14 mm).020 inch (0. select the appropriate wire to use as follows: a.51 mm) diameter lockwire (C-508). 2.BHT-ALL-SPM • For general safety wiring. use a 0.35 mm) diameter and less.81 mm) diameter lockwire (C-405).020 inch (0. Loop the wire through and around the part to be secured.045 inch (1. circle.). NOTE Wire sizes provided hereafter are to be used for safety wiring with the double-twist method. FAILURE TO DO SO WILL RESULT IN UNSAFE SECURING AND POSSIBLE DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT.020 inch (0. use a copper shear wire (C-414) (MS20995CY).040 inch (1. Select the size of the safety wire as follows: CAUTION ALWAYS INSTALL A NEW WIRE WHEN YOU SAFETY WIRE EQUIPMENT OR FASTENERS. • For safety (or lock) wiring. • For safety wiring with the single-wire method. • For safety wiring of closely-spaced fasteners.062 inch (1. a.

BHT-ALL-SPM SCREW HEADS EXAMPLE BOLT HEADS EXAMPLES CASTELLATED NUTS EXAMPLE SAFETY WIRING OF FASTENERS DOUBLE-TWIST METHOD SAFETY WIRING SINGLE-WIRE METHOD SAFETY WIRING OF SINGLE PARTS SAFETY WIRING IN DIFFERENT PLANES SAFETY WIRING OF HOLLOW-HEAD PLUGS ALL_SPM_08_0001 Figure 8-2. 2 16 FEB 2007 . Safetying — Safety Wire Installation (Sheet 1 of 3) 8-00-00 Page 20 Rev.

BHT-ALL-SPM STRAIGHT CONNECTIONS FLEXIBLE HOSE TO RIGID TUBE CONNECTION TEE FITTING CONNECTION SAFETY WIRING APPLICATION TO COUPLING NUTS SAFETY WIRING APPLICATION TO OIL CAPS ALL_SPM_08_0002 Figure 8-2. Safetying — Safety Wire Installation (Sheet 2 of 3) 16 FEB 2007 Rev. 2 8-00-00 Page 21 .

BHT-ALL-SPM SAFETY WIRING APPLICATION TO DRAIN COCKS AND PLUGS SAFETY WIRING APPLICATION TO CONTROL LINKS SINGLE WRAP METHOD DOUBLE WRAP METHOD ALL_SPM_08_0003 Figure 8-2. Safetying — Safety Wire Installation (Sheet 3 of 3) 8-00-00 Page 22 Rev. 2 16 FEB 2007 .

Apply a light tension to the twisted-wire so it is tight but not over-stressed. a. use a Corrosion Resistant Steel (CRES) cotter pin (MS24665). Route the twisted wire in a manner that prevents the part(s) from loosening. Tighten the nut to the minimum of the specified or calculated torque range (Chapter 2). 16 FEB 2007 Rev. For the size of the cotter pin. select the largest diameter that the hole can accommodate. Unless it is specified in the procedure. unless otherwise specified. CAUTION MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT EXCEED THE MAXIMUM PERMITTED TORQUE VALUE. b.25 to 0. Continue to torque the nut until a slot aligns with the hole in the bolt. . The length must be compatible with the installation method used. use a cadmium plated steel cotter pin (MS24665). (2) For groups of parts with 2 inches (50 mm) or less of space between. select the appropriate cotter pin to use as follows: For any of the following. SAFETYING — COTTER PINS SPECIAL TOOLS REQUIRED NUMBER NOMENCLATURE Commercial Wire Cutter Commercial Plier 1. OTHERWISE THE FASTENERS MAY OVERSTRESS (CHAPTER 2). Refer to Table 8-4 for the dash number. Select a material for the cotter pin.Non-magnetic requirements e. up to 800°F (426°C) • For general applications. based on the application: • d. h. Wire multiple parts as follows: .Contact with CRES fasteners f. 3. g. 2. Wire single parts to another adjacent part. Refer to Table 8-5 for the dash number. .5 inch (6.35 to 12. Install cotter pins in castellated nuts using the general installation method that follows (Figure 8-3): a.BHT-ALL-SPM c. Connect the wire ends together so it makes a pigtail of 0. the maximum number of parts that can be wired together is the number of parts that can be wired with a 24 inch (610 mm) long wire. 8-29. b. Ensure the installed position of the safety wire and pigtail will not cause chafing or interference with adjacent parts or installations. 2 8-00-00 Page 23 .Operation in corrosive environments . Twist the wire 6 to 8 twists per inch (3 twists per centimeter) and make sure the loop around the head of the fastener(s) stays down and fits closely to the contour.Exposure to the relative wind (1) Wire together a maximum of three parts if the groups of parts are 4 to 6 inches (102 to 152 mm) spaced. Do not exceed the maximum permitted torque value.Exposure to high temperatures.70 mm) in length (3 to 6 twists). . Always bend and fold the pigtail in a manner that prevents snags and possible injuries to persons.

047 (1.79) 0.17) 0.375 (9. .437 (11.93) -1001 - -1011 - - 0.75) -27 -91 -157 -304 -372 1.062 (1.062 (1.38) 0.40) -9 -73 -136 -285 -353 1.031 (0.000 (50. Do not flatten the eye e.70) -22 -86 -151 -298 -366 0.750 (44.312 (7.52) -1002 - -1012 - - 0.047 (1.11) -1003 - -1013 - - 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 8-4.031 (0.125 (3.250 (6.19) 0. g.17) 0.000 (50.80) -30 -94 -162 -309 -377 Table 8-5.59) 0.80) -13 -77 -143 -292 -360 CAUTION ALWAYS INSTALL A NEW COTTER PIN WHEN YOU SECURE FASTENERS.5000(12.000 (25. 2 16 FEB 2007 d.10) -28 -92 -159 -306 -374 1.500 (12.19) 0.59) 0.000 (25.40) -26 -90 -155 -302 -370 1.250 (31.094 (2. Bend the lower prong down and cut so it does not rest on the washer or any other material.45) -29 -93 -161 -308 -376 2. f.10) -11 -75 -140 -289 -357 2. Bend the upper prong over the end of the bolt and cut so it does not extend beyond the diameter. Make sure to use a new cotter pin.125 (3. c.79) 0. FAILURE TO DO SO WILL RESULT IN UNSAFE SECURING AND POSSIBLE DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT.38) 0. Safetying — Cadmium Plated Steel (MS24665) Cotter Pin Dash Numbers COTTER PIN LENGTH INCH (MM) COTTER PIN DIAMETER INCH (MM) 0.70) -5 -69 -132 -281 -349 1.500 (38.750 (19.500 (38. Safetying — CRES (MS24665) Cotter Pin Dash Numbers COTTER PIN LENGTH INCH (MM) COTTER PIN DIAMETER INCH (MM) 0. Insert the cotter pin in the slot of the nut and through the hole of the bolt.35) -18 -82 -1010 - - 0.094 (2. Turn the cotter pin so the axis of the eye is at a right angle (90°) to the bolt shank. 8-00-00 Page 24 Rev.05) -24 -88 -153 -300 -368 1.

Studs are identified with a mark on both ends (AN studs) or on one end only (Bell studs) (Figure 8-4). e. Insert the cotter pin in the slot of the pin. FAILURE TO DO SO WILL RESULT IN UNSAFE SECURING AND POSSIBLE DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT. AN studs have a mark on the top end of the stud to give the stud material. Studs installed during manufacturing are usually standard size. The mark shows if the stud is oversized or undersized. or d. Bend the prongs around the shank of the pin. Install cotter pins in pins using the installation procedure that follows (Figure 8-3): CAUTION ALWAYS INSTALL A NEW COTTER PIN W H E N Y O U S E C U R E F A S T E N E RS . STUDS AND INSERTS b. 2 8-00-00 Page 25 . a. Characteristics for each type of stud is identified as follows: 4. you may want to use one of the following alternate installation methods: a. or 8-31. c. Cut the upper prong flush with the top of the bolt.BHT-ALL-SPM 3. Turn the cotter pin so the axis of the eye is parallel to the shank of the bolt and bend the prongs around the contour of the nut. If it is not possible to get the required height and torque with a standard size stud. Bell studs have no mark on the top end of the stud. If the upper prong may act as a snag or if a clearance is required at the end of the bolt. 1. e. The mark is visible when the stud is installed. Turn the cotter pin so the axis of the eye is parallel to the shank of the pin. AN studs have a mark on the opposite end of the stud. STUDS AND INSERTS — STANDARD STUDS IDENTIFICATION c. Do not flatten the eye. Bend the tip of the upper prong sideways and insert it into an adjacent slot of the nut. a. Make sure the installed position of the cotter pin will not chafe or interfere with adjacent parts or installations. b. 8-30. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. b. c. The mark shows if the stud is oversized or undersized. Make sure to use a new cotter pin. d. an oversized or undersized stud can be installed. Bell studs have a mark on the opposite end of the stud.

1 ALTERNATE METHOD NO. 2 COTTER PINNING .APPLICATION TO CASTELLATED NUT ON BOLT COTTER PINNING PIN APPLICATION ALL_SPM_08_0004 Figure 8-3. Safetying — Cotter Pin Installation 8-00-00 Page 26 Rev. 2 16 FEB 2007 .BHT-ALL-SPM PREFERED METHOD EYE PRONG ALTERNATE METHOD NO.

BHT-ALL-SPM Figure 8-4. Studs and Inserts — Standard Studs Identification 16 FEB 2007 Rev. 2 8-00-00 Page 27 .

BHT-ALL-SPM 8-32. NOTE The correct size for a replacement stud is the size that allows the stud to meet the minimum driving torque requirement. P. STUDS AND INSERTS — RING LOCKED STUDS AND INSERTS REPLACEMENT 1. 3130 W. Harvard St. Rosan Products. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-204 Epoxy Polyamide Primer 5. Finger tighten the new stud in the tapped hole. 8-33.076 mm). Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. 4. Grip the damaged stud with an appropriate tool and turn it slowly to avoid seizure and breakage. drill a hole in the center of the stud and extract with an “EZY-Out” type of extractor. Usually. 2 16 FEB 2007 NOMENCLATURE . California. 3. If the stud fails to engage in one or two turns. Refer to Chapter 2 for the standard torque range of values applicable to the stud. Clean out the small vent hole in the bottom of the tapped hole.003 inch (0. Ex. Lockring Drive Tool NOTES: 1 Refer to the stud/insert manufacturer for the special tools applicable part numbers.O. 8-00-00 Page 28 Rev. 6. NOTE The following instructions are applicable to studs of the standard type. Be careful when you use other tools for replacement of studs/inserts. Temporarily remove the stud and coat the course threaded end of the stud with wet unreduced epoxy polyamide primer (C-204). STUDS AND INSERTS — STANDARD STUDS REPLACEMENT MATERIALS REQUIRED Select the correct size for the replacement stud. ONLY THE STUD REPLACEMENT IS PERMITTED. the correct size for a replacement stud is the next larger size of stud. Box 25225. 7. Measure and record the height of the damaged stud before removal. which thread directly into cases or sleeves. 1 Removal Tool 2 Step Drill Wrench 2.. replacement is possible with other tools. Santa-Anna. install the stud with the applicable stud driving tool and make sure the driving torque is within the required torque range. NOTE SPECIAL TOOLS REQUIRED NUMBER If the stud is broken off. 92799 2 If special tools are not available. At the same time. The applicable Illustrated Parts Breakdown (IPB) manual provides the list of the standard studs and four oversize studs by increments of 0. remove the stud and select the next oversized stud. CAUTION NOTE DO NOT REPAIR A DAMAGED STUD OR A STUD THAT DOES NOT MEET THE MINIMUM INSTALLATION TORQUE AND HEIGHT REQUIREMENTS.

5. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE 2 to 250 microinches Surface Roughness Tester 2 to 250 microinches Surface Finish Scales or Microfinish Comparators Surface roughness may be identified in one of the following nomenclatures: • Root Mean Square (RMS) • Roughness Height Rating (RHR) • Microinches 16 FEB 2007 Rev. b.015 inch (0. Drill to a depth equal to the lockring thickness. 2 8-00-00 Page 29 . 3.508 mm) below the case surface. Examine the tapped hole and the counterbore for condition. and extract the stud with an “EZY-Out” type of extractor. If you did not mill completely through the lockring. Apply a layer of unreduced epoxy polyamide primer (C-204) to the threads of the new stud or insert that will contact the case. same diameter as the serrations between the lockring and the insert. The lockring inner teeth engage the serrated collar on the stud or insert and the lockring outer teeth broach into the material of the case. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-204 Epoxy Polyamide Primer NOTE The following instructions are applicable to studs and threaded inserts installed with a lockring. If necessary. c. Align the lockring serrations with the stud/insert serrations. 6. select a hollow mill with an outside diameter 0. 7. Wet install the lockring into the case with the drive tool until it is flush with the upper surface of the stud/ insert serrations. do not mill completely through the lockring. Select the applicable removal tool.381 mm) less than the root diameter of the lockring outer serrations. Remove the insert and the remaining portion of the lockring. c. 8. Wet install the stud or insert in the tapped hole until the upper surface of the serrated collar is 0. a. 4. 1. For best results. 8-34. Apply the removal torque to the stud.020 inch (0. saw off the stud. If not available. b. drill a hole in the stud center.254 to 0. Remove a ring locked insert as follows: a. SURFACE ROUGHNESS Remove a ring locked stud as follows: SPECIAL TOOLS REQUIRED NOTE If no tool is available to mill the lockring. Apply a layer of unreduced epoxy polyamide primer (C-204) to the new lockring. removal torque will jack out the lockring. Mill to a depth equal to the lockring thickness. NOTE Holes are tapped with a standard class 3 tap and the counter bore has a 90° shoulder.BHT-ALL-SPM MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. clean up minor damage but do not enlarge the holes. Select a drill.010 to 0. 2.

Fine Machine 32 (0. Hone 16 (0. A microinch is one millionth of an inch (0.600 μm) Grind. 2 16 FEB 2007 8-35. Superfinish 2 (0. SYSTEMS OF UNITS The following charts (Table 8-7 through Table 8-18) provide formulas and tables to convert a quantity to one of the following systems.813 μm) Grind.175 μm) Smooth Machine.BHT-ALL-SPM The three nomenclatures refer to the average linear deviation of the actual surface. as applicable: • Metric or International System of Units (SI) • US or English System of units • Imperial System of units . Ream 63 (1. Table 8-6.203 μm) Lap.051 μm) 8-00-00 Page 30 Rev. Surface Roughness — Machining Method Versus Roughness MACHINING METHOD ROUGHNESS (MICROINCHES) Rough Machine 250 (6. The surface roughness height is the arithmetical average deviation expressed in microinches measured normal to the center line.102 μm) Polish. Polish 4 (0. Table 8-6 gives the different machining methods and corresponding roughness numbers that will normally be achieved.406 μm) Hone 8 (0.000001) inch.350 μm) Medium Machine. Drill 125 (3.

0254 micrometers (μm) mil 25.764 square-feet 1.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 8-7.937 microinches 0.0394 inches 3.6214 miles AREA OR SURFACE (US TO SI) 645.37 mils 0.0936 yards 0.8361 m2 square-inch AREA OR SURFACE (SI TO US) mm2 0.9144 meters mile 1.4 millimeters foot 0.1550 square-inches m2 10.4516 cm2 square-foot 0.387 cm3 16. Systems of Units — Conversion Formulas MULTIPLY BY TO GET LENGTH OR DISTANCE (US TO SI) microinch 0.0015 square-inches 2 cm 0.3048 meters (m) yard 0.16 mm2 6.387 milliliters (ml) 0.281 feet 1.4 micrometers 0.0929 m2 square-yard 0.0394 mils 39.0164 liters (l) 16 FEB 2007 Rev.196 square-yards VOLUME OR CAPACITY (US TO SI) cubic-inch 16. 2 8-00-00 Page 31 .609 kilometers (km) LENGTH OR DISTANCE (SI TO US) micrometer millimeter meter kilometer 3.0254 millimeters (mm) inch 25.

4732 liters quart 0.0283 m3 cubic-yard 0.041 fluid-ounces pint 0.35 grams (g) pound (lb) 0.024 cubic-inch 2.4536 kilograms (kg) Rev.7854 liters cubic-foot 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 8-7.5683 liters quart 1.0610 cubic-inch 0.833 gallons VOLUME OR CAPACITY (IMPERIAL TO SI) fluid-ounce 28.0338 fluid-ounce 61.1134 pint 1.413 milliliters pint 0.833 quarts gallon 0.833 pints quart 0. Systems of Units — Conversion Formulas (Cont) MULTIPLY BY TO GET VOLUME OR CAPACITY (US TO SI) (CONT) fluid-ounce 29.574 milliliters pint 0.0610 cubic-inch milliliters 0.136 liters gallon 4.3080 cubic-yard liters m3 VOLUME OR CAPACITY (US TO IMPERIAL) fluid-ounce 1.2642 gallon 35.7646 m3 VOLUME OR CAPACITY (SI TO US) cm3 0.9464 liters gallon 3.315 cubic-foot 1. 2 16 FEB 2007 .546 liters MASS OR WEIGHT (US TO SI) 8-00-00 Page 32 ounce (oz) 28.0567 quart 0.

448 newtons FORCE (SI TO US) newton 3. Systems of Units — Conversion Formulas (Cont) MULTIPLY BY TO GET MASS OR WEIGHT (SI TO US) gram 0.555 Degrees Celsius (°C) Degree Celsius (°C x 1.32) x 0. 2 8-00-00 Page 33 .3864 kilopascals (kPa) pound-force per square-inch (PSI) 6.7375 foot-pounds POWER horsepower (hp) 0.8) + 32 Degrees Fahrenheit 16 FEB 2007 Rev.2953 inches of mercury 0.8507 inch-pounds 0.0353 ounces kilogram 2.2046 pounds FORCE (US TO SI) ounce-force (ozf) 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 8-7.1450 pound-force per square-inch TEMPERATURE Degree Fahrenheit (°F) (°F .1129 newton-meters (Nm) foot-pound 1.7457 kilowatts (kW) kilowatt 1.3410 horsepower PRESSURE OR STRESS (US TO SI) inches of mercury 3.597 ounce-force 0.3558 newton-meters TORQUE (SI TO US) newton-meter 8.278 newtons (N) pound-force (lbf) 4.225 pound-force TORQUE (US TO SI) inch-pound 0.8947 kilopascals PRESSURE OR STRESS (SI TO US) kilopascal 0.

1875 4.96875 21/32 0.49375 3/64 0.59375 15.81250 7/16 0.78125 19.46875 11.00 25.77812 39/64 0.703125 17.875 22.05000 1/4 0.515625 13.15937 23/32 0.921875 23.31875 59/64 0.328125 8.53125 13.65312 15/64 0.453125 11.390625 9.171875 4.66875 11/64 0.625 15.33437 27/32 0.44687 17/64 0.71562 15/16 0.38125 19/32 0.8125 20.640625 16.17500 5/8 0.296875 7.41562 27/64 0.71875 18.79375 17/32 0.39688 33/64 0.96875 24.25625 7/32 0.65625 16.50937 31/32 0.609375 15.63750 5/16 0.82812 23/64 0.87500 9/64 0.52500 57/64 0.01875 13/32 0.859375 21.11250 61/64 0.84375 21.34375 8.14375 51/64 0.95312 3/4 0.27187 5/32 0.43125 11/32 0.19062 35/64 0.375 9.21875 5.28750 5/64 0.58750 9/16 0.9375 23.74687 25/32 0.953125 24.46250 3/16 0.76250 45/64 0.28125 7.68437 3/32 0.015625 0.73125 55/64 0.140625 3.57187 41/64 0.47812 1/8 0.421875 10.500 12.84375 9/32 0. 2 16 FEB 2007 . Systems of Units — Inch (Fraction) to Millimeter (MM) Conversions INCH (FRACTION) INCH (DECIMAL) MM INCH (FRACTION) INCH (DECIMAL) MM 1/64 0.60625 15/32 0.359375 9.90625 63/64 0.85937 13/64 0.796875 20.984375 25.30312 1 1.08125 7/64 0.546875 13.54062 13/16 0.40625 10.6875 17.250 6.35000 49/64 0.24062 19/64 0.078125 1.750 19.22500 3/8 0.046875 1.0625 1.890625 22.578125 14.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 8-8.203125 5.36562 11/16 0.15625 3.265625 6.03125 0.20937 29/64 0.09375 2.4375 11.3125 7.12812 7/8 0.92187 29/32 0.70000 8-00-00 Page 34 Rev.234375 5.62187 25/64 0.03437 21/64 0.828125 21.93750 53/64 0.90625 23.109375 2.40000 1/2 0.55625 47/64 0.734375 18.125 3.09687 1/32 0.5625 14.765625 19.89062 1/16 0.98437 37/64 0.484375 12.00312 31/64 0.

4318 .20320 .14986 .368 23.0080 .06604 .01778 .05588 .2446 .318 4.0007 .668 10.4080 .17780 .04064 .8890 .10668 .858 7.08128 .0160 1.17018 .2352 2.826 .002 16.10922 .700 12.0020 .3462 1.07112 .5240 1.9906 .09906 .22860 .3622 2.494 15.7272 1.892 25.6510 1.4478 1.19050 .18542 .25146 INCH 0 .144 9.6096 .3556 .00254 . 2 8-00-00 Page 35 .6604 .414 10.0200 .12192 .9398 .7112 .0922 1.05842 .03302 .6858 .5334 .4384 2.2192 1.780 18.1938 1.876 24.0600 .558 19.14478 .4892 2.256 16.16256 .812 20.446 .7366 .0574 2.352 22.06350 .098 22.00508 .874 8.4638 2.082 21.03810 .04572 .620 7.0828 2.5494 1.8288 1.384 24.556 3.23114 .12446 .304 19.9144 .0010 .176 11.4064 .2954 1.048 3.0900 2.922 11.0010 .1000 2.574 20.00762 .4732 1.06858 .0500 .0008 .2794 .14224 .272 17.114 23.0040 .3716 1.20066 .02540 .21082 .19812 .526 .1590 2.02794 .828 21.128 8.240 15.01270 .2606 .6002 1.6256 1.20828 .5588 .21336 .10414 .09398 .0414 1.112 7.542 18.622 23.11634 .0090 MM MM MM MM MM MM MM MM MM MM .09144 .0300 .208 13.938 12.652 9.0700 .0100 .13970 .764 17.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 8-9.3000 7.8382 .24130 .01016 .8636 .8000 20.7780 1.4130 2.17272 .0040 .8128 .906 .732 14.320 20.02032 .23622 .0100 .130 24.192 12.0002 .382 8.9812 2.2860 2.11938 .0001 .716 13.0070 .510 16.0060 .146 16 FEB 2007 Rev.02286 .794 3.2098 2.0070 .844 22.07874 .11430 .336 21.064 4.0020 .1176 1.0005 .3368 2.842 6.1082 2.0500 1.018 17.3876 2.17526 .15240 .11176 .590 21.0004 .748 16.13462 .810 4.08382 .8542 1.6000 15.10160 .0060 .08890 .14732 .890 9.07620 .4826 .0700 1.8034 1.096 6.0200 .6764 1.588 5.7000 17.4572 .2700 1.604 6.0800 2.22098 .5842 .9304 1.3302 .0668 1.572 4.0900 MM MM MM MM MM MM MM MM MM MM .7620 .0400 .1684 1.19558 .1844 2.684 11.7874 .080 5.24384 .9558 1.366 .9050 1.21844 .03048 .398 9.06096 .20574 .2000 5.302 3.18288 .13208 .4986 .18796 .04318 .13716 .01524 .23368 .9000 22.05334 .03556 .4000 10.796 19.430 11.3970 1.350 6.12954 .288 18.0006 .0030 .0009 MM MM MM MM MM MM MM MM MM MM .3114 2.0600 1.0090 .3208 1.05080 .09652 .050 19.0000 – .7526 .5748 1.6350 .22352 .24892 .18034 .0080 .16002 .23876 .986 .7018 1. Systems of Units — Inch to Millimeter (MM) Conversions INCH 0 .0300 .478 14.3048 .4224 1.0050 .0320 2.160 10.540 2.07366 .034 18.606 .462 13.08636 .19304 .12700 .2540 .970 14.3810 .1430 1.0030 .066 .5000 12.0400 1.16510 .636 8.21590 .22606 .860 23.0800 .24638 .5146 INCH 0 .0050 .9652 .334 5.954 13.224 14.1336 2.0003 .15494 .04826 .638 24.16764 .8796 1.0066 .15748 .

BHT-ALL-SPM

Table 8-10. Systems of Units — Ounce-Force (OZF) and Pound-Force (LBF) to Newtons (N) Conversions
OZF

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

0

0.28

0.56

0.83

1.11

1.39

1.67

1.95

2.22

2.50

10

2.78

3.06

3.34

3.61

3.89

4.17

4.45

4.73

5.00

5.28

LBF

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

0

4.4

8.9

13.3

17.8

22.2

26.7

31.1

35.6

40.0

10

44

49

53

58

62

67

71

76

80

85

20

89

93

98

102

107

111

116

120

125

129

30

133

138

142

147

151

156

160

165

169

173

40

178

182

187

191

196

200

205

209

214

218

50

222

227

231

236

240

245

249

254

258

262

60

267

271

276

280

285

289

294

298

302

307

70

311

316

320

325

329

334

338

343

347

351

80

356

360

365

369

374

378

383

387

391

396

90

400

405

409

414

418

423

427

431

436

440

100

445

449

454

458

463

467

472

476

480

485

LBF

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

200

890

934

979

1023

1068

1112

1157

1201

1246

1290

300

1334

1379

1423

1468

1512

1557

1601

1646

1690

1735

400

1779

1824

1868

1913

1957

2002

2046

2091

2135

2180

500

2224

2269

2313

2358

2402

2447

2491

2535

2580

2624

600

2669

2713

2758

2802

2847

2891

2936

2980

3025

3069

700

3114

3158

3203

3247

3292

3336

3381

3425

3470

3514

800

3559

3603

3648

3692

3737

3781

3825

3870

3914

3959

900

4003

4048

4092

4137

4181

4226

4270

4315

4359

4404

1000

4448

4493

4537

4582

4626

4671

4715

4760

4804

4849

8-00-00
Page 36

Rev. 2 16 FEB 2007

BHT-ALL-SPM

Table 8-10. Systems of Units — Ounce-Force (OZF) and Pound-Force (LBF) to Newtons (N)
Conversions (Cont)
LBF

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

1000

4448

4893

5338

5783

6228

6672

7117

7562

8007

8452

2000

8896

9341

9786

10,231

10,676

11,121

11,565

12,010

12,455

12,900

3000

13,345

13,789

14,234

14,679

15,124

15,569

16,014

16,458

16,903

17,348

4000

17,793

18,238

18,683

19,127

19,572

20,017

20,462

20,907

21,351

21,796

5000

22,241

22,686

23,131

23,576

24,020

24,465

24,910

25,355

25,800

26,245

6000

26,689

27,134

27,579

28,024

28,469

28,913

29,358

29,808

30,248

30,693

7000

31,138

31,582

32,027

32,472

32,917

33,362

33,806

34,251

34,696

35,141

8000

35,586

36,031

36,475

36,920

37,365

37,810

38,255

38,700

39,144

39,589

9000

40,034

40,479

40,924

41,368

41,813

42,258

42,703

43,148

43,593

44,037

10,000

44,482

44,927

45,372

45,817

46,262

46,706

47,151

47,596

48,041

48,486

11,000

48,930

49,375

49,820

50,265

50,710

51,155

51,599

52,044

52,489

52,934

12,000

53,379

53,823

54,268

54,713

55,158

55,603

56,048

56,492

56,937

57,382

13,000

57,827

58,272

58,717

59,161

59,606

60,051

60,496

60,941

61,385

61,830

14,000

62,275

62,720

63,165

63,610

64,054

64,499

64,944

65,389

65,834

66,279

15,000

66,723

67,168

67,613

68,058

68,503

68,947

69,392

69,837

70,282

70,727

16,000

71,172

71,616

72,061

72,506

72,951

73,396

73,840

74,285

74,730

75,175

17,000

75,620

76,065

76,509

76,954

77,399

77,844

78,289

78,734

79,178

79,623

18,000

80,068

80,513

80,958

81,402

81,847

82,292

82,737

83,182

83,627

84,071

19,000

84,516

84,961

85,406

85,851

86,296

86,740

87,185

87,630

88,075

88,520

20,000

88,964

89,409

89,854

90,299

90,744

91,189

91,633

92,078

92,523

92,968

16 FEB 2007

Rev. 2

8-00-00
Page 37

BHT-ALL-SPM

Table 8-11. Systems of Units — Ounce (OZ) and Pound (LB) to Kilogram (KG) Conversions
OZ

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

KG

KG

KG

KG

KG

KG

KG

KG

KG

KG

0

0.028

0.057

0.085

0.113

0.142

0.170

0.198

0.227

0.255

10

0.283

0.312

0.340

0.369

0.397

0.425

0.454

0.482

0.510

0.539

LB

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

KG

KG

KG

KG

KG

KG

KG

KG

KG

KG

0

0.45

0.91

1.36

1.81

2.27

2.72

3.18

3.63

4.08

10

4.5

5.0

5.4

5.9

6.4

6.8

7.3

7.7

8.2

8.6

20

9.1

9.5

10.0

10.4

10.9

11.3

11.8

12.2

12.7

13.2

30

13.6

14.1

14.5

15.0

15.4

15.9

16.3

16.8

17.2

17.7

40

18.1

18.6

19.1

19.5

20.0

20.4

20.9

21.3

21.8

22.2

50

22.7

23.1

23.6

24.0

24.5

24.9

25.4

25.9

26.3

26.8

60

27.2

27.7

28.1

28.6

29.0

29.5

29.9

30.4

30.8

31.3

70

31.8

32.2

32.7

33.1

33.6

34.0

34.5

34.9

35.4

35.8

80

36.3

36.7

37.2

37.6

38.1

38.6

39.0

39.5

39.9

40.4

90

40.8

41.3

41.7

42.2

42.6

43.1

43.5

44.0

44.5

44.9

100

45

46

46

47

47

48

48

49

49

49

LB

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

KG

KG

KG

KG

KG

KG

KG

KG

KG

KG

200

91

95

100

104

109

113

118

122

127

132

300

136

141

145

150

154

159

163

168

172

177

400

181

186

191

195

200

204

209

213

218

222

500

227

231

236

240

245

249

254

259

263

268

600

272

277

281

286

290

295

299

304

308

313

700

318

322

327

331

336

320

345

349

354

358

800

363

367

372

376

381

386

390

395

399

404

900

408

413

417

422

426

431

435

440

445

449

1000

454

458

463

467

472

476

481

485

490

494

8-00-00
Page 38

Rev. 2 16 FEB 2007

BHT-ALL-SPM

Table 8-11. Systems of Units — Ounce (OZ) and Pound (LB) to Kilogram (KG) Conversions (Cont)
LB

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

KG

KG

KG

KG

KG

KG

KG

KG

KG

KG

1000

454

499

544

590

635

680

726

771

816

862

2000

907

953

998

1043

1089

1134

1179

1225

1270

1315

3000

1361

1406

1451

1497

1542

1588

1633

1673

1724

1769

4000

1814

1860

1905

1950

1996

2041

2087

2132

2177

2223

5000

2268

2313

2359

2404

2449

2495

2540

2585

2631

2676

6000

2722

2767

2812

2858

2903

2948

2994

3039

3084

3130

7000

3175

3221

3266

3311

3357

3402

3447

3493

3538

3583

8000

3629

3674

3719

3765

3810

3856

3901

3946

3992

4037

9000

4082

4128

4173

4218

4264

4309

4354

4400

4445

4491

10,000

4536

4581

4627

4672

4717

4763

4808

4853

4899

4944

11,000

4990

5035

5080

5126

5171

5216

5262

5307

5352

5398

12,000

5443

5488

5534

5579

5625

5670

5715

5761

5806

5851

13,000

5897

5942

5987

6033

6078

6123

6169

6214

6260

6305

14,000

6350

6396

6441

6486

6532

6577

6622

6668

6713

6759

15,000

6804

6849

6895

6940

6985

7031

7076

7121

7167

7212

16,000

7257

7303

7348

7394

7439

7484

7530

7575

7620

7666

17,000

7711

7756

7802

7847

7893

7938

7983

8029

8074

8119

18,000

8165

8210

8255

8301

8346

8391

8437

8482

8528

8573

19,000

8618

8664

8709

8754

8800

8845

8890

8936

8981

9026

20,000

9072

9117

9163

9208

9253

9299

9344

9389

9435

9480

16 FEB 2007

Rev. 2

8-00-00
Page 39

BHT-ALL-SPM

Table 8-12. Systems of Units — Microinch (μIN) to Micrometer (μM) Conversions
μIN

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

μM

μM

μM

μM

μM

μM

μM

μM

μM

μM

0.0254

0.051

0.076

0.102

0.127

0.152

0.178

0.203

0.229

0
10

0.254

0.279

0.305

0.330

0.356

0.381

0.406

0.432

0.458

0.483

20

0.508

0.533

0.559

0.584

0.610

0.635

0.660

0.686

0.711

0.737

30

0.762

0.787

0.813

0.838

0.864

0.889

0.914

0.940

0.965

0.991

40

1.02

1.04

1.07

1.09

1.12

1.14

1.17

1.19

1.22

2.24

50

1.27

1.30

1.32

1.35

1.37

1.40

1.42

1.45

1.47

1.50

60

1.52

1.55

1.57

1.60

1.63

1.65

1.68

1.70

1.73

1.75

70

1.78

1.80

1.83

1.85

1.88

1.91

1.93

1.96

1.98

2.01

80

2.03

2.06

2.08

2.11

2.13

2.16

2.18

2.21

2.24

2.26

90

2.29

2.31

2.34

2.36

2.39

2.41

2.44

2.46

2.49

2.51

100

2.54

2.57

2.59

2.62

2.64

2.67

2.69

2.72

2.74

2.77

110

2.79

2.82

2.84

2.87

2.90

2.92

2.95

2.97

3.00

3.02

120

3.05

3.07

3.10

3.12

3.15

3.18

3.20

3.23

3.25

3.28

Table 8-13. Systems of Units — Pound-Force per Square-Inch (PSI) to Kilopascal (KPA) Conversions
PSI

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

KPA

KPA

KPA

KPA

KPA

KPA

KPA

KPA

KPA

KPA

6.9

13.8

20.7

27.6

34.5

41.4

48.3

55.2

62.1

10

69

76

83

90

97

103

110

117

124

131

20

138

145

152

159

165

172

179

186

193

200

30

207

214

221

228

234

241

248

255

262

269

40

276

283

290

296

303

310

317

324

331

338

50

345

352

359

365

372

379

386

393

400

407

60

414

421

427

434

441

448

455

462

469

476

70

483

490

496

503

510

417

524

531

538

545

80

552

558

565

572

579

586

593

600

607

614

90

621

627

634

641

648

655

662

669

676

683

100

689

696

703

710

717

724

731

738

745

752

8-00-00
Page 40

Rev. 2 16 FEB 2007

BHT-ALL-SPM

Table 8-14. Systems of Units — Inch-Pound (IN-LB) and Foot-Pound (FT-LB) to Newton-Meter (NM)
Conversions
IN-LB

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

0.11

0.23

0.34

0.45

0.56

0.68

0.79

0.90

1.02

10

1.13

1.24

1.36

1.47

1.58

1.69

1.81

1.92

2.03

2.15

20

2.26

2.37

2.49

2.60

2.71

2.82

2.94

3.05

3.16

3.28

30

3.39

3.50

3.62

3.73

3.84

3.95

4.07

4.18

4.29

4.41

40

4.52

4.63

4.75

4.86

4.97

5.08

5.20

5.31

5.42

5.54

50

5.65

5.76

5.88

5.99

6.10

6.21

6.33

6.44

6.55

6.67

60

6.78

6.89

7.01

7.12

7.23

7.34

7.46

7.57

7.68

7.80

70

7.91

8.02

8.13

8.25

8.36

8.47

8.59

8.70

8.81

8.93

80

9.04

9.15

9.26

9.38

9.49

9.60

9.72

9.83

9.94

10.06

90

10.17

10.28

10.39

10.51

10.62

10.73

10.85

10.96

11.07

11.19

100

11.30

11.41

11.52

11.64

11.75

11.86

11.98

12.09

12.20

12.32

IN-LB

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

200

22.60

23.73

24.86

25.99

27.12

28.25

29.38

30.51

31.64

32.77

300

33.90

35.03

36.16

37.28

38.41

39.54

40.67

41.80

42.93

44.06

400

45.19

46.32

47.45

48.58

49.71

50.84

51.97

53.10

54.23

55.36

500

56.49

57.62

58.75

59.88

61.01

62.14

63.27

64.40

65.53

66.66

FT-LB

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

NM

1.4

2.7

4.1

5.4

6.8

8.1

9.5

10.8

12.2

10

14

15

16

18

19

20

22

23

24

26

20

27

28

30

31

33

34

35

37

38

39

30

41

42

43

45

46

47

49

50

52

53

40

54

56

57

48

60

61

62

64

65

66

50

68

69

71

72

73

75

76

77

79

80

60

81

83

84

85

87

88

89

91

92

94

70

95

96

98

99

100

102

103

104

106

107

80

108

110

111

113

114

115

117

118

119

121

90

122

123

125

126

127

129

130

132

133

134

FT-LB

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

NM

136

271

407

542

678

813

949

1085

1220

FT-LB

0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

NM

1356

2712

4067

5423

6779

8135

9491

10,847

12,202

16 FEB 2007

Rev. 2

8-00-00
Page 41

BHT-ALL-SPM

Table 8-15. Systems of Units —
Fluid-Ounce (OZ) to Milliliter (ML) Conversions

Table 8-16. Systems of Units —
Gallon (GAL) to Liter (L) Conversions

OZ
(US)

OZ
(IMPERIAL)

ML

GAL
(US)

GAL
(IMPERIAL)

L

0.1

0.1

3.0

1

0.83

3.79

0.2

0.2

5.9

2

1.67

7.57

0.3

0.3

8.9

3

2.50

11.36

0.4

0.4

11.8

4

3.33

15.14

0.5

0.5

14.8

5

4.16

18.93

0.6

0.6

17.7

6

5.00

22.71

0.7

0.7

20.7

7

5.83

26.50

0.8

0.8

23.7

8

6.66

30.28

0.9

0.9

26.6

9

7.49

34.07

1.0

1.0

29.6

10

8.3

37.85

2.0

2.1

59

20

16.7

76

3.0

3.1

89

30

25.0

114

4.0

4.2

118

40

33.3

151

5.0

5.2

148

50

41.6

189

6.0

6.2

177

7.0

7.3

207

8.0

8.3

237

9.0

9.4

266

10.0

10.4

296

20.0

20.8

591

30.0

31.2

887

40.0

41.6

1 183

50.0

52.0

1 479

8-00-00
Page 42

Rev. 2 16 FEB 2007

BHT-ALL-SPM

Table 8-17. Systems of Units — Degree Fahrenheit (°F) to Degree Celsius (°C) Conversions
°F

°C

°F

°C

°F

°C

°F

°C

-100

-73.3

425

218.1

950

509.5

1475

800.9

-85

-64.9

440

226.4

965

517.8

1490

809.2

-70

-56.6

455

234.8

980

526.1

1505

817.5

-55

-48.3

470

243.1

995

534.5

1520

825.8

-40

-40.0

485

251.4

1010

542.8

1535

834.2

-25

-31.6

500

259.7

1025

551.1

1550

842.5

-10

-23.3

515

268.1

1040

559.4

1565

850.8

5

-15.0

530

276.4

1055

567.8

1580

859.1

20

-6.7

545

284.7

1070

576.1

1595

867.5

35

1.7

560

293.0

1085

584.4

1610

875.8

50

10.0

575

301.4

1100

592.7

1625

884.1

65

18.3

590

309.7

1115

601.1

1640

892.4

80

26.6

605

318.0

1130

609.4

1655

900.8

95

35.0

620

326.3

1145

617.7

1670

909.1

110

43.3

635

334.7

1160

626.0

1685

917.4

125

51.6

650

343.0

1175

634.4

1700

925.7

140

59.9

665

351.3

1190

642.7

1715

934.1

155

68.3

680

359.6

1205

651.0

1730

942.4

170

76.6

695

368.0

1220

659.3

1745

950.7

185

84.9

710

376.3

1235

667.7

1760

959.0

200

93.2

725

384.6

1250

676.0

1775

967.4

215

101.6

740

392.9

1265

684.3

1790

975.7

230

109.9

755

401.3

1280

692.6

1805

984.0

245

118.2

770

409.6

1295

701.0

1820

992.3

260

126.5

785

417.9

1310

709.3

1835

1000.7

275

134.9

800

426.2

1325

717.6

1850

1009.0

290

143.2

815

434.6

1340

725.9

1865

1017.3

305

151.5

830

442.9

1355

734.3

1880

1025.6

320

159.8

845

451.2

1370

742.6

1895

1034.0

335

168.2

860

459.5

1385

750.9

1910

1042.3

350

176.5

875

467.9

1400

759.2

1925

1050.6

365

184.8

890

476.2

1415

767.6

1940

1058.9

380

193.1

905

484.5

1430

775.9

1955

1067.3

395

201.5

920

492.8

1445

784.2

1970

1075.6

410

209.8

935

501.2

1460

792.5

1985

1083.9

16 FEB 2007

Rev. 2

8-00-00
Page 43

BHT-ALL-SPM Table 8-18. 2 16 FEB 2007 . Systems of Units — Degree Celsius (°C) to Degree Fahrenheit (°F) Conversions °C °F °C °F °C °F °C °F -100 -148 180 356 460 860 740 1364 -90 -130 190 374 470 878 750 1382 -80 -112 200 392 480 896 760 1400 -70 -94 210 410 490 914 770 1418 -60 -76 220 428 500 932 780 1436 -50 -58 230 446 510 950 790 1454 -40 -40 240 464 520 968 800 1472 -30 -22 250 482 530 986 810 1490 -20 -4 260 500 540 1004 820 1508 -10 14 270 518 550 1022 830 1526 0 32 280 536 560 1040 840 1544 10 50 290 554 570 1058 850 1562 20 68 300 572 580 1076 860 1580 30 86 310 590 590 1094 870 1598 40 104 320 608 600 1112 880 1616 50 122 330 626 610 1130 890 1634 60 140 340 644 620 1148 900 1652 70 158 350 662 630 1166 910 1670 80 176 360 680 640 1184 920 1688 90 194 370 698 650 1202 930 1706 100 212 380 716 660 1220 940 1724 110 230 390 734 670 1238 950 1742 120 248 400 752 680 1256 960 1760 130 266 410 770 690 1274 970 1778 140 284 420 788 700 1292 980 1796 150 302 430 806 710 1310 990 1814 160 320 440 824 720 1328 1000 1832 170 338 450 842 730 1346 1010 1850 8-00-00 Page 44 Rev.

To determine the serviceability of a component. or instruction. If necessary. b. Refer to Table 8-20 to determine the probable cause and the corrective action to perform after you identify the particles. UNWANTED PARTICLES IDENTIFICATION — VISUAL 1. you must consider the following: Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. THERMAL FIT PARTS — METHODS OF SECURING DIMENSIONAL CHANGES MATERIALS REQUIRED The presence of unwanted particles may indicate the failure of one or more part of the component. 16 FEB 2007 Rev.BHT-ALL-SPM 8-36. • Quantity. THERMAL FIT PARTS Unless otherwise specified in the procedure of the applicable manual. quantity. bronze. or a mixture of dry ice and denatured alcohol (C-326). 8-39. 3. source. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-020 Lubricating Oil C-326 Alcohol C-517 Liquid Nitrogen Soak the female part in lubricating oil (C-020). copper. aluminum. • Screens on the oil jets of transmission assemblies 8-37. Visually identify the unwanted particles in shape. or rubber (paragraph 8-39). and type of material found • Amount of time in service since component was new or overhauled • Previous failures • Type of operation the The type of material for the particles can be steel. However. it does not necessarily mean that the component is not serviceable. the cooling of the inner (male) part should be enough to get the required dimensional changes (paragraph 8-37). 2. Assemble the parts immediately after you remove the part(s) from the heating and/or cooling media. UNWANTED PARTICLES Particles can be found in any of the following parts: • Chip detector(s) of the component • Oil drained from the component • Oil filter element for transmission assemblies • Do not exceed the maximum temperature specified in Table 8-19 for the material. magnesium. • Screen housing at the oil pump inlet of transmission assemblies • Do not heat the outer part to the maximum temperature specified in Table 8-19 for more than two hours. Cool the inner (male) part with liquid nitrogen (C-517). size. 1. phenolic. bulletin. as applicable. 2 8-00-00 Page 45 . it is permitted to heat the outer (female) part provided the following restrictions: 8-38. and type of material as follows: a. silver. form. a refrigerator. Visually examine the color and hardness of the particles.

BHT-ALL-SPM Table 8-19. induction hardened parts. and parts tempered at 300° to 450°F (149° to 232°C). 8-00-00 Page 46 Rev. 2 Carburized parts. Thermal Fit Parts — Material Versus Maximum Temperature MATERIAL MATERIAL ALLOY HEAT TEMPER GRADE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE Magnesium AZ61 T6 275°F (135°C) AZ63 T6 275°F (135°C) AZ80 T6 275°F (135°C) AZ91 T6 275°F (135°C) AZ92 T6 275°F (135°C) ZK60A T5 275°F (135°C) ZE41A T5 275°F (135°C) QE22A T6 275°F (135°C) 40E T5 300°F (149°C) 195 T6 300°F (149°C) A357/357 T6X 300°F (149°C) 2014 T6 300°F (149°C) 2024 T6 300°F (149°C) 6061 T6 300°F (149°C) 7050 T6 300°F (149°C) 7075 T7X 300°F (149°C) 7075 T6 250°F (121°C) A356/356 T6 295°F (146°C) 2024 T3 200°F (93°C) 2024 T4 200°F (93°C) 1 – 200°F (93°C) 2 2 275°F (135°C) All other steel parts All other steel parts 450°F (232°C) All All 450°F (232°C) Aluminum Steel Titanium NOTES: 1 All shot peened aluminum. 2 16 FEB 2007 .

NOTE: 1 Refer to the applicable Component Repair and Overhaul manual (CR&O) for repair information. at overhaul. 2 8-00-00 Page 47 . Replace or repair the component if the quantity is large or if particles are found at subsequent inspections. The quantity can be relatively large until the part is fully "broken-in". No action is required if you find the particles during the first 100 hours of operation.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 8-20. or powder. None This can be the result of the use of mallets or drifts at assembly. Chips. Particles are in a granular form. usually have one rounded side. Replace or repair the component if the quantity is large. Replace or repair the component if you find the particles after the first inspection of the first 100 hours and the quantity is large. 1 This can be the result of wear on the oil pump sleeve bearings or the bronze cages. This can be the result of the use of mallets or drifts at assembly. 1 Silver Small amount of particles in flake form or powder. It can also indicate wear on the oil pump internal surfaces or an unusual interference. Phenolic Chips. Unwanted Particles — Visual Identification MATERIAL DESCRIPTION CORRECTIVE ACTION CAUSE Aluminum Magnesium Particles are in granular form or particles look like miniature lathe turnings. flakes. No action is required if the quantity is small and the particles are found at the first inspection after an overhaul or major maintenance. 1 Copper (Bronze) This can be the result of wear on silver plated parts such as bearing cages and input pinion gear teeth. None This can be the result of the use of mallets or drifts at assembly. or at first inspection. Rubber Different shapes and sizes. None Material cut from the packings at assembly. 16 FEB 2007 Rev.

. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE Commercial Test Tubes (Qty 2) 8-00-00 Page 48 Rev. Mix a solution of 50% by volume of nitric acid (C-432) and 50% of water in a test tube. If there is evidence of metallic particles but you are not sure about the serviceability of the component. 1. b. etc. and the corrective action to perform. Mix a solution of 5% by weight of sodium chloride (C-501) and 95% of water in a second test tube. do a chemical identification of the particles (paragraph 8-40). as applicable. do the following: WARNING ALWAYS ADD ACID TO WATER. NUMBER To identify a silver particle.. 2 16 FEB 2007 C-432 Nitric Acid C-501 Sodium Chloride Identification of silver plate flakes in the oil is not cause for replacement of the component. Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications.BHT-ALL-SPM MATERIALS REQUIRED NOTE There is evidence of ferrous metal particles on a chip detector if the related caution indication (message/annunciator) is shown on the display unit or caution and warning panel. Silver plate is a soft material that is used as an additional lubricant for gear meshing. Refer to Figure 8-5 to identify the ferrous particles on chip detectors. When the particles are large enough to be identified as fragments of a part such as a gear. A small amount of minute particles is a sign of normal wear. 8-40. therefore it is not critical to the component. you must replace or repair the component (refer to the applicable Component Repair and Overhaul manual (CR&O)). NEVER ADD WATER TO ACID. 3. the probable cause. Identify and collect ferrous metal particles from screens or filter elements with a permanent magnet. c. NOMENCLATURE NOTE d. A VIOLENT CHEMICAL REACTION CAN OCCUR AND CAUSE INJURIES TO PERSONS. UNWANTED PARTICLES — CHEMICAL IDENTIFICATION C-431 The process of chemical identification allows you to identify minute particles that are too small to be examined for color and hardness. e. IF WATER IS ADDED TO ACID. a. SPECIAL TOOLS REQUIRED Hydrochloric Acid NOTE 2. If the particles are too small to be visually identified. a bearing. do a serviceability check (refer to the applicable Maintenance Manual (MM)).

BHT-ALL-SPM Figure 8-5. Visual Identification of Ferrous Particles on Chip Detectors (Sheet 1 of 2) 16 FEB 2007 Rev. 2 8-00-00 Page 49 .

2 16 FEB 2007 .BHT-ALL-SPM Figure 8-5. Visual Identification of Ferrous Particles on Chip Detectors (Sheet 2 of 2) 8-00-00 Page 50 Rev.

Put a small quantity of Hydrochloric acid (C-431) in a test tube. If a green precipitate forms. c. e. 6. Add a particle of the material to be tested to the nitric acid (C-432). Empty the test tube and rinse with water until it is clean. 3. Put a small quantity of nitric acid (C-432) in a test tube. To identify a magnesium particle. Add a particle of the material to be tested to the Hydrochloric acid (C-431). b. add a few drops of the sodium chloride solution to the nitric acid solution. If the particle does not dissolve. slightly warm the solution. To identify an aluminum particle. Empty the two test tubes and rinse with water until they are clean. the particle is copper or bronze. If the particle gradually disintegrates with a rapid emission of bubbles and forms a black residue (aluminum chloride). do the following: a. c. NOTE If the particle is aluminum. b. When the particle dissolves. do the following: a. the particle is magnesium. there will be no effect with the nitric acid (C-432). b. 2. 4. Empty the test tube and rinse with water until it is clean. the particle is silver. c. 2 8-00-00 Page 51/52 . 7. do the following: a. To identify a copper or bronze particle. Empty the test tube and rinse with water until it is clean. Add a particle of the material to be tested to the nitric acid solution. Add a particle of the material to be tested to the nitric acid (C-432).BHT-ALL-SPM c. then it is aluminum. 5. If a rapid emission of bubbles occurs. Put a small quantity of nitric acid (C-432) in a test tube. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. If a white precipitate forms. 8. d.

.

............................................................. and Clevis — Replacement ..... Pregrooved Bearing Installation — Roll Staking Method .................. SLEEVES..................................... Maintenance......................... SLEEVES...................................BHT-ALL-SPM CHAPTER 9 — BEARINGS. Bushings — Replacement ........................................... Bushings ................................ Bearing Removal ................................. Elastomeric Bearings ...................................................................................................... Inserts........................................................................................... 16 FEB 2007 Rev....... AND BUSHINGS TABLE OF CONTENTS Paragraph Number Chapter/Section Number Title Page Number BEARINGS........................................................... Bearing Installation — Ring Staking Method ............................. and Repair 9-00-00 9-00-00 9-00-00 9-00-00 9-00-00 9-00-00 9-00-00 9-00-00 9-00-00 9-00-00 9-00-00 9-00-00 9-00-00 9-00-00 9-00-00 9-00-00 9-00-00 3 3 3 20 20 22 23 27 30 32 33 33 33 35 51 51 51 FIGURES Figure Number 9-1 9-2 9-3 9-4 9-5 9-6 9-7 9-8 Page Number Title Bearing/Sleeve Removal and Installation Workaids .. Roll or Anvil Staking Pregrooved Bearings ........... Ring Staking........ Inserts......................................................................... or Rod End Bearings.......... 2 21 24 25 28 29 31 34 37 9-00-00 Page 1 ...................................................................................... Roll Staking Sleeves or Bushings ....... Bearings — Replacement........................................................................................... Bushing Removal and Installation Workaids......... Elastomeric Bearings — Inspection....... Bearings — Inspection...................... Bearing Installation — Segment Staking Method .................... Control Tube Assemblies with Bonded or Riveted Clevises............................................... Rod End Bearings....................... Bearing Rotational Torque Check......................................... AND BUSHINGS 9-1 9-2 9-3 9-4 9-5 9-6 9-7 9-8 9-9 9-10 9-11 9-12 9-13 9-14 9-15 9-16 9-17 Introduction ......................................... Elastomeric Bearings — General .......................................................... Bearings............................. Segment Staking......................... Bearing Installation — Roll Staking Method. Pregrooved Bearing Installation — Anvil Staking Method Protection of Staked Bearings During Inspection .........................................................................................................................

...................... Control Tube Assemblies............................................................................ 2 16 FEB 2007 Page Number 4 5 22 38 51 .............................. Staking Tool Set Application ...................................... Rev.BHT-ALL-SPM TABLES Table Number 9-1 9-2 9-3 9-4 9-5 9-00-00 Page 2 Title Bearing Inspection and Replacement Criteria ....................... Bearing Wear Limits............................................................................................................ Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data.........................................................................

Axial wear is measured parallel to the shaft or bolt which mates with the inner race or spherical ball of the bearing. a. Bearing fatigue is recognized by spalling of the metal appearing on load-carrying surfaces. Inspect bearing for excessive radial and axial wear in accordance with appropriate bearing wear limits in Table 9-2. BEARINGS 9-3. or retainer.076 mm) radius scribe. or pits affecting face squareness over more than 20% of the circumference are cause for replacement. polishing. b.076 mm) scribe is approximately 0. when retainer is charred or cracked. A pit that can be readily felt with a 0. Replace bearings having cracked or broken inner ring. Pits sufficient to cause loss of more than 20% of the area of contact on bore or outside diameter surface. or lapping marks. g. and may be recognized by the occurrence of a series of shallow indentations in the race at each roller position on the loaded side of the bearing. d.38 mm) inch in width or a cluster of more than three pits are in an area of 0. Brinelling is defined as follows: (1) True brinelling may be recognized as small.003 inch (0. Replace ball bearings when any one pit on the action surface exceeds 0. j. Replace spalled bearings. Replace bearings having dents exceeding 0. e.076 mm) in length. Replace bearings showing evidence of a carboned surface. Replace bearings that have scratches which can be felt with a 0. c. f. BEARINGS — INSPECTION 1. Also replace bearings when retainer face is chipped or bore is warped.076 mm) radius scribe.003 inch (0. h. Specific data for each model of helicopter is presented in tabular form following the text. smooth depressions on the surface of loaded area. AND BUSHINGS 9-1. irregular cavity in the active part of the race or rolling element that can be felt with a 0. Corrosion may be recognized by a black or reddish rust. honing.003 inch (0.008 inch (0.003 inch (0. Dents are slight depressions caused by pressure or blows by hard objects against the finish surfaces. Examine ball bearings by reflected light to determine when brinelling is present. (2) False brinelling occurs only at rolling contact surfaces of bearing races.21 mm). Replace corroded bearings. Inspect and replace bearings as indicated in Table 9-1. Scratches are linear abrasions of the surface caused by other than grinding. Inspect bearings for defects and replace as described herein. Replace bearings showing evidence of true brinelling. Replace bearings that have circumferential bands on balls when they can be felt with a 0. Radial wear is measured 90° from the shaft or bolt which mates with the inner race or spherical ball of the bearing.38 mm) wide. A pit is a small. Replace roller bearings having pits on active parts of rollers or races when any pit exceeds 0. rolling element.015 inch (0. causing rubbing in two or more spots. Dents appear the same as unmarred surfaces around them and are visible only by light reflection. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. 9-2.003 inch (0. Replace bearings showing evidence of heat failure recognized by discoloration (blueing). k. Maximum wear limit values will typically be lower for radial wear than for axial wear. SLEEVES.015 (0. l.250 inch diameter. or when retainer is plated and plating has started to peel. INTRODUCTION Instructions for inspection and replacement of bearings are provided in the following paragraphs. Replace only when bearings show evidence of failure. i.076 mm) radius scribe. Replace bearings when retainer pockets are elongated.BHT-ALL-SPM BEARINGS. Pits are usually dark in appearance. 2 9-00-00 Page 3 .

No cracks are permitted. If required. lack of lubricant. Inspect the bore of the part for damage. Bearing Inspection and Replacement Criteria CAUSE CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE Cracked bearing components Improper installation or maintenance or excessive loading Replacement Damaged seals Improper installation or maintenance or excessive loading Replacement Charred seals Overheating Replacement Roughness or binding Grease soap deposits. b. or friction oxidation (fretting) Lubrication or Replacement Noise Same as above plus lack of lubricant Lubrication or Replacement Excessive looseness Wear (from lack of lubricant or from contamination) Replacement Discoloration Overheating Replacement Loose shafts or bolts Worn bolts or bearing bores Replacement Corrosion Loss of plating. 2. corrosion. brinelling. or exposure to corrosive elements Replacement DEFECT 9-00-00 Page 4 Rev. deburr or rework the edge chamfer to ensure a proper staking. Do a Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection (FPI) of the part and examine for cracks (Chapter 6). BEARINGS WHICH ARE SUBJECT TO HEAVY LOAD OR HIGH SPEEDS SHALL NOT BE REUSED WHEN CONDITION IS QUESTIONABLE. Inspect all parts to receive a new bearing as follows: c. fatigue spalling.BHT-ALL-SPM NOTE CAUTION Damage must be removed without exceeding the limit of the maximum bore diameter specified in Table 9-5. a. Table 9-1. Inspect the edge chamfer for damage. contamination. BEARINGS AUTHORIZED FOR EMERGENCY REUSE SHALL BE REPLACED WHEN REPLACEMENT BEARINGS ARE AVAILABLE. 2 16 FEB 2007 .

015 (0.13) 0.005 (0.030 (0.21) 0.25) ALK4-69-101 0.31) 0.39) 0.010 (0.012 (0.005 (0.005 (0.76) ADN3-306 0.012 (0.25) 0.76) 0.31) 0.76) ADSB14-302 ADW9 0.012 (0.13) 0.015 (0.012 (0.012 (0.020 (0.31) AHT3 0.31) AJT-27930 1 ALK4-33 0.015 (0.31) ADBY5V302 0.31) 0.25) AG10V64 0.005 (0.76) 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-2.13) 0.005 (0.024 (0.13) 0.39) 16 FEB 2007 Rev.012 (0.25) AM2004-DHS 0.61) 0.51) ALK4-172DHS-101 0.25) ALK4-128 0.25) 0.008 (0.13) 0.010 (0.39) ALK4-156DHS/FSP 0.51) ADSB5V305 ADNE-3-306 0.012 (0.31) ASBY-6-16 None None 0.030 (0.13) 0. 2 9-00-00 Page 5 .012 (0.030 (0.015 (0.010 (0.39) AM2014-DHS 0.08) 0.020 (0.030 (0.010 (0.005 (0.25) 0.012 (0.010 (0.005 (0.010 (0.020 (0.13) 0.012 (0.010 (0.010 (0.25) ALK4-111 0. Bearing Wear Limits BEARING WEAR LIMITS MAXIMUM PLAY BEARING PART NUMBER RADIAL AXIAL (INCH) (MM) (INCH) (MM) A1460A 0.25) AM2011-DHS 0.010 (0.31) AB4E60 0.13) AM2042-DHS ARY4-35 0.31) AB4-75W 0.030 (0.39) AM2002-DHS None None 0.31) 0.010 (0.030 (0.13) 0.003 (0.015 (0.51) AM2013-DHS 0.005 (0.25) ALK4-37-101 0.76) AB4E59 0.76) ABYT5-1003 0.005 (0.

015 (0.31) 0.010 (0.76) ATNE3-16 0.030 (0.13) 0.76) ATSB5AA2 0.005 (0.015 (0.13) 0.030 (0.010 (0.012 (0.13) 0.005 (0.030 (0.012 (0.012 (0.31) 0.76) ATNE4-18 0.005 (0.31) 0.030 (0.31) 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-2.030 (0.31) 0.030 (0.005 (0.015 (0.015 (0.030 (0.012 (0.030 (0.25) ATSB4AAV6 0.76) ATDY4AAV7 0.31) 0.012 (0.31) 0.012 (0.25) ATB-4 0.030 (0.030 (0.13) 0.030 (0.012 (0.16) 0.13) 0.76) ATGA-107D 0. Bearing Wear Limits (Cont) BEARING WEAR LIMITS MAXIMUM PLAY BEARING PART NUMBER RADIAL (INCH) AXIAL (MM) (INCH) (MM) ASBY7V23 0.76) B542DD 0. 2 16 FEB 2007 .39) ATBY4AAVN 0.030 (0.76) 9-00-00 Page 6 Rev.76) ATNE4-17 0.030 (0.39) ATSB10-301DHS BR5R (Replaced by DAS5-20A-41) BSH-16-ATC32ZM 1 0.76) ATBY5V17DHS 0.21) ATNE3-17 0.76) ATHE4-11 0.005 (0.31) 0.030 (0.76) ATN-4-77 0.015 (0.13) 0.39) ASBV22 0.005 (0.006 (0.76) ATBY4AAV7 0.13) 0.39) ASB8V22 0.008 (0.015 (0.012 (0.13) 0.030 (0.31) 0.39) B545DD 0.005 (0.015 (0.030 (0.13) 0.51) 0.020 (0.012 (0.012 (0.012 (0.76) B543DD 0.005 (0.76) DPP4 0.31) 0.005 (0.76) B542ZZ 0.13) 0.005 (0.39) BSSN9003GRSS9 DAS7-27A1-501 DPP3 0.31) 0.76) 0.76) ATBY5AAV4 0.39) 0.030 (0.

76) 0.005 (0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-2.030 (0.005 (0.31) 0.010 (0.005 (0.25) GDW4K 0.005 (0.020 (0.31) 0.030 (0. Bearing Wear Limits (Cont) BEARING WEAR LIMITS MAXIMUM PLAY BEARING PART NUMBER DPP8 RADIAL AXIAL (INCH) (MM) (INCH) (MM) 0.08) 0. 2 9-00-00 Page 7 .76) DW4K2 0.13) 0.13) 0.030 (0.76) DW5 0.030 (0.31) 0.030 (0.76) GDW5 0.015 (0.005 (0.76) 0.16) HB4ETL141 0.012 (0.31) 0.76) DXV4-14A 0.51) DW4 0.16) 0.030 (0.030 (0.16) 0.13) 0.020 (0.012 (0.003 (0.030 (0.030 (0.006 (0.13) 0.76) HB4ETL142 0.13) 0.51) HT5V-101 JH-1412-OH 1 JHT-1413 1 16 FEB 2007 Rev.76) HB4ETL144 0.006 (0.030 (0.76) HSBY5TL103 0.005 (0.030 (0.030 (0.005 (0.030 (0.006 (0.030 (0.012 (0.030 (0.006 (0.13) 0.76) DSP5 0.012 (0.76) HE6-130 0.012 (0.030 (0.13) 0.76) DW6 0.030 (0.012 (0.005 (0.13) 0.31) 0.13) 0.76) GDW6 0.76) DW4K 0.030 (0.76) DSRP4 0.76) DS-6-1 None None 0.005 (0.39) DPP8W DRX-22 DSP3 0.76) NMXVAD 0.31) 0.030 (0.012 (0.76) DSP4 0.005 (0.16) 0.13) 0.31) 0.76) HJTT162416-X1 5 HJ162416 1 HMXKV4A 0.

012 (0.010 (0.015 (0.31) KDSY5-18 0.005 (0.030 (0.030 (0. Bearing Wear Limits (Cont) BEARING WEAR LIMITS MAXIMUM PLAY BEARING PART NUMBER RADIAL (INCH) AXIAL (MM) JT-1213 (INCH) (MM) 0. 2 16 FEB 2007 .31) 0.030 (0.31) 0.76) KSP4 0.010 (0.16) 0.16) 0.030 (0.13) 0.16) 0.13) 0.76) KSP6A 0.76) LHSSR-3 0.030 (0.006 (0.76) KP8ADBA2605 1 KP10A 0.76) KPWD14P 0.25) 0.76) LHRA-5-26 0.006 (0.76) KP5 0.31) 0.012 (0.31) 0.76) KWB9N 0.16) 0.030 (0.005 (0.16) 0.004 (0.030 (0.76) KP8 0.31) 0.045 (1.16) 0.012 (0.012 (0.010 (0.25) LHR-4-14A 0.030 (0.030 (0.030 (0.005 (0.030 (0.020 (0.16) 0.76) KP4B 0.006 (0.005 (0.39) KP3A 0.16) 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-2.16) 0.76) KP4A 0.13) 0.006 (0.25) KLS-4 0.030 (0.006 (0.76) KP5A 0.13) 0.006 (0.13) 0.012 (0.51) KBNE-6W 0.76) KWDB5-21 KWDB5-48 9-00-00 Page 8 Rev.39) KMVD-8-8 0.030 (0.006 (0.76) KSP5 0.030 (0.012 (0.005 (0.006 (0.006 (0.006 (0.31) 0.030 (0.76) KP-8-A 0.030 (0.030 (0.76) KSP10 0.11) KMDB8-8 0.015 (0.76) KP4 0.16) 0.76) KP6A 0.030 (0.14) KSP4A 0.012 (0.

015 (0.012 (0.31) MS14101-7 0.030 (0.31) 0.030 (0.030 (0.31) 0.006 (0.76) M81935/2-4 0.012 (0.005 (0.76) LHVA-5-26 0.76) MS14101-6 0.030 (0.030 (0.030 (0.13) 0.030 (0.13) 0.16) 0.76) MS20201-1 0.31) 0.030 (0.31) 0.030 (0.76) MDW4 0.76) 0.030 (0.030 (0.012 (0.39) 0.012 (0.76) LHV-4-14 0.76) MS14103-4 0.25) LS-4 0.76) MS20206-1 0.005 (0.004 (0.31) 0.012 (0.31) 0.31) 0.76) MS21150-1 0.25) 0.030 (0.76) LHV5-23 0.012 (0.012 (0.030 (0.006 (0.030 (0.012 (0.010 (0.006 (0.31) 0.13) 0.16) 0.005 (0.31) 0.39) 16 FEB 2007 Rev.76) MDW5 0.31) 0.030 (0.030 (0.030 (0.76) LHVV-4-17A 0.76) LHSSVV-4 0.012 (0.012 (0.76) MS14101-9 0.31) 0.31) 0.11) LVH-4-14 0.31) 0.012 (0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-2. Bearing Wear Limits (Cont) BEARING WEAR LIMITS MAXIMUM PLAY BEARING PART NUMBER RADIAL AXIAL (INCH) (MM) (INCH) (MM) LHSSV-4 0.76) MS14103-3 0.76) LHV-4-28 0.012 (0.012 (0.13) 0.76) MS14101-4 0.76) MS20206DSP4 0.76) LHVG5-23 0.005 (0.012 (0.030 (0.31) 0.13) 0.76) MKP4 0.13) 0.76) MS14104-3 0.127) MR-16-RSS-1 5 MR-1761 1 MR-686 1 MS14101-3 0.030 (0.012 (0.005 (0.030 (0. 2 9-00-00 Page 9 .030 (0.005 (0.010 (0.030 (0.015 (0.

030 (0.005 (0.13) 0.13) 0.76) MS27645-3A 0.005 (0.13) 0.030 (0.76) MS21153-6C 0.76) MS27641-6 0.13) 0.76) MS27641-8 0.012 (0.034 (0.006 (0.006 (0.31) 0.16) 0.005 (0.006 (0.030 (0.86) 9-00-00 Page 10 Rev.005 (0.16) 0.76) MS27641-8A 0.16) 0.006 (0.012 (0.16) 0.13) 0.030 (0.31) 0.030 (0.030 (0.030 (0.030 (0.16) 0.030 (0.76) MS21153-6 0.76) MS21151-9 0.030 (0. 2 16 FEB 2007 .030 (0.76) MS212345-4K 0.76) MS27641-3 0.005 (0.76) MS27643-4 0.030 (0.030 (0.13) 0.006 (0.006 (0.76) MS21153-8 0.13) 0.006 (0.76) MS27645-6A 0.76) MS27640-4 0.006 (0.012 (0.005 (0.030 (0.030 (0.006 (0.030 (0.005 (0.86) MS27645-5 0.76) MS27640-5 0.16) 0.012 (0.16) 0.005 (0.76) MS27640-8 0.005 (0.76) MS21153-2 0.16) 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-2.16) 0.76) MS27644-4 0.030 (0.31) 0.13) 0.31) 0.13) 0.034 (0.030 (0.030 (0.76) MS27645-4 0.76) MS27644-8 0.030 (0.006 (0.76) MS27641-10 0.012 (0.76) MS27641-5 0.006 (0.030 (0.76) MS27643-3 0.76) MS27645-4A 0.16) 0.76) MS27642-42 0.005 (0.030 (0.13) 0.76) MS27643-5 0.31) 0.012 (0.030 (0.030 (0.005 (0.76) MS27641-4 0.006 (0. Bearing Wear Limits (Cont) BEARING WEAR LIMITS MAXIMUM PLAY BEARING PART NUMBER RADIAL AXIAL (INCH) (MM) (INCH) (MM) MS21151-8 0.030 (0.76) MS27644-3 0.16) 0.16) 0.13) 0.030 (0.31) 0.030 (0.

003 (0.76) MXV46-14B 0.005 (0.012 (0. Bearing Wear Limits (Cont) BEARING WEAR LIMITS MAXIMUM PLAY BEARING PART NUMBER RADIAL AXIAL (INCH) (MM) (INCH) (MM) MS27645-10 0.76) (0.21) MV34-14B 0.13) 0.012 (0.012 (0.005 (0.012 (0.010 (0.030 (0.16) 0.030 (0.31) 0.015 (0.76) MS27648-25 0.31) M9312W1CRDF NHBY5AA5 1 0.030 (0.030 (0.76) MXLR-46-14H 3 0.76) MS27647-4A 0.006 (0.015 (0.08) 0.13) 0.13) 0.005 (0.13) 0.003 MXLV46-14E 0.005 (0.13) 0.030 (0.012 (0.16) 16 FEB 2007 Rev.006 (0.39) MS27647-4 0.13) 0.030 (0.39) MV34-14A 0.13) 0.005 (0.31) 0.08) MS28913-4B MS28913-4C 1 0.76) 0.76) MS27646-40 0.030 (0.030 (0.13) 0.25) 0.030 (0.76) MS27646-42 0.005 (0.76) MS27647-5G 0.31) 0.012 (0.76) MS27646-45 0.13) 0.030 (0.005 (0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-2.030 (0.16) MS27648-24 0.13) 0.005 NHB12V7 NHHE6-21W 0.005 (0.008 (0.76) (0.005 (0.030 (0.030 (0.005 (0.76) MS27647-6G 0.005 (0.012 (0.030 (0.006 (0.76) MXV46-14D 0.31) 0.005 (0.005 (0.030 (0.76) MS27646-43 0.76) MS27647-5 0.39) MS28913-5C (Replaced by DAS5-20A-41) 1 0.13) 0.010 (0.13) 0.15) MS27647-6 0.015 (0.31) 0.030 (0.76) MS27646-41 0. 2 9-00-00 Page 11 .030 (0.13) 0.005 (0.13) 0.76) MS27646-38 0.030 (0.31) 0.25) 0.76) MX46-14B 0.13) 0.006 (0.

31) 0.030 (0.030 (0.39) NHW7V203 0.030 (0.76) 9-00-00 Page 12 Rev.31) 0.012 (0.76) RALT-5-N7V 0.31) 0.76) REPB3N 0.030 (0.012 (0.25) REM-3T-3 0.030 (0.76) REM-4TH-6-1 0.31) 0.31) 0.015 (0.015 (0.010 (0.31) 0.13) 0.003 (0.015 (0.31) 0.76) REM4TH16-1 0.76) RAPG-4N-2 0.012 (0.010 (0.030 (0.76) REM4TH17 0.030 (0.030 (0. 2 16 FEB 2007 .012 (0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-2.005 (0.13) 0.31) 0.030 (0.76) REPB3N-2 0.012 (0.012 (0.31) 0.39) NHW5V202 0.030 (0.012 (0.030 (0.008 (0.015 (0.76) RALT-4N-1 0.76) REM4TH16-2 0.31) 0.012 (0.76) NHW4V202 0.030 (0.030 (0.012 (0.005 (0. Bearing Wear Limits (Cont) BEARING WEAR LIMITS MAXIMUM PLAY BEARING PART NUMBER RADIAL AXIAL (INCH) (MM) (INCH) (MM) NHNEL5-212 0.39) NHSB8V9 0.76) REM-4-TH-16 0.76) RALT-5-4 0.030 (0.31) 0.31) 0.010 (0.012 (0.007 (0.31) 0.030 (0.012 (0.030 (0.012 (0.012 (0.39) RLA-4T-1 0.012 (0.31) 0.030 (0.76) RDW-5T-3V-1 0.18) 0.030 (0.76) REML10Z12A1460A 0.31) 0.76) RALT5N7 0.31) 0.13) 0.25) REF4THB 0.012 (0.13) 0.21) REM-3T-8 0.005 (0.31) 0.76) NHN5-209 0.31) 0.030 (0.012 (0.030 (0.005 (0.76) NHNE4-221 0.08) 0.012 (0.76) REM8ATC12-11 0.25) RAD-4T-1 0.76) REM8ATC12-6 0.012 (0.31) 0.31) 0.76) REM8ATC12-5 0.030 (0.012 (0.012 (0.

030 (0.31) WBS10FTF-29 0.005 (0.010 (0.11) TGA104N TGA-14F 0.76) TGA-14G 0.030 (0.76) RES8ATC10-2 0.76) RSST-3 0.012 (0.76) RG9SS 0.030 (0.76) WHT9 0.13) 0.76) T6A-12G None None 0.010 (0.004 (0.015 (0.010 (0.012 (0.012 (0.76) 0.012 (0.61) W202PP 0.31) 0.030 (0.030 (0.31) 0.006 (0.030 (0.31) S-4 0.25) WSBS10FTF-29Z 0.76) 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-2.76) RSST-5N7V 0.39) SBSH14ATC30ZA1501 SBS16ATC50ZA1460 0.006 (0.13) 0.030 (0.16) 0.015 (0.21) 0.012 (0.006 (0.008 (0.012 (0.31) 0.008 (0.13) 0.13) 0.030 (0.030 (0.76) REP4F5 0.31) VTBO2310 0.012 (0.31) 0.024 (0.76) 16 FEB 2007 Rev.005 (0.005 (0.030 (0.76) RG-12-SS 0.030 (0.16) 0.030 (0.015 (0.31) 0.030 (0.008 (0.015 (0. Bearing Wear Limits (Cont) BEARING WEAR LIMITS MAXIMUM PLAY BEARING PART NUMBER RADIAL AXIAL (INCH) (MM) (INCH) (MM) REP3M4-9-FS21D 0.005 (0.16) 0.16) SBS24ATC46ZA1501 SJT194-13-S5 5 SJ-7154-SX-1TU-9D-1 1 SPS4-10A1-501 0.006 (0.030 (0.31) 0.012 (0.76) WSBS12ATC29 0.31) 0.012 (0. 2 9-00-00 Page 13 .015 (0.39) VTB02220 0.39) REP4M6-8 0.030 (0.13) 0.005 (0.76) RSST-4 0.13) 0.024 (0.005 (0.21) 0.39) 0.76) REP4ML6 0.21) REP3M4-10-FS21D 0.25) 0.012 (0.39) 0.61) 0.25) 0.

005 (0.012 (0.030 (0.31) 0.012 (0.13) 0.008 (0.030 (0.030 (0.012 (0.003 .005 (0.76) 47-140-252-3 0.030 (0.76) 177184 0.76) 177183 0.39) YTA-384 0.012 (0.015 (0.31) 0.020 (0.76) 177293 0.005 (0.012 (0.13) 0.030 (0.31) 0.76) 204-011-118-001 None None 0.31) 0.015 (0.020 (0.76) 177182 0.39) YTA373 0.76) YTA227-11 0.76) YTA-385 0.21) 204-061-717-003 0.31) 0.51) None None 204-011-769-001 204-061-717-001 0.76) 9-00-00 Page 14 Rev.31) 0.020 (0.76) 205-001-047-001 3 (0. Bearing Wear Limits (Cont) BEARING WEAR LIMITS MAXIMUM PLAY BEARING PART NUMBER RADIAL AXIAL (INCH) (MM) (INCH) (MM) YD241A None None 0.030 (0. 2 16 FEB 2007 0.012 (0.030 (0.76) 204-001-064-003 0.030 (0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-2.31) 0.030 (0.51) 204-011-418-001 1 204-011-451-001 None None 0.030 (0.51) 12-2000-12 0.13) 0.012 (0.76) 174PH 0.31) 0.015 (0.030 (0.005 (0.76) YTA-354 0.030 (0.76) 176260 0.012 (0.31) 0.012 (0.13) 0.012 (0.020 (0.31) 0.005 (0.012 (0.76) 204-001-058-003 0.005 (0.030 (0.31) 0.76) 204-001-064-001 0.76) 205-001-048-001 0.76) YTA-178 0.39) 0.030 (0.31) 0.76) 204-076-428-001 0.030 (0.13) 0.030 (0.08) 0.030 (0.13) 0.76) YTA190B 0.51) YS-1125 0.012 (0.030 (0.030 (0.030 (0.

76) 206-001-159 0.006 (0.005 (0.030 (0.25) 0.76) 206-001-054-001 0.25) 16 FEB 2007 Rev.030 (0.012 (0.25) 206-031-594-003 0.010 (0.010 (0.31) 0.005 (0.010 (0. 2 9-00-00 Page 15 . Bearing Wear Limits (Cont) BEARING WEAR LIMITS MAXIMUM PLAY BEARING PART NUMBER RADIAL (INCH) AXIAL (MM) 205-012-710-001 (INCH) (MM) 0.030 (0.015 (0.012 (0.76) 206-001-057-003 0.015 (0.012 (0.030 (0.76) 206-001-057-001 0.000 (0.25) 0.13) 0.13) 0.012 (0.31) 0.005 (0.25) 206-001-204-101 0.010 (0.156) 206-301-051-101 0.76) 206-001-052-001 0.010 (0.030 (0.76) 206-001-053-003 0.76) 206-001-095-001 0.31) 0.030 (0.31) 0.31) 0.31) 0.012 (0.010 (0.005 (0.25) 206-001-201-001 0.76) 206-001-055-001 0.010 (0.08) 0.13) 0.25) 206-001-708-001 4 206-010-469-001 0.13) 0.25) 206-001-556 0.012 (0.030 (0.25) 206-001-202-001 0.25) 206-031-590-003 0.25) 206-010-470-101 0.00) 0.012 (0.76) 206-010-765-001 206-010-793-101 0.030 (0.76) 206-001-063 0.010 (0.030 (0.010 (0.010 (0.030 (0.39) 0.012 (0.76) 206-001-053-001 0.76) 206-064-103-001 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-2.25) 206-063-719 0.012 (0.012 (0.76) 206-001-053-005 0.25) 206-010-710-3 0.005 (0.030 (0.31) 0.003 (0.010 (0.030 (0.31) 0.25) 0.005 (0.010 (0.13) 0.010 (0.76) 206-001-701-001 0.39) 206-001-005-001 0.003 (0.030 (0.13) 0.010 (0.25) 0.08) 0.31) 0.31) 0.010 (0.012 (0.31) 0.010 (0.

030 (0.13) 0.13) 0.76) 0.76) 214-001-424 0.16) 0.76) 214-001-093 0.015 (0.39) 214-001-083-001 0.005 (0.76) 0.030 (0.31) 0.030 (0.39) 0. Bearing Wear Limits (Cont) BEARING WEAR LIMITS MAXIMUM PLAY BEARING PART NUMBER RADIAL (INCH) AXIAL (MM) 206-310-105-101 (INCH) (MM) 0.39) 212-010-783-101 0.76) 209-001-052-001 0.030 (0.25) 209-062-109-001 0.015 (0.030 (0.005 (0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-2.007 (0.76) 214-001-082-001 0.015 (0.76) 212-001-066-001 0.76) 214-010-434-001 0. 2 16 FEB 2007 0.76) 212-010-730-001 0.005 (0.030 (0.18) 0.030 (0.16) 0.51) 212-010-768-001 0.030 (0.76) 209-062-105-001 0.18) 0.005 (0.030 (0.13) 0.13) 0.13) 0.16) 0.030 (0.012 (0.030 (0.005 (0.39) 212-010-762-001 1 0.015 (0.50) .030 (0.020 (0.015 (0.006 (0.76) 209-001-055-001 0.007 (0.005 (0.76) 214-001-083-003 0.015 (0.007 (0.015 (0.006 (0.005 (0.39) 212-061-117-001 0.030 (0.030 (0.39) 209-001-051-001 0.13) 0.012 (0.006 (0.39) 214-010-435-003 0.76) 209-001-053-001 0.015 (0.006 (0.39) 212-010-731-001 None None 0.76) 214-010-487-001 9-00-00 Page 16 Rev.76) 214-001-049-001 0.31) 0.31) 0.18) 0.030 (0.39) 214-010-437 0.16) 0.015 (0.39) 212-010-783-101 0.015 (0.010 (0.012 (0.020 (0.13) 0.39) 209-010-444 5 209-010-459-001 209-031-351-001 0.015 (0.015 (0.39) 212-010-782-101 0.

39) 214-010-712-001 0.030 (0.11) 214-030-633-001 0.31) 0. Bearing Wear Limits (Cont) BEARING WEAR LIMITS MAXIMUM PLAY BEARING PART NUMBER RADIAL AXIAL (INCH) (MM) (INCH) (MM) 0.31) 0.012 (0.39) 214-010-777-101 0.015 (0.21) 0.76) 222-301-012-101 0.015 (0.51) 222-310-475-103 0.020 (0.51) 222-310-478-101 0.39) 0.76) 222-301-013-101 0.005 (0. 2 9-00-00 Page 17 .39) 222-310-475-001 0.015 (0.015 (0.020 (0.39) 214-010-851-103 0.015 (0.39) 214-010-489-101 214-010-714-001 2 214-010-733-001 214-010-736-001 2 214-010-744-001 2 214-010-856-103 2 1 214-030-146-101 0.030 (0.39) 214-010-850-101 0.39) 214-011-819-101 0.39) 214-011-811-103 0.004 (0.015 (0.76) 222-310-119-101 1 222-310-401-101 0.61) 222-301-011-101 0.51) 222-310-473-001 1 222-310-473-103 1 16 FEB 2007 Rev.030 (0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-2.39) 0.015 (0.31) 0.76) 214-010-711-001 0.39) 222-310-461-001 0.020 (0.008 (0.39) 214-010-815-101 0.015 (0.020 (0.012 (0.015 (0.015 (0.39) 222-310-460-103 0.030 (0.015 (0.015 (0.012 (0.13) 214-030-216-001 0.024 (0.50) 0.015 (0.

030 (0.76) 47-729-155-3 0.13) 0.76) 50294 0.030 (0.015 (0.020 (0.13) 0.010 (0.31) 0.31) 406-310-405-101 None None 0.76) 59100W01-2-MBR-A1835 60-BAA-4802 1 604-14-34-01 7203-D4F 9-00-00 Page 18 2 Rev.39) 222-312-754-101 0.51) 5103-J2-1 1 540-011-414-1 0.015 (0.39) 406-310-405-103 None None 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-2.39) 0.13) 0.39) 222-312-753-101 0.030 (0.012 (0.015 (0.020 (0.005 (0.39) 409-360-706-001 0.005 (0.030 (0.13) 0.76) 0.005 (0.015 (0.005 (0.13) 0.76) 542ZZ 0.012 (0.13) 0.51) 222-312-755-101 0. Bearing Wear Limits (Cont) BEARING WEAR LIMITS MAXIMUM PLAY BEARING PART NUMBER RADIAL (INCH) AXIAL (INCH) (MM) 222-312-751-001 0.012 (0.005 (0.39) 222-312-752-001 0.39) None None 412-010-427-101 412-320-400-107 4708 47-140-252-5 0.015 (0.015 (0.005 (0. 2 16 FEB 2007 .31) 406-310-403-101 0.015 (0.012 (0.31) 0.030 (0.25) 0.15) 222-310-479-101 1 222-312-718-001 1 222-312-719-001 1 (MM) 222-312-760-001 1 230-360-101-103 0.020 (0.

76) 76549 0.005 (0.13) 0.13) 0.005 (0.015 (0. 2 9-00-00 Page 19 .005 (0.030 (0.13) 0. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. replace if rough.030 (0.31) 0.76) 76585 0. 2 Bearing Condition: Smooth during rotation while loading axially and radially. 4 Oilite bearing used as friction surface. 3 Bearing has built in radial clearance of 0.005 (0.002 inch (0.030 (0.0305 to 0.030 (0.005 (0.012 (0.25) 9101PP 0.31) 0.31) 0.0508 mm) between ball and outer race.015 (0.76) NOTES: 1 Inspect for smoothness during manual rotation.012 (0.76) 9103PP 0.030 (0.76) 76569 0.39) 9104PP 0.13) 0.13) 0. Bearing Wear Limits (Cont) BEARING WEAR LIMITS MAXIMUM PLAY BEARING PART NUMBER RADIAL AXIAL (INCH) (MM) (INCH) (MM) 76546 0.030 (0.030 (0.39) 9104VPP 0.005 (0.010 (0.76) 76684 0.012 (0.76) 9104NPP 0.13) 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-2.005 (0.13) 0. 5 Check for roughness or binding.0012 to 0.

Press out the sleeve with the large end of the fabricated pressing tool. a. • Bearings must have a 0. DO NOT CUT INTO PART. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE T101886-1 or RST2020 Roll Staking Tool T102095 NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-309 MEK Anvil Staking Tool Set C-407 Abrasive Pad RST1016 Roll Staking Tool C-486 Cheesecloth Workaid Item (Figure 9-1) Bearing/Sleeve Removal and Installation Tool Set The following instructions contain information on bearings which may be removed. BEARINGS — REPLACEMENT 9-5.0002 to 0. Bearing Removal MATERIALS REQUIRED SPECIAL TOOLS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. Unless otherwise specified in Table 9-5. Table 9-5 provides the dimensions. etc.0559 mm) tight fit in housings. • Sleeves must have a 0.0051 to 0. levers. Remove an unserviceable sleeve and/or bearing from the part with the bearing/sleeve removal and installation tool set as follows (refer to Figure 9-1 for details on construction of the workaids): CAUTION BEFORE PRESSING OUT A PREGROOVED BEARING WITH A STEEL OUTER RACE. 2 16 FEB 2007 . c. 9-00-00 Page 20 Rev.0002 to 0.0051 to 0. installed.0254 mm) clearance between the bearing and the housing. Press out the bearing with the small end of the fabricated pressing tool. Bellcranks. Put the part in a press with the unserviceable bearing over the fabricated support tool. and retained through staking.0005 to 0. b. type of bearing staking. and other applicable data for various parts and assemblies. the following general fits and clearances are provided to ensure proper installation of bearings: 1. sleeve part number.0022 inch (0.BHT-ALL-SPM 9-4.0305 mm) tight fit in sleeves or housings. bearing part number. tool number.0012 inch (0. • Bearings installed with an anaerobic sealing compound must have a 0. CAREFULLY CUT AWAY AND REMOVE ROLL STAKED LIP ON ONE SIDE OF BEARING USING A FLY CUTTER. Thoroughly clean the bore of the part with MEK (C-309) and an abrasive pad (C-407). Wipe dry with clean cheesecloth (C-486) before the MEK (C-309) evaporates.0127 to 0. are listed in numerical order in the table.0010 inch (0.

025 inch (0.4 inch (10. 8 H Undercut 0.16 mm) to provide clearance for shoulder diameter bearing inner ring.BHT-ALL-SPM A G G PRESSING TOOL B SUPPORT TOOL E G C H D G F G MATERIAL: ANY ROUND ALLOY STOCK NO. 4 D Slightly smaller than bearing inside diameter. Bearing/Sleeve Removal and Installation Workaids 16 FEB 2007 Rev. 2 B Two times the bearing length. 6 F Slightly larger than bearing or sleeve O.D.635 mm) by 45°. ALL_SPM_09_0001 Figure 9-1. REF LTR DIMENSIONS 1 A Slightly smaller than sleeve outside diameter. 2 9-00-00 Page 21 . 3 C Two times the bearing width. 5 E Slightly longer than bearing or sleeve height/length. 7 G Chamfer 0.

c.BHT-ALL-SPM 9-6. Bearing Method Installation — Ring Staking CAUTION MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. While coating is wet. 1. 2 16 FEB 2007 . Ring stake is centered on the sleeve and lays over a portion of sleeve to the part and a portion of sleeve to the bearing as shown in Figure 9-2. as specified in Table 9-5. and new bearing sleeve to make sure dimensions will provide the interference fit given in Table 9-5. press the sleeve into the part with the bearing/sleeve removal and installation tool set (Figure 9-1). MANUFACTURER'S BEARING PART NO. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-304 Drycleaning Solvent C-486 Cheesecloth Ring staking is used on steel and aluminum sleeves. MILITARY STANDARD BEARING PART NO. Staking Tool Set Application SLEEVE PART NO. as specified in Table 9-5. The sleeve must be equally centered from each side of the part. Refer to Table 9-3 for the applicable tools. Avoid excessive application of coating and do not apply to the bearing seals or shields. T101873-3 120-012-4 120-015-4K KP4A DW4K MS27641-4 MS27647-4 T101873-5 120-011-3 120-013-3 120-014-3 KP3 and KS3 DSP3 and DSRP3 DPP3 MS27640-3 MS27643-3 MS67644-3 T101873-7 120-012-5 KP5A MS27641-5 T101873-9 120-012-6 KP6A MS27641-6 T101873-11 120-015-5 DW5 MS27647-5 T101873-13 120-011-4 120-013-4 120-014-4 KP4 and KS4 DSP4 and DSRP4 DPP4 MS27640-4 MS27643-4 MS27644-4 T101873-15 120-015-6 DW6 MS27647-6 TOOL PART NO. to the outside diameter of the new sleeve and to the mating bore in the part. Table 9-3. Apply coating. new bearing. Ring stake as follows: EXTREME CARE MUST BE EXERCISED TO AVOID ANY CONTAMINATION OF BEARING DURING ALL PHASES OF HANDLING AND INSTALLATION. to the outside diameter of a new bearing and to the inside diameter of the previously installed sleeve. Measure the bore of the part. Apply coating. b. a. 9-00-00 Page 22 Rev. d.

1. a. T101873-17 120-012-8 KP8A MS27641-8 T101873-19 120-011-5 120-013-5 120-014-5 KP5 and KS5 DSP5 and DSRP5 DPP5 MS27640-5 MS27643-5 MS27644-5 T102095-1 None 209-001-005-1 N/A T102095-3 None 209-011-051-1 N/A TOOL PART NO. e. Roll stake as follows: CAUTION EXTREME CARE MUST BE EXERCISED TO AVOID ANY CONTAMINATION OF BEARING DURING ALL PHASES OF HANDLING AND INSTALLATION. f. Pregrooved Bearing Installation — Roll Staking Method CAUTION MATERIALS REQUIRED DU R I NG B E A R I NG IN S TA LL A T I O N . as shown in Figure 9-3. g. MAKE SURE YOU APPLY PRESSURE ONLY TO THE OUTER RACE. Clean any excess coating with clean cheesecloth (C-486) moistened with drycleaning solvent (C-304). Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. DO NOT APPLY PRESSURE TO THE INNER RACE AND SPHERICAL BALL OF THE BEARING OR DAMAGE MAY OCCUR. NOTE: The table is for the T102095 staking tool set and is primary for flight controls. h. Measure the bore of the part and the outside diameter of a new bearing to make sure dimensions will provide the proper fit given in Table 9-5. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. press the new bearing into the sleeve with the bearing/sleeve removal and installation tool set (Figure 9-1). 9-7. MANUFACTURER'S BEARING PART NO. Ring stake to obtain required dimensions on both sides of the sleeve (Figure 9-2). NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-304 Drycleaning Solvent C-486 Cheesecloth Roll staking is used for the staking of pregrooved spherical bearings to the part by rolling over the pregrooved lip of the bearing onto the chamfer of the hole in the part. Proof load the bearing if required (Table 9-5). 2 9-00-00 Page 23 . The bearing must be equally centered from each side of the part. Examine the bearing for smooth rotation and breakout (misalignment). While coating is wet. breakaway or rotational (roll) torque (Table 9-5). j. Select the applicable ring staking tool given in Table 9-5. i.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-3. MILITARY STANDARD BEARING PART NO. Make sure there is no movement or looseness of the bearing outer race in the bore of the part. Staking Tool Set Application (Cont) SLEEVE PART NO.

Ring Staking 9-00-00 Page 24 Rev.020 IN. (0.079 TO 0.007 TO 0.508 TO 1.178 TO 0.254 mm) RADIUS 90° SLEEVE 45° BEARING PART BEARING 0.254 TO 0.692 mm) 0. (2.106 IN.BHT-ALL-SPM PRESS GUIDE BASE 0.016 mm) AFTER STAKING OF ALUMINUM SLEEVE (ALL DIMENSIONS TYPICAL) ALL_SPM_09_0002 Figure 9-2.508 mm) DEPTH OF STAKE PART BEFORE STAKING TYPICAL RING STAKE UTILIZING SLEEVE 0.00 TO 2.020 TO 0. (0.010 TO 0.040 IN.010 IN. (0. 2 16 FEB 2007 .

127 mm) MAX. (0. Roll or Anvil Staking Pregrooved Bearings 16 FEB 2007 Rev. 2 9-00-00 Page 25 .BHT-ALL-SPM 0.005 IN. FEELER GAUGE STAKED LIP CHAMFER MUST BE EQUAL BOTH SIDES ALL_SPM_09_0003 Figure 9-3.

breakaway or rotational (roll) torque of . MAKE SURE YOU APPLY PRESSURE ONLY TO THE OUTER RACE. CAUTION DO NOT LET THE BEARING OVERHEAT DURING STAKING (SPINNING). (1) Carefully apply a small quantity of oil to the area of staking and to the staking rollers immediately prior to staking. While coating is wet. Apply coating. If applicable. roll stake both sides of the bearing as follows: CAUTION DU R I NG B E A R IN G IN S TA LL A T I O N . NOTE Undue forcing of the roll staking tool into the outer lip of the pregrooved bearing will 9-00-00 Page 26 Rev. DO NOT APPLY PRESSURE TO THE INNER RACE AND SPHERICAL BALL OF THE BEARING OR DAMAGE MAY OCCUR. j. as shown in Figure 9-3. g. Select the applicable roll staking tool given in Table 9-5. and a shank that mounts in a drill press. stake the opposite side. Proof load the bearing if required (Table 9-5). IF IT BECOMES UNCOMFORTABLE TO HOLD THE BEARING WITH BARE HANDS. The roller fixture (or spinning tool) has a pilot on the lower end that goes into the inner race. f. THE BEARING IS DAMAGED AND MUST BE REPLACED. then reverse bearing back to first side and finish staking. (2) Make sure there is no movement or looseness of the bearing outer race in the bore of the part.005 inch (0. press the bearing into the part with the bearing/sleeve removal and installation tool set (Figure 9-1). stake the bearing again. (4) After staking. h. it may be necessary to partially stake one side. roller wheels that contact the groove in the outer race. e. to the outside diameter of the new bearing and to the mating bore in the part. After you start the drill press. Examine the bearing for correct installation as follows: (1) Make sure the gap between the chamfer of the part and the staked (rolled) lip of the bearing outer race is no more than 0. To meet this requirement. This will allow rollers to move the outer race lip of the bearing onto the chamfer of the part. d. as specified in Table 9-5. c. cause excessive stress and binding of the staked bearing. NOTE The bearing must be centered in the part and staked the same amount on both sides. NOTE The base (or backstop) receives the inner race of the bearing and supports the outer race during staking. do a check of the breakout (misalignment). 2 16 FEB 2007 (2) Apply a steady pressure to the lever of the drill press in 10 second intervals.BHT-ALL-SPM b. As required. i. Install the roll staking tool in a hand-fed drill press. The bearing must be equally centered from each side of the part. (3) Repeat staking on the other side of the bearing in the same way.127 mm). Examine the bearing for smooth rotation. (3) Make sure the bearing is centered in the part. remove oil completely with clean cheesecloth (C-486) moistened with drycleaning solvent (C-304). Set the spindle to a speed of 200 to 350 RPM.

press the new bearing into the sleeve with the bearing/sleeve removal and installation tool set (Figure 9-1). The bearing must be equally centered from each side of the part. to the outside diameter of the new sleeve and to the mating bore in the part. Swaging the extended part of the sleeve provides both axial retention and radial tightness. 2 9-00-00 Page 27 . MAKE SURE YOU APPLY PRESSURE ONLY TO THE OUTER RACE. new bearing. (1) Secure a bolt to the bearing inner race with nuts and washers and rotate the race with a torque wrench. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-304 Drycleaning Solvent C-486 Cheesecloth Roll staking is used for aluminum sleeves. While coating is wet. press the sleeve into the part with the bearing/sleeve removal and installation h. and new bearing sleeve to make sure dimensions will provide the correct fit given in Table 9-5. 9-8. CAUTION EXTREME CARE MUST BE EXERCISED TO AVOID ANY CONTAMINATION OF BEARING DURING ALL PHASES OF HANDLING AND INSTALLATION. as specified in Table 9-5. Apply coating. While coating is wet. Install the roll staking tool in a hand-fed drill press. (1) Apply a steady pressure to the lever of the drill press in 10 second intervals. CAUTION D UR I NG B E A R I NG IN S T A L LA T I O N . i. This will allow rollers to flow the metal out. After you start the drill press.BHT-ALL-SPM the bearing as follows (refer to Table 9-5 for specific requirements): tool set (Figure 9-1). 1. Measure the bore of the part. Ream the sleeve to the required diameter if necessary. d. b. Set the spindle to a speed of 200 to 350 RPM. c. The sleeve is placed between the bearing and the enlarged bore of the housing. DO NOT APPLY PRESSURE TO THE INNER RACE AND SPHERICAL BALL OF THE BEARING OR DAMAGE MAY OCCUR. Avoid excessive application of coating and do not apply to bearing seals or shields. MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. Bearing Method Installation — Roll Staking e. as specified in Table 9-5. as shown in Figure 9-5. Roll stake as follows: g. or use a spring scale attached to the bolt (Figure 9-4). 16 FEB 2007 Rev. Make sure the inside diameter of the sleeve meets the hole size for the bearing. then reverse bearing back to first side and finish staking. Select the applicable roll staking tool given in Table 9-5. Apply coating. stake the opposite side. The sleeve must be equally centered from each side of the part. to the outside diameter of the bearing and to the inside diameter of the previously installed sleeve. roll stake both sides of the sleeve as follows (Figure 9-5): NOTE The bearing must be centered in the part and staked a same amount on both sides. as specified in Table 9-5. To meet this requirement. a. it may be necessary to partially stake one side. f.

00 IN. 2 16 FEB 2007 .BHT-ALL-SPM 1. MEASURE FORCE REQUIRED TO ROTATE BEARING WITH DIAL INDICATOR TYPE TORQUE WRENCH. Bearing Rotational Torque Check 9-00-00 Page 28 Rev. (25. OR USE SPRING SCALE TO MEASURE FORCE REQUIRED TO ROTATE BEARING. ALL_SPM_09_0004 Figure 9-4.4 mm) BEARING PART 16 8 0 WITH BOLT SECURED TO BEARING USING WASHER AND NUTS.

013 IN.BHT-ALL-SPM CHAMFER BOTH SIDES OF SLEEVE TO 0.005 IN. (0.038 IN. (0. (0.018 IN. AFTER STAKING 0.330 mm) MIN. Roll Staking Sleeves or Bushings 16 FEB 2007 Rev.127 mm) MAXIMUM x 45° AFTER STAKING 0.965 mm) BEARING OUTER RACE ALUMINUM SLEEVE HOUSING ALL_SPM_09_0005 Figure 9-5. 2 9-00-00 Page 29 .457 mm) MAX. 0. (0.

Examine the bearing for smooth rotation and. Clean any excess coating with clean cheesecloth (C-486) moistened with drycleaning solvent (C-304). if applicable. DO NOT APPLY PRESSURE TO THE INNER RACE AND SPHERICAL BALL OF THE BEARING OR DAMAGE MAY OCCUR. Bearing Installation — Segment Staking Method MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. c. Segment staking retains the outer bearing race by staking parent metal of the housing. j. as specified in Table 9-5. The bearing must be equally centered from each side of the part. d. While coating is wet.005 inch (0. g. e. Segment staking is used on steel housings and trunnions/axles. as shown in Figure 9-6. . Proof load the bearing if required (Table 9-5). Measure the bore of the part and the outside diameter of a new bearing to make sure dimensions will provide the interference fit given in Table 9-5. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-304 Drycleaning Solvent C-486 Cheesecloth NOTE As segment staking uses the parent metal of the housing to retain the bearing. subsequent bearing replacement using the same housing is not authorized. a.127 mm) maximum by 45°. breakaway or rotational (roll) torque (Table 9-5). CAUTION D UR I NG B E A R I NG IN S T A L LA T I O N . 9-9. m. If applicable. or use a spring scale attached to the bolt (Figure 9-4). Select the applicable segment staking tool given in Table 9-5. n. Chamfer both sides of the sleeve to 0. Examine the bearing for smooth rotation.BHT-ALL-SPM (2) Repeat staking on the other side of the sleeve in the same way. press the bearing into the part with the bearing/sleeve removal and installation tool set (Figure 9-1). Make sure there is no movement or looseness of the bearing outer race in the bore of the part. Clean any excess coating with clean cheesecloth (C-486) moistened with drycleaning solvent (C-304). l. Apply coating. MAKE SURE YOU APPLY PRESSURE ONLY TO THE OUTER RACE. 2 16 FEB 2007 CAUTION EXTREME CARE MUST BE EXERCISED TO AVOID ANY CONTAMINATION OF BEARING DURING ALL PHASES OF HANDLING AND INSTALLATION. 1. b. f. Segment stake as follows: 9-00-00 Page 30 Rev. breakaway or rotational (roll) torque of the bearing as follows (refer to Table 9-5 for specific requirements): (1) Secure a bolt to the bearing inner race with nuts and washers and rotate the race with a torque wrench. do a check of the breakout (misalignment). k. Segment stake to obtain required dimensions on both sides of the part (Figure 9-6). to the outside diameter of the new bearing and to the mating bore in the part. do a check of the breakout (misalignment).

020 IN. (0.005 TO 0. 2 9-00-00 Page 31 . (0.BHT-ALL-SPM 45° 15° BEARING OUTER RACE 0. (1.635 mm) MAX.050 IN.254 mm) RADIUS ALL_SPM_09_0006 Figure 9-6. Segment Staking 16 FEB 2007 Rev.010 IN.270 mm) 0.508 mm) MIN. HOUSING (PARENT METAL) 0. (0. 0.025 IN.127 TO 0.

If applicable. Anvil type staking is used in those applications where a roll staking tool cannot be used (refer to Table 9-5 for the applicable tools. (1) Secure a bolt to the bearing inner race with nuts and washers and rotate the race with a torque wrench. as shown in Figure 9-3. Pregrooved Bearing Installation — Anvil Staking Method NOTE Undue forcing of the anvil staking tool into the outer lip of the pregrooved bearing will cause excessive stress and binding of the staked bearing. stake the bearing again. The bearing must be equally centered from each side of the part. (2) Make sure there is no movement or looseness of the bearing outer race in the bore of the part. or use a spring scale attached to the bolt (Figure 9-4). Proof load the bearing if required (Table 9-5).BHT-ALL-SPM 9-10. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-304 Drycleaning Solvent C-486 Cheesecloth Anvil staking is used for the staking of pregrooved bearings to the part by laying over the pregrooved outer lip of the bearing onto the chamfer of the part. i. Anvil stake as follows: The bearing must be centered in the part and staked a same amount on both sides. Apply coating. press the bearing into the part with the bearing/sleeve removal and installation tool set (Figure 9-1). stake the opposite side. While coating is wet. MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. Measure the bore of the part and the outer diameter of a new bearing to make sure dimensions will provide the proper fit given in Table 9-5.) 1. Clean any excess coating with clean cheesecloth (C-486) moistened with drycleaning solvent (C-304). then reverse bearing back to first side and finish staking. g. Examine the bearing for smooth rotation. d. 2 16 FEB 2007 . To meet this requirement. As required. to the outer diameter of the bearing and to the mating bore in the part. Select the applicable anvil staking tool given in Table 9-5 and anvil stake both sides of the bearing. e.005 inch (0. h. Examine the bearing for correct installation as follows: (1) Make sure the gap between the chamfer of the part and the staked lip of the bearing outer race is no more than 0. b. as shown in Figure 9-3. it may be necessary to partially stake one side. as specified in Table 9-5. EXTREME CARE MUST BE EXERCISED TO AVOID ANY CONTAMINATION OF BEARING DURING ALL PHASES OF HANDLING AND INSTALLATION.127 mm). do a check of the breakout (misalignment). 9-00-00 Page 32 Rev. a. breakaway or rotational (roll) torque of the bearing as follows (refer to Table 9-5 for specific requirements): c. f. CAUTION (3) Make sure the bearing is centered in the part.

Thoroughly clean adhesive or primer from the bore of the part with MEK (C-309) and an abrasive pad (C-407).350 mm). PROTECTION OF STAKED BEARINGS DURING INSPECTION 9-12. a. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-201 Zinc Chromate Primer C-309 MEK C-317 Adhesive C-407 Abrasive Pad C-486 Cheesecloth 2. tool. MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications.250 inch (3. Apply a peelable coating (C-217) to the exposed surface of the bearing. b. the peelable coating (C-217) should overlap the bearing outer diameter 0. d. BUSHINGS — REPLACEMENT MATERIALS REQUIRED SPECIAL TOOLS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. remove the peelable coating (C-217) from the bearing.125 to 0. and repair limits of the applicable part). Inspect the bore of the part for damage. 2 9-00-00 Page 33 . NOTE Damage must be removed without exceeding the limit of the maximum bore diameter (refer to the wear. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. 1. BUSHINGS 9-13. the bearings must be protected with a peelable coating (C-217). 4. damage.175 to 6. Examine the bearing for cleanliness and smooth rotation. as follows: 3. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-217 Peelable Coating C-304 Drycleaning Solvent Workaid Item (Figure 9-7) Bushing Removal and Installation Tool Set C-486 Cheesecloth Prior to the fluorescent penetrant inspection or magnetic particle inspection of parts with staked bearings installed. NOTE Where possible. Press out the bushing with the fabricated pressing tool. Clean the exposed surface of the bearing with clean cheesecloth (C-486) moistened with drycleaning solvent (C-304).BHT-ALL-SPM 9-11. Put the bushing over the fabricated support c. After inspection and final cleaning of the part. Press out an unserviceable bushing with the bushing removal and installation tool set (Figure 9-7). 1.

6 mm) PRESSING TOOL PUNCH G C H D D G G SUPPORT TOOL E F G I MATERIAL: ANY ALLOY STOCK NO. 5 E Slightly longer than bushing length.635 mm) by 45°.015 inch (0. Bushing Removal and Installation Workaids 9-00-00 Page 34 Rev.025 inch (0. 4 D Slightly smaller than bushing inside diameter. 3 C 1/2 of bushing length. (101. 7 G Chamfer 0.0 IN.D. ALL_SPM_09_0007 Figure 9-7. 6 F Slightly larger than bushing flange O. 8 H Undercut 0.005 inch (0. 2 16 FEB 2007 . 9 I Support tool should be large enough to extend ears on either side of lug part to press bushings in or out.127 mm) deep x 0.BHT-ALL-SPM A G B 4.381 mm) long. 2 B Same as bushing length. REF LTR DIMENSIONS 1 A Slightly smaller than bushing outside diameter.

NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-309 MEK C-313 Adhesive C-317 Adhesive NOTE The dimensions that you record must be maintained after repair of the control tube assemblies. Rinse the control tube assembly and replacement fitting with MEK (C-309) and allow to air-dry. Remove remaining adhesive from the threaded bore of the control tube assembly with a bristle brush and MEK (C-309). Press a new bushing into the bore of the part with the bushing removal and installation tool set (Figure 9-7). ROD END BEARINGS. As required. b. or • Curing time with a heat source: 60 minutes at 170 to 190°F (77 to 88°C). c. Press the bushing into the bore of the part until flush with the part (flanged type bushings) or equally centered from each side (slip type bushings). 3. apply zinc chromate primer (C-201) or other specified primer. 2 9-00-00 Page 35 . and the insert threads with a bristle brush and MEK (C-309). the clevis. Make sure to install the part on an appropriate support to prevent distortion or stress of the part during pressing. or the adhesive (C-317) to cure before you ream the bushings. AND CLEVIS — REPLACEMENT MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. NOTE Bushing must be in line and have a surface finished of 63 RHR. clevis. g.0381 mm) interference fit in the bore of the part. As required. NOTE The bushing must have a 0. and angle between corresponding faces (Figure 9-8 and Table 9-4). INSERTS. d. Clean the new bushing and the bore of the part with clean cheesecloth (C-486) moistened with MEK (C-309). e. • Maximum of 212°F (100°C) for aluminum control tubes.0015 inch (0. Clean the parts as follows: a. Heat the bonded area of the rod end bearing. Wipe dry with clean cheesecloth (C-486) before the MEK (C-309) evaporates.BHT-ALL-SPM 2. a. Choose between the following normal and accelerated curing time of the adhesive (C-317): • Curing time at room temperature: 24 hours at 70 to 90°F (21 to 32°C). or insert without exceeding the applicable temperature limit: f.0005 to 0. 1. or adhesive (C-317) to the outside diameter of the bushing and the bore of the part. b. 2.0127 to 0. Clean any excess primer or adhesive with clean cheesecloth (C-486) moistened with MEK (C-309). • Maximum of 300°F (149°C) for steel control tubes. Clean the rod end bearing. Record existing distance between centers of bolt holes. c. in rod end bearings or clevises. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. ream and countersink the bushings. as follows: 9-14. Allow the zinc chromate primer (C-201) or other specified primer.

Install the rod end bearing or clevis into the control tube assembly. 6. Allow adhesive (C-313) or adhesive (C-317) to cure for 24 hours at 75°F (24°C) (full curing time is 5 to 7 days). and inserts on aluminum control tubes. for 3/8-24 threads. Keep the bead of adhesive in excess to provide for good bonding and sealing. 5.52 Nm) rotational. 11. Do not touch the rod end bearing. Adjust the distance between centers of bolt holes and the angle between corresponding faces (refer to 9-00-00 Page 36 Rev. 9. the recorded dimensions and information provided in Figure 9-8 and Table 9-4). and inserts using the applicable load value: 7. Apply adhesive (C-313) or adhesive (C-317). to the threads of the rod end bearing or clevis. Do a proof load test of the bonded rod end bearings. as applicable.BHT-ALL-SPM NOTE Adhesive (C-313) is used to assemble rod end bearings. Adhesive (C-317) is used on steel control tubes. 2 16 FEB 2007 NOTE • 40 inch-pounds (4. Do not use heat to cure adhesive (C-313) or adhesive (C-317). Torque the insert to a maximum of 100 inch-pounds (11. Install the insert until fully seated in the control tube assembly. 8.30 Nm). . to the insert and internal threads of the control tube assembly. for 1/4-28 threads. 4.30 Nm) rotational. clevises. • 100 inch-pounds (11. clevises. clevis or insert after you set the length and orientation of the control tube assembly. 10.

2. ALL_SPM_09_0008 Figure 9-8. 2 9-00-00 Page 37 . Refer to configuration numbers for assembly dimensions. or Rod End Bearings 16 FEB 2007 Rev. Inserts. Control Tube Assemblies with Bonded or Riveted Clevises. All dimensions are in Inches. Tolerance ±0.03 inch (±0.762 mm).BHT-ALL-SPM 1 CLEVIS OR ROD END BEARING 1 CLEVIS OR ROD END BEARING B 2 2 B SWAGE AND THREAD BOTH ENDS 1 THROUGH 4 A C TUBE NUT AND WASHER 3 A B C INSERT SEE DETAIL D NUT AND WASHER 4 A B C SEE DETAIL E 5 B A C ADAPTER 6 B A C CL OF CLEVIS ATTACHING HOLES F F F 30° 60° DETAIL E DETAIL D NOTES 1.

016 mm) 0.I.51 m) 27.52 m) 9.31 (8.016 mm) 0.62 (0.40 m) DIMENSIONS (INCHES (METRIC)) 204-001-011-013 TUBE ASSEMBLY PART NUMBER 0 0 0 0 0 0 – 0 – 178-182 178-182 90 90 90 – – – – 0 F ANGLE (°) Table 9-4.91 m) 7.31 m) B C 19.56 m) 22.05 (0.68 cm) 35.016 mm) 0.46m) 35.I.019 mm) 3.42 m) 34.62 (0.01(0.31 (8.18 (4.55 (0.42 m) 25.56 m) 25.62 (0.69 m) 17.12 (0.43 m) 16.79 (0.9-00-00 Page 38 8.12 m) 50.46 (0.94 (0.93 (22.60 (0.31 (8.68 m) 16.67 (0.45 m) 27.12 (0.70 (0.31 (8.41 cm) 12.76 (0.90 m) 17.09 cm) 18.34 (1.019 mm) 0.70 (0.66 m) 16.I.91 (20.76 (0.24 (0.36 m) 10.41 cm) 3.92 (20.12 cm) 14.41 cm) 3.32 (1.92 (0.60 (0.016 mm) 0.05 (0.62 (0.41 m) 22. Control Tube Assemblies 5 5 5 5 5 5 – 5 – 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 5 CONFIGURATION NUMBER 24 24 24 24 24 24 9 1 11 1 1 1 9 9 10 10 10 10 1 & DETAIL E & DETAIL E & DETAIL E & DETAIL E & DETAIL E & DETAIL E & DETAIL E & DETAIL E & DETAIL E & DETAIL E & DETAIL E & DETAIL E & DETAIL E & DETAIL E & DETAIL E & DETAIL E & DETAIL E & DETAIL E & DETAIL E NOTES BHT-ALL-SPM .212-4) 204-001-014-001 204-001-014-007 204-001-016-013 204-001-027-005 204-001-027-023 204-001-047-001 204-001-957-001 204-010-925-009 204-060-719-037 204-060-719-039 204-060-719-041 204-060-719-043 204-060-719-045 204-060-719-047 A Rev.64 cm) 7.41 cm) 3.016 mm) 14.02 (3.73 m) – – 3.28 m) 56.25 (0.50 (24.13 cm) 49.12 m) 15. 212-4) 204-001-012-013 (S.47 m) 204-001-012-001 (S.47 m) 20.46 (0.41 m) 15.016 mm) 0.31 (8.66 m) 18.31 (8.34 (18.70 (3.81 (0.56 m) 26.00 (1.11 m) – 3.69 m) 7. 214-4) 204-001-012-017 204-001-012-29 (S.12 (0.41 m) 3.59 (9.41 cm) 3.86 m) 16.93 cm) 7.62 (0.52 m) 20.31 (8.62 (0.70 (01.40 m) 44.55 (0.60 (0.81 (0.21 (25.72 (01. 2 16 FEB 2007 0.26 m) 43.41 cm) 0.12 (0.

16 FEB 2007

47.31 (1.20 m)
51.41 (1.31 m)
23.39 (0.61 m)
36.29 (0.922 m)
49.48 (1.26 m)
5.25 (13.34 cm)
17.61 (0.45 m)
35.16 (0.89 m)

36.65 (0.93 m)
23.91 (0.61 m)

205-001-011-005

205-001-011-009

205-011-017-001

205-001-017-007

205-001-018-005

205-001-033-001

205-060-107-001

205-060-702-001

205-060-712-001

205-060-729-019

205-060-729-021

Rev. 2
12.70 (0.323 m)
20.06 (0.51 m)

205-060-734-009

205-060-734-011

56.27 (1.43 m)

205-001-011-001

205-060-733-009

19.57 (0.50 m)

204-061-716-007

33.57 (0.85 m)

23.89 (0.61 m)

204-061-716-001

205-060-729-025

204-060-792-009

22.76 (0.58 m)

31.12 (1.79 m)

204-060-753-027

205-060-729-023

20.19 (0.51 m)

A

0.62 (0.016 mm)

0.62 (0.016 mm)

1.81 (4.60 cm)

0.62 (0.016 mm)

0.62 (0.016 mm)

0.62 (0.016 mm)

0.62 (0.016 mm)

1.81 (4.60 cm)

1.28 (3.25 cm)

0.75 (0.019 mm)

3.31 (8.41 cm)

3.31 (8.41 cm)

1.76 (4.47 cm)

1.76 (4.47 cm)

3.31 (8.41 cm)

3.31 (8.41 cm)

3.31 (8.41 cm)

20.16 (90.51 m)

24.48 (0.62 m)

1.81 (0.60 cm)

0.62 (0.016 mm)

0.62 (0.016 mm)

B

C

21.31 (0.54 m)

13.95 (0.35 m)

11.17 (28.37 cm)

32.32 (0.82 m)

24.02 (0.61 m)

25.16 (0.64 m)

37.90 (0.96 m)

20.47 (0.52 m)

37.68 (0.96 m)

19.07 (0.48 m)

9.94 (25.25 cm)

56.10 (1.43 m)

42.95 (1.09 m)

30.05 (0.76 m)

53.03 (1.48 m)

53.93 (1.37 m)

62.89 (1.60 m)

21.41 (0.54 m)

25.73 (0.65 m)

11.40 (28.96 cm)

33.37 (0.85 m)

22.09 (0.56 m)

DIMENSIONS (INCHES (METRIC))

204-060-753-025

TUBE ASSEMBLY
PART NUMBER

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

21-25

65-69

0

0

0

F

ANGLE (°)

Table 9-4. Control Tube Assemblies (Cont)

5

5

6

5

5

5

5

6

5

5

5

5

6

6

5

5

5

3

3

6

5

5

CONFIGURATION
NUMBER

24

24

24

24

24

24

25

25

1

1

10

1

1

1

25

25

& DETAIL E

& DETAIL E

26

& DETAIL E

& DETAIL E

& DETAIL E

& DETAIL E

26

& DETAIL E

9

& DETAIL E

& DETAIL E

& DETAIL E

& DETAIL E

& DETAIL E

& DETAIL E

& DETAIL E

27

27

26

& DETAIL E

& DETAIL E

NOTES

BHT-ALL-SPM

9-00-00
Page 39

9-00-00
Page 40
46.60 (1.18 m)
38.82 (0.99 m)
9.53 (24.21 cm)
11.18 (28.40 cm)
28.66 (0.73 m)
9.77 (24.82 cm)
167.27 (4.25 m)
167.27 (4.25 m)
156.84 (3.99 m)
43.79 (1.11 m)
13.75 (0.35 m)
18.63 (0.47 m)
167.27 (4.25 m)
157.86 (3.99 m)
47.00 (1.19 m)
63.80 (1.62 m)
63.34 (1.61 m)
46.03 (1.17 m)
41.90 (1.06 m)
30.51 (0.78 m)
52.75 (1.34 m)

206-001-020-033

206-001-020-049

206-001-020-067
(Dual Controls Kit)

206-001-020-075

206-001-020-101

206-001-021-013

206-001-021-021

206-001-021-017

206-001-022-073

206-001-022-085

206-001-032-001

206-001-058-101

206-001-059-101

206-001-088-001

206-001-089-001

206-001-089-009

206-001-096-001

206-001-096-007

206-001-096-013

206-001-096-031

A

Rev. 2 16 FEB 2007
53.44 (1.36 m)

31.20 (0.79 m)

42.59 (1.08 m)

46.72 (1.19 m)

64.03 (1.63 m)

64.50 (1.64 m)

47.69 (1.21 m)

157.55 (4.00 m)

167.96 (4.90 m)

19.43 (0.49 m)

14.44 (0.37 m)

44.48 (1.23 m)

157.53 (3.99 m)

167.96 (4.27 m)

167.96 (4.27 m)

10.50 (25.67 cm)

29.35 (0.75 m)

11.91 (30.25 cm)

10.26 (26.06 cm)

39.51 (1.00 m)

47.29 (1.20 m)

B

C

54.90 (1.40 m)

32.52 (0.83 m)

43.91 (1.12 m)

48.04 (1.22 m)

64.72 (1.68 m)

65.20 (1.66 m)

48.38 (1.23 m)

158.22 (4.02 m)

168.65 (4.29 m)

20.23 (0.51 m)

15.82 (0.40 m)

45.86 (1.18 m)

158.22 (4.02 m)

168.65 (4.29 m)

168.65 (4.29 m)

11.23 (28.52 cm)

30.04 (0.76 m)

12.65 (0.32 m)

10.99 (27.91 cm)

40.20 (1.02 m)

47.99 (1.22 m)

DIMENSIONS (INCHES (METRIC))

206-001-020-029

TUBE ASSEMBLY
PART NUMBER

4

4

4

4

1

11°40

1

1

1

1

1

3

3

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

CONFIGURATION
NUMBER

33

0

90

90

0

90

90

90

5

0

175

5

142

0

F

ANGLE (°)

Table 9-4. Control Tube Assemblies (Cont)

18

18

18

18

7

7

7

24

7

7

6

6

7

1

1

7

7

7

7

7

7

NOTES

BHT-ALL-SPM

16 FEB 2007

5.03 (12.78 cm)
6.80 (17.27 cm)
77.44 (1.97 m)
14.90 (0.36 m)
12.07 (0.31 m)
7.20 (18.29 cm)
6.32 (16.05 cm)



206-001-189-001

206-001-190-001

206-001-191-001

206-001-192-001

206-001-193-001

206-001-194-001

206-001-194-005

206-001-558-001

206-001-558-003

206-001-558-101

206-001-558-103

Rev. 2
8.19 (20.80 cm)
5.31 (13.49 cm)

206-063-703-001

206-063-706-001

36.53 (0.93 m)

9.08 (23.06 cm)

206-001-099-001

206-062-713-001

14.60 (0.37 m)

206-001-098-001

7.90 (20.07 cm)

50.12 (1.27 m)

206-001-097-101

206-061-745-061

51.21 (1.30 m)

206-001-097-007

41.90 (1.06 m)

206-001-096-043

206-011-725-001

46.03 (1.17 m)

A

5.90 (14.99 cm)

37.12 (0.94 m)

5.15 (13.08 cm)

8.41 (21.36 cm)

9.29 (23.60 cm)

14.16 (0.36 m)

16.19 (0.41 m)

79.12 (2.01 m)

8.89 (22.58 cm)

7.12 (18.08 cm)

11.17 (28.37 cm)

16.32 (0.41 m)

50.87 (1.29 m)

51.96 (1.32 m)

42.59 (1.08 m)

46.72 (1.19 m)

B

C

7.14 (18.14 cm)

11.14 (28.30 cm)

38.40 (0.98 m)

10.85 (27.56 cm)

6.06 (15.39 cm)

6.98 (17.73 cm)

6.98 (17.73 cm)

6.98 (17.73 cm)

6.98 (17.73 cm)

10.50 (26.67 cm)

11.38 (28.91 cm)

16.26 (0.41 m)

18.28 (0.46 m)

80.63 (2.05 m)

11.82 (30.02 cm)

10.04 (25.50 cm)

14.10 (0.36 m)

17.82 (0.45 m)

52.36 (1.33 m)

53.45 (1.36 m)

43.91 (1.12 m)

48.04 (1.22 m)

DIMENSIONS (INCHES (METRIC))

206-001-096-037

TUBE ASSEMBLY
PART NUMBER

90

0

0

0

0

F

ANGLE (°)

Table 9-4. Control Tube Assemblies (Cont)

6

6

3

6

3

1

1

1

1

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

CONFIGURATION
NUMBER

22

22

27

22

& DETAIL

& DETAIL

& DETAIL

& DETAIL

20

13

13

13

13

4

4

4

4

18

18

18

18

20

18

18

18

18

NOTES

BHT-ALL-SPM

9-00-00
Page 41

9-00-00
Page 42
8.62 (21.89 cm)
7.76 (19.71 cm)
17.27 (0.44 m)
104.89 (2.89 m)
104.89 (2.89 m)
85.26 (2.17 m)
85.26 (2.17 m)
103.75 (2.64 m)
103.75 (2.64 m)
21.49 (0.55 m)
36.64 (0.93 m)
63.63 (1.62 m)
63.63 (1.62 m)
10.07 (25.58 cm)
26.28 (0.67 m)
21.07 (0.54 m)
35.08 (0.89 m)
20.23 (0.51 m)
21.75 (0.55 m)
17.74 (0.45 m)
16.23 (0.41 m)
20.99 (0.53 m)

206-064-702-101

212-001-051-001

212-001-052-001

212-001-052-101

212-001-052-005

212-001-052-105

212-001-053-001

212-001-053-101

212-001-054-001

212-001-054-005

212-001-055-001

212-001-055-101

212-001-056-001

212-001-057-001

212-001-060-001

212-001-061-001

212-001-062-001

212-001-062-003

212-001-063-001

212-001-063-003

212-001-252-001

A

Rev. 2 16 FEB 2007
21.74 (0.55 m)

16.89 (0.43 m)

18.40 (0.47 m)

22.35 (0.57 m)

20.83 (0.53 m)

2.15 (5.46 cm)

21.82 (0.55 m)

28.34 (0.72 m)

10.82 (0.28 m)

65.69 (1.67 m)

65.69 (1.67 m)

38.70 (0.98 m)

23.55 (0.60 m)

105.81 (2.69 m)

105.81 (2.69 m)

87.38 (2.22 m)

87.38 (2.22 m)

107.01 (2.72 m)

107.01 (2.72 m)

18.02 (0.46 m)

B

C

23.20 (0.59 m)

18.60 (0.47 m)

20.71 (0.53 m)

23.00 (0.58 m)

21.48 (0.55 m)

38.11 (0.97 m)

23.20 (0.59 m)

31.15 (0.79 m)

12.88 (0.33 m)

67.75 (1.72 m)

67.75 (1.72 m)

40.76 (1.04 m)

25.61 (0.65 m)

108.54 (2.76 m)

108.54 (2.76 m)

89.50 (2.27 m)

89.50 (2.27 m)

109.13 (2.77 m)

109.13 (2.77 m)

20.83 (0.53 m)

10.85 (27.56 cm)

11.70 (29.72 cm)

DIMENSIONS (INCHES (METRIC))

206-064-702-001

TUBE ASSEMBLY
PART NUMBER

50

130

130

50

0

0

90

90

90

180

180

180

75

75

F

ANGLE (°)

Table 9-4. Control Tube Assemblies (Cont)

4

3

3

1

1

2

3

3

1

1

1

1

1

3

3

1

1

1

1

3

6

6

CONFIGURATION
NUMBER

16

16
22

22

18

2

2

7

7

5

6

3

5

4

4

4

4

3

3

4

4

4

4

2

& DETAIL

& DETAIL

NOTES

BHT-ALL-SPM

16 FEB 2007

10.88 (27.64 m)
36.41 (0.93 m)
35.31 (0.90 m)
31.01 (0.79 m)
23.85 (0.61 m)
25.11 (0.64 m)
41.47 (1.05 m)
41.53 (1.06 m)
26.85 (0.73 m)
23.20 (0.59 m)
16.16 (0.41 m)

212-060-724-013

212-060-724-015

212-060-724-017

212-060-724-019

212-060-724-021

212-060-724-025

212-060-724-029

212-060-724-031

212-060-724-033

212-060-724-037

212-060-724-041

Rev. 2
38.29 (0.97 m)
26.66 (0.68 m)

212-060-724-109

212-076-151-001

38.29 (0.97 m)

22.54 (0.57 m)

212-060-724-011

212-060-724-105

38.42 (0.98 m)

212-060-724-007

40.87 (1.04 m)

7.51 (19.08 cm)

212-060-724-003

212-060-724-101

59.97 (1.52 m)

212-001-755-001

37.92 (0.96 m)

17.19 (0.44 m)

212-001-322-001

212-060-724-043

34.42 (0.87 m)

A

28.02 (0.71 m)

39.01 (0.99 m)

38.88 (0.99 m)

41.46 (1.05 m)

38.51 (0.98 m)

16.75 (0.43 m)

23.79 (0.60 m)

27.44 (0.70 m)

42.12 (1.07 m)

42.06 (1.07 m)

25.70 (0.65 m)

24.44 (0.62 m)

31.60 (0.80m)

35.90 (0.91 m)

37.00 (0.94 m)

11.63 (29.54 cm)

23.13 (0.59 m)

39.01 (0.99 m)

8.10 (20.57 cm)

60.80 (1.55 m)

17.94 (0.46 m)

35.27 (0.90 m)

B

C

31.00 (0.79 m)

40.25 (1.02 m)

40.12 (1.02 m)

42.05 (1.07 m)

39.75 (1.01 m)

17.34 (0.44 m)

25.03 (0.64 m)

28.68 (0.68 m)

42.71 (1.09 m)

42.65 (1.08 m)

26.94 (0.68 m)

25.68 (0.65 m)

32.19 (0.82 m)

36.49 (0.93 m)

37.59 (0.95 m)

12.22 (0.31 m)

23.72 (0.60 m)

40.25 (1.02 m)

9.34 (23.72 cm)

62.89 (1.60 m)

20.83 (0.53 m)

38.11 (0.97 m)

DIMENSIONS (INCHES (METRIC))

212-001-270-001

TUBE ASSEMBLY
PART NUMBER

0

0

0

0

90

90

0

0

0

0

0

0

F

ANGLE (°)

Table 9-4. Control Tube Assemblies (Cont)

4

3

3

1

3

1

3

3

1

1

3

3

1

1

1

1

1

3

3

1

4

4

CONFIGURATION
NUMBER

3

18

18

7

6

7

6

6

7

7

6

6

7

7

7

7

7

6

6

5

18

18

NOTES

BHT-ALL-SPM

9-00-00
Page 43

9-00-00
Page 44
21.09 (0.54 m)
26.48 (0.67 m)
20.91 (0.53 m)

39.25 (1.00 m)
21.92 (0.56 m)
21.80 (0.55 m)
11.25 (28.58 cm)
39.13 (0.99 m)
17.67 (0.45 m)
35.77 (0.91 m)
27.98 (0.71 m)
27.58 (0.70 m)
27.32 (0.69 m)
24.16 (0.61 m)
26.82 (0.68 m)
122.62 (3.12 m)
134.87 (3.43 m)
22.67 (0.58 m)
73.18 (1.86 m)
38.68 (0.98 m)
41.71 (1.06 m)

212-076-151-007

212-076-151-009

212-076-151-101

214-001-020-001

214-001-020-013

214-001-020-101

214-001-020-107

214-001-020-113

214-001-020-119

214-001-020-125

214-001-022-001

214-001-022-101

214-001-023-001

214-001-023-007

214-001-023-101

214-001-026-007

214-001-026-107

214-001-040-001

214-001-041-001

214-001-042-001

214-001-046-001

A

Rev. 2 16 FEB 2007
43.41 (1.10 m)

40.38 (1.03 m)

75.27 (1.91 m)

24.76 (0.63 m)

135.80 (3.45 m)

123.55 (3.14 m)

27.75 (0.71 m)

25.09 (0.64 m)

28.25 (0.72 m)

29.32 (0.75 m)

29.72 (0.76 m)

37.86 (0.96 m)

19.76 (0.50 m)

41.22 (1.05 m)

13.34 (0.34 m)

23.89 (0.61 m)

23.98 (0.61 m)

41.31 (1.05 m)

23.14 (0.59 m)

22.39 (0.57 m)

28.02 (0.71 m)

22.39 (0.59 m)

B

C

45.51 (1.16 m)

41.03 (1.04 m)

78.06 (1.98 m)

27.55 (0.70 m)

138.55 (3.52 m)

126.30(3.21 m)

30.48 (0.77 m)

27.82 (0.71 m)

30.98 (0.79 m)

31.93 (0.81 m)

32.45 (0.82 m)

40.64 (1.03 m)

22.54 (0.57 m)

44.00 (1.12 m)

16.12 (04.1 m)

26.67 (0.68 m)

26.67 (0.68 m)

44.00 (1.12 m)

26.18 (0.66 m)

25.43 (0.65 m)

31.00 (0.65 m)

25.43 (0.75 m)

DIMENSIONS (INCHES (METRIC))

212-076-151-003

TUBE ASSEMBLY
PART NUMBER

90

0

90

90

90

0

F

ANGLE (°)

Table 9-4. Control Tube Assemblies (Cont)

1

1

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

3

4

4

4

CONFIGURATION
NUMBER

5
4

16

18

18

18

18

18

18

18

18

18

18

18

18

18

18

18

18

3

3

3

4

NOTES

BHT-ALL-SPM

16 FEB 2007

38.74 (0.98 m)
41.01 (1.04 m)
27.74 (0.71 m)
38.73 (0.98 m)
39.81 (1.01 m)
37.89 (0.96 m)
43.65 (1.11 m)
37.10 (0.94 m)
32.47 (0.83 m)
21.87 (0.56 m)
40.90 (1.04 m)

214-001-088-025

214-001-088-101

214-001-088-105

214-001-088-109

214-001-088-113

214-001-088-117

214-001-088-121

214-001-088-125

214-001-088-129

214-001-089-001

214-001-090-001

Rev. 2
113.73 (2.89 m)
55.26 (1.40 m)

214-001-098-009

214-001-098-013

113.73 (2.89 m)

37.33 (0.95 m)

214-001-088-021

214-001-098-005

35.66 (0.91 m)

214-001-088-017

123.50 (3.14 m)

17.08 (0.43 m)

214-001-088-013

214-001-097-005

8.89 (22.58 cm)

214-001-088-009

40.90 (1.04 m)

39.15 (1.00 m)

214-001-088-005

214-001-090-002

24.28 (0.62 m)

A

57.32 (1.46 m)

115.79 (2.94 m)

115.79 (2.94 m)

124.36 (3.16 m)

41.71 (1.06 m)

41.71 (1.06 m)

23.56 (0.60 m)

34.53 (0.88 m)

39.16 (1.00 m)

45.71 (1.16 m)

39.95 (1.02 m)

41.87 (1.06 m)

40.79 (1.04 m)

29.80 (0.76 m)

43.07 (1.09 m)

40.80 (1.04 m)

39.39 (1.00 m)

37.72 (0.96 m)

19.14 (0.49 m)

10.95 (27.81 cm)

41.21 (1.05 m)

26.34 (0.67 m)

B

C

59.38 (1.51 m)

117.85 (3.00 m)

117.85 (3.00 m)

126.44 (3.21 m)

42.52 (1.08 m)

42.52 (1.08 m)

25.26 (0.64 m)

36.59 (0.83 m)

41.22 (1.05 m)

47.77 (1.21 m)

42.01 (1.07 m)

43.93 (1.12 m)

42.85 (1.09 m)

31.86 (0.81 m)

45.13 (1.15 m)

42.86 (1.09 m)

41.45 (1.05 m)

39.78 (1.01 m)

21.20 (0.54 m)

13.01 (0.33 m)

43.27 (1.10 m)

28.40 (0.72 m)

DIMENSIONS (INCHES (METRIC))

214-001-088-001

TUBE ASSEMBLY
PART NUMBER

90

0

0

0

50 LH

50 RH

90

0

90

0

0

0

90

0

90

90

0

0

0

90

90

0

F

ANGLE (°)

Table 9-4. Control Tube Assemblies (Cont)

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

CONFIGURATION
NUMBER

4

4

4

5

7

7

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

NOTES

BHT-ALL-SPM

9-00-00
Page 45

9-00-00
Page 46
59.54 (1.51 m)
41.01 (1.04 m)
28.37 (0.72 m)
28.09 (0.71 m)

4.75 (12.07 cm)
21.80 (0.55 m)
10.11 (25.68 cm)
36.82 (0.94 m)
25.89 (0.66 m)
23.87 (0.61 m)
24.76 (0.63 m)
13.16 (0.33 m)
20.28 (0.52 m)
14.96 (0.38 m)
17.61 (0.45 m)
11.16 (28.35 cm)
141.97 (3.61 m)
141.97 (3.61 m)
4.54 (11.53 cm)
9.62 (24.44 cm)
45.22 (1.15 m)

214-001-141-101

214-001-252-101

214-001-252-103

214-001-348-101

214-001-790-101

214-060-726-001

214-060-726-005

214-060-726-007

214-060-726-009

214-060-726-011

214-060-726-013

214-060-726-035

214-060-726-041

214-060-726-045

214-060-726-083

214-060-726-093

222-001-006-101

222-001-006-103

222-001-007-001

222-001-007-025

222-001-007-101

A

Rev. 2 16 FEB 2007
473.1 (1.20 m)

11.71 (29.74 cm)

6.63 (16.84 cm)

144.06 (3.66 m)

144.06 (3.66 m)

12.00 (0.31 m)

18.20 (0.46 m)

15.45 (0.39 m)

21.73 (0.55 m)

13.73 (0.35 m)

25.35 (0.64 m)

24.46 (0.62 m)

26.48 (0.67 m)

37.41 (0.95 m)

10.70 (27.18 cm)

22.39 (0.57 m)

5.56 (14.12 cm)

29.23 (0.74 m)

29.51 (0.75 m)

43.07 (1.09 m)

61.60 (1.57 m)

B

C

50.04 (1.27 m)

14.44 (0.34 m)

9.36 (23.77 cm)

146.15 (3.71 m)

146.15 (3.71 m)

13.25 (0.34 m)

18.79 (0.48 m)

16.04 (0.41 m)

22.98 (0.58 m)

14.97 (0.38 m)

25.94 (0.66 m)

25.05 (0.64 m)

27.07 (0.69 m)

38.00 (0.97 m)

11.29 (28.68 cm)

23.64 (0.60 m)

8.37 (21.26 cm)

8.67 (22.02 cm)

30.37 (0.77 m)

30.65 (0.78 m)

45.13 (1.15 m)

63.66 (1.62 m)

DIMENSIONS (INCHES (METRIC))

214-001-098-101

TUBE ASSEMBLY
PART NUMBER

90

0

0

14

0

0

90

90

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

90

90

F

ANGLE (°)

Table 9-4. Control Tube Assemblies (Cont)

4

4

4

1

1

3

1

1

3

3

1

1

1

1

1

3

3

1

1

1

1

CONFIGURATION
NUMBER

6

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

6

16

16

16

16

16

16

16

16

16

16

16

18

18

18

4

4

2

13

4

4

4

4

NOTES

BHT-ALL-SPM

51 cm) 38.83 (0.98 (0.77 m) 36.80 (0.53 (0.31 cm) 2.31 cm) 2.92 (15.97 m) 5.08 (1.64 (1.31 cm) 2.06 cm) 2.71 (0.85 (0.81 (2.31 cm) 50.90 (1.03 (28.51 m) 56.50 (13.09 (1.32 (13.71 (0.29 m) 5.73 (0.73 m) 50.38 m) A 0.33 m) 16.06 m) 8.28 m) 19.88 m) 11.10 (5.22 (0.12 (0.81 (2.75 (1.63 m) 48.66 m) 61.06 cm) 2.52 (1.79 m) 25.57 (21.40 (0.06 cm) 0.94 m) 35.97 (1.60 (0.28 m) 222-001-016-107 222-001-016-113 222-001-017-101 222-001-017-105 222-001-017-109 222-001-017-113 222-001-017-117 222-001-017-121 222-001-017-125 222-001-017-129 222-001-018-105 Rev.81 (2.18 (8.33 cm) 0.32 m) 20.09 (5.29 m) 3.70 m) 52.35 m) 39.57 m) 222-001-016-101 222-001-018-117 37.16 FEB 2007 18.05 (0.83 (9.24 m) 8.09 (0.15 (1.64 m) 59.53 m) 64.42 m) 52.09 (5.31 cm) 2.48 m) 62.87 m) 31.38 m) 29.31 cm) 2.26 m) 50.94 (0.09 (5.94 (0.31 cm) 2.34 cm) 53. Control Tube Assemblies (Cont) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 3 4 4 4 CONFIGURATION NUMBER 5 4 7 7 7 7 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 18 18 18 18 3 18 18 18 NOTES BHT-ALL-SPM 9-00-00 Page 47 .36 m) 52.02 cm) 222-001-019-101 222-001-020-101 25.04 cm) 34.65 (1.46 (1.50 m) DIMENSIONS (INCHES (METRIC)) 222-001-007-107 TUBE ASSEMBLY PART NUMBER 90 0 120 90 120 90 0 0 90 0 90 0 90 4 – – – – 90 – – – F ANGLE (°) Table 9-4.08 (0.88 m) 58.31 cm) 2.04 (0.46 m) 49.46 (1.44 m) 22.58 m) 41.05 (1.52 m) 22.06 cm) 0.72 (1.24 (1.74 (1.76 m) 222-001-008-001 222-001-018-109 54.73 cm) 222-001-012-001 222-001-018-113 32.09 (5.32 m) 31.81 (2. 2 34.61 (1.65 (1.81 m) 56.81 (2.43 m) B C 13.59 m) 45.15 (0.78 (0.63 (1.95 (0.82 m) 222-001-008-013 14.40 (21.16 m) 5.27 (0.56 m) 28.09 (5.99 m) 27.83 (1.06 cm) 0.96 m) 222-001-015-101 50.22 (20.98 cm) 2.09 (5.88 cm) 8.42 (1.91 (0.09 (5.09 (5.

53 (29.34 (0. 2 16.02 m) 23.23 (0.14 cm) 10.48 m) 13.46 cm) 158.96 (15.83 (0.40 cm) 17.57 (26.65 (1.60 m) 11.30 cm) 24.07 (0.32 cm) 2.59 m) 12.62 (0.68 (29.42 m) 25.65 cm) .19 (0.97 (30.34 m) 15.56 (0.41 m) 10.095 (5.02 m) 158.81 (27.033 m) 11. adjustable clevis opposite end.88 (17.02 m) 158.02 m) 158.35 m) 15.18 (0.80 (0.9-00-00 Page 48 Rev.62 m) 13.98 (0.02 cm) 13.095 (5.07 cm) A DIMENSIONS (INCHES (METRIC)) 222-001-021-101 TUBE ASSEMBLY PART NUMBER – – – – – – – – – – – – 0 0 0 0 – – – F ANGLE (°) Table 9-4.00 (20.40 (0.35 m) .14 (28.32 cm) 2.50 (0.095 (5.65 cm) 24.40 m) 8.095 (5.62 (0.94 (0.65 cm) 6.38 m) 15.19 (0.32 m) .53 m) 13.19 cm) 9.10 (28.38 m) 16.31 m) 13.65 (1.34 m) 17.74 (27.56 (0.13 m) 14.34 (4.69 (0.53 (4.13 m) 162.87 (25.53 (4.12 (0.32 cm) 23.62 m) 2.85 (25.06 (0.34 (4.13 m) 162.48 cm) 5.13 m) 162.35 (0.46 m) 12.39 m) 10.69 (16. 2 16 FEB 2007 15.44 m) 11.67 cm) 16.65 (1.53 (4.28 cm) B 1 NOTES: 9.34 (4.84 (0.58 m) 6.32 cm) 8.66 m) 162.53 (4.32 cm) 2.37 m) 19.34 (4.61 (19. 13.30 cm) 222-001-021-107 222-001-021-125 222-001-088-101 222-001-088-107 222-001-088-109 222-001-088-111 222-001-511-101 222-060-236-101 222-060-236-105 222-060-733-003 222-060-733-101 222-060-760-005 230-060-030-101 230-060-030-103 230-060-718-109 230-060-719-101 412-001-305-101 412-001-307-101 C Bonded rod end bearing one end.85 cm) 11.35 m) Riveted and bonded clevises both ends.80 (0.99 cm) 7.02 (0.41 m) 20. Control Tube Assemblies (Cont) 4 4 3 6 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 4 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 CONFIGURATION NUMBER 19 19 18 16 16 16 16 16 6 18 18 16 & DETAIL 6 6 6 6 6 & DETAIL & DETAIL 18 4 4 4 4 18 18 18 NOTES BHT-ALL-SPM .29 cm) 22.15 (.92 (22.32 cm) 11.32 (0.34 (0.

adjustable clevis opposite end. 6 19 Bonded rod end bearing one end. 7 Bonded rod end one end. Bonded rod end is positioned 115° right of vertical center line when viewing from the bonded rod end. 13 Riveted clevis one end. Control Tube Assemblies (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM 16 FEB 2007 Rev. 8 20 Bonded rod end bearings both ends. Riveted and bonded clevis one end. (and or bonded inset) opposite end. 4 18 Bonded clevis one end. bonded clevis opposite end. Bonded clevises both ends. Riveted and bonded rod end bearing one end. 2 9-00-00 Page 49 . 11 Dimension C is measured from inboard hole on rod ends or clevis. 3 NOTES (CONT): Table 9-4. riveted and bonded adapter and adjustable clevis. Dimension C includes turnbuckle and both rod ends. adjustable rod end bearing opposite end. Refer to applicable helicopter rigging procedures. adjustable rod end or clevis and bonded insert opposite end. 17 Riveted rod end both ends. 10 21 Riveted and bonded rod end bearings both ends. adjustable rod end bearing opposite end. opposite end. Bonded rod end bearing one end. adjustable clevis opposite end. install with zinc chromate primer (C-201). 5 Bonded or riveted rod end or clevis one end. riveted and bonded clevis opposite end.On adjustable control tubes this dimension is nominal. riveted adapter and adjustable rod end bearing opposite end. 9 Rivet rod end one end. Riveted and bonded clevis one end. bonded and riveted adapter opposite end. adjustable rod end. 15 Bonded rod end bearing one end. 12 22 Riveted clevis on special adapter. 14 23 Adjustable clevis one end. fixed clevis opposite end. Uses adhesive (C-317) for clevis/rod end bearing bond to tube assembly. riveted clevis opposite end. 16 24 Bonded clevis one end.

25 26 27 NOTES (CONT): Table 9-4. Control Tube Assemblies (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM Rev. Swaged adapters both ends. (one rivet required on some assemblies) adjustable rod end opposite end. 2 16 FEB 2007 . adjustable rod end opposite end. Bonded rod end one end. riveted rod end one end. special fitting opposite end.9-00-00 Page 50 Riveted rod end or clevis one end.

2 NOTES 9-00-00 Page 51 .8651 to 22. the wax comes to the surface of bearing. oil or fluid contamination. Bearings contaminated with these fluids Refer to the applicable Maintenance Manual (MM) and Component Repair & Overhaul (CR&O) manual for inspection. During cycling. Oil. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER MODEL COMPONENT 212 214B 214ST 412 205A-1 204-001-042-001 204-001-042-005 MS27643-4/ AN206DSP4 0. Some elastomers use wax to improve ozone protection. b.0285 to 1.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 16 FEB 2007 Rev. ELASTOMERIC BEARINGS — GENERAL 1. engine. ELASTOMERIC INSPECTION. They are subject to degradation from fatigue. These cracks are small and shallow and will not affect the mount or bearing performance. Elastomeric bearings are used in most transmission. This is a normal condition. c. — AND Table 9-5. Overload signs include mechanical damage to housing.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 205A-1 204-001-148 AN206DSP4/ MS27643-4 0. overload.1239 to 26. and show signs of debonding and elastomer separating from metal support. Excessive landing forces or other conditions that exceed the mounts limitations can cause overloading. Excessive heat exposure will cause the bearing elastomer to become brittle and separate at the bond lines between bearing and support.0295 inches (26. Ozone cracks due to exposure to the atmosphere occurs along the surface of the elastomer. and protection from oil contamination. Preventive maintenance is the best method to ensure a long life of elastomeric bearings. f. become swollen. REPAIR BEARINGS MAINTENANCE. Bearings weakened from fatigue or oil contamination will show signs of overloads during normal operating conditions.9007 inch (22.9002 to 0. maintenance. large cracks or extrusion of elastomer. slick.BHT-ALL-SPM 9-15. a. 9-17. solvent. ELASTOMERIC BEARINGS 9-16. Overloading results from excessively high loading of the isolation mounts. e.0285 to 1.8651 to 22. d. causing a dirty grayish appearance. and grease contamination is the most damaging to elastomeric bearings and usually is the cause of early isolation mount replacement.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 23S4-4A 1. Fatigue occurs from normal oscillatory loading and usually causes small flex cracks and/or extrusions of small segments of elastomeric material. Other forms of degradation occur from exposure to excessive heat or atmospheric ozone.0295 inches (26.9002 to 0. fuel.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 23S4-4A 1.9007 inch (22.1239 to 26. usually perpendicular to the load. and pylon isolation mounting systems. repair. Wax Bloom.

1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 205A-1 214B 204-001-195 AN201KP4A/ MS27641-4 0.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 1 AN206DSP3/ MS27643-3 0.9375 inch (23. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 205A-1 214B COMPONENT 204-001-178 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES DW5/ MS27647-5 0.2495 to 1. 2 16 FEB 2007 .2072 mm) 120-015-5A/ 23S6-5A 0.5572 mm) 120-012-8A/ 23S3-8A 1.9065 inch (23.7488 to 0.8655 to 0.0322 mm) 120-012-4A/ 23S3-4A 0.9837 to 22.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 AN201KP5A/ MS27641-5 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.0000 inch (25.9060 to 0.8738 to 0.1243 inches (28.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 9-00-00 Page 52 Rev.9007 inch (22.0124 to 23.7488 to 0.7769 to 0.8125 mm) Ring Stake T101873-7 1 AN201KP8A/ MS27641-8 1.6197 mm) 120-012-5A/ 23S3-5A 0.0285 to 1.8113 to 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 23S4-4A 1.8743 inch (22.7500 mm) Ring Stake T101873-17 1 205A-1 212 214B 412 204-001-185 MS27643-4/ AN206DSP4 0.9365 to 0.2500 inches (31.9002 to 0.6070 to 20.7493 inch (19.1945 to 22.9837 to 22.2239 to 26.7499 inch (19.7460 mm) 120-013-3A/ 23S4-3A 0.8665 inch (21.8655 to 0.5445 to 28.0475 mm) 120-012-4A/ 23S3-4A 0.8118 inch (20.0295 inches (26.8665 inch (21.7774 inch (19.8651 to 22.3746 to 25.0251 mm) Ring Stake T101873-5 1 AN201KP4A/ MS27641-4 0.7373 to 31.9990 to 1.0195 to 19.7333 to 19.7871 to 23.0195 to 19.1238 to 1.

5445 to 28.0285 to 1.8118 inch (20.9007 inch (22.1239 to 26.9365 to 0.0674 to 82.1238 to 1.3745 inches (34.7500 mm) Ring Stake T101873-17 1 205A-1 212 412 204-001-332 AN206DSP4/ MS27643-4 0.2495 to 1.8113 to 0.2495 inches (31.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 23S4-4A 1.8651 to 22.2315 inches (82.8125 mm) Ring Stake T101873-7 1 AN201KP8A/ MS27641-8 1.8996 to 34.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 212 214ST 204-001-333 MS27640-5 1.2500 inches (31.0801 mm) Not Staked 8 205A-1 212 214ST 204-001-351 AN206DSP4/ MS27643-4 0.0285 to 1.0295 inches (26.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 23S4-4A 1.7246 to 31.1243 inches (28.7373 to 31.1239 to 26.9123 mm) Not Staked 1 None 204-001-346-001 3.0285 to 1.9007 inch (22.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.9002 to 0.6197 mm) 120-012-5A/ 23S3-5A 0. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES AN201KP5A/ MS27641-5 0.6070 to 20.2490 to 1.8651 to 22.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 16 FEB 2007 Rev.7871 to 23.7373 mm) 204-001-345-001 1.1239 to 26. 2 9-00-00 Page 53 .2310 to 3.5572 mm) 120-012-8A/ 23S3-8A 1.8651 to 22.9375 inch (23.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.3740 to 1.9002 to 0.0295 inches (26.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 205A-1 212 214ST 204-001-352 AN206DSP4/ MS27643-4 0.0295 inches (26.9002 to 0.9007 inch (22.

0295 inches (26.9007 inch (22.3745 inches (34.2490 to 1.1239 to 26.0295 inches (26.8651 to 22.8651 to 22.9002 to 0.0285 to 1.9837 to 22.9837 to 22.0295 inches (26.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 23S4-4A 1.7373 mm) 204-001-345-1 1.9002 to 0.0195 to 19.8655 to 0. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 205A-1 212 214B 214ST 412 COMPONENT 204-001-353 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES DW4K/ MS27647-4/ DW4 0.7488 to 0.8655 to 0.7493 inch (19.9007 inch (22.0322 mm) 120-012-4A/ 23S3-4A 0.8778 mm) 120-011-4A/ 23S2-4A 1.9123 mm) None 9-00-00 Page 54 Rev.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 AN201KP4A/ MS27641-4 0.7493 inch (19.0285 to 1.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA/ 23S6-4KA 0.8996 to 34.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 2 205A-1 212 214B 214ST 412 204-001-356 AN206DSP4/ MS27643-4 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 205A-1 212 214B 214ST 412 204-001-357-001 204-001-357-005 AN206DSP4/ MS27643-4 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.9002 to 0.9007 inch (22. 2 16 FEB 2007 1 3 2 (Hole for bushing) .9002 to 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 205A-1 212 214B 214ST 412 204-001-362-001 AN200KP5/ MS27640-5 1.8665 inch (21.0285 to 1.9007 inch (22.0195 to 19.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 204B 205A-1 212 204-001-358 or 212-001-321 AN206DSP4/ MS27643-4 0.1239 to 26.8665 inch (21.2495 inches (31.0295 inches (26.0285 to 1.3740 to 1.7246 to 31.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 23S4-4A 1.8651 to 22.1239 to 26.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 23S4-4A 1.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 AN200KP4/ MS27640-4 0.8651 to 22.7488 to 0.1239 to 26.

BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT 205A-1 212 214B 412 204-001-514-001 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES MS27641-4/ AN201KP4A 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 23S4-4A 1.9007 inch (22.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-9 1 16 FEB 2007 Rev.0525 to 19.0000 inch (25.1945 to 22.0618 inches (26.0627 mm) 120-012-4S/ 23S3-4S 0.0195 to 19.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 1 205A-1 212 214B 214ST 412 204-001-700-001 DW6/ MS27647-6 1.8738 to 0.0613 to 1.2072 mm) 120-015-5A/ 23S6-5A 0.9964 to 22.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 MS27647-5 0.0295 inches (26. 2 9-00-00 Page 55 .0322 mm) 120-012-4A/ 23S3-4 0.9697 mm) 120-015-6A/ 23S6-6A 1.8660 to 0.8665 inch (21.1239 to 26.3756 to 25.0285 to 1.8743 inch (22.9570 to 26.8660 to 0.1875 inches (30.2072 mm) 120-012-6A/ 23S3-6A 0.9990 to 1.7493 inch (19.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 None 0.8743 inch (22.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 23S4-4A 1.7505 inch (19.1498 to 30.9007 inch (22.8665 inch (21.7488 to 0.9990 to 1.0000 inch (25.9002 to 0.1945 to 22.7501 to 0.9964 to 22.1625 mm) Ring Stake T101873-15 1 205A-1 212 214B 214ST 412 204-001-701-001 AN201KP6A/ MS27641-6 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 205A-1 212 412 204-001-603 AN206DSP4/ MS27643-4 0.1239 to 26.0285 to 1.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 1 2 205A-1 212 204-001-559 AN206DSP4/ MS27643-4 0.8738 to 0.3746 to 25.1870 to 1.8651 to 22.8651 to 22.0295 inches (26.9002 to 0.

2 16 FEB 2007 NOTES 2 3 .1239 to 26.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 205A-1 212 214B 214ST 412 204-001-809 AN206DSP4/ MS27643-4 0.8125 mm) Ring Stake T101873-7 205A-1 212 412 205A-1 212 9-00-00 Page 56 204-001-855-101 204-001-954 Rev.9002 to 0.0295 inches (26.6197 mm) 120-012-5A/ 23S3-5 0.9007 inch (22.0295 inches (26.0322 mm) None Roll Stake 4 AN206DSP4/ MS27643-4 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 MS27647-4/ DW4 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 205A-1 212 412 204-001-855-001 AN206DSP4/ MS27643-4 0.8651 to 22.8651 to 22.7493 inch (19.9002 to 0.0285 to 1.0295 inches (26.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 23S4-4A 1.9375 inch (23.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 AN201KP5A/ MS27641-5 0.9002 to 0.7871 to 23.0285 to 1.1239 to 26.8651 to 22.8665 inch (21.9007 inch (22.0195 to 19.7493 inch (19.8113 to 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 23S4-4A 1.1239 to 26.0285 to 1.9007 inch (22. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER MODEL COMPONENT 212 214ST 204-001-760-001 MS27643-4 0.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 23S6-4KA 0.8651 to 22.8778 mm) None Roll Stake 4 MS27647-4/ DW4 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 23S4-4A 1.9002 to 0.8655 to 0.9007 inch (22.8118 inch (20.6070 to 20.7488 to 0.7488 to 0.0195 to 19.9365 to 0.0285 to 21.

4127 mm) None 1 BR5R 1.2182 to 1. (27.2488 to 1.9748 mm) None Segment Stake Depth 0.0935 in.9423 to 30.8745 inch (22.2510 inches 5 (31.3745 to 1.7749 mm) 204-030-909-011 1.8740 to 0.9250 mm) Ring Stake T101873-19 AN201KP6A/ MS27641-6 0.9123 to 34.2493 inches (31.5623 mm) 204-010-422-13.7754 mm) Ring Stake T101873-17 205A-1 204-030-504 MS27645-3A MS27261KSP3L/ 0.9123 to 34.381 to 0.3750 inches (34.7322 mm) 120-013-5A/ 23S5-5 1.8445 to 15.508 mm) 205A-1 204-011-246 BR5 1.1996 to 22.0500 mm) Ring Stake T101873-95 205A-1 204-030-987 BSSN9003G/ RSS9 1.3873 to 25.7246 mm) 120-013-5A/ 23S5-5 1.9250 mm) Ring Stake T101873-19 1 205A-1 204-011-301 1 5 205A-1 204-011-438 AN201KP8A/ MS27641-8A 1.1245 inches (28.2490 inches (31.9621 to 26.5496 to 28.7195 to 31.9550 mm) Ring Stake 30118 6 16 FEB 2007 Rev.3750 inches (34.6243 inch (15.2495 to 1.7500 inch (19.6238 to 0.7373 to 31.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.3745 to 1.2123 mm) 204-010-422-3 0.020 inch (0.0932 to 1. 2 1 1 4 9-00-00 Page 57 .015 to 0.7119 to 31. -19 1.0005 inches (25.7495 to 0. (30.2485 to 1.9995 to 1.2187 in.8572 mm) 120-011-3LS 0.7673 to 27.0373 to 19.1240 to 1.0615 to 1.0620 inches (26. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES 212 204-011-128 204-011-118-001 1.

0124 to 23.1945 to 22.6567 inch (16. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES 212 204-031-244-005 RSS-9 1.0285 to 1.8651 to 22.7155 to 19.9002 to 0.9065 inch (23.7762 to 0.8655 to 0.2072 mm) None Anvil or Roll Stake 1 205-001-048-001 205-001-051-001 0.1239 to 26.0195 to 19.8743 inch (22.6562 to 0.8665 inch (21.9550 mm) Ring Stake 30118 6 212 204-031-920-003 LS-4/S-4/ KLS-4 214-030-216-001 0.0937 inches (27.1945 to 22.0322 mm) Length as shown in text 120-015-4KA 0.9995 to 1.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 205A-1 204-060-779 AN207DPP3/ MS27644-3 0.9060 to 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.3873 to 25.8738 to 0.9007 inch (22.7767 inch (19.7488 to 0.0932 to 1.7673 to 27.0295 inches (26.7800 mm) 204-030-909-011 1.0000 inch (25.7282 mm) 23S5-3A 0.8743 inch (22.2187 inches (30.0251 mm) Ring Stake T101873-5 1 205A-1 205-001-307 DW5 0.9423 to 30.7493 inch (19.8738 to 0.6802 mm) None Anvil or Roll Stake T102095-3 AN206DSP4/ MS27643-4 0.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 1 205A-1 214B 9-00-00 Page 58 205-001-704 Rev.6675 to 16.9837 to 22.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 23S4-4A 1.2072 mm) 23S6-5A/ 120-015-5A 0.2182 to 1. 2 16 FEB 2007 1 1 4 .1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 DW5/ MS27647-5 0.

019 to 19.6802 mm) None Anvil or Roll Stake T102095-3 209-001-055-001 0.0322 mm) None Anvil or Roll Stake T102095-1 209-001-051-001 0.7493 inch (19.0322 mm) None Anvil or Roll Stake T102095-1 209-001-051-001 0.6562 to 0.019 to 19.6675 to 16. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 205A-1 205A-1 205A-1 205A-1 COMPONENT 205-001-722 205-001-734 205-001-736 205-001-773 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER 209-001-051-001 0.8651 to 22.7488 to 0.6567 inch (16.6675 to 16.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.6567 inch (16.0295 inches (26.6567 inch (16.6802 mm) None Anvil or Roll Stake T102095-3 MS27643-4 0. 2 NOTES 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 1 4 1 4 4 4 9-00-00 Page 59 .6802 mm) None Anvil or Roll Stake T102095-3 209-001-055-001 0.7493 inch (19.0322 mm) None Anvil or Roll Stake T102095-1 209-001-051-001 0.1239 to 26.9007 inch (22.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 16 FEB 2007 Rev.019 to 19.7493 inch (19.0285 to 1.7488 to 0.7488 to 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.6675 to 16.6675 to 16.6562 to 0.6562 to 0.6562 to 0.6567 inch (16.9002 to 0.6802 mm) None Anvil or Roll Stake T102095-3 209-001-055-001 0.

3750 inches (34.0000 inch (25.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER MS27647-5 0.7500 to 31.3740 to 1.8743 inch (22.3745 to 1.9995 to 1.7488 to 0.1945 to 22.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 4 14 209-001-051-001 0.3750 inches (34.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 NOTES 4 205A-1 205-001-902 LHVA-5-26 RALT-5-4 76569 LHRA-5-26 ATSB5AA2 1.8996 to 34.2072 mm) 23S6-5A/ 120-015-5A 0.9250 mm) Ring Stake T101873-19 4 14 DW5 0.9123 to 34.6562 to 0.7195 to 31.0322 mm) None Anvil or Roll Stake T102095-1 1 4 205A-1 212 9-00-00 Page 60 205-001-908-005 Rev.2500 to 1.1239 to 26.2505 inches (31.9250 mm) Ring Stake T101873-19 4 14 212 205-001-905 AN206DSP4 MS27643-4 0.9007 inch (22.8743 inch (22.9995 to 1.6802 mm) None Anvil or Roll Stake T102095-3 1 4 209-001-055-001 0.6675 to 16.7493 inch (19.8651 to 22.8738 to 0.0295 inches (26.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 14 AN206DSP5 MS27643-5 1.2493 inches (31.1945 to 22.3873 to 25.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 23S4-4A 1.019 to 19.6567 inch (16.0000 inch (25.7627 mm) 120-013-5A 1.9002 to 0.2072 mm) 23S6-5A/ 120-015-5A 0. 2 16 FEB 2007 .3873 to 25.2488 to 1.0285 to 1.8738 to 0.7322 mm) 120-013-5A/ 23S4-5A 1.

8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 23S4-4A 1.6562 to 0.6802 mm) None Anvil or Roll Stake T102095-3 209-001-055-001 0.9375 to 0.6562 to 0.6802 mm) 16 FEB 2007 Rev.8738 to 0.9002 to 0.1366 to 26.8651 to 22.6675 to 16.8252 mm) None Roll stake T101530-3 or RST2012 7 205A-1 205-001-916 209-001-051-001 0.9007 inch (22.1945 to 22.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.8743 inch (22.0322 mm) None Anvil or Roll Stake T102095-1 None Anvil or Roll Stake T102095-3 None Anvil or Roll Stake T102095-3 205A-1 205-001-917 205-001-919 14 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 MDW5 0.6567 inch (16.6567 inch (16.6675 to 16.6802 mm) 205A-1 NOTES MWD4 0. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER MODEL COMPONENT 205A-1 212 412 205-001-914-001 205-001-914-029 205-001-914-103 MS27643-4 0.0290 to 1.6562 to 0.8125 to 23.9380 inch (23.0295 inches (26.7493 inch (19.8738 to 0.1945 to 22.2072 mm) 209-001-051-001 0.7488 to 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 412 205-001-914-027 205-001-914-107 206-010-470-101 0.019 to 19.6675 to 16.8743 inch (22.6567 inch (16. 2 9-00-00 Page 61 .2072 mm) 209-001-051-001 0.

6562 to 0.9007 inch (22.0295 inches (26.6802 mm) None Anvil or Roll Stake T102095-3 205A-1 205-060-717 MS20200KP4 0.0937 inches (27.6675 to 16.7488 to 0.0932 to 1.1239 to 26.0285 to 1.9002 to 0.6567 inch (16.9007 inch (22. 2 16 FEB 2007 4 .8651 to 22.7800 mm) None Roll Stake RT-101-9 NOTES 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 6 205A-1 205-032-124 209-001-051-001 0.8125 to 23.8778 mm) 120-011-4A 1.1239 to 26.6675 to 16.7673 to 27.8778 mm) 120-011-4A 1.0295 inches (26.0285 to 1.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 9-00-00 Page 62 Rev.0195 to 19.8252 mm) None Roll Stake T101530-3 RST2010 7 209-001-055-001 0.8651 to 22.9375 to 0.0285 to 1.9002 to 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 205A-1 214B 205-060-719 MS20200KP4 0.7493 inch (19. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 205A-1 205A-1 COMPONENT 205-001-921 205-030-323 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER 206-010-469-001/ 206-010-470-101 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 205A-1 205-060-718 MS20200KP4 0.9380 inch (23.6567 inch (16.6802 mm) None Anvil or Roll Stake T102095-3 RG9SS/ 12-2-0-00-09/ MS14101-9 1.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.9002 to 0.8778 mm) 120-011-4A 1.8651 to 22.0295 inches (26.9007 inch (22.0322 mm) None Anvil or Roll Stake T102095-1 209-001-051-001 0.6562 to 0.1239 to 26.

8651 to 22.9007 inch (22.9062 to 0.9002 to 0.0302 mm) None Roll Stake T101530-3 or RST2012 7 206A/B 206L/ L1/L3 206-001-400-005 or 206-001-400-009 16 FEB 2007 Rev.8778 mm) None Not Staked 206-001-053-005/ 209-001-051-101 0.8745 inch (22.8740 to 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 205A-1 205-076-381-005 RDW-5T-3V-1 0.0175 to 23.0302 mm) None Not Staked 1 206A/B 206-001-339-023 or 206-001-339-033 206-001-053-005 0.0285 to 1.8778 mm) 120-011-4A 1.6802 mm) None Anvil Stake T102095-3 206A/B 206L/ L1/L3/ L4 206-001-139 206-001-053-005 0.0302 mm) None Not Staked 1 206A/B 206L/ L1/L3/ L4 206-001-140 209-001-053-005 0.0295 inches (26.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.6675 to 16.1996 to 22.8651 to 22.9067 inch (23.1239 to 26.0175 to 23.9067 inch (23.9007 inch (22.0175 to 23.9062 to 0. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES 205A-1 205-060-720 MS20200KP4 0.6567 inch (16.6562 to 0.0175 to 23.9067 inch (23.9062 to 0.9062 to 0.0302 mm) None Roll Stake T101530-3 or RST2012 7 MS20200KP4 0.2123 mm) None Roll Stake T101886-1 or RST2020 7 206L/ L1/L3 206-001-074 209-001-051-001 0.9067 inch (23.9002 to 0. 2 4 1 4 1 1 4 2 12 1 9 4 31 4 29 9-00-00 Page 63 .

BHT-ALL-SPM
Table 9-5. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont)
MODEL

COMPONENT

BEARING P/N AND
HOLE (BORE) SIZE
FOR BEARING

SLEEVE P/N AND
HOLE (BORE) SIZE
FOR SLEEVE

TYPE STAKE
AND
TOOL NUMBER

206A/B
206L/
L1/L3/
L4

206-001-401

206-001-053-005/
209-001-051-101
0.9062 to
0.9067 inch
(23.0175 to
23.0302 mm)

None

Roll Stake
T101530-3
or
RST2012 7

206A/B

206-001-520

MS20201KP4A/
MS27641-4
0.7488 to
0.7493 inch
(19.0195 to
19.0322 mm)

120-012-4A
0.8660 to
0.8665 inch
(21.9964 to
22.0091 mm)

Ring Stake
T101873-3

None

120-012-4S
0.8660 to
0.8665 inch
(21.9964 to
22.0091 mm)
0.7501 to
0.7505 inch (I.D.)
(19.0525 to
19.0627 mm)

Ring Stake
T101873-3

206A/B
206B3

206-001-526

206-010-469-001/
206-010-470-101
0.9375 to
0.9380 inch
(23.8125 to
23.8252 mm)

None

Roll Stake
T101530-3
or
RST2012 7

206A/B
206B3

206-001-538

206-001-053-005
0.9062 to
0.9067 inch
(23.0175 to
23.0302 mm)

None

Roll Stake
T101530-3
or
RST2012 7

206L/
L1/L3/
L4

206-001-547-005
or
206-001-547-006

MS27641-4
0.7500 to
0.7505 inch
(19.0500 to
19.0627 mm)

None

Not Staked

206L/
L1/L3/
L4

206-001-549

MS27647-5
0.8738 to
0.8743 inch
(22.1945 to
22.2072 mm)

120-015-5A
0.999 to
1.000 inch
(25.3746 to
25.4000 mm)

Ring Stake
T101873-11

9-00-00
Page 64

Rev. 2 16 FEB 2007

NOTES

1

29

4

4

1

1

30

4

4

23

1

27

31

BHT-ALL-SPM
Table 9-5. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont)
MODEL
206L/
L1/L3/
L4

206L/
L1/L3/
L4

COMPONENT
206-001-550

206-001-551

BEARING P/N AND
HOLE (BORE) SIZE
FOR BEARING

SLEEVE P/N AND
HOLE (BORE) SIZE
FOR SLEEVE

TYPE STAKE
AND
TOOL NUMBER

NOTES

MS27647-5
0.8738 to
0.8743 inch
(22.1945 to
22.2072 mm)

120-015-5A
0.999 to
1.000 inch
(25.3746 to
25.4000 mm)

Ring Stake
T101873-11

1

4

MS14103-3
0.6239 to
0.6244 inch
(15.8471 to
15.8598 mm)

None

Roll Stake
RST1001

1

4

MS27647-6
1.0613 to
1.0618 inches
(26.9570 to
26.9697 mm)

120-015-6A
1.1865 to
1.1875 inches
(30.1371 to
30.1625 mm)

Ring Stake
T101873-15

4

23

206-010-469-001/
206-010-470-101
0.9375 to
0.9380 inch
(23.8125 to
23.8252 mm)

None

Roll Stake
T101530-3
or
RST2012 7

7

4

23

24

1

4

27

206L/
L1/L3/
L4

206-001-552

206-001-053-005
0.9062 to
0.9067 inch
(23.0175 to
23.0302 mm)

None

Roll Stake
T101530-3
or
RST2012 7

206L/
L1/L3/
L4
407
427

206-001-556

MS27645-4A
0.7488 to
0.7493 inch
(19.0195 to
19.0322 mm)

120-012-4A
0.8660 to
0.8665 inch
(21.9964 to
22.0091 mm)

Ring Stake
T101873-3

1

4

206L/
L1

206-001-560

MS27641-4
0.7488 to
0.7493 inch
(19.0195 to
19.0322 mm)

120-012-4A
0.8660 to
0.8665 inch
(21.9964 to
22.0091 mm)

Ring Stake
T101873-3

1

4

16 FEB 2007

Rev. 2

9-00-00
Page 65

BHT-ALL-SPM
Table 9-5. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont)
MODEL

COMPONENT

BEARING P/N AND
HOLE (BORE) SIZE
FOR BEARING

SLEEVE P/N AND
HOLE (BORE) SIZE
FOR SLEEVE

None

120-012-4S
0.8660 to
0.8665 inch
(21.9964 to
22.0091 mm)
0.7501 to
0.7505 inch (I.D.)
(19.0525 to
19.0627 mm)

MS27641-5
0.8113 to
0.8118 inch
(20.6070 to
20.6197 mm)

120-012-5A
0.9365 to
0.9375 inch
(23.7871 to
23.8125 mm)

None

120-012-5S
0.9365 to
0.9375 inch
(23.7871 to
23.8125 mm)
0.8126 to
0.8130 inch (I.D.)
(20.6400 to
20.6502 mm)

TYPE STAKE
AND
TOOL NUMBER

NOTES

1

Ring Stake
T101873-7

1

4

206L/
L1/L3/
L4

206-001-563-013

MS27641-5
0.8125 to
0.8130 inch
(20.6375 to
20.6502 mm)

None

Not Staked

21

33

206A/B
206B3

206-001-567

MS27641-5
0.8113 to
0.8118 inch
(20.6070 to
20.6197 mm)

None

Not Staked

21

33

206A/B
206B3

206-001-568

MS14104-3
0.5615 to
0.5620 inch
(14.2621 to
14.2748 mm)

120-015-12A
0.6978 to
0.6988 inch
(17.7241 to
17.7495 mm)

Ring Stake

1

4

MS27647-4/
20-082-4
0.7488 to
0.7493 inch
(19.0195 to
19.0322 mm)

120-015-4KA
0.8655 to
0.8665 inch
(21.9837 to
22.0091 mm)

Ring Stake
T101873-3

1

4

9-00-00
Page 66

Rev. 2 16 FEB 2007

BHT-ALL-SPM
Table 9-5. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont)
BEARING P/N AND
HOLE (BORE) SIZE
FOR BEARING

SLEEVE P/N AND
HOLE (BORE) SIZE
FOR SLEEVE

TYPE STAKE
AND
TOOL NUMBER

NOTES

MODEL

COMPONENT

206A/B
206B3
206L/
L1/L3/
L4
407
427

206-001-702-009

MS27647-4/
20-082-4/
DW4
0.7488 to
0.7493 in.
(19.0195 to
19.0322 mm)

None

Roll Stake

206B
427

206-001-703-001
206-001-703-002

MS27647-5/
DW5
0.8738 to
0.8743 inch
(22.1945 to
22.2072 mm)

None

Roll Stake

4

206L/
L1/L3/
L4
407

206-001-703-005
206-001-703-006

MS27647-5/
DW5
0.8738 to
0.8743 inch
(22.1945 to
22.2072 mm)

None

Roll Stake

4

206L/
L1/L3/
L4

206-001-707-009

MS27647-5
0.8738 to
0.8743 inch
(22.1945 to
22.2072 mm)

120-015-5A
0.999 to
1.000 inch
(25.3746 to
25.4000 mm)

Ring Stake
T101873-11

1

4

407

206-001-707-105
206-001-707-119
206-001-707-127

MS27647-5
0.8738 to
0.8743 inch
(22.1945 to
22.2072 mm)

120-015-5A
0.999 to
1.000 inch
(25.3746 to
25.4000 mm)

Ring Stake
T101873-11

1

4

407

206-001-748

MS27647-5/
DW5
0.8738 to
0.8743 inch
(22.1945 to
22.2072 mm)

None

Roll Stake

206A/B
206B3

206-001-756

MS27647-4/
20-082-4
0.7488 to
0.7493 in.
(19.0195 to
19.0322 mm)

120-015-4KA
0.8655 to
0.8665 in.
(21.9837 to
22.0091 mm)

Ring Stake
T101873-3

16 FEB 2007

Rev. 2

4

1

4

9-00-00
Page 67

BHT-ALL-SPM
Table 9-5. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont)
MODEL

COMPONENT

BEARING P/N AND
HOLE (BORE) SIZE
FOR BEARING

SLEEVE P/N AND
HOLE (BORE) SIZE
FOR SLEEVE

TYPE STAKE
AND
TOOL NUMBER

NOTES

206L/
L1/L3/
L4

206-001-759

MS27647-6
1.0613 to
1.0618 inches
(26.9570 to
26.9697 mm)

120-015-6A
1.1865 to
1.1875 inches
(30.1371 to
30.1625 mm)

Ring Stake
T101873-15

1

4

206L/
L1/L3/
L4

206-001-763

MS27647-4/
20-082-4
0.7488 to
0.7493 inch
(19.0195 to
19.0322 mm)

120-015-4KA
0.8655 to
0.8665 inch
(21.9837 to
22.0091 mm)

Ring Stake
T101873-3

1

4

206L/
L1/L3/
L4

206-001-780

MS27641-5
0.8125 to
0.8130 inch
(20.6375 to
20.6502 mm)

None

Not Staked

21

33

206L/
L1/L3/
L4

206-001-782

MS27641-5
0.8125 to
0.8130 inch
(20.6375 to
20.6502 mm)

None

Not Staked

21

33

206L/
L1/L3/
L4

206-001-903

MS27647-5/
20-082-5
0.8738 to
0.8743 inch
(22.1945 to
22.2072 mm)

120-015-5A
0.999 to
1.000 inch
(25.3746 to
25.4000 mm)

Ring Stake
T101873-11

1

4

206L/f
L1/L3/
L4

206-001-904

MS27647-4/
20-082-4
0.7488 to
0.7493 inch
(19.0195 to
19.0322 mm)

120-015-4KA
0.8655 to
0.8665 inch
(21.9837 to
22.0091 mm)

Ring Stake
T101873-3

1

4

206L/
L1/L3/
L4

206-001-905

MS27647-4/
20-082-4
0.7488 to
0.7493 inch
(19.0195 to
19.0322 mm)

120-015-4KA
0.8655 to
0.8665 inch
(21.9837 to
22.0091 mm)

Ring Stake
T101873-3

1

4

9-00-00
Page 68

Rev. 2 16 FEB 2007

BHT-ALL-SPM
Table 9-5. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont)
MODEL

COMPONENT

BEARING P/N AND
HOLE (BORE) SIZE
FOR BEARING

SLEEVE P/N AND
HOLE (BORE) SIZE
FOR SLEEVE

TYPE STAKE
AND
TOOL NUMBER

NOTES

206L/
L1/L3/
L4

206-001-906

MS27647-4/
20-082-4
0.7488 to
0.7493 inch
(19.0195 to
19.0322 mm)

120-015-4KA
0.8655 to
0.8665 inch
(21.9837 to
22.0091 mm)

Ring Stake
T101873-3

206A/B
206B3

206-010-336

206-010-469-001/
206-010-470-101
0.9375 to
0.9380 inch
(23.8125 to
23.8252 mm)

None

Roll Stake
T101530-3
or
RST2012 7

206A/B
206B3

206-010-451

206-010-469-001/
206-010-470-101
0.9375 to
0.9380 inch
(23.8125 to
23.8252 mm)

None

Roll Stake
T101530-3
or
RST2012 7

206A/B
206B3

206-010-453

206-010-469-001/
206-010-470-101
0.9375 to
0.9380 inch
(23.8125 to
23.8252 mm)

None

Roll Stake
T101530-3
or
RST2012 7

206A/B
206B3

206-010-467

206-010-469-001/
206-010-470-101
0.9375 to
0.9380 inch
(23.8125 to
23.8252 mm)

None

Roll Stake
T101530-3
or
RST2012 7

206A/B

206-011-139

MS27644-4
0.8999 to
0.9004 inch
(22.8575 to
22.8702 mm)

None

Not Staked

17

206A/B

206-011-721

MS20201KP4A/
NA27641-4
0.7488 to
0.7500 inch
(19.0195 to
19.0500 mm)

None

Not Staked

17

16 FEB 2007

Rev. 2

1

4

1

4

1

4

31

1

4

15

1

4

24

9-00-00
Page 69

BHT-ALL-SPM
Table 9-5. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont)
MODEL

COMPONENT

BEARING P/N AND
HOLE (BORE) SIZE
FOR BEARING

SLEEVE P/N AND
HOLE (BORE) SIZE
FOR SLEEVE

TYPE STAKE
AND
TOOL NUMBER

NOTES

206A/B

206-011-722

MS20201KP5A
0.8113 to
0.8118 inch
(20.6070 to
20.6197 mm)

None

Not Staked

206A/B

206-011-723

DW4/
MS27647-4/
20-082-4
0.7488 to
0.7493 inch
(19.0195 to
19.0322 mm)

None

Segment Stake

206A/B

206-016-201

206-010-765-001

206-010-733-003

Roll Stake
T101529

4

21

206L/
L1/L3/
L4

206-023-101

209-001-051-1
0.6562 to
0.6567 inch
(16.6675 to
16.6802 mm)

None

Anvil Stake
T102095-3

1

4

206A/B

206-031-509

BSH-16-ATC32ZM
1.0010 to
1.0035 inches
(25.4254 to
25.4889 mm)

206-031-513-101
1.1272 to
1.1292 inches
(28.6309 to
28.6817 mm)

Segment Stake
T101547

206-031-590-003
1.4275 to
1.4380 inches
(36.5125 to
36.5252 mm)

None

Roll Stake
T101584

206A/B

206-031-589

17

4

20

4

22
25

12

4

20

24

206-031-592

206-031-594-003
0.9375 to
0.9380 inch
(23.8125 to
23.8252 mm)

None

Roll Stake
T101530-5

206A/B

206-031-593

206-031-594-003
0.9375 to
0.9380 inch
(23.8125 to
23.8252 mm)

None

Roll Stake
T101530-5

Rev. 2 16 FEB 2007

3

24

206A/B

9-00-00
Page 70

1

12

4

4

20

12

BHT-ALL-SPM
Table 9-5. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont)
MODEL
206L/
L1/L3

COMPONENT
206-033-503

BEARING P/N AND
HOLE (BORE) SIZE
FOR BEARING

SLEEVE P/N AND
HOLE (BORE) SIZE
FOR SLEEVE

TYPE STAKE
AND
TOOL NUMBER

206-033-508-003
1.3750 to
1.3755 inches
(34.9250 to
34.9377 mm)

None

Roll Stake
30125 6

206-033-519-003
1.3750 to
1.3755 inches
(34.9250 to
34.9377 mm)

None

Roll Stake
30125 6

NOTES

12

4

22

22

4

206L/
L1/L3/
L4

206-033-506

206-033-509-003
0.9070 to
0.9080 inch
(23.0378 to
23.0632 mm)

None

Roll Stake
30125 6

206A/B

206-062-717

RSST-3/
LHSSR-3
0.5615 to
0.5620 inch
(14.2621 to
14.2748 mm)

206-062-714-001
0.6779 to
0.6789 inch
(17.2187 to
17.2441 mm)

Ring Stake

1

4

206A/B
206B3

206-062-723

DW4/
DW4K/
MS27647-4/
20-082-4
0.7488 to
0.7493 inch
(19.0195 to
19.0322 mm)

120-015-4KA
0.8655 to
0.8665 inch
(21.9837 to
22.0091 mm)

Ring Stake
T101873-3

1

4

206A/B

206-062-747

RSST-4/
LHSSV-4
0.6552 to
0.6557 inch
(16.6421 to
16.6548 mm)

209-060-738-1
0.7701 to
0.7711 inch
(19.5605 to
19.5859 mm)

Ring Stake

MS14102-6
(For -001 only)
AW6SS
(For -101 only)
0.8113 to
0.8118 inch
(20.6070 to
20.6197 mm)

120-012-51A
0.9365 to
0.9375 inch
(23.7871 to
23.8125 mm)

Ring Stake
T101873-7

206L/
L1/L3/
L4

206-063-708

12

4

1

32

25

4
28

16 FEB 2007

Rev. 2

4

18

9-00-00
Page 71

0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.1239 to 26.6567 inch (16.0500 mm) Ring Stake 4 18 206L/ L1/L3/ L4 206-063-714 MS27647-4/ 20-082-4 0.7500 inch (19.8445 to 15. 2 16 FEB 2007 .0285 to 1.7488 to 0.8665 inch (21.7490 to 0.9007 inch (22.8655 to 0.9837 to 22.6243 inch (15.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.0195 to 19.8743 inch (22.6562 to 0.7493 inch (19.7800 mm) None Roll Stake RT-101-9 1 4 6 212 412 212-001-188 DW4/ MS27647-4 0. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES 206L/ L1/L3/ L4 206-063-709 MS14102-3 0.6802 mm) None Ring Stake T102095-3 1 4 MS20206DSP4/ MS27643-4 0.9995 to 1.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 4 18 214ST 209-010-494 Refer to BHT-214ST-CR&O 205A-1 209-030-357 RG9SS/ 12-2-0-00-09/ MS14101-9 1.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.0932 to 1.0937 inches (27.1945 to 22.8665 inch (21.8572 mm) 120-012-31A 0.0295 inches (26.6675 to 16.3873 to 25.8738 to 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 212 412 212-001-210 209-001-051-001 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.7488 to 0.0195 to 19.0246 to 19.8651 to 22.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 1 4 9-00-00 Page 72 Rev.6238 to 0.8655 to 0.90837 to 22.7673 to 27.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 DW5/ MS27647-5 0.7493 inch (19.0000 inch (25.9002 to 0.

7322 mm) 120-011-5A 1. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES 212 212-001-253 MS27643-4 0.0627 mm) 120-012-4S 0.3750 inches (34.0091 mm) Ring Stake 1 4 16 212 212-001-257 MS27645-5 1.0525 to 19. 2 1 or 12 1 or 16 54 16 9-00-00 Page 73 .0295 inches (26.1493 mm) Ring Stake 4 T101873-13 16 FEB 2007 Rev.0295 inches (26.7505 inch (19.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.9995 to 1.8651 to 22.9007 inch (22.9002 to 0.8665 inch (21.8738 to 0.7195 to 31.8996 to 34.9002 to 0.9007 inch (22.2493 inches (31.0295 inches (26.0285 to 1.8651 to 22.9250 mm) Ring Stake T101873-19 1 4 212 212-001-312 MS20206DSP4/ MS27643-4 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 DW5/ MS27647-5 0.3873 to 25.8651 to 22.0627 mm) N/A Not Staked 212 212-001-317-001 MS20206DSP4/ MS27643-4 0.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.2488 to 1.1945 to 22.9837 to 22.9007 inch (22.7505 inch (19.0000 inch (25.7501 to 0.7501 to 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.8655 to 0.3740 to 1.9002 to 0.1239 to 26.1239 to 26.0285 to 1.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 16 212 212-001-256 None 0.8743 inch (22.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 4 212 412 212-001-313 MS27641-4 56 0.0285 to 1.0525 to 19.1239 to 26.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.

8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 4 1 or 16 MS27647-5 0.1945 to 22.0295 inches (26.1239 to 26.9002 to 0.8743 inch (22.0295 inches (26.0285 to 1.1493 mm) Ring Stake 4 T101873-13 1 or 16 205A-1 212 412 212-001-705 MS20206DSP4/ MS27643-4 0.9002 to 0.0000 inch (25.8651 to 22.9995 to 1.0000 inch (25.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.8738 to 0.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.9007 inch (22.1493 mm) Ring Stake 4 T101873-13 1 or 16 MDW5/MS27647-5 0.8651 to 22.0285 to 1.0295 inches (26.0285 to 1.9995 to 1.8651 to 22.1239 to 26.9007 inch (22.9995 to 1.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.9002 to 0.0295 inches (26.8738 to 0.9002 to 0.1945 to 22.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 4 1 or 16 212 412 9-00-00 Page 74 212-001-708-001 Rev.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.8651 to 22.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1. 2 16 FEB 2007 1 4 .8743 inch (22. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER MS27647-5 (20082-5) 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.8738 to 0.1239 to 26.0000 inch (25.9007 inch (22.3873 to 25.0285 to 1.9007 inch (22.1239 to 26.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 212 412 214 212-001-501 MS20206DSP4/ MS27643-4 0.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 4 NOTES 1 or 16 212 212-001-321 AN206DPSP4 MS27643-4 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake 4 T101873-13 1 or 16 DSRP-4 0.3873 to 25.3873 to 25.1945 to 22.8743 inch (22.

7493 inch (19.0195 to 19.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.7488 to 0.8743 inch (22.9002 to 0. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 212 412 212 COMPONENT 212-001-710-001 212-001-711 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES MS27643-4 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.1945 to 22.8665 inch (21.8738 to 0.0285 to 1.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.0285 to 1.9007 inch (22.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 1 or 16 16 FEB 2007 4 Rev.9007 inch (22.8655 to 0.8651 to 22.9837 to 22.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 or 16 MS20206DSP4 MS27643-4/ 0.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.9990 to 1.8651 to 22.9002 to 0.0295 inches (26.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 4 1 or 16 4 205A-1 212 212-001-712-101 DSRP-4 0.8655 to 0.9002 to 0.1239 to 26.0000 inch (23. 2 9-00-00 Page 75 .1493 mm) Ring Stake 4 T101873-13 1 or 16 212 412 212-001-747-001 MS27647-5 0.0285 to 1.8651 to 22.8665 inch (21.9002 to 0.0295 inches (26.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 or 16 MS27643-4/ MS20206DSP4 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake 4 T101873-13 1 or 16 DW4/ MS27647-4 0.7488 to 0.0285 to 1.1239 to 26.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.7493 inch (19.0195 to 19.9837 to 22.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.1239 to 26.9007 inch (22.1493 mm) Ring Stake 4 T101873-13 1 or 16 212-001-066-001 0.0295 inches (26.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.1239 to 26.8651 to 22.0295 inches (26.9007 inch (22.3746 to 25.

3740 to 1.0121 to 46.1493 mm) Ring Stake 4 T101873-13 1 or 18 212 212-001-751 MS27643-4 0.8651 to 22.3750 inches (34.0285 to 1.9007 inch (22.2500 inches (31.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.2493 to 1.9002 to 0.8447 mm) 120-014-8A 1.8320 to 42.1239 to 26.6863 to 1.8125 inches (46.0295 inches (26.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.9007 inch (22.9002 to 0.1239 to 26.0285 to 1.7500 mm) 120-011-5A 1.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.0295 inches (26.1493 mm) Ring Stake 4 T101873-13 1 or 16 MS27643-4 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake 4 T101873-13 1 or 18 212 212-001-753-002 MS27645-5 1.0295 inches (26.1493 mm) Ring Stake 4 T101873-13 1 or 18 9-00-00 Page 76 Rev.0375 mm) Ring Stake 4 1 or 16 212 212-001-750 MS27643-4 0.9002 to 0.8651 to 22.1239 to 26.1493 mm) Ring Stake 4 T101873-13 1 or 18 205A-1 212 412 212-001-759-101 DSRP-4 0.9002 to 0.8651 to 22.1239 to 26.9007 inch (22.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.8996 to 34.9250 mm) Ring Stake 4 T101873-19 1 or 18 205A-1 212 412 212-001-758-105 DSRP-4 0.9002 to 0.0285 to 1.9007 inch (22.7322 to 31.1239 to 26.0295 inches (26.0285 to 1.1239 to 26.8115 to 1. 2 16 FEB 2007 .8651 to 22.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.0295 inches (26.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.0285 to 1.9002 to 0.8651 to 22.0285 to 1.8651 to 22.0295 inches (26.1493 mm) Ring Stake 4 T101873-13 1 or 16 DPP8W 1.9007 inch (22.9007 inch (22. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 212 COMPONENT 212-001-749 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES MS27643-4 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.6868 inches (42.

7322 mm) 120-013-5A 1.3746 to 25.1945 to 22.9002 to 0.1945 to 22.8738 to 0.9002 to 0.0295 inches (26.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.8738 to 0.375 to 25.0295 inches (26.7195 to 31.0285 to 1.1493 mm) Ring Stake 4 T101873-13 1 or 16 MDW5/ MS27647-5 0.400 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 4 1 or 16 MS20206DSP4/ MS27643-4 0.000 inch (25.000 inch (25.900 to 34.1493 mm) Ring Stake 4 T101873-13 1 or 16 MDW5/ MS27647-5 0.8651 to 22.400 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 4 1 or 18 MS20202DSP4/ MS27643-4 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.9002 to 0.0285 to 1.8743 inch (22.9007 inch (22.999 to 1.9007 inch (22.8743 inch (22. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 212 212 212 COMPONENT 212-001-900-001 212-001-901 212-001-902 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES MS27647-5 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake 4 T101873-13 1 or 18 MS20206DSP5/ MS27643-5 1.8651 to 22.924 mm) Ring Stake 4 T101873-19 1 or 16 16 FEB 2007 Rev.400 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 4 1 or 18 MS20206DSP4/ MS27643-4 0.1239 to 26.8651 to 22.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1. 2 9-00-00 Page 77 .1239 to 26.375 inches (34.2488 to 1.999 to 1.000 inch (25.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.9007 inch (22.2493 inches (31.8743 inch (22.0285 to 1.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.999 to 1.1239 to 26.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.1945 to 22.374 to 1.8738 to 0.375 to 25.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.0295 inches (26.

100 to 38.7800 mm) After peening None Rev.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 205A-1 212 COMPONENT 212-010-302 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE MDW4/ 212-001-066-001 0.0932 to 1.0195 to 19.4383 inches (36.7373 to 31.5946 to 28.2495 to 1.7488 to 0.5623 mm) 204-010-422-023 1.9837 to 2.8665 inch (21.7246 mm) 120-014-5A 1.8996 to 34.501 inches (38.0091 mm) MS28913-5C 1.900 to 34.3745 inches (34.925 mm) 11 TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER Ring Stake 5 4 NOTES Ring Stake T101873-19 MS20201KP10A/ MS27641-10 1.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.2485 to 1.3745 to 1.2510 inches (31.375 inches (34.2493 inches (31.7673 to 27.7493 inch (19.7754 mm) Ring Stake T101873-17 4 5 205A-1 212 212-010-407 MS28913-5C 1.125 mm) None or 1 4 16 5 or 1 16 205A-1 212 212-010-403 MS20201KP8/ MS27641-8 1.374 to 1.2490 inches (31.855 to 0.3750 inches (34.9123 to 34.5252 to 36.1245 inches (28.3740 to 1.5328 mm) After peening None MS14101-4 1.7195 to 31.7322 mm) 120-013-5A/ 23S5-5 1.9250 mm) Ring Stake T101873-19 4 5 205A-1 212 212-010-412 205A-1 212 412 212-030-104-101 212-030-104-5 9-00-00 Page 78 None 209-031-351-001 1.9123 mm) 204-010-422-021 1.7119 to 31.2488 to 1.1240 to 1.500 to 1.0937 inches (27. 2 16 FEB 2007 65 Roll Stake RST1016 Roll Stake 4 12 7 4 1 or 18 .4380 to 1.

9007 inch (22.6675 to 16.7488 inch (19.6567 inch (16.0251 mm) Ring Stake T101873-5 1 4 4 16 45 214B 214ST 214-001-110 209-001-051-001 0.9997 to 23.0295 inches (26.8655 to 0.6243 inch (15.8665 inch (21.8445 to 15.0285 to 1.0500 mm) Roll Stake T10873-3 212 212-060-740-001 MS27647-4 0.6567 inch (16.6675 to 16.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.6802 mm) None Anvil Stake T102095-3 1 47 16 FEB 2007 Rev.0091 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.0195 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 214B 214-001-021 WBS-8ATC21Z 0.9837 to 22.1239 to 26.7282 mm) 120-013-3A 0.0322 to 19.7500 inch (19.7762 to 0.6567 inch (16.9055 to 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27643-3 0.6238 to 0.7767 inch (19.6562 to 0.7493 to 0.7155 to 19.6802 mm) None Not Staked 214B 214ST 214-001-051 Refer to BHT-214B-CR&O or BHT-214ST-CR&O 214B 214-001-109 MS27643-4 0.9002 to 0. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES 212 212-060-210 MS20201KP3A 0.0246 to 19.8651 to 22.6802 mm) None Anvil Stake T102095-3 1 47 214B 214ST 214-001-111 209-001-051-001 0.6562 to 0. 2 9-00-00 Page 79 .6675 to 16.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.9065 inch (22.6562 to 0.8572 mm) 120-012-3A 0.7490 to 0.

1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 Rev.0295 inches (26.9007 inch (22.9002 to 0.1239 to 26.1945 to 22.2592 mm) 214ST 214ST 9-00-00 Page 80 214-001-137 214-001-163 44 MS27643-3 0.0295 inches (26.8651 to 22.1239 to 26.9002 to 0.9990 to 1.9065 inch (22.8738 to 0.0285 to 1.9002 to 0.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0. 2 16 FEB 2007 .3746 to 25. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES 214B 214ST 214-001-128 209-001-051-001 0.8738 to 0.0285 to 1.9055 to 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.8651 to 22.0251 mm) Ring Stake T101873-5 1 4 MS27643-4 0.0285 to 1.6562 to 0.7767 inch (19.8606 inches (47.2389 to 47.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1. 1.6802 mm) None Anvil Stake T102095-3 1 47 214B 214-001-130 MS27643-4 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27647-5 0.1945 to 22.7762 to 0.1239 to 26.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.8598 to 1.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 1 4 214-001-131-001 O.8743 inch (22.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 1 4 MS27643-4 0.8743 inch (22.6567 inch (16.0000 inch (25.0000 inch (25.6675 to 16.0295 inches (26.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.9990 to 1.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.8651 to 22.9007 inch (22.9007 inch (22.9997 to 23.7282 mm) 120-013-3A 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27647-5/ 20-082-5 0.D.3746 to 25.7155 to 19.

BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.0322 mm) 120-012-4A 0.0295 inches (26.0627 mm) 120-012-4S 0.9007 inch (22.0195 to 19.8665 inch (21.8660 to 0.1239 to 26.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27647-4 or 20-082-4 0.0295 inches (26.0295 inches (26.9002 to 0.8655 to 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 214B 214-001-313-101 MS27641-4 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 214ST 214-001-202 MS27643-4 0.8665 inch (21.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.9002 to 0.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 2 4 16 FEB 2007 Rev.0322 mm) 120-015-4K 0.9007 inch (22.9002 to 0.8651 to 22.0285 to 1.7488 to 0.9002 to 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 214ST COMPONENT 214-001-164 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES MS27643-4 0.8651 to 22.1239 to 26.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 214ST 214-001-169 MS27643-4 0.8651 to 22.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 2 4 None I. 2 9-00-00 Page 81 .8655 to 0.1239 to 26.7505 inch (19.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.0295 inches (26.7493 inch (19.D.0195 to 19.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 214ST 214-001-196 MS27643-4 0.1239 to 26.0285 to 1.0285 to 1.8651 to 22.1239 to 26.7488 to 0.7501 to 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 214B 214ST 214-001-309 MS20206DPSP4/ MS27643-4 0.0295 inches (26.9007 inch (22.0285 to 1.9007 inch (22.9007 inch (22.0285 to 1.0525 to 19.8651 to 22.8665 inch (21.9837 to 22.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.7493 inch (19. 0.9002 to 0.9837 to 22.9964 to 22.

1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 214-001-314 214-001-318 214-001-319 1 or 214B 9-00-00 Page 82 Rev. 2 16 FEB 2007 .1239 to 26.0295 inches (26.9007 inch (22.6562 to 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.9990 to 1.0285 to 1.0295 inches (26.0285 to 1.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27643-4 0.8651 to 22.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.9007 inch (22.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 214-001-356 MS27647-5 0.8743 inch (22.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27647-5 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.1945 to 22.6675 to 16.8651 to 22.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.7498 to 0.6802 mm) None Anvil Stake T102095-3 214-001-127-001 0. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 214B 214B 214B COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES MS27643-4 0.0285 to 1.0000 inch (25.8738 to 0.0449 to 9.7502 inch (19.1239 to 26.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 1 4 214-001-325 MS27643-4 0.0000 inch (25.9002 to 0.0295 inches (26.3746 to 25.0295 inches (26.1945 to 22.9002 to 0.8778 mm) 20-013-4A 1.8743 inch (22.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 1 4 209-001-051-001 0.9007 inch (22.6567 inch (16.3746 to 25.1239 to 26.9007 inch (22.0285 to 1.1239 to 26.8738 to 0.0551 mm) Anvil Stake T102015-9 1 67 MS27643-4 0.8651 to 22.9002 to 0.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.9990 to 1.8651 to 22.9002 to 0.

Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING 1 4 MS27643-4 0.8651 to 22.0285 to 1.0285 to 1.9837 to 22. 2 9-00-00 Page 83 .BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.0285 to 1.8118 inch (20.6375 to 20.1493 mm) 214B 214ST SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE 16 FEB 2007 Rev.9007 inch (22.1239 to 26.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 MS27643-4 0.9837 to 22.8651 to 22.6502 mm) (Lobe side) None Not Staked 31 MS27641-5 0.1239 to 26.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 None 0.9007 inch (22.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27643-4 0.7488 to 0.8655 to 0.9007 inch (22.0295 inches (26.0322 mm) 120-012-4A 0.6100 to 20.0525 to 19.9002 to 0.0295 inches (26.0195 to 19.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27641-5 0.8665 inch (21.9002 to 0.8655 to 0.1239 to 26.0627 mm) (Sleeve I.8130 inch (20.7493 inch (19.7505 inch (19.8778 mm) (2-places) 120-013-4A 1.8665 inch (21.6200 mm) (Flat side) None Not Staked 4 MS27641-4 0.8125 to 0.) 120-012-4S 0.9002 to 0.7501 to 0.D.0295 inches (26.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.8113 to 0.8778 mm) 214B 214-001-356 Refer to 214-001-319 214ST 214-001-371 214ST 214-001-376 NOTES Ring Stake T101873-13 214-001-327 214-001-373 TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER 120-013-4A 1.8651 to 22.

0295 inches (26.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.9007 inch (22.0295 inches (26.7488 to 0.9002 to 0.0285 to 1.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.1239 to 26.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.0295 inches (26.0285 to 1.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.0285 to 1.9837 to 22.9007 inch (22.8651 to 22.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.7493 inch (19.8651 to 22.1239 to 26.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 412 214-001-501-101 MS27643-4 0.7493 inch (19.7488 to 0.0322 mm) 120-012-4KA 0.8655 to 0.9007 inch (22.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.8651 to 22.9007 inch (22.0195 to 19.8665 inch (21.0295 inches (26.0285 to 1.8651 to 22.9007 inch (22. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER MS27641-4 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 412 214-001-500-001 214B 214-001-501-005 MS20206DSP4 0.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 212-001-066-001 0.7493 inch (19.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 214B 214-001-500 MS20206DSP4 0.8665 inch (21.9837 to 22.9002 to 0.9002 to 0.1239 to 26.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 9-00-00 Page 84 Rev.0195 to 19.0322 mm) None Not Staked NOTES 31 214ST 214-001-379 MS27643-4 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.9002 to 0.0195 to 19. 2 16 FEB 2007 .0295 inches (26.8655 to 0.8651 to 22.0285 to 1.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 MS27643-4 0.1239 to 26.1239 to 26.7488 to 0.9002 to 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 212-001-066-001 0.

0295 inches (26.0295 inches (26.8651 to 22.8655 to 0.9837 to 22.0295 inches (26.0295 inches (26.8655 to 0.0285 to 1.9007 inch (22.8665 inch (21.9002 to 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 MS27641-4 0.9002 to 0.8665 inch (21.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27647-4 or 20-082-4 0.0285 to 1.0627 mm) 120-012-4S 0.8665 inch (21.9837 to 22.0195 to 19.1239 to 26.7501 to 0.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 None 0.7488 to 0.8655 to 0.8778 mm) 120-011-4A 1.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 16 FEB 2007 Rev.9007 inch (22. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 214B 214B 214ST COMPONENT 214-001-504 214-001-505 214-001-542 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES MS27643-4 0.1239 to 26.7488 to 0.9002 to 0.8651 to 22.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.0285 to 1.9007 inch (22.7505 inch (19.1239 to 26.0322 mm) 120-012-4KA 0.0525 to 19.7493 inch (19.8651 to 22.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27647-4/ 20-082-4 0.9002 to 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.0195 to 19.9007 inch (22.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.7493 inch (19.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 MS27643-4 0.0285 to 1.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 MS27645-4 0. 2 1 1 4 2 4 9-00-00 Page 85 .8655 to 0.7488 to 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.8651 to 22.1239 to 26.7493 inch (19.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27643-4 0.0195 to 19.9837 to 22.0322 mm) 120-012-4A 0.9837 to 22.8665 inch (21.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.

0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 MS27643-4 0.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 MS27643-4 0.9002 to 0.8651 to 22.7488 to 0.9002 to 0.0295 inches (26.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.9837 to 22.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27647-4 0. 2 16 FEB 2007 .9837 to 22.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 MS27643-4 0.8778 mm) 120-015-4K4 0.8778 mm) 120-012-4A 0.8651 to 22. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 214ST COMPONENT 214-001-543 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES MS27641-4 0.1239 to 26.8651 to 22.8651 to 22.0285 to 1.7488 to 0.8665 inch (21.8665 inch (21.8778 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.0285 to 1.8651 to 22.8665 inch (21.9002 to 0.9800 to 22.7493 inch (22.8655 to 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.8651 to 22.1239 to 26.9837 to 22.8665 inch (21.9007 inch (22.7493 inch (22.8655 to 0.1239 to 26.1239 to 26.7488 to 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.7493 inch (19.0195 to 19.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 212-001-066-001 0.8655 to 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 214ST 214-001-553 MS27645-4A 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.8655 to 0.7488 to 0.8651 to 22.0322 mm) 120-012-4A 0.9002 to 0.0285 to 1.0100 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 214B 214-001-701 MS20206DSP4 0.9007 inch (22.9007 inch (22.9007 inch (22.0295 inches (26.0285 to 1.0295 inches (26.0295 inches (26.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 214ST 214B 9-00-00 Page 86 214-001-708 214-001-710 Rev.7493 inch (22.

100 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 (One side) MS27643-4 0.8651 to 22.0091 mm) 206-001-708-001 I.7505 inch (19.0295 inches (26.1239 to 26.8655 to 0.9007 inch (22.8665 inch (21.8665 inch (21.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 MS27643-4 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.1239 to 26.0285 to 1.8651 to 22.8655 to 0.8665 inch (21.9837 to 22.253 to 1.500 inches (38.7501 to 0.7488 to 0.9002 to 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 16 FEB 2007 Rev.7493 inch (22.D.8778 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.852 mm) O.7493 inch (22.0873 to 38.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27647-4 0.0285 to 1.1239 to 26. 1.9007 inch (22.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 2 4 None I.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.8778 mm) 120-015-4A 0.D.8651 to 22.8651 to 22. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 214B 214B 214B COMPONENT 214-001-714 214-001-716 214-001-721-001 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES MS27641-4 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1. 2 46 1 4 9-00-00 Page 87 .9002 to 0.9837 to 22.8651 to 22.D.4995 to 1.0285 to 1.254 inches (31.9837 to 22.8665 inch (21. 1.8655 to 0.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 2 4 MS27643-4 0.9837 to 22.8655 to 0.9002 to 0.0525 to 19.7488 to 0.0295 inches (26.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 214-001-093-007 0. 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.9007 inch (22.826 to 31.0627 mm) 120-012-4S 0.0295 inches (26.

0285 to 1.8665 inch (21.1239 to 26.9007 inch (22.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.0295 inches (26.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.0285 to 1.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27641-5 0.0295 inches (26.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 NOTES 1 4 1 46 214B 214ST 214-001-723 214-001-093-9 0.8665 inch (21.8651 to 22.8118 inch (20.8113 to 0.1239 to 26.9002 to 0.7488 to 0.1239 to 26.9002 to 0.0195 to 19.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.7493 inch (19.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 MS27643-4 0.6070 to 20.8665 inch (21.9007 inch (22.9837 to 22.0322 mm) None Not Staked 31 33 MS27643-4 0.9007 inch (22.8655 to 0.9002 to 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.7488 to 0.7488 to 0.0195 to 19.0285 to 1.8655 to 0. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER MS27647-4 0.7493 inch (19. 2 16 FEB 2007 33 .7493 inch (19.9837 to 22.9837 to 22.0195 to 19.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.0295 inches (26.8651 to 22.6197 mm) None Not Staked 214ST 214ST 9-00-00 Page 88 214-001-769 214-001-779 Rev.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27647-4 0.8655 to 0.0091 mm) None Ring Stake T101873-3 (One side) 214B 214-001-724 MS27643-4 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27641-4 0.8651 to 22.

9002 to 0.7488 to 0.7488 to 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.0618 inches (26.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27647-5 0.0285 to 1.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 214ST 214-001-784 MS27640-4 0.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 214ST 214ST 214-001-789 214-001-792 16 FEB 2007 Rev.9007 inch (22.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.1239 to 26.0295 inches (26. 2 9-00-00 Page 89 .9800 to 22.0195 to 19.000 inch (25.1625 mm) Ring Stake T101873-15 1 4 MS27645-4A 0.8651 to 22.8743 inch (22.8778 mm) 120-011-4A 1.1945 to 22.375 to 25.9007 inch (22.0195 to 19.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 214ST 214-001-788 MS27643-4 0.7493 inch (19.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.0100 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 MS27643-4 0.0285 to 1.9570 to 26.0613 to 1.9697 mm) 120-015-6A 1.999 to 1.8738 to 0.9002 to 0. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES 214ST 214-001-783 MS27643-4 0.1239 to 26.0295 inches (26.400 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 7 7 MS27647-6 1.1239 to 26.0322 mm) 120-012-4A 0.8651 to 22.1239 to 26.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.0285 to 1.7493 inch (19.9002 to 0.9007 inch (22.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.9007 inch (22.8651 to 22.1371 to 30.0295 inches (26.8665 inch (21.8651 to 22.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27647-4 0.8655 to 0.9002 to 0.1875 inches (30.8655 to 0.1865 to 1.0285 to 1.9837 to 22.8665 inch (21.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.0295 inches (26.

7322 mm) 120-013-5A 1.3750 inches (34.375 to 25.2488 to 1.0091 mm) None Ring Stake T101873-3 MS27641-4 0.8996 to 34.9250 mm) Ring Stake T101873-19 1 4 214-001-093-003 0.6567 inch (16.1239 to 26.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27647-5 0.000 inch (25.2498 inches (31.7493 inch (19.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.2488 to 1.2493 inches (31.8655 to 0.8665 inch (21.0295 inches (26.7488 to 0.214B-CR&O 214B 214-001-912 214B 214-001-914 9-00-00 Page 90 NOTES Not Staked 214-001-794 214-001-915 TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER None 214ST 214B SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE Rev.9000 to (34.3740 to 1.7195 to 31. 2 16 FEB 2007 31 1 4 48 .0195 to 19.7449 mm) 120-013-5A 1.8651 to 22.8738 to 0.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.6802 mm) None Anvil Stake T102095-3 1 4 MS27643-5 1. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING 209-001-051-001 0.3750 inches (34.6675 to 16.8743 inch (22.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.9002 to 0.3740 to 1.0285 to 1.6562 to 0.400 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 1 4 MS27643-5 1.0322 mm) 214B 214-001-909 Refer to BHT-214B-IPB and BHT.9300 mm) Ring Stake T101873-19 1 4 MS27643-4 0.1945 to 22.9837 to 22.7195 to 31.9007 inch (22.999 to 1.

8996 to 34.7322 mm) 120-013-5A 1.0295 inches (26.9007 inch (22.9837 to 22.7195 to 31.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.9007 inch (22.3740 to 1.7488 to 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27643-5 1.9837 to 22.6123 to 47. 2 1 4 5 9-00-00 Page 91 .0195 to 19.8655 to 0.1239 to 26.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.2488 to 1.0091 mm) None Ring Stake T101873-3 1 46 1 4 214ST 214B 214-001-918 209-010-459-001 1.3750 inches (34.9250 mm) Ring Stake T101873-19 214B 214-001-931 209-001-051-001 0.9250 mm) Ring Stake T101873-19 1 4 214-001-093-009 0.6551 to 0.2493 inches (31.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27643-4 0.3740 to 1.8655 to 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.0285 to 1.7493 inch (19.9002 to 0.8665 inch (21.8996 to 34.7195 to 31.8750 inches (47.6556 inch (16.9002 to 0.6522 mm) None Anvil Stake T102095-3 1 4 MS27647-4 0.2488 to 1.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.6395 to 16.6250 mm) Sleeve bonded to bearing Ring Stake T102015-5 214B 214-001-920 MS27643-5 1.2493 inches (31.7322 mm) 120-013-5A 1.8651 to 22. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 214B COMPONENT 214-001-916 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES MS27643-4 0.3750 inches (34.8745 to 1.0285 to 1.8651 to 22.1239 to 26.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 16 FEB 2007 Rev.8665 inch (21.0295 inches (26.

0322 mm) 120-012-4A 0.0010 inches (25.9837 to 22.D. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER 214B 214-001-936 MS27641-4 0.3949 to 25.6255 to 0.0295 inches (26.0285 to 1.0005 to 1.4995 to 0.0195 to 19.0003 inch (25.9002 to 0.8665 inch (21.7873 to 12.D.6260 inch (15.5250 to 9.9007 inch (22.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.9998 to 1.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 214ST 214-010-256 MS14103-8 0. 214B 214B 214ST 214-010-715 214-010-719 214-010-720-001 (Bushing) I.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 214ST 214-001-971 MS27643-4 0.4076 mm) None Roll Stake RST1010 214B 214-010-408 Refer to BHT-214B-CR&O 214ST 214-010-494 Refer to BHT-214ST-CR&O 214B 214-010-712 TGA108Y 1.5000 inch (12.7000 mm) 9-00-00 Page 92 Rev.9004 mm) None MS27647-6G Replacement not authorized.3755 inch (9. 0.5377 mm) O.3750 to 0.4254 mm) None TGA104G or ALK4-86-1C1 0.4127 to 25.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.8877 to 15.7488 to 0.8651 to 22. 0.1239 to 26.8655 to 0. 2 16 FEB 2007 Roll Stake T101890 RST2017 Roll Stake T101890 RST1002 NOTES 1 2 1 4 4 4 7 1 4 52 1 4 51 7 7 2 49 .7493 inch (19.

4380 inches (36.0010 inches (25.8877 to 15.0005 to 1.9004 mm) None Roll Stake T101890 RST2015 Roll Stake T101890 RST1002 16 FEB 2007 NOTES 38 5 1 50 4 1 4 4 4 1 4 4 52 7 7 Rev.6255 to 0.6260 inch (15.4127 to 25.4244 to 17.6870 inch (17.0005 to 1.9004 mm) None Roll Stake RST1002 7 AM2033-DHS 1.4127 to 25.6260 inch (15.5252 mm) None 214-011-811-103 0.5125 to 36.4254 mm) None Roll Stake T101890 RST2017 7 ALK4-128-101 0.0005 to 1.4375 to 1. 214-010-736-001 0.4254 mm) None Roll Stake RST2017 7 AM2033-DHS 1.4498 mm) None Not Staked TGA108Y 1.6255 to 0.8877 to 15.4127 to 25. 2 9-00-00 Page 93 .BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5. MS27647-6G Replacement not authorized.0010 inches (25.4254 mm) None Roll Stake RST2017 7 214-011-819-101 1.6860 to 0. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 214B 214ST 214B 214ST COMPONENT 214-010-721 214-010-733 214-010-815 214B 214ST 214-010-850 214B 214ST 214-010-851 214B 214ST 214-011-802 214ST 214-011-811 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER MS28913-4B Replacement not authorized.0010 inches (25.

9845 to 22.9845 to 22.9972 mm) None Anvil Stake T101655-101 4 12 214B 214-030-609 214-030-633-001 0.0302 mm) None Anvil Stake T101655-101 4 21 53 214ST 214-031-986 MS14101-3 0.9055 inch (22.9054 inch (22.0175 to 23.9049 to 0.0302 mm) None Anvil Stake T101655-101 4 21 53 214ST 214-031-613 WSBS12ATC29-2Z 0.9870 to 22.9997 mm) None Anvil Stake T103301-101 4 12 214ST 214B 214-031-612 WSBS12ATC29-2Z 0.9067 inch (23.5635 inch (14.9050 to 0.9997 mm) None Anvil Stake T103301-101 4 12 214B 214-030-612 WSBS12ATC29-2Z 0.9062 to 0.5625 to 0.0175 to 23.9067 inch (23.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.0302 mm) None Anvil Stake T101655-101 214ST 214B 214-031-608 WSBS12ATC29-Z 0.9049 to 0.9067 inch (23.9050 to 0. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES 214B 214-030-608 ADBY6V(L) 0.3129 mm) None Roll Stake RST1000 9-00-00 Page 94 Rev.9062 to 0.2875 to 14.9062 to 0. 2 16 FEB 2007 21 4 4 7 52 .9054 inch (22.9972 mm) None Anvil Stake T101655-101 4 12 214ST 214-031-609 214-030-633-001 0.9870 to 22.9055 inch (22.0175 to 23.

5628 inches (39.5620 inch (14.2646 to 14. 2 1 4 1 4 9-00-00 Page 95 .6253 inches (41.2748 mm) None Not Staked 56 214ST 214-032-955 MS14104-3 0.6951 mm) None MS14101-14 1.5623 to 1.2646 to 14.5628 inches (39.5623 to 1.5616 to 0.5616 to 0.5620 inch (14.2700 to 41.2748 mm) None Not Staked 56 214ST 214-032-963 MS14104-3 0.2875 to 14.6248 to 1. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 214ST COMPONENT 214-032-923 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE MS14101-3 0.3129 mm) None TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER Roll Stake RST1000 NOTES 1 4 7 214ST 214-032-954 MS14104-3 0.6824 to 39.5616 to 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.2646 to 14.6824 to 39.6951 mm) None 16 FEB 2007 54 4 8 Rev.5620 inch (14.5635 inch (14.5625 to 0.5616 to 0.2646 to 14.2748 mm) None Not Staked 56 214ST 214-052-102 MS14103-14 1.2748 mm) None Not Staked 56 214ST 214-032-965 MS14104-3 0.2826 mm) None Roll Stake RST1018 7 KPWD14P None Spanner KMT0140 60 Roll Stake RST1017 7 Roll Stake RST1017 7 214ST 214ST 214-052-148 214-052-149 MS14101-14 1.5620 inch (14.

8128 to 0.8123 inch (20.8130 inch (20.6197 mm) None Roll Stake RST1006 7 VTB03500 or P21340 0. (25.6070 to 20.8118 inch (20.6375 to 20.4076 to 25.6451 to 20.3822 mm) None Roll Stake RST1009 7 VTB03490 or P21320 0.8113 to 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.6324 mm) None Roll Stake RST1006 7 214ST 214-052-175-105 MS14101-8 1.0003 inches (25.6324 mm) None Roll Stake RST1006 7 206L/ L1/L3 L4 214ST 427 214-052-175-101 MS14101-6 0.9993 inch (25. 2 16 FEB 2007 NOTES 67 4 4 4 .8113 to 0.8128 to 0.0003 to 0.6070 to 20.8125 to 0.9998 in.9998 to 1.9985 to 0.6451 to 20.8123 inch (20.3619 to 25.3949 mm) None Roll Stake RST1009 7 MS14103-6 0.4076 to 25.6197 mm) None Roll Stake RST1006 7 214B 214ST 214-052-200 214ST 214-060-153 214ST 9-00-00 Page 96 214-060-157 Rev. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER 214ST 214-052-161 MS14101-8 0.6502 mm) None Roll Stake RST1006 7 VTB03490 or P21320 0.3949 mm) None Not Staked 206L/ L1/L3/ L4 214ST 427 214-052-174-101 MS14101-6 0.8118 inch (20.

6121 to 20.0322 mm) 120-012-4A 0.999 to 1.400 mm) Ring Stake T101873-9 1 4 16 FEB 2007 Rev.7488 to 0.8665 inch (21.0322 mm) 120-012-4A 0.1945 to 22.8115 to 0.7488 to 0.0195 to 19.8120 inch (20.6248 mm) None VTB03490 0.8120 inch (20.9837 to 22.2072 mm) 120-012-6A 0.8738 to 0.6121 to 20.8738 to 0.000 inch (25.9990 to 0.000 inch (25.6248 mm) None VTB03500 or P21340 0.1945 to 22. 2 9-00-00 Page 97 .0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 214ST 214-060-334 MS27645-6A 0.8743 inch (22.9995 inch (25.7493 inch (19.8115 to 0.375 to 25.8115 to 0.2072 mm) 120-012-6A 0.3746 to 25.8743 inch (22.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.8665 inch (21.8120 inch (20.400 mm) Ring Stake T101873-9 1 4 214ST 214-060-335 MS27645-6A 0.999 to 1.0195 to 19.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 214ST 214-060-304 MS27645-4A 0.6248 mm) None TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER Roll Stake RST1006 7 Roll Stake RST1006 7 Roll Stake RST1009 7 Roll Stake RST1006 7 NOTES 4 4 4 4 214ST 214-060-303 MS27645-4A 0. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 214ST 214ST 214ST 214ST COMPONENT 214-060-207 214-060-210 214-060-211 214-060-217 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE VTB03490 0.3873 mm) None VTB03490 0.8655 to 0.9837 to 22.6121 to 20.8655 to 0.375 to 25.7493 inch (19.

8655 to 0.9837 to 22.7493 inch (19.9358 inches (49.7488 to 0.8655 to 0.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.3875 mm) Ring Stake 1 4 214B 214-060-758 MS20201-KP3A 0.8572 mm) None Segment Stake 214B 214-060-770 Refer to BHT-214B-CR&O 214B 214-060-781 MS27647-4 0.7490 inch (19.7493 inch (19.8665 inch (21.0200 mm) Ring Stake T102095-1 1 4 214B 214-060-745 MS27645-10 1.0615 to 2.0195 to 19.6243 inch (15.6238 to 0. 2 16 FEB 2007 1 59 4 1 4 .0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 214B 214-060-733 MS27647-4 0.8655 to 0.0625 inches (52.6243 inch (15.7488 to 0.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.8665 inch (21.1439 to 49.8655 to 0.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 214B 214-060-731 MS27647-4 0.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.9348 to 1.8445 to 15.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.0195 to 19.7488 to 0.0195 to 19.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 214B 214-060-732 MS27647-4 0.8445 to 15.8572 mm) 120-015-4K2A 0.9837 to 22.8665 inch (21.9837 to 22. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES 214B 214-060-730 MS27647-4 0.8655 to 0.8665 inch (21.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 214B 214-060-742 MS27647-4A 0.7488 to 0.7493 inch (19.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 9-00-00 Page 98 Rev.7493 inch (19.0000 to 19.7488 to 0.7480 to 0.1693 mm) 120-011-11A 2.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.7493 inch (19.9837 to 22.0195 to 19.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.3621 to 52.6238 to 0.8665 inch (21.0195 to 19.9837 to 22.

9002 to 0.6502 to 20.6243 inch (15. 2 9-00-00 Page 99 .6675 to 16. Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 16 FEB 2007 Rev.0295 inches (26.6562 to 0.9007 inch (22. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 214ST 214ST 214ST 214ST 214ST COMPONENT 214-061-878 214-061-879 214-061-883 214-061-884 214-061-887 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE MS14101-4 0.7488 to 0.8665 inch (22.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.8125 inch (20.0091 mm) max.6567 inch (16.6567 inch (16.6562 to 0.8130 to 0.8651 to 22.8572 mm) None MS14101-4 0.6675 to 16.7493 inch (19.1493 mm) max.6238 to 0.8445 to 15.6802 mm) None MS14103-3 0.8445 to 15. Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 222 230 430 222-001-252 MS27643-4 0.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.8572 mm) None MS14103-6 0.0195 to 19.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1. dia.6562 to 0.6375 mm) None TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER Roll Stake RST1003 7 Roll Stake RST1003 7 Roll Stake RST1001 7 Roll Stake RST1003 7 Roll Stake RST1001 7 Roll Stake RST1006 7 NOTES 4 4 4 4 4 214B 214ST 214-352-200 222 230 430 222-001-141 MS27647-4 0.6802 mm) None MS14103-3 0.6802 mm) None MS14101-4 0. dia.6567 inch (16.6675 to 16.6243 inch (15.6238 to 0.

6556 inch (16.1493 mm) max.6802 mm) max.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.8651 to 22. Ring Stake T101873-11 1 4 MS27643-4 0. None Anvil Stake T102095-3 or RST2011 7 1 4 9-00-00 Page 100 Rev.9007 inch (22. dia. Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27643-4 0.9002 to 0.0295 inches (26.8651 to 22.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 1.9002 to 0.000 inch (25. 222 230 430 222-001-286 MS27643-4 0.1493 mm) max.501 inches (38. dia.9002 to 0. None Anvil Stake T102095-3 or RST2011 7 1 4 222 230 430 222-001-293 MS27646-41 1.0295 inches (26. dia. Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 222-001-292 209-001-051-1 0.9002 to 0.6567 inch (16. Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 209-001-051-001 0. dia.9007 inch (22. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE MS14101-4 0.125 mm) max.400 mm) max.8651 to 22.8651 to 22. None 222-001-283 MS27643-4 0.1493 mm) max. dia.8778 mm) 222 230 430 222-001-291 222 230 222 230 430 222-001-256 222 230 430 TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER Roll Stake RST1003 NOTES 1 4 Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 120-013-4A 1.0295 inches (26.6567 inch (16. dia.6522 mm) max.0295 inches (26.8738 to 0.9007 inch (22.6802 mm) max.1493 mm) max.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1. None None 222 230 430 222-001-294 MS27647-5 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.9007 inch (22.1945 to 22. 2 16 FEB 2007 7 21 . dia. dia.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.8743 inch (22. dia.

001 inches (50.8665 inch (22.8651 to 22. Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 222 230 430 222-001-355 MS27646-43 2.250 inches (31. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER 222 230 430 222-001-296 209-001-051-001 0.750 mm) max.825 mm) max. Ring Stake T101873-17 1 4 222 230 430 222-001-353 MS27640-4 0.1493 mm) max. None None 21 222 230 430 222-001-358 MS27646-43 2. None Anvil Stake T102095-3 or RST2011 7 222 222-001-308 MS27643-4 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5. dia.9007 inch (22.825 mm) max. dia.5445 to 28. 222 230 430 222-001-314 MS27643-4 0.0195 to 19.0295 inches (26.8778 mm) NOTES 1 4 Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 120-013-4A 1. dia.9007 inch (22. Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27647-4 0.9007 inch (22. None None 21 16 FEB 2007 Rev.1243 inches (28.5512 mm) 120-012-8A 1.0091 mm) max. dia.1238 to 1.7488 to 0. dia.0295 inches (26.8778 mm) 120-011-4A 1.7493 inch (19.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1. 2 9-00-00 Page 101 .0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.0295 inches (26.9002 to 0. Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 222 230 430 222-001-328 MS27641-8 1. dia.1493 mm) max. dia. dia.001 inches (50.8651 to 22.9002 to 0.1493 mm) max.6802 mm) max.9002 to 0.8651 to 22.6567 inch (16.

dia.0195 to 19. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES 222 230 430 222-001-360 MS27664-5/ DPP5W/FS464 1. dia. dia.8651 to 22.125 mm) max.1493 mm) max. Ring Stake T101873-3 MS27641-4 0. Ring Stake T101873-19 1 4 222 230 430 222-001-368 MS27643-4 0.0195 to 19. dia.000 inch (25.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.1945 to 22.7493 inch (19.9002 to 0. dia.501 inches (38. Ring Stake T101873-11 1 4 MS27643-4 0.0091 mm) max. dia.9007 inch (22.0322 mm) 120-012-4A 0.0295 inches (26.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 1. Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27647-5 0.9002 to 0. 2 16 FEB 2007 21 4 1 1 .8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.0295 inches (26.2488 to 1.3750 inches (34.9007 inch (22.9250 mm) max.9007 inch (22.7195 to 31.1493 mm) max.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.8738 to 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.0322 mm) None None MS27643-4 0.8651 to 22.7488 to 0.0295 inches (26. Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 222 230 430 222-001-369 MS27646-41 1.7488 to 0. Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 222 230 222 230 9-00-00 Page 102 222-001-382 222-001-383 Rev.9002 to 0.400 mm) max.8651 to 22. None None 222 222-001-377 MS27641-4 0.8665 inch (22.1493 mm) max.7493 inch (19. dia.2493 inches (31.8743 inch (22.7322 mm) 120-014-5A 1.

0295 inches (26.7493 inch (19.8651 to 22.9002 to 0. dia. None None 1 MS27641-4 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1. 2 9-00-00 Page 103 .2072 mm) 120-015-5A 1.1493 mm) max. Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 1 4 222 230 430 222-001-407 MS27643-4 0. dia. Ring Stake T101873-13 222 230 430 222-001-434 MS27645-6A 0.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 1.1945 to 22. dia. dia.000 inch (25.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.0627 mm) max.1945 to 22. dia.000 inch (25. None None 21 16 FEB 2007 Rev.400 mm) max.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1. dia.8743 inch (22.8760 inch (22. None None 21 222 230 430 222-001-435 MS27645-6A 0.0295 inches (26.8651 to 22.2504 mm) max.400 mm) max.9002 to 0.8738 to 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.9007 inch (22. dia.8738 to 0.1493 mm) max.7505 inch (19. dia. dia.8743 inch (22.2504 mm) max.8760 inch (22.8651 to 22.0295 inches (26. None None 35 MS27643-4 0. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 222 230 222 230 430 COMPONENT 222-001-402 222-001-403 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES MS27647-5 0.1493 mm) max.9002 to 0. Ring Stake T101873-11 1 4 MS27641-4 0.9007 inch (22.9007 inch (22.0322 mm) max. Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27647-5 0. Ring Stake T101873-11 1 4 MS27643-4 0.

7493 inch (19. Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 222 230 430 222-001-521 MS27643-4 0.1493 mm) max. dia. Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27647-4 0. dia.9007 inch (22.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.400 mm) max.9007 inch (22.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.0295 inches (26.6802 mm) max.0295 inches (26. None Anvil Stake T102095-3 or RST2011 7 222 230 430 222-001-516 MS27647-4 0.6567 inch (16.8738 to 0.501 inches (38. dia.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.6567 inch (16. dia.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.1493 mm) max. dia.8743 inch (22.0295 inches (26.9002 to 0.125 mm) max.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 1. dia.8651 to 22. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 222 230 430 COMPONENT 222-001-504 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES MS27643-4 0.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.7488 to 0.8665 inch (22.7493 inch (19. dia.8665 inch (22.6802 mm) max.8651 to 22. dia.0091 mm) max. None Anvil Stake T102095-3 or RST2011 7 1 4 222 230 430 9-00-00 Page 104 222-001-524 Rev.000 inch (25.9002 to 0.0195 to 19. Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 222 230 430 222-001-522 MS27646-41 1.0091 mm) max.8651 to 22.9007 inch (22.1493 mm) max. Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27647-5 0. None None 222 222-001-523 MS27643-4 0.7488 to 0.0195 to 19. dia. 2 16 FEB 2007 21 .9002 to 0. Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 1 4 222 230 222-001-513 209-001-051-001 0. Ring Stake T101873-11 1 4 209-001-051-001 0.1945 to 22.

7493 inch (19.9002 to 0. (19. dia.7505 inch max.1493 mm) max. dia.7493 inch (19.8665 inch max.8665 inch (22. Ring Stake T101873-13 MS27641-4 0. Ring Stake T101873-3 222 230 222-001-530 MS27641-5 0.7493 inch (19.8651 to 22. (19. None None 222 230 430 222-001-706 MS27643-4 0. Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27641-4 0.0091 mm) max.7488 to 0. dia. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES 222 230 430 222-001-528 MS27641-4 0.9007 inch (22. dia.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.1493 mm) max.0295 inches (26.9002 to 0.7505 inch max.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 MS27643-4 0.7488 to 0.6502 mm) max.1493 mm) max.8651 to 22.0322 mm) None None 35 MS27641-4 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.0195 to 19.7488 to 0.0295 inches (26.0322 mm) 120-012-4A 0. 2 1 4 9-00-00 Page 105 .0195 to 19. dia.8651 to 22.9002 to 0. dia.0195 to 19.0322 mm) None None 1 222 230 430 222 230 430 222-001-711 222-001-713 222-001-713 16 FEB 2007 1 4 35 35 Rev. dia. (22.9007 inch (22.9007 inch (22.0322 mm) None None MS27643-4 0. Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27647-4 0.8130 inch (20.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5. dia.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.0295 inches (26.

9002 to 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.7493 inch (19. 2 16 FEB 2007 .7488 to 0. Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27643-4 0.0295 inches (26.7488 to 0.8651 to 22.7493 inch (19.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.8665 inch (22.0091 mm) max.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.1493 mm) max.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.8743 inch (22.400 mm) max. dia.8651 to 22. dia. Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 MS27643-4 0.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0. Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27647-4 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.0195 to 19.8738 to 0. Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 9-00-00 Page 106 Rev. Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 222 230 430 222-001-740 MS27647-5 0. dia.9007 inch (22. dia.0295 inches (26.8651 to 22.0195 to 19.8665 inch (22. dia.1493 mm) max.7493 inch (19.9002 to 0.1945 to 22.8665 inch (22.000 inch (25.9007 inch (22. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 222 230 430 222 230 430 222 230 430 COMPONENT 222-001-727 222-001-734 222-001-736 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES MS27647-4 0.0091 mm) max. Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27647-4 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.1493 mm) max. dia.0195 to 19.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 1.0091 mm) max. dia.9007 inch (22.9002 to 0. Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 MS27643-4 0.8651 to 22.9007 inch (22.1493 mm) max.0295 inches (26.7488 to 0.0295 inches (26. Ring Stake T101873-11 1 4 222 230 430 222-001-741 MS27643-4 0.9002 to 0. dia.

dia.2500 inches (31.1493 mm) max. dia.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 1.000 inch (25.8738 to 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.7493 inch (19.1875 inches (30.0295 inches (26.1945 to 22. 2 9-00-00 Page 107 .7505 inch (19.7488 to 0. dia.0195 to 19.0195 to 19.9570 to 26.9007 inch (22. dia.0627 mm) max.9002 to 0. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 222 230 430 COMPONENT 222-001-748 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES MS27647-6 1.0091 mm) max. dia. Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27641-4 0.0613 to 1. None None 16 FEB 2007 1 4 35 Rev.1625 mm) max. Ring Stake T101873-11 1 4 222 222-001-774 MS27643-4 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.0322 mm) 120-012-4A 0.0618 inches (26. Ring Stake T101873-13 222 230 430 222-001-816 MS27641-4 0.7493 inch (19.8743 inch (22. Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 222-001-832-101 1.7500 mm) max.400 mm) max.8651 to 22.9002 to 0. dia.8651 to 22.7488 to 0.9697 mm) 120-015-6A 1.9007 inch (22. dia. Ring Stake T101873-15 1 4 MS27645-4A 0.0322 mm) None None 35 222 222-001-777 MS27643-4 0.0295 inches (26. None None 35 222 230 430 222-001-768 MS27647-5 0.8665 inch (22.1493 mm) max.

None Roll Stake RST1002 222 230 430 222-012-715 MS27643-4 0. 2 16 FEB 2007 1 36 4 7 1 32 4 7 38 . dia.5252 mm) max.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.8320 to 42.7493 inch (19.0295 inches (26.8445 to 15.6863 to 1.5252 mm) max.0195 to 19.0500 to 19. dia. None Roll Stake T101577 4 16 222 230 222-010-419-109 222-010-419-110 222-310-401-101 1.4380 inches (36.6238 to 0. dia.8572 mm) 120-015-4K2A 0. Ring Stake T101873-13 1 4 MS27641-4 0.8463 inches (46.8960 mm) max. Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 222 222-001-819 MS27647-4 0.8110 to 0.6243 inch (15.6255 inch (15. dia.8447 mm) 222-010-474-001 1.8665 inch (22.8665 inch (22.9002 to 0. None Roll Stake T101577 4 16 222 230 430 222-012-711 222-312-751-001 0.0500 mm) max.5994 to 20.8877 mm) max.7488 to 0.6868 inches (42.7500 to 0.0627 mm) 120-012-4A 0. Roll Stake RST2071 222 222-010-419-101 222-010-419-106 205-012-710-001 1. dia.8651 to 22.0091 mm) max. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES 222 222-001-818 MS27647-4A 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.6248 mm) None None 9-00-00 Page 108 Rev.4380 inches (36. dia.7505 inch (19. Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 222 230 222-010-415 222-310-461-001 1.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.9007 inch (22. Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 222-312-759-001 0. dia.0091 mm) max. dia.8120 inch (20.1493 mm) max.7500 inch (19.

7488 to 0.0005 inches (25.4127 mm) None 222-312-752 0.0010 inches (50.6629 mm) None MS27647-4 0.6238 to 0. dia.0618 inches (26.9070 inch (23.4000 to 25. dia.8135 inch (20.8130 to 0. Ring Stake 4 16 4 16 66 4 16 32 222 230 430 222-031-235 MS27646-43 2.7493 inch (19.0000 to 1.0195 to 19. Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 MS27645-3A 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.6243 inch (15.8572 mm) 120-011-3LA 0.0500 mm) max.0251 to 23.9697 mm) 120-015-6S 1.8665 inch (22.0091 mm) max.0613 to 1.8445 to 15.0251 to 23.9570 to 26.7500 inch (19.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.0378 mm) None Roll Stake RST1034 4 32 7 222-030-625-001 or 222-330-619-101 0.1625 mm) max.8254 mm) max. 2 21 32 9-00-00 Page 109 . Ring Stake T101873-15 4 12 222 222-031-619 222-330-625-001 or 222-330-619-101 0. None None 222 230 222-031-276 MS27647-6 1.9065 to 0.1875 inches (30.6502 to 20.9070 inch (23. dia.0378 mm) None Roll Stake RST1034 7 222 222-031-620 16 FEB 2007 35 4 Rev. dia. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 222 222 230 430 COMPONENT 222-012-765 222-031-206 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER Roll Stake RST2089 7 Roll Stake RST2058 7 NOTES 222-312-755 1.9065 to 0.

None None 35 222 222-060-717 MS27647-4 0.8665 inch (22. 2 16 FEB 2007 Roll Stake RST1007 NOTES 21 4 62 7 4 16 4 16 35 4 1 .0378 mm) max.0091 mm) max.330 to 2.9070 inch (23.8665 inch (22.7505 inch (19.7488 to 0.7493 inch (19.7488 to 0.378 to 49. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER MS14101-7 0. Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 222 222-060-726 MS27647-4 0.0627 mm) max.0195 to 19. dia.0091 mm) max. None 222-031-662-105 LB6-1078-8-1 2.7488 to 0. dia.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.8665 inch (22. dia. Ring Stake T101873-3 222 222-060-239 MS27641-4 0.233 mm) None Roll Stake 30155 6 222 230 222-031-662-107 LB6-1078-9-1 1.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.994 to 1. Ring Stake T101873-3 1 4 222 230 222-031-642 222 230 9-00-00 Page 110 Rev.7505 inch (19.182 to 59. dia. dia.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0. None None 31 222 230 222-060-706 MS27641-4 0.7505 inch (19.0091 mm) max. None None 222 222-060-226 MS27647-4 0.0627 mm) max.0195 to 19.332 inches (59. dia.7493 inch (19. dia.327 mm) None Roll Stake 30155 6 222 230 222-060-204 MS27641-4 0.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.0627 mm) max.942 inches (49.7493 inch (19.0195 to 19.

BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.3949 to 25.1574 to 30.0091 mm) max.9065 inch (23.0567 mm) None MS14103-8 0.1701 mm) None Roll Stake T675616-1 42 or RST1014 7 212-010-782-101 1.1873 to 1.0124 to 23.1878 inches (30.7488 to 0.7493 inch (19.1498 to 30.4076 mm) None MS14103-10 1. dia.7498 to 0.0251 mm) None Roll Stake RST1034 7 222 230 430 222-336-001 MS14101-4 0.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.9060 to 0.8665 inch (22.0449 to 19.9060 to 0.6565 inch (16.1879 mm) None Roll Stake T101577 222 230 430 222-382-001 1 Roll Stake T2682507-7 or RST1003 7 Roll Stake T2681903-1 or RST1005 7 Roll Stake T1231908-1 or RST1010 7 16 FEB 2007 NOTES 4 4 21 64 4 21 64 1 4 7 42 1 4 1 4 42 42 Rev. 2 1 4 64 4 21 40 9-00-00 Page 111 .1870 to 1.0124 to 23.9998 to 1.6751 mm) None MS14101-5 0.0195 to 19. Ring Stake T101873-3 222 230 222-331-617 222-330-625-001 or 222-330-619-101 0.9065 inch (23.0003 inches (25.6624 to 16.6560 to 0.1885 inches (30.7503 inch (19. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER 222 230 222-060-790 MS27647-4 0.0251 mm) None Roll Stake RST1034 7 222 230 222-331-618 222-330-625-001 or 222-330-619-101 0.

2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.8123 to 0.3375 to 33.8201 mm) None 222 230 430 230-030-535-101 230-030-535-103 230 430 TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER Roll Stake RST2417 1 66 Roll Stake RST1000 7 Roll Stake RST1000 7 Roll Stake RST2058 7 Roll Stake RST2059 7 406-001-126 MS27646-40 1.3746 to 25.8074 to 23.3129 mm) None 230 430 230-061-809-101 230-061-809-102 MS14101-3 0.6451 mm) None 230-312-001-105 0. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE 230-330-509-101 1.3135 inch (33.3129 mm) None 222 230 430 230-312-001-101 230-312-001-103 0.5635 inch (14.3125 to 1.8738 to 0.5625 to 0.5699 to 28.000 inch (25.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 407 406-010-417-101 Refer to BHT-407-CR&O 427 406-010-417-109 Refer to BHT-427-CR&O Rev. 2 16 FEB 2007 16 4 7 407 9-00-00 Page 112 NOTES 1 4 1 4 4 15 16 4 15 16 73 4 16 .2875 to 14.9378 inch (23.8743 inch (22.1945 to 22.999 to 1.5826 mm) None 230-061-808-101 230-061-808-102 MS14101-3 0.8128 inch (20.2875 to 14.3629 mm) None Not Staked 407 406-001-704-101 MS27647-5 0.5635 inch (14.9373 to 0.6324 to 20.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.1253 inches (28.5625 to 0.1248 to 1.

9072 inch (23.9072 inch (23.8778 mm) None Roll Stake MKP4 0.9062 to 0.9002 to 0.0175 to 23.9082 mm) None Not Staked 407 427 407-001-320-105 407-001-320-109 16 FEB 2007 Rev.8981 to 22.8623 to 15.6250 inch (15.9082 mm) None Not Staked 74 MKP4 0.8750 mm) None TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER Roll Stake NOTES 74 75 76 407 407-001-110-103 206-001-053-003 or 206-001-053-005 0. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE 407 427 406-010-432-101 Refer to BHT-407-CR&O and BHT-427-CR&O 407 427 406-012-102-109 Refer to BHT-407-CR&O and BHT-427-CR&O 407 427 407-001-050-101 MS14103-4 0.9007 inch (22.0175 to 23.0429 mm) None Not Staked 16 407 427 407-001-320-101 MKP4 0.9019 inch (22.0429 mm) None Not Staked 16 407 407-001-112-101 206-001-053-003 or 206-001-053-005 0.9062 to 0.6245 to 0.8651 to 22.8981 to 22.9015 to 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.9019 inch (22. 2 16 77 74 9-00-00 Page 113 .9015 to 0.

2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.8743 inch (22.1945 to 22.0302 mm) None Anvil Stake NOTES 16 77 16 4 75 78 407 407-001-323-102 MS27647-5 0.1945 to 22.8655 to 0.000 inch (25.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 4 16 407 407-001-325-101 MS27647-5 0.999 to 1.8665 inch (21.8738 to 0.8738 to 0.999 to 1.3746 to 25.999 to 1. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER MKP4 0.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 4 16 407 407-001-324-105 MDW5/ MS27647-5 0.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 4 16 427 407-001-323-102 MS27647-5 0.9062 to 0.8651 to 22.3746 to 25.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 4 16 9-00-00 Page 114 Rev.8778 mm) None Roll Stake 206-301-051-101 0.1945 to 22.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.000 inch (25.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.000 inch (25.8743 inch (22.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 4 16 MS27645-4A 0.1945 to 22.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.9837 to 22.8738 to 0.999 to 1.8738 to 0.0322 mm) 120-012-4A 0.3746 to 25.8738 to 0.8743 inch (22.999 to 1.9067 inch (23.9002 to 0.7488 to 0. 2 16 FEB 2007 .2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.0195 to 19.000 inch (25.3746 to 25.1945 to 22.8743 inch (22.3746 to 25.7493 inch (19.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 4 16 407 427 407-001-323-102 MS27647-5 0.0175 to 23.000 inch (25.8743 inch (22.9007 inch (22.

6551 to 0.000 inch (25.6395 to 16. 2 16 16 79 79 9-00-00 Page 115 .6551 to 0.999 to 1.8118 inch (20.8738 to 0.0500 to 19.8743 inch (22.6522 mm) None Roll Stake T102095-3 407 407 407-001-521-101 407-001-522-101 16 FEB 2007 Rev.0195 to 19.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 4 16 407 427 407-001-520-101 209-001-051-001 0.6556 inch (16.7493 inch (19.0322 mm) None Not Staked 52 MS27641-4 0.6395 to 16.8125 to 0.7488 to 0.6556 inch (16.8113 to 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.7500 to 0.6197 mm) None Not Staked 52 MS27641-5 0.6522 mm) None Roll Stake T102095-3 MS27641-4 0.6551 to 0.6522 mm) None Roll Stake T102095-3 16 79 MS27641-5 0.1945 to 22.8130 inch (20.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.6375 to 20.6070 to 20.0627 mm) None Not Staked 80 209-001-051-001 0.3746 to 25. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES 407 407-001-326-101 MS27647-5 0.7505 inch (19.6502 mm) None Not Staked 80 209-001-051-001 0.6395 to 16.6556 inch (16.

7488 to 0.8738 to 0.0627 mm) None Not Staked 80 MS27647-5 0.0195 to 19.0627 mm) None Not Staked 80 MS27641-4 0.0500 to 19.0322 mm) None Not Staked 52 MS27641-4 0. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 427 407 407 9-00-00 Page 116 COMPONENT 407-001-522-105 407-001-523-101 407-001-524-105 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES MS27641-4 0.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 Rev. 2 16 FEB 2007 16 4 79 16 .3746 to 25.6522 mm) None Roll Stake T102095-3 MS27641-4 0.0195 to 19.7493 inch (19.0322 mm) None Not Staked 52 MS27641-4 0.0195 to 19.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.7488 to 0.0627 mm) None Not Staked 80 209-001-051-001 0.0500 to 19.7493 inch (19.6395 to 16.6551 to 0.7488 to 0.1945 to 22.6556 inch (16.000 inch (25.7500 to 0.7505 inch (19.7505 inch (19.7493 inch (19.7500 to 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.7500 to 0.999 to 1.7505 inch (19.8743 inch (22.0322 mm) None Not Staked 52 MS27641-4 0.0500 to 19.

9385 inch (23.7483 to 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.0322 mm) None Roll Stake 16 FEB 2007 Rev.9697 mm) 120-015-6A 1.9570 to 26.9375 to 0.0322 mm) None Not Staked MS27647-4 or 20-082-4 0.0322 mm) 120-012-4A 0.8125 to 23.1371 to 30.8379 mm) None Roll Stake T101530-3 RST2010 7 MS27647-6 1.0195 to 19.1865 to 1.9385 inch (23.0613 to 1.9697 mm) 120-015-6A 1.7493 inch (19.0068 to 19.8379 mm) None Roll Stake T101530-3 RST2010 7 MS27647-6 1.8665 inch (21.0195 to 19.7488 to 0.8379 mm) None Roll Stake T101530-3 RST2010 7 MS27641-4 0.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 MS27641-4 0.0618 inches (26.0618 inches (26. 2 NOTES 20 4 81 16 4 20 4 81 16 4 20 4 4 81 52 82 4 16 9-00-00 Page 117 . Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 407 407 407 407 COMPONENT 407-001-526-105 407-001-528-101 407-001-711-101 407-001-720-101 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER 206-010-470-101 0.0613 to 1.9375 to 0.9385 inch (23.8125 to 23.7488 to 0.1865 to 1.7493 inch (19.1875 inches (30.7493 inch (19.1625 mm) Ring Stake T101873-15 206-010-470-101 0.1625 mm) Ring Stake T101873-15 206-010-470-101 0.9837 to 22.9570 to 26.1875 inches (30.8655 to 0.8125 to 23.1371 to 30.9375 to 0.

4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 4 16 412 412-001-300-105 MS27647-5 0.0000 inch (25.3746 to 25.1865 to 1.000 inch (25.8738 to 0.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 4 16 MS27643-4 0.999 to 1.1371 to 30.9990 to 1.1625 mm) Ring Stake T101873-15 4 16 407 407-001-724-101 407-001-724-105 MS27647-5 0.8665 inch (21.1239 to 26.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.0285 to 1.9837 to 22.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 4 16 407 407-001-732-101 MS27647-5 0.999 to 1.7488 to 0.0618 inches (26.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.0322 mm) 120-012-4A 0.9697 mm) 120-015-6A 1.999 to 1.1945 to 22.8743 inch (22.1945 to 22. 2 16 FEB 2007 .3746 to 25.0195 to 19.1875 inch (30.3746 to 25.8778 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.8738 to 0.8743 inch (22.8743 inch (22.8651 to 22.9570 to 26.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.8738 to 0.8655 to 0.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 4 16 407 427 407-001-731-101 MS27645-4A 0.0295 inches (26.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 4 16 407 407-001-725-101 MS27647-4 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 16 9-00-00 Page 118 Rev.3746 to 25.7488 to 0.7493 inch (22.8655 to 0.1945 to 22.000 inch (25. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES 407 407-001-723-101 MS27647-6 1.8665 inch (21.000 inch (25.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 4 16 427 407-001-732-107 407-001-732-109 MS27647-5 0.9837 to 22.8743 inch (22.7493 inch (19.8738 to 0.9002 to 0.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.8651 to 22.0613 to 1.9007 inch (22.1945 to 22.

1239 to 26.9007 inch (22.9300 mm) None 427 4 12 12 61 1 4 63 4 16 62 7 Roll Stake RST2936 7 16 FEB 2007 4 72 Rev.8745 inch (22.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 16 412 412-010-405-101 412-010-405-107 412-010-405-109 412-010-427-101 1. 2 9-00-00 Page 119 .8651 to 22.3748 to 1.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.9200 to 34.8651 to 22.0295 inches (26.8651 to 22.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.1239 to 26.9300 mm) None Roll Stake RST2128 7 412-010-448-101 412-010-427-101 1.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.3753 inches (34.8740 to 0.9200 to 34.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.1996 to 22.0285 to 1.9200 to 34.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 16 412 412-001-306-101 MS27643-4 0.9007 inch (22.0295 inches (26.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 18 412 412-001-900-101 MS27643-4 0.9400 mm) None Roll Stake RST2345 427-010-208-101 430-310-205-103 1. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES 412 412-001-301-101 MS27643-4 0.9300 to 34.3755 inches (34.9007 inch (22.3748 to 1.0285 to 1.0295 inches (26.3748 to 1.3750 to 1.0285 to 1.2123 mm) None None 412 412-310-400-101 412-310-400-103 412-310-400-105 412-310-400-107 1.9002 to 0.3753 inches (34.3753 inches (34.9300 mm) None Roll Stake RST2128 7 412 205A-1 212 412 412-076-620 MS27647-5 0.9002 to 0.1239 to 26.9002 to 0.

0246 to 19.6240 to 0.0627 mm) None Not Staked 427 427-001-168-101 MS27647-4A 0.029 to 1.8496 to 15.029 to 1.0618 inches (26.6240 to 0.8623 mm) None Ring Stake (One side) 16 83 9-00-00 Page 120 Rev.8623 mm) None Ring Stake (One side) 16 83 427 427-001-169-101 MS27647-4A 0.7505 inch (19.030 inches (26.030 inches (26.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.0373 mm) None Not Staked 427 427-001-148-101 MS27641-4 0.1620 mm) None Roll Stake 4 20 78 427 427-001-022-101 406-310-403-101 1.1620 mm) None Roll Stake 4 20 78 427 427-001-120-101 MS27647-6 1.1366 to 26.1366 to 26.7500 to 0.6245 inch (15. 2 16 FEB 2007 44 .3753 inches (34.0613 to 1.7495 inch (19.3748 to 1.6245 inch (15.9697 mm) None Ring Stake 4 16 83 427 427-001-138-115 MS27641-4 0. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 427 COMPONENT 427-010-210-101 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE 430-310-205-103 1.9200 to 34.0500 to 19.9570 to 26.7490 to 0.9300 mm) None TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER Roll Stake RST2936 7 NOTES 4 16 62 72 427 427-001-021-101 406-310-403-101 1.8496 to 15.

Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 427 427 427 427 COMPONENT 427-001-323-101 427-001-520 427-001-521 427-001-522 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES MS27647-6 1.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.1945 to 22.3746 to 25.9375 to 0.1371 to 30.8125 to 23.9385 inch (23.9375 to 0.8125 to 23.9570 to 26.6802 mm) None Roll Stake T102095-3 4 20 MS27647-6 1.1865 to 1.6562 to 0.9385 inch (23.1371 to 30.8738 to 0.6567 inch (16.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.9570 to 26.1865 to 1.8379 mm) None Roll Stake T101530-3 RST2010 7 MS27647-6 1.9697 mm) 120-015-6A 1.9697 mm) 120-015-6A 1.1371 to 30.6675 to 16.9697 mm) 120-015-6A 1.0613 to 1.0613 to 1.1865 to 1.8743 inch (22.999 to 1.0618 inches (26.000 inch (25.1625 mm) Ring Stake T101873-15 206-010-470-101 0.9375 to 0.9385 inch (23. 2 4 52 84 4 20 81 84 4 52 81 4 20 81 84 16 4 4 20 81 9-00-00 Page 121 .8379 mm) None Roll Stake T101530-3 RST2010 7 MS27647-5 0.9570 to 26.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 206-010-470-101 0.1625 mm) Ring Stake T101873-15 4 16 209-001-051-001 0.1875 inches (30.0613 to 1.0618 inches (26.8125 to 23.1875 inches (30.1875 inches (30.0618 inches (26.1625 mm) Ring Stake T101873-15 206-010-470-101 0.8379 mm) None Roll Stake T101530-3 RST2010 7 16 FEB 2007 Rev.

0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.7488 to 0.0500 to 19.0285 to 1.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.0322 mm) None Not Staked 52 MS27641-4 0.7488 to 0.8738 to 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.7488 to 0.8665 inch (21.0195 to 19.9002 to 0.7488 to 0.7500 to 0.8651 to 22.0195 to 19.9007 inch (22.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 16 427 427-001-723-101 MS27647-4 0. 2 16 FEB 2007 .0195 to 19.0627 mm) None Not Staked 80 427 427-001-550-135 MS27645-4A 0.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 4 16 427 427-001-720-101 MS27643-4 0.7493 inch (19.8665 inch (21.1945 to 22.2072 mm) None Roll Stake 4 16 427 427-001-722-103 MS27643-4 0.0195 to 19.8655 to 0.8651 to 22.1239 to 26.7493 inch (19.9837 to 22.0285 to 1.7493 inch (19.9002 to 0.7493 inch (19. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 427 COMPONENT 427-001-535-101 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES MS27641-4 0.1239 to 26.9761 to 22.7505 inch (19.0322 mm) 120-012-4A 0.9837 to 22.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 16 MS27647-4 0.8743 inch (22.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.8655 to 0.0295 inches (26.0295 inches (26.9007 inch (22.8662 inch (21.0015 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 4 16 427 427-001-721-105 MS27647-5 0.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 4 16 9-00-00 Page 122 Rev.8652 to 0.

9007 inch (22.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 MS14101-5A 0.0449 to 19.0295 inches (26.1239 to 26.3746 to 25.999 to 1.1945 to 22.8743 inch (22.9007 inch (22. 2 4 16 86 9-00-00 Page 123 .8699 to 15.8743 inch (22.8665 inch (21.8651 to 22.7493 inch (19.8778 mm) 120-013-4A 1.1239 to 26.9002 to 0.5010 inches (38.6248 to 0.6253 inch (15.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 16 427 427-001-726-101 MS27647-5 0.8826 mm) None Roll Stake MS27647-4 0.9002 to 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 1.9837 to 22.1493 mm) 429 429-001-030-101 20 16 4 4 16 84 85 4 16 84 86 4 16 34 84 Ring Stake T101873-13 16 FEB 2007 Rev.5000 to 1.0285 to 1.7498 to 0.0195 to 19.7503 inch (19.8655 to 0.8738 to 0.0295 inches (26.000 inch (25.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.7488 to 0.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.8738 to 0.2072 mm) None Roll Stake 4 16 427 427-001-740-101 MS27646-41 1.1254 mm) None Not Staked 427 427-030-689-101 MS27647-5 0.8651 to 22.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.1000 to 38.0285 to 1.1945 to 22.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 429 429-001-721-101 MS14103-4 0. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES 427 427-001-725-101 MS27643-4 0.0567 mm) None Roll Stake MS27643-4 0.

9002 to 0.1239 to 26.9007 inch (22.8665 inch (21.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 16 86 MS27641-5 0.1865 to 1.3746 to 25.9002 to 0.0618 inches (26.8655 to 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 4 16 MS27643-4 0.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.1875 inches (30.1239 to 26. 2 16 FEB 2007 .8651 to 22.6502 mm) None Not Staked 87 MS27647-6 1.8743 inch (22.9002 to 0.1239 to 26.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 4 16 429 429 9-00-00 Page 124 429-001-122-101 429-001-124-101 Rev.8738 to 0.0322 mm) 120-012-4A 0.0285 to 1.1625 mm) Ring Stake T101873-15 4 16 MS27645-4A 0.0195 to 19.9007 inch (22.1371 to 30.7493 inch (19.999 to 1.7488 to 0.6070 to 20.0285 to 1.8118 inch (20.9570 to 26.6197 mm) None Not Staked 87 MS27641-5 0.0285 to 1.000 inch (25.8125 to 0.1945 to 22.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 1.9837 to 22.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 1.9697 mm) 120-015-6A 1.0295 inches (26.8651 to 22.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 16 86 429 429-001-121-101 MS27643-4 0. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES 429 429-001-031-101 MS27643-4 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 1.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 16 MS27647-5 0.6375 to 20.0613 to 1.8130 inch (20.9007 inch (22.8651 to 22.0295 inches (26.8113 to 0.0295 inches (26.

6070 to 20.7488 to 0.9007 inch (22.6375 to 20.0285 to 1.0195 to 19.0285 to 1. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 429 COMPONENT 429-001-315-105 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES MS27645-4A 0.7488 to 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 1.6197 mm) None Not Staked 429 429-001-320-101 MS27643-4 0.9007 inch (22.8651 to 22.0285 to 1.8125 to 0.8651 to 22.0295 inches (26.8130 inch (20.8655 to 0.1239 to 26.8118 inch (20.0295 inches (26.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 4 16 MS27643-4 0.0195 to 19.8665 inch (21.9002 to 0.6197 mm) None Not Staked 87 MS27641-5 0.9007 inch (22.1239 to 26.8113 to 0.1239 to 26.8113 to 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 MS27641-5 0.7493 inch (19.0295 inches (26.9837 to 22.9002 to 0.6070 to 20.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 1.6502 mm) None Not Staked 87 MS27643-4 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 16 MS27645-4A 0.0322 mm) 120-012-4A 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 429 429-001-321-101 16 FEB 2007 Rev.0322 mm) 120-012-4A 0.8651 to 22.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 4 16 429 429-001-317-101 MS27641-5 0. 2 88 4 4 16 16 9-00-00 Page 125 .9002 to 0.9837 to 22.7493 inch (19.8118 inch (20.8665 inch (21.8655 to 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 1.

1239 to 26.8118 inch (20. 2 16 FEB 2007 .0295 inches (26.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 1.9007 inch (22.1945 to 22.0285 to 1.6197 mm) None Not Staked 87 MS27641-5 0.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.8113 to 0.9002 to 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 16 86 Rev.0295 inches (26.8743 inch (22.8125 to 0.000 inch (25. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 429 429 429 9-00-00 Page 126 COMPONENT 429-001-323-101 429-001-324-101 429-001-324-102 429-001-327-101 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES MS27641-5 0.8738 to 0.1239 to 26.0285 to 1.0295 inches (26.9007 inch (22.9007 inch (22.8651 to 22.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 16 86 MS27647-5 0.6375 to 20.8651 to 22.9002 to 0.000 inch (25.1945 to 22.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.8738 to 0.1239 to 26.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 4 16 86 MS27645-4 0.8130 inch (20.3746 to 25.1239 to 26.6070 to 20.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.0285 to 1.999 to 1.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 1.8651 to 22.999 to 1.0285 to 1.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 16 86 MS27643-4 0.6502 mm) None Not Staked 87 MS27643-4 0.8743 inch (22.9002 to 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 1.8651 to 22.3746 to 25.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 16 86 MS27647-5 0.9007 inch (22.9002 to 0.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 4 16 86 MS27643-4 0.8778 mm) 120-011-4A 1.0295 inches (26.

9007 inch (22.1945 to 22.6324 to 20.8113 to 0.0285 to 1.000 inch (25.9002 to 0.8743 inch (22.4820 to 36.0295 inches (26.8778 mm) 120-011-4A 1.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.6070 to 20.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 16 86 4 20 84 4 20 84 429 429-001-353-101 MS27641-5 0.9002 to 0.999 to 1.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 4 16 86 MS27645-4 0.0285 to 1.8651 to 22.8123 to 0.9007 inch (22.3746 to 25.9007 inch (22.1239 to 26.0295 inches (26.8738 to 0. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 429 COMPONENT 429-001-328-101 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES MS27647-5 0.000 inch (25.6451 mm) None Roll Stake RST1006 7 89 16 FEB 2007 Rev.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.6875 to 39.4947 mm) 120-015-8A 1.5635 inches (39.5625 to 1.0285 to 1.1239 to 26.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 16 86 MS27647-5 0.8778 mm) 120-011-4A 1.0295 inches (26.6197 mm) None Not Staked 429 429-001-520-101 MS27647-8 1.8128 inch (20.3746 to 25.8651 to 22.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 16 86 MS27643-4 0.8743 inch (22.1945 to 22.7129 mm) Ring Stake MS14101-6 0.8738 to 0.4363 to 1.1239 to 26.8651 to 22.9002 to 0.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 4 16 86 MS27645-4 0.8118 inch (20.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 1.4368 inches (36. 2 9-00-00 Page 127 .BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.999 to 1.

BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.7129 mm) Ring Stake MS14101-6 0.9385 inch (23.4368 inches (36.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 Rev.0285 to 1.7129 mm) Ring Stake MS14101-6 0.6875 to 39. 2 16 FEB 2007 4 7 429 9-00-00 Page 128 NOTES 4 20 84 89 20 4 16 86 .5010 inches (38.8379 mm) None Roll Stake T101530-3 RST2010 7 MS27647-8 1.4363 to 1.6324 to 20.8125 to 23.9385 inch (23.1254 mm) None Not Staked 429 429-001-525-101 MS27643-4 0.6875 to 39.8123 to 0. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 429 429 COMPONENT 429-001-521-101 429-001-522-101 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER 206-010-470-101 0.4947 mm) 120-015-8A 1.1239 to 26.4947 mm) 120-015-8A 1.1000 to 38.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 1.9007 inch (22.6451 mm) None Roll Stake RST1006 206-010-470-101 0.6451 mm) None Roll Stake RST1006 MS27647-8 1.8123 to 0.8379 mm) None 20 84 89 4 20 84 4 20 84 89 4 20 84 4 20 84 7 89 Roll Stake T101530-3 RST2010 7 429-001-523-101 MS27646-41 1.5000 to 1.9375 to 0.9002 to 0.4820 to 36.8128 inch (20.6324 to 20.9375 to 0.5635 inches (39.4368 inches (36.4363 to 1.4820 to 36.0295 inches (26.5625 to 1.8125 to 23.8651 to 22.5625 to 1.5635 inches (39.8128 inch (20.

1239 to 26.0295 inches (26.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 1.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 1.1239 to 26.999 to 1.1945 to 22. 2 20 9-00-00 Page 129 .9002 to 0.8651 to 22.0295 inches (26.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 16 86 429 429-001-528-101 MS27643-4 0.0295 inches (26.8651 to 22.1239 to 26.8738 to 0.4000 mm) Ring Stake T101873-11 4 16 16 FEB 2007 Rev.9007 inch (22.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 16 86 429 429-001-530-101 MS27643-4 0.5000 to 1.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 1.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 1.1239 to 26.9007 inch (22.9002 to 0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.0285 to 1.9007 inch (22.0285 to 1. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER NOTES 429 429-001-526-101 MS27643-4 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 16 86 429 429-001-531-101 MS27643-4 0.0285 to 1.2072 mm) 120-015-5A 0.9007 inch (22.8651 to 22.3746 to 25.9002 to 0.8743 inch (22.1239 to 26.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 1.9007 inch (22.0295 inches (26.8651 to 22.9002 to 0.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 1.9007 inch (22.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 16 86 429 429-001-532-101 MS27646-41 1.1000 to 38.1254 mm) None Not Staked 429 429-001-702-101 MS27643-4 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 16 86 429 429-001-527-101 MS27643-4 0.000 inch (25.8651 to 22.1239 to 26.8651 to 22.0285 to 1.5010 inches (38.0285 to 1.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 16 MS27647-5 0.9002 to 0.0285 to 1.9002 to 0.0295 inches (26.0295 inches (26.

8699 to 15.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 NOTES 16 4 429 429-001-711-101 MS27646-38 1.8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 1.9875 to 27.0002 mm) None Not Staked 429 429-001-720-101 MS27643-4 0.7493 inch (19.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.9837 to 22.8665 inch (21.7488 to 0.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.7498 to 0.7503 inch (19.0195 to 19.9002 to 0.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.6253 inch (15.9494 to 26.0567 mm) None Roll Stake T2681903-1 or RST1005 7 4 16 34 MS14103-4 0.7493 inch (19.8651 to 22.0615 inches (26.8665 inch (21.0195 to 19.9837 to 22.8826 mm) None 4 16 84 MS27647-4 0. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL COMPONENT BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER MS27647-4 0.7493 inch (19.8655 to 0.8665 inch (21.0285 to 1.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 4 16 86 MS14101-5A 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 16 86 MS27647-4 0.9621 mm) None Not Staked 429 429-001-714-101 MS27646-38 1.6248 to 0.0195 to 19.9837 to 22.7488 to 0.0295 inches (26.7488 to 0.0610 to 1.1239 to 26.8655 to 0.0449 to 19.9007 inch (22.8655 to 0.0630 inches (26. 2 16 FEB 2007 Roll Stake RST1002 42 7 90 Ring Stake T101873-3 4 16 86 84 .0091 mm) 429 9-00-00 Page 130 429-001-721-101 Rev.0625 to 1.

3395 to 49.3522 mm) None 430-010-208-101 430-010-208-105 430-310-205-103 1.8651 to 22.9066 inch (23.3748 to 1.0149 to 23.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.3753 inches (34.8738 to 0.2377 mm) None Not Staked 87 MS27641-6 0.8750 to 0.6248 to 0.1493 mm) Ring Stake T101873-13 4 16 MS27647-4 0.2250 to 22.9200 to 34.0322 mm) 120-015-4KA 0.8743 inch (22.9002 to 0.0091 mm) Ring Stake T101873-3 4 16 Roll Stake RST2940 7 72 Roll Stake RST2936 7 72 Roll Stake RST2941 7 72 429-012-105-101 Refer to BHT-429-CR&O 430 430-010-204-101 430-010-204-103 430-310-201-101 1.9007 inch (22.2072 mm) None Not Staked 87 MS27643-4 0.8699 to 15.0276 mm) None 430 NOTES MS14103-4 0.7488 to 0.8665 inch (21.8655 to 0.1239 to 26.8826 mm) 429 430 TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER 16 FEB 2007 16 4 Rev.9837 to 22.9425 to 1.7493 inch (19.8755 inch (22.9061 to 0.0285 to 1. 2 84 4 16 70 4 16 68 4 16 71 9-00-00 Page 131 .8778 mm) 120-013-4A/ 1.0295 inches (26. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 429 429 COMPONENT 429-001-722-101 429-001-727-101 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE None Roll Stake MS27641-6 0.1945 to 22.9300 mm) None 430-010-209-101 430-010-209-103 430-310-207-101 0.0195 to 19.6253 inch (15.9430 inches (49.

8262 mm) None 430-010-433-101 429 430 BEARING P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR BEARING 430-010-449-101 TYPE STAKE AND TOOL NUMBER Roll Stake RST2936 7 72 Roll Stake RST2938 7 72 Roll Stake RST2939 7 72 NOTES 4 16 62 4 16 62 4 15 16 69 Roll Stake RST2939 7 4 15 16 72 69 Roll Stake RST2939 7 4 15 16 72 69 NOTES: CAUTION DO NOT USE WATER-BORNE EPOXY PRIMER COATING (C-246) FOR WET INSTALLATIONS.0940 inches (27.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5. 4 Stake on both sides of bearing or sleeve.3748 to 1.253 inches (31.253 inches (31. 1 On fixed control part.0935 to 1.6992 to 31.9300 mm) None 430-010-212-101 430-010-212-103 430-310-206-101 1. 2 16 FEB 2007 . do not use primer.9200 to 34.8262 mm) None 430-310-456-101 1. If bearing runs in oil.248 to 1.8262 mm) None 430-310-456-101 1. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) MODEL 430 430 430 430 COMPONENT SLEEVE P/N AND HOLE (BORE) SIZE FOR SLEEVE 430-010-211-101 430-010-211-105 430-310-205-101 1.3753 inches (34.253 inches (31. 3 Retain sleeves and bearings with corrosion preventive compound (C-101) on faying surfaces. 5 Use corrosion preventive compound (C-101) on faying surfaces. as applicable. Use anaerobic primer grade CV (Blue). Use type of oil in which the bearing operates. 2 Line ream through both sleeves/bushings.7876 mm) None 430-010-412-105 430-010-412-106 430-310-456-101 1.248 to 1.6992 to 31. install bearing/bearing sleeve with unreduced zinc chromate primer (C-201) on faying surfaces.6992 to 31.248 to 1.7749 to 27. 9-00-00 Page 132 Rev. except on bearings which run in oil.

install bearing/bearing sleeve with unreduced epoxy polyamide primer (C-204) on faying surfaces. sleeve and housing using solvent MEK (C-309). except on bearings which run in oil. If bearing runs in oil.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5. Use type of oil in which bearing operates. grade N (Green). color blue. Ill. 92021. 7 Tool may be purchased from: Rexnord Inc. (0. after staking. must be 10 inch-pounds (1. Apply small amounts of sealant. 9 Rotational torque of bearing. each direction 500 to 800 pounds (2224 to 3559 N).68 Nm). Do not cure above 200°F (93°C). is 1 to 6 inch-pounds. (d) Allow seal to cure at room temperature for 60 to 90 minutes. 16 On fixed control part. 18 Magnaflux inspect (Chapter 6). grade CV. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. California. If accelerated cure is required. cure at 200°F (93°C) (maximum) for 15 minutes. 12 Apply anaerobic retaining compound (C-352) to faying surfaces. Use grade T (Yellow) sealant (C-356). Repeat application of sealant until a ring of sealant remains just outside joint. 15 Maximum breakout or misalignment torque of bearing. (c) Position bearing and sleeve in housing. 60515. El Canton. Wait a few minutes and remove excess sealant with a clean cloth. 2 9-00-00 Page 133 . Bearing Operation. Downers Grove. 14 Retain sleeves and bearings with sealant (C-320) as follows: (a) Clean mating surfaces of bearing.13 Nm). CAUTION IF ALUMINUM PARTS OR LUBRICATED BEARINGS ARE INVOLVED. 8 Apply sealant (C-356) on faying surfaces.. 13 Retain sleeves and bearings with sealant (C-320). (b) Apply anaerobic primer. Sealant will flow into joints by capillary action. 10 Deleted. 17 Do not paint or prime bearing or bushing bores. DO NOT EXCEED 200°F (93°C) DURING ACCELERATED CURE. CAUTION DO NOT USE WATER-BORNE EPOXY PRIMER COATING (C-246) FOR WET INSTALLATIONS. do not use primer. sealant (C-320) with cotton swab and allow to dry 2 to 3 minutes. MIL-S-22473 sealant (C-320) to joints between housing and sleeve and between sleeve and bearing. 11 Proof load outer race of bearing. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) NOTES (CONT): 6 Tool may be purchased from: Cabco Industries. after installation.11 to 0.

11 to 0. 37 After staking and prior to priming and painting. 22 Breakout or misalignment torque of bearing. 9-00-00 Page 134 Rev. 27 Maximum breakout or misalignment torque of bearing. Grade N.21 Nm).127 mm).11 to 0.03 to 0. Tighten bolt 25 to 35 inch-pounds (2. Do not cure above 200°F (93°C). must be 6 inch-pounds (0.06 Nm).95 Nm) torque before curing. Handpack bearings and cavity with grease (C-001). after installation. must be 1 to 6 inch-pounds (0.68 Nm). must be 1 to 5 inch-pounds (0. must be 0. 21 Apply sealant (C-356) to faying surfaces. Do not cure above 200°F (93°C).82 to 3.076 mm).82 to 3.014 to 0.11 Nm).005 inch (0. 26 Maximum breakout or misalignment torque of bearing. is 50 inch-pounds (5.79 Nm). 32 Breakout or misalignment torque of bearing. before staking.17 Nm). and washers to align bearings and spacer during curing cycle. after installation. is 0. sealant (C-320) before you apply sealant (C-356) to faying surfaces. after installation. 2 16 FEB 2007 . 25 Maximum breakout or misalignment torque of bearing. 35 Apply anaerobic retaining compound sealant (C-356). 24 Stake depth to be 0. after installation. 29 Install P/N 206-001-339-009 spacer with adhesive. torque bolt 25 to 35 inch-pounds (2. omit staking. after installation.5 inch-pounds (0. Apply anaerobic retaining compound (C-352) and install bearings flush to adjacent surfaces within 0. Remove all squeeze-out. must be 1 to 7 inch-pounds (0.5°C). after installation. 36 Extension of staking sleeve on each side of lug.11 to 0. Use 1/4-28UNF bolt.003 inch (0. 33 Use anaerobic retaining compound sealant (C-356). 40 Maximum breakaway torque. nut.68 Nm).457 mm).56 Nm).65 Nm).003 inch (0. must be 1 to 55 inch-pounds (0.79 Nm) at 70 ±10°F (21 ±5. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) NOTES (CONT): 19 Refer to the BHT-206A/B-CR&O manual for detailed instructions. 28 Install bearings flush to 0. to be equal within 0. Use 1/4-28UNF bolt to align bearings and spacer during cure cycle. 38 Install flush to 0.010 inch (0.11 to 6. 31 Apply anaerobic retaining compound sealant (C-356) to faying surfaces. must be 1 inch-pound (0. 34 Maximum breakaway torque. after staking. omit staking. 20 Apply MIL-S-22473.254 mm) below surface (with seals outward).018 inch (0. after staking. after installation.11 to 0.355 to 0. apply grease (C-001) to staked areas of sleeve.5 inch-pounds (0.95 Nm) before curing.007 mm) below surface. 23 No load breakaway torque of bearing. after installation. 30 Breakout or misalignment torque of bearing.25 to 1. to be 1 to 7 inch-pounds (0.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5. 39 Rotational preload for bearing.

Inc. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) NOTES (CONT): 41 Refer to the BHT-222-CR&O manual for detailed instructions. CAUTION DO NOT USE WATER-BORNE EPOXY PRIMER COATING (C-246) FOR WET INSTALLATIONS. Torque nut 25 to 35 12 inch-pounds (2. nut. 48 Refer to the BHT-214B-MM for detailed instructions. 44 Apply adhesive (C-313) to faying surfaces. New York. 49 Thermal fit — stress relief not required. 50 Roll torque of bearing must not exceed 5 inch-pounds (0. Burbank. Ozone Park. After bearing is ring staked.56 Nm) at 72°F (22°C). 59 Each bearing will be subjected to a side load of 200 pounds (889.82 to 3. and washers to align bearings and P/N 214-001-064-001 spacer during curing cycle. 42 Tool may be purchased from: Ozone Industries.228 mm).95 Nm) prior to curing.1270 to 0..2286 mm) 62 No load rotational breakaway torque after staking to be 15 inch-pounds (1. 43 Remove old retaining compound with 400 grit abrasive cloth or paper (C-423). 2 9-00-00 Page 135 . 60 Tool may be purchased from: KAHR Bearing.600 N) and have no evidence of permanent deformation.127 to 0.020 inch (0. 55 Ball in bearing can be replaced without replacing race. 45 0. Install MS20470AD-3 rivet through levers. after installation. Apply retaining compound sealant (C-356). 61 Stake depth to be 0.431 to 0. 46 Press flange against shoulder on one side.005 to 0.70 Nm) maximum.009 inch (0. or damage. looseness.508 mm). CA 91504. Stake opposite side as noted.017 to 0. 57 Stake depth to be 0.005 to 0. 11416. 51 Roll torque of bearing must not exceed 3 inch-pounds (0. 47 Stake depth to be 0. 58 Assemble P/N 214-060-769 lever in P/N 214-060-768 lever and press sleeve into levers. check for free movement of P/N 214-060-769 lever in P/N 214-060-768 lever. 56 Install with sealant (C-320). 53 Maximum breakout torque of bearing.009 inch (0. Torque retainer to 148 inch-pounds (16. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. must be 12 inch-pounds (1.16 Nm).36 Nm).BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5.0025 inch (0.01270 mm) over listed dimension permissible.34 Nm) at 72°F (22°C). 54 Use 1/4-28UNF bolt. 52 Install with wet epoxy polyamide primer (C-204).

retaining compound (C-352) to faying surfaces. Potter & Associates.0160 mm). 84 Proof load bearing to 100 pounds (445 N).2072 mm) diameter shaft will pass through both bearings. 76 Breakout or misalignment torque of bearing.0 inch-pounds (2. 65 Bearing not replaceable. Do not cure above 200°F (93°C). nut.03 Nm). and washers to align bearings during cure cycle.82 to 3. and washers to align bearings and spacer during cure cycle.4064 mm).67 Nm). Use 1/4-28 UNF bolt. 83 Stake depth to be 0. 72 Tool may be obtained from: J. Apply MIL-S-22473. sealant (C-320) before you apply sealant (C-356) to faying surfaces. Grade 1. Align bearings and spacer during cure cycle so that a 0. Breakout or misalignment torque of bearing. Grade N. 28602 Knickerbocker Road.56 Nm). axially. Cleveland.34 Nm). 75 Proof load outer race of bearing to 650 pounds (2891 N).36 Nm) maximum. 73 Apply MIL-S-22473. sealant (C-320) before you apply ASTM D5363. Do not stake bearings.016 inch (0. 64 Bearing no load rotational breakaway torque not to exceed 25 inch-pounds (2.0 inch-pounds (0. 79 Breakout or misalignment torque of bearing. 78 Breakout or misalignment torque of bearing. 74 Apply MIL-S-22473. 66 Bearing no load misalignment breakout torque must not exceed 5 inch-pounds (0. 70 No load rotational breakaway torque after staking to be 1.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5. sealant (C-320) before you apply sealant (C-356) to faying surfaces.011 to 0.025 to 0. sealant (C-320) before you apply ASTM D5363. Class 1.125 to 3 inch-pounds (0. Use bolt.56 Nm). axially. Group 01. Do not stake bearings.1 to 6 inch-pounds (0.015 to 0. must be 1.125 to 5 inch-pounds (0. Torque bolt 25 to 35 inch-pounds (2.11 to 2. Grade N. Do not stake bearings. Do not cure above 200°F (93°C).040 inch (0. 9-00-00 Page 136 Rev. 68 No load rotational breakaway torque after staking to be 12 inch-pounds (1. R. sealant (C-320) to faying surfaces. sealant (C-320) to faying surfaces followed by application of retaining compound (C-352).95 Nm) before curing. Grade 1. Do not cure above 200°F (93°C). after installation.6350 to 1. must be 0. nut. 80 81 82 Apply MIL-S-22473.012 to 0.5 inch-pounds (0.26 Nm) maximum. Do not stake bearing. Class 1. after installation.0 to 18. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) NOTES (CONT): 63 Stake depth to be 0. must be 0. Do not cure above 200°F (93°C). Ohio. after installation.82 Nm). 2 16 FEB 2007 .3048 to 0.17 Nm) maximum. must be 0.015 to 0. 69 Proof load test bearing installation to 1125 pounds. 77 Proof load inner race of bearing to 360 pounds (1601 N). Group 04. Grade N. 67 Apply Grade N. Grade N. after installation. 44140. 71 No load rotational breakaway torque after staking to be 20. (5004 N).8743 inch (22.

BHT-ALL-SPM Table 9-5. 89 Breakaway torque.56 Nm). after staking. after staking. after staking.0353 Nm).82 to 3. Use 5/16-24 UNF bolt. and washers to align bearings and spacer during cure cycle. 87 Apply MIL-S-22473.0106 Nm). 16 FEB 2007 Rev.11 Nm). 2 9-00-00 Page 137/138 .007 Nm). after staking. sealant (C-320) before you apply sealant (C-356) to faying surfaces. Do not stake bearings. must be less than 0. Grade N. after staking. Bearing and Sleeve Replacement Data (Cont) NOTES (CONT): 85 Breakaway torque. 90 Breakaway torque. Torque bolt 25 to 35 inch-pounds (2. Do not cure above 200°F (93°C). must be less than 1 inch-pounds (0. must be less than 0. 88 Breakaway torque.95 Nm) before curing. must be less than 5 inch-pounds (0. 86 Breakaway torque. nut.0937 inch-pounds (0.0625 inch-pounds (0.3125 inch-pounds (0. must be less than 0.

.

..... Long Term Storage .............. Short Term Storage — General Preparation ............................... Intermediate Storage — Prepreservation General Inspection .......................... Flyable Storage — Preparation ............................... Freewheel — Temporary Storage (1 to 180 days).............................................................. Transmission — Temporary Storage (1 to 180 days) ........................BHT-ALL-SPM CHAPTER 10 — STORAGE TABLE OF CONTENTS Paragraph Number Chapter/Section Number Title Page Number STORAGE 10-1 10-2 10-3 10-4 10-5 10-6 10-7 10-8 10-9 10-10 10-11 10-12 10-13 10-14 10-15 10-16 10-17 10-18 10-19 10-20 10-21 10-22 10-23 10-24 10-25 10-26 10-27 10-28 10-29 10-30 10-31 10-32 10-33 10-34 10-35 General ................................................ Component Storage — General .............................................. Short Term Storage — Depreservation and Activation...................... Environmental Conditions ................... Short Term Storage — Inspection .. Short Term Storage — Maintenance ................................... Mast — Temporary Storage (1 to 180 days).............................................................................................. Intermediate Storage — Preservation . Flyable Storage — Maintenance ............................ Short Term Storage —Preservation ............................................................................. Parts and Sub-Assemblies — Temporary Storage (1 to 14 days)........................ Components — Long Term Storage (180 to 365 days)...... Intermediate Storage — Maintenance .......................................... Intermediate Storage — Inspection ........................................................................ 10-00-00 10-00-00 10-00-00 10-00-00 10-00-00 10-00-00 10-00-00 10-00-00 10-00-00 10-00-00 10-00-00 10-00-00 10-00-00 10-00-00 10-00-00 10-00-00 10-00-00 10-00-00 10-00-00 10-00-00 10-00-00 10-00-00 10-00-00 3 3 3 3 4 5 5 6 6 6 8 9 9 10 10 10 11 12 12 13 14 14 14 10-00-00 15 10-00-00 10-00-00 10-00-00 10-00-00 10-00-00 10-00-00 10-00-00 15 16 16 17 17 17 18 10-00-00 10-00-00 10-00-00 18 19 19 10-00-00 20 16 FEB 2007 Rev.................................................. Flyable Storage..... Storage — Environmental Conditions.................................................................... Intermediate Storage — General Storage Procedures......... Flyable Storage — Depreservation and Activation ........... Parts and Sub-Assemblies — Long Term Storage (15 to 180 days)................................... Intermediate Storage ....... 2 10-00-00 Page 1 .. Flyable Storage — General Procedures................ Intermediate/Tail Rotor Gearbox — Long Term Storage (180 to 365 days) ..................................................................................................... Components — Temporary Storage (1 to 180 days).............................................................................................. Transmission — Long Term Storage (180 to 365 days) ........ Swashplate — Temporary Storage (1 to 180 days) ............................................... Short Term Storage .......................................................................................................... Intermediate/Tail Rotor Gearbox — Temporary Storage (1 to 180 days) ............................................ Intermediate Storage — Depreservation and Activation....................................... Main Rotor Hub — Temporary Storage (1 to 180 days) ..

........................... Rev.......... 2 16 FEB 2007 Page Number 21 22 .......................................BHT-ALL-SPM TABLES Table Number 10-1 10-2 10-00-00 Page 2 Title Preservation Requirement .............................................................. Preservatives Identification ...........................

On days when the relative humidity is 55% or above. Date and type of storage must be recorded in helicopter records. temporary protection shall be provided by partially processed items. FLYABLE STORAGE Always refer to applicable Flight Manual for approved fuel. Treat for visible corrosion in accordance with Chapter 3 of this manual or CSSD-PSE-87-001. equipment necessary to perform ground runups. The following practices should be used as a guide during exceptionally wet weather conditions: 1. One method is ventilation. FLYABLE STORAGE PROCEDURES — GENERAL 1. 10-4. The prevention of corrosion depends on the control of moisture. if space permits. Ensure water drain holes are free from obstruction and are kept open for the duration of the storage period. Store helicopter in a dry. intermediate storage. 10-2. Use fans or blowers when available. It requires periodic attention. 4. and mold. rot. Flyable storage (no time limit) is the prescribed procedure to maintain a stored helicopter in an operable condition. Refer to applicable Maintenance Manual for servicing instructions. long term storage and individual component storage. Lubricate helicopter prior to placing it in storage in accordance with Lubrication Chart in appropriate Maintenance Manual. 4. oil and hydraulic fluid specifications. The decision will be based on such on-site conditions as availability of people and materials. When periods of interruption are necessary. this procedure will keep the helicopter in the best possible condition. Wet weather conditions promotes corrosion. perform inspections regularly and take proper preventive maintenance action. short term storage. heated and well ventilated hangar or shed. a choice must be made between flyable storage and short term storage for any period of time up to 45 days. 2. A choice of storage procedures is permissible for short periods of storage. 3. Preservation should be accomplished in an uninterrupted series of operations. Storage of helicopter includes corrosion control (Chapter 3 or CSSD-PSE-87-001) which consists primarily of preventing moisture from contacting exposed material surfaces by use of preservatives. windows and other openings can be temporarily opened to allow a circulation of dry air through the helicopter. If daily use is impossible or impractical. to avoid contamination. 10-3. GENERAL This section provides preparation procedures to place helicopter in storage for a period of 6 months or less. Keep fabric material in the helicopter clean. To prevent these deteriorating effects.BHT-ALL-SPM STORAGE 10-1. ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Existing environmental conditions and available facilities must be taken into account when a helicopter is to be placed in storage. and mold from forming on nonmetallic materials by keeping them clean and as dry as possible. 3. defueling and purging of fuel cell(s) and other similar elements. Keep fuel cell(s) full to reduce condensation in the cell(s). mildew. as required. 2 10-00-00 Page 3 . or motoring of engine(s). 2. For example. Prevent rot. and depreservation procedures to activate the helicopter after storage. The procedure is divided into four categories of storage: flyable storage. mildew. 16 FEB 2007 Rev.

Install available. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-002 Hydraulic Fluid C-123 Surface Conditioner C-410 Tape C-427 Barrier Material 1. 4. if . Clean and preserve engine(s). wrap pitot tube(s) with barrier material (C-427) and secure with tape (C-410). covers. b. (Refer to appropriate Flight Manual. e. Exercise every precaution to keep the engine and accessories clean. Open (pull) all circuit breakers. Install static ground wire. (Refer to appropriate Flight Manual. b. After warm-up period. Keep the air intake duct. 2 16 FEB 2007 Fuel cells filled to normal full capacity will reduce fuel contamination by condensation. 3. g. seal air inlet and exhaust openings with barrier material (C-427) and secure with tape (C-410).BHT-ALL-SPM 10-5. Install pitot tube cover(s). operate engine(s) for approximately 10 minutes at 100% NP/NR. f. Cover any additional engine cowling openings in a similar manner as outlined in preceding step e.) 10-00-00 Page 4 Rev. Hydraulic System(s). a. Record date engine(s) was placed in flyable storage in helicopter records. e. Engine. Shut down engine(s). Start engine(s). plenum chamber. Check hydraulic reservoir(s) and service as necessary with hydraulic fluid (C-002). Airframe. If engine covers are not available. Power Train. Service fuel cells to normal full capacity after each engine preservation run. Check all instruments for normal operation and ensure engine temperature has stabilized. 2. Close doors. a. d. Allow engine(s) to cool and spray accessible engine surfaces with surface conditioner (C-123). NOTE a. Clean and preserve engine(s). helicopter all-weather c. or if the cover is not available. Fuel System. Check and service power train system as described in the appropriate Maintenance Manual. 5. c. b. and compressor inlet screens clean and free of foreign materials. Drain water from fuel cells. Install engine(s) inlet plug assemblies and exhaust cover(s).) NOTE This engine run procedure may be omitted if helicopter was recently operated and is known to be dry. FLYABLE STORAGE — PREPARATION MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. d.

Determine maximum helicopter interior temperatures during hot weather conditions. 10-7. Barrier material should be installed so as to prevent the accumulation of water on surface. f. cables. 4. 5. rods. areas concerned will be protected with barrier material (C-427) secured with tape (C-410). e. remove tape residue with drycleaning solvent (C-304). c. When helicopter protective covers are not available. Remove static ground wire installed for storage. ENSURE IGNITION CIRCUIT BREAKERS ARE OPEN (PULLED) AND FUEL SHUTOFF VALVES ARE CLOSED. Inspect static ground wires. Temperature information can be obtained from standard thermometers temporarily installed in helicopter. Chapters 4 and 5 or other applicable Sections. Remove all barrier material and tape. or eyes) at regular intervals. Chapters or documents may be used for areas to be covered and frequency of inspection. 6. 8. Perform a preventive maintenance storage inspection at least once every 14 days (more frequently if required by local environmental conditions). 7. Replace ground wires. FLYABLE STORAGE — DEPRESERVATION AND ACTIVATION CAUTION MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. Record date the helicopter was prepared for service in helicopter records. Open all doors and ventilate helicopter. the helicopter should be stored in a hangar or under a protective cover. Remove main rotor and tail rotor tiedowns. covers and stow in 2. rotor tiedown straps. or tiedown straps which are deformed or deteriorated.BHT-ALL-SPM 10-6. Perform appropriate post storage inspections in accordance with procedures in the Maintenance Manual. If possible. 2 10-00-00 Page 5 . it should be parked and moored. b. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. Otherwise. Inspect tiedown devices immediately after the helicopter has been subjected to winds exceeding 35 knots. Remove protective designated location. Provide drains if necessary. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-304 Drycleaning Solvent 1. Clean helicopter as necessary. Enter the type of storage and the date helicopter was placed in storage in helicopter records. 3. Provide forced air ventilation if normal ventilation procedures are not adequate to prevent mildew and corrosion. mooring devices. Replace damaged or deteriorated barrier materials or protective covers. Ventilate helicopter if interior temperature exceeds 135°F (57°C). and mooring devices (ropes. The inspection program shall include the following: a. Inspect and treat helicopter for corrosion. Record interior temperatures at regular intervals during hottest part of day. To establish inspection program outlined in the Maintenance Manual for storage of helicopters. 1. (Refer to Chapter 3 of this manual or CSSD-PSE-87-001. FLYABLE STORAGE — MAINTENANCE MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-410 Tape C-427 Barrier Material Inspect helicopters in flyable storage as follows: 2. if applicable. 3.) d.

NOTE Use of corrosion preventive compound (C-124) in MIL-PRF-7808 oil is not recommended. SHORT TERM PRESERVATION STORAGE — If engine(s) is/are operable. nuts. etc. Lubricate helicopter. 6. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-002 Hydraulic Fluid C-011 Lubricating Oil MATERIALS REQUIRED C-030 Lubricating Oil Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. add corrosion preventive compound (C-124) to the transmission and tail rotor gearbox in the proportion of 5 ounces of concentrate to 1 US quart (15% concentration) of the oil system capacity.BHT-ALL-SPM 10-8. SHORT TERM STORAGE — GENERAL PREPARATION NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-101 Corrosion Preventive Compound 3. . C-125 Preservative Oil C-304 Drycleaning Solvent 2. Check fuel. SHORT TERM STORAGE MATERIALS REQUIRED Short term storage (1 to 45 days) is used to store a helicopter up to 45 days with very little attention during storage period. and hydraulic lines and hoses for leakage. 1. which are removed during disassembly. C-410 Tape C-427 Barrier Material 10-9. washers.. oil. 10-10. NOTE 5. If engine(s) is/are inoperable. Refer to appropriate Maintenance Manual. unless otherwise specified. Ensure a record of all removed or disconnected parts is provided in helicopter records. Ensure bolts. 2 16 FEB 2007 (1) For components serviced with MIL-PRF-23699 lubricating oil (C-011). a. are coated with a light coat of corrosion preventive compound (C-101) and reinstalled. proceed to step f. Ensure all removed components are preserved and stowed in suitable containers. Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. Prior to engine runup: SPECIAL TOOLS REQUIRED NUMBER NOMENCLATURE T-102102 Dehydrator T-102103 Dehydrator 10-00-00 Page 6 Rev. 4. as removed from the component. C-101 Corrosion Preventive Compound C-105 Corrosion Preventive C-124 Corrosion Preventive Compound 1. Record date and type of storage in helicopter records. complete preservation per step a and step b. Engine(s) and Power Train System.

Fuel System. or seal openings with barrier material (C-427) and tape (C-410). Refer to appropriate Maintenance Manual. Service power train lubrication system. d. Install T102102 dehydrator on transmission and T102103 dehydrator on tail rotor gearbox. Use 5 ounces of corrosion preventive compound (C-124) per 1 US quart of MIL-PRF-23699 lubricating oil (C-011) (15% concentration) or 1. If engine(s) cannot be motored. Use 5 ounces of corrosion preventive compound (C-124) per 1 US quart of MIL-PRF-23699 lubricating oil (C-011) (15% concentration) or 1. Preserve engine(s). Refer to appropriate engine Maintenance Manual for preservation and depreservation. i.5 ounces of corrosion preventive compound (C-124) per 1 US quart of MIL-PRF-85734 lubricating oil (C-030) (5% concentration). through top opening. complete preservation of power train system in accordance with following step f. (4) Spray inside of transmission. g. and into mast bearing. (6) Install main rotor. Cover cowling openings and breather holes in transmission and gearboxes with barrier material (C-427) and secure with tape (C-410). e. f. Install engine protective inlet plug assemblies and engine protective exhaust cover. (5) Install mast assembly. Remove transmission oil filler cap and tail rotor gearbox filler cap assembly. Refer to appropriate Maintenance Manual. b. (8) Transmission may have become overfilled during step (4). Spray lower end of mast. Apply corrosion preventive (C-105) to all unpainted surfaces of mast assembly. h. with approximately 1 gallon of applicable lubricating oil mixed with corrosion preventive compound (C-124). Refer to appropriate Maintenance Manual. 2. (3) Remove mast assembly. Refer to NOTE Use of corrosion preventive compound (C-124) in MIL-PRF-7808 oil is not recommended.5 ounces of concentrate to 1 US quart (5% concentration) of the oil system capacity. with NOTE If the engine(s) is/are inoperable. Wipe mast dry with clean lint-free cloth. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. appropriate Maintenance Manual. (2) Remove main rotor. Maintain fuel cell(s) at the full level for the duration of the storage period. add corrosion preventive compound (C-124) to the transmission and tail rotor gearbox in the proportion of 1. Clean the exposed metal surfaces of the power train system with a clean cloth dampened with drycleaning solvent (C-304). Refer to appropriate Maintenance Manual. Apply corrosion preventive compound (C-101) to all unpainted surfaces. c.5 ounces of corrosion preventive compound (C-124) per 1 US quart of MIL-PRF-85734 lubricating oil (C-030) (5% concentration). Refer to appropriate Maintenance Manual. While spraying.BHT-ALL-SPM (2) For components serviced with DOD-PRF-85734 lubricating oil (C-030). preserve power train as follows: (1) Preserve engine fuel system. (7) Be sure tail rotor gearbox has been filled with applicable lubricating oil and corrosion preventive compound (C-124) to the proper level. Refer to Maintenance Manual. Drain any water from the fuel cell(s). Refer to appropriate Maintenance Manual. drain down to proper level. manually rotate internal gears and bearings with input drive quill. Full fuel cells help reduce fuel contamination by condensation. Check the power train lubrication system including the sight gauges. Cover breather holes in transmission and gearbox with barrier material (C-427) and secure with tape (C-410). If so. Coat the exposed metal surfaces corrosion preventive compound (C-101). 2 10-00-00 Page 7 .

e. Clean crosstubes and skid tubes. to appropriate engine for preservation and . Leave all avionic equipment installed in helicopter. 3. and treat for corrosion (Chapter 3 or CSSD-PSE-87-001).BHT-ALL-SPM 3. Landing Gear. 7. d. If the paint system cannot be touched up. Engine(s). Fill hydraulic reservoir(s) with hydraulic fluid (C-002). a. b. Park and moor helicopter with main and tail rotor tiedowns installed. a. Instruments. c. f. 4. Place blocks or shoring under skid tubes to provide free air passage. If dehydrator assembly is a light beige or pink color. Hydraulic System(s). e. Install cover on pitot tube. Apply corrosion preventive (C-105) to all unpainted metal surfaces. Do not renew short term storage. this is acceptable. coat bare metal surfaces with corrosion preventive compound (C-101). Visually inspect dehydrators for approximation of the degree of saturation of desiccant. b. f. SHORT TERM MAINTENANCE STORAGE — Battery. Perform applicable portions of storage inspection at least once every 30 days. Wrap battery quick-disconnects with barrier material (C-427) and secure with tape (C-410). Refer to applicable Maintenance Manual. Close compartment doors. b. Apply electrical tape over static ports. Remove any residue of fingerprint remover with drycleaning solvent (C-304). Close all openings not already covered with barrier material (C-427)and secure with tape (C-410). even coat of oil spray preservative oil (C-125) to entire painted area of rotor blades. replace dehydrator with new unit. 9. 6. a. d. c. Close and secure all cowling. Rotor and Controls. Repaint any exposed metal surfaces. Airframe. a. c. 10-11. If conditions change so a helicopter prepared for a short term storage must remain in storage for a longer period of time. Avionics Equipment. Lubricate rotor system. b. inspection panels. Disconnect battery and allow to remain in helicopter. Wipe all parts dry with clean. Purge lubricate all exposed control bearings that require lubrication in accordance with applicable Maintenance Manual. If dehydrator assembly is a dark blue color. Clean main rotor blades. b. 2 16 FEB 2007 1. 5. a. Wipe exposed portions of hydraulic boost cylinder actuator pistons with lint-free cloth moistened with hydraulic fluid (C-002). represerve the helicopter in accordance with paragraph 10-14. a. Install static ground wire. b. 10-00-00 Page 8 Rev. 8. as applicable. Remove and store headsets-microphones to an inside storage area. and covers. Apply a light. Open (pull out) all circuit breakers. Refer Maintenance Manual depreservation. 2. and apply corrosion preventive compound (C-101) on all unpainted metal surfaces not in contact with bearings. lint-free cloth.

10. Remove dehydrator assemblies T102102 and T102103 from transmission and tail rotor gearbox. SHORT TERM STORAGE — INSPECTION Perform inspection procedures as required to ensure helicopter is maintained in an acceptable storage condition. Avionics. c. Engine(s). Remove headset-microphones from storage area and install in helicopter. a. c. Clean driveshafts drycleaning solvent (C-304). Fill fuel cells as necessary with approved fuel. d. b. a. a. Open compartment doors and ventilate the helicopter. a. b. Service and connect battery. Landing Gear. Remove main and tail rotor tiedowns. Instruments. Replace transmission oil filter. For preservation and depreservation of engine(s) refer to applicable engine Maintenance Manual. necessary a. Check fuel cells for the presence of water and drain water as necessary. 2. Remove pitot tube covers and electrical tape from static ports. Drain and fill transmission and tail rotor gearbox with new lubricating oil (specification per applicable Flight Manual) in accordance with appropriate Maintenance Manual. 5. remove tape residue with drycleaning solvent (C-304). a.BHT-ALL-SPM 10-12. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. Remove barrier material and tape from quick-disconnect plugs. Lubricate in accordance with lubrication chart of appropriate Maintenance Manual. 7. b. SHORT TERM STORAGE — DEPRESERVATION AND ACTIVATION MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. 3. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-002 Hydraulic Fluid C-304 Drycleaning Solvent Airframe. Remove tape residue with drycleaning solvent (C-304). Remove blocks from under skid gear. Refer to the Electrical Standard Practices Manual (BHT-ELEC-SPM). as Battery. Clean main and tail rotor assemblies with drycleaning solvent (C-304). a. Hydraulic System(s). with Fuel System(s). 8. Wipe dry with lint-free cloth. 6. 2 10-00-00 Page 9 . Rotor and Controls. Power Train Assembly. b. Do a preflight inspection. Remove protective covers and stow in designated location. 1. Clean exposed portion of all hydraulic boost cylinder actuator pistons with a clean cloth dampened with hydraulic fluid (C-002) and service reservoirs to full level. Coat hydraulic pistons with a light coat of hydraulic fluid (C-002). Install oil filler caps in transmission and in tail rotor gearbox. 10-13. 9. a. 4. Remove all barrier material and tape. a. 1. b. b.

Ensure systems have been properly depreserved and serviced before any system or component operational check is performed. b. 2 16 FEB 2007 1. For components serviced with DOD-PRF-85734 lubricating oil (C-030). add corrosion preventive compound (C-124) to the transmission and tail rotor gearbox in the proportion of 5 ounces of concentrate to 1 US quart (15% concentration) of the oil system capacity. Do a preflight inspection. INTERMEDIATE STORAGE — PREPRESERVATION GENERAL INSPECTION Intermediate storage (46 to 180 days) is the type storage to be used for helicopters that will be inactive for more than 45 days but not exceeding 180 days. Check helicopter records for components that have been removed or disconnected. Record the date the helicopter was prepared for service in helicopter records.5 ounces of concentrate to 1 US quart (5% concentration) of the oil system capacity. d. INTERMEDIATE STORAGE 10-16. . Miscellaneous. Inspect the helicopter in accordance with applicable Maintenance Manual requirements. Refer to appropriate Maintenance Manual. Ensure all removed components are preserved and either stowed in the helicopter or at a designated location as prescribed in the respective paragraph. Clean helicopter as necessary. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-104 Corrosion Preventive Compound Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-011 Lubricating Oil C-030 Lubricating Oil C-124 Corrosion Preventive Compound 10-00-00 Page 10 Rev. and as follows: a. INTERMEDIATE STORAGE — GENERAL STORAGE PROCEDURES MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. b. Use of corrosion preventive compound (C-124) in MIL-PRF-7808 oil is not recommended. MATERIALS REQUIRED 10-15. Ensure all removed components have been reinstalled on the helicopter. For components serviced with MIL-PRF-23699 lubricating oil (C-011). Remove static ground wire installed for storage. add corrosion preventive compound (C-124) to transmission and gearbox oil systems as follows: c. Refer to appropriate Maintenance Manual. a. NOTE a. 10-14. add corrosion preventive compound (C-124) to the transmission and tail rotor gearbox in the proportion of 1. Perform necessary inspections and system operational checks as required.BHT-ALL-SPM 11. Check for subsequent installation or connection. f. Prior to engine runup. Perform necessary inspections and system operational checks as required. e.

Apply a light. 3. and hydraulic lines and hoses for leakage. Check fuel. INTERMEDIATE STORAGE — PRESERVATION SPECIAL TOOLS REQUIRED NUMBER NOMENCLATURE T102102 Dehydrator T102103 Dehydrator NOMENCLATURE C-304 Drycleaning Solvent C-410 Tape C-427 Barrier Material 1. Main rotor blades should be removed and placed in a metal shipping and storage container and stored under cover. Refer to applicable Maintenance Manual. MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. c. Lubricate rotor system. 2. 5. and apply corrosion preventive compound (C-101) on all unpainted metal surfaces not in contact with bearings. f. even coat of oil spray preservative oil (C-125) to entire painted area of rotor 16 FEB 2007 Rev. Wipe all parts dry with clean. d. a. unless otherwise specified. Remove any residue of fingerprint remover with drycleaning solvent (C-304). as removed from the component. oil. Main Rotor and Controls. are coated with a light coat of corrosion preventive compound (C-104) and reinstalled. 4.. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-002 Hydraulic Fluid C-011 Lubricating Oil C-030 Lubricating Oil C-101 Corrosion Preventive Compound C-105 Corrosion Preventive C-125 Preservative Oil a. Apply corrosion preventive (C-105) to all unpainted metal surfaces. Refer to fuel purging information in applicable Maintenance Manual. 2 10-00-00 Page 11 . Lubricate helicopter in accordance with information provided in the appropriate Maintenance Manual. NUMBER and power train system Preserve engine(s). c. Preserve engine (paragraph 10-10). lint-free cloth. Fuel System. Drain and purge fuel cells. Remove and clean main rotor blades. Ensure a record of all removed or disconnected components is entered in helicopter records. e. Hydraulic System(s). Ensure bolts. 10-17.BHT-ALL-SPM b. a. b. Wipe exposed portions of hydraulic boost cylinder actuator pistons with lint-free cloth moistened with hydraulic fluid (C-002). etc. d. a. which are removed during disassembly. Refer to applicable engine Maintenance Manual for preservation and depreservation. Fill hydraulic reservoir(s) with hydraulic fluid (C-002). e. b. nuts. washers. MATERIALS REQUIRED (Cont) Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications.

Leave all avionic equipment installed in helicopter. Place blades in a metal shipping and storage container and store under cover. Remove. apply tag. Repaint any exposed metal surfaces. If dehydrator assembly is a dark blue color. 2 16 FEB 2007 1. d. Close and secure all cowling. Remove battery and store in appropriate storage area. Avionics Equipment. and store inside in a secure storage area. Park and moor helicopter with tail rotor tiedowns installed. Perform applicable portion of a storage inspection at least once every 30 days in accordance with applicable Maintenance Manual. Refer to applicable engine Maintenance Manual. Airframe. Wrap battery quick-disconnect plugs with barrier material (C-427) and secure with tape (C-410). b. as applicable. .BHT-ALL-SPM blades. a. 10-18. a. If the paint system cannot be touched up. inspection panels. a. Engine(s). Service and store battery (Chapter 12). a. not already covered with barrier material (C-427) and secure with tape (C-410). replace dehydrator with a new unit. Remove and store headsets-microphones to an inside storage area. Landing Gear. Apply electrical tape over static ports. INTERMEDIATE STORAGE — INSPECTION Perform inspection procedures as required to ensure helicopter is maintained in an acceptable storage condition. 4. 1. Do a preflight inspection. b. and covers. Purge lubricate all exposed control bearings that require lubrication in accordance with applicable Maintenance Manual. this is acceptable. e. c. Visually inspect dehydrator assembly for approximation of the degree of saturation of desiccant. a. Battery. b. Close all openings in the fuselage. c. Clean crosstubes and skid tubes. 3. Place blocks or shoring under skid tubes to provide free air passage. a. b. Open (pull out) all circuit breakers. a. 6. Utility Equipment. If dehydrator assembly is a light beige or pink color. coat bare metal surfaces with corrosion preventive compound (C-101). 8. 10-19. 9. Install static ground wire. and treat for corrosion (Chapter 3 or CSSD-PSE-87-001). c. Helicopters in intermediate storage will be inspected in accordance with applicable Maintenance Manual and the following instructions: 2. f. Clean battery compartment and accessories. 11. Install cover on pitot tube. 7. 10-00-00 Page 12 Rev. INTERMEDIATE STORAGE — MAINTENANCE Instruments. 10. first aid kit and other equipment subject to mildew or deterioration. If conditions change so a helicopter prepared for intermediate storage must remain in storage for a longer period of time refer to paragraph 10-21.

c. Accomplish engine fuel system priming in accordance with engine Maintenance Manual. Refer to applicable Flight Manual. 2. 4. c. 2 10-00-00 Page 13 . from storage and install in helicopter. Remove blocks from under skid gear. b. Refer to applicable Maintenance Manual. remove tape residue with drycleaning solvent (C-304). Install oil filler cap in transmission and tail rotor gearbox assembly. Clean exposed portion of hydraulic boost cylinder actuator pistons with clean cloth dampened with hydraulic fluid (C-002). Avionics. b. 8. a. c. 3. Remove dehydrator assemblies T102102 and T102103 from transmission and tail rotor gearbox. INTERMEDIATE STORAGE — DEPRESERVATION AND ACTIVATION b. with applicable a. b. Wipe dry with lint-free cloth. 9. a. 10. Service hydraulic reservoir(s). 7. b. a. Power Train Assembly. Install main rotor blades. remove tape residue with drycleaning solvent (C-304). Open all compartment doors and ventilate helicopter. applicable Maintenance Manual. Remove pitot tube cover and store with other protective covers. c. Install in helicopter. a. Remove tail and main rotor tiedowns. Remove barrier material and tape from quick-disconnect plugs. Battery. Coat hydraulic pistons with a light coat of hydraulic fluid (C-002). MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. Remove all barrier material and. Remove headset-microphones from storage and install in helicopter. Clean main and tail rotor assemblies with drycleaning solvent (C-304). c. a. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. Instruments. Remove protective covers and stow in designated location. a. b.BHT-ALL-SPM 10-20. Service and verify charge in accordance with Electrical Standard Practices Manual (BHT-ELEC-SPM). a. 1. Remove barrier material and tape from static vents in airspeed system. Hydraulic System(s). Lubricate in accordance Maintenance Manual instructions. Landing Gear. a. Remove first aid kit(s) and other equipment. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-002 Hydraulic Fluid C-304 Drycleaning Solvent Airframe. Drain any water from the fuel cells. Rotor and Controls. Fill fuel cells as required with approved fuel. Connect battery. Refer to Fuel System. d. Remove battery from storage. Drain and fill transmission and tail rotor gearbox with new lubricating oil (specification per applicable Flight Manual) in accordance with applicable Maintenance Manual. a. Utility Equipment. 5. 6.

change the plug or the dehydrator desiccant material in the plug. and components in storage for different lengths of time. sub-assemblies. 2. f. tissue paper. 10-23. 6. oil. Record the date helicopter was prepared for service in helicopter records. to for as necessary with applicable engine preservation and 12. and other equivalent electrical equipment). When you store elastomeric material. you must keep it away from circulating air. c. Do not preserve the self lubricating bearings (Teflon lined or oil impregnated). 4. component temporary storage (1 to 180 days) (paragraph 10-26). Do not apply the preservative to the parts that have elastomeric rubber. If the color changes to beige or pink. sunlight. 10-22. Check helicopter records for a record of components that have been removed or disconnected. b. d. 10-21. Check for subsequent installation or connection. The parts and sub-assemblies that are in long term storage (15 to 180 days) and the components that are in temporary storage (1 to 180 days) or long term storage (180 to 365 days) must be examined every 30 days for condition. Desiccant material in the plug of dehydrators has a dark blue color. 2 16 FEB 2007 14 days) (paragraph 10-24). fuel. 1. the parts and sub-assemblies long term storage (15 to 180 days) (paragraph 10-25). a. c. Clean driveshafts drycleaning solvent (C-304). Refer Maintenance Manual depreservation. water. The procedures are divided into four categories of storage: the parts and sub-assemblies temporary storage (1 to 10-00-00 Page 14 Rev. and ozone (generated by electric arc. 5. fluorescent lamps. or disposable wipers to wrap the parts or components. Ensure all removed components have been installed. or components are stored in the controlled conditions that follow: • Temperature: 40 to 80°F (4 to 27°C) • Relative humidity: 50% maximum . Miscellaneous. Do a preflight inspection. Replace transmission oil filter. 3. 11. Engine(s). supermarket bags. sub-assemblies. COMPONENT STORAGE — GENERAL This portion of the chapter gives the preparation procedures to put the parts. Perform necessary inspections and system operational checks as required. LONG TERM STORAGE For storage beyond 180 days renew Intermediate Storage procedures in accordance with paragraph 10-14 through paragraph 10-19. STORAGE — ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS The storage instructions are applicable if the parts. dust. and component long term storage (180 to 365 days) (paragraph 10-33). You must wear rubber or canvas gloves when you do the preservation steps for the parts. Clean helicopter as necessary. Remove static ground wire installed for storage. Ensure systems have been properly depreserved and serviced before any system or component operational check is performed. Do not use newspaper. e.BHT-ALL-SPM b. The instructions for depreservation are also given.

Painted surfaces must be protected. If 14-day storage needs to be extended. as necessary. 1. b. 1. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-105 Corrosion Preventive C-304 Drycleaning Solvent C-410 Tape C-427 Barrier Material MIL-B-22191 Plastic Material c. Clean the parts and sub-assemblies per Chapter 5 and/or special instructions given in the applicable cleaning section of the applicable manual. For parts or sub-assemblies that can be fully placed into preservative. For parts or sub-assemblies that cannot be fully placed into preservative. PARTS AND SUB-ASSEMBLIES — LONG TERM STORAGE (15 TO 180 DAYS) a. Apply a layer of applicable preservative (Table 10-1) to the surfaces with a clean low-lint cleaning cloth (C-516). 10-25. examine the corrosion protective coat and apply a coat of system lubricant to the part or sub-assembly. If you have to use the part or sub-assembly. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-105 Corrosion Preventive C-304 Drycleaning Solvent C-516 Low-lint Cleaning Cloth 5. Drain the corrosion preventive (C-105) from the part or sub-assembly. do the steps that follow: CAUTION MAKE SURE THAT ALL OF THE LUBRICATION PASSAGES ARE CLEAN AND FREE OF OBSTRUCTION. Put the part or sub-assembly in a controlled and dust-free environment. Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. do the long term storage (15 to 180 days) procedure (paragraph 10-25). Apply a layer of corrosion preventive (C-105) to the necessary surfaces with a clean low-lint cleaning cloth (C-516). refer to Chapter 5 for instructions on how to clean the part or sub-assembly before you use it. Flush the part or sub-assembly in drycleaning solvent (C-304). MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. NOTE Only exposed metal is subject to application of corrosion preventive (C-105) or preservative. Clean the parts and sub-assemblies per Chapter 5 and/or special instructions given in the applicable cleaning section of the applicable manual. 2 10-00-00 Page 15 . PARTS AND SUB-ASSEMBLIES — TEMPORARY STORAGE (1 TO 14 DAYS) MATERIALS REQUIRED e. Apply a layer of applicable preservative (Table 10-1) to the part or sub-assembly by dipping or by brush. b. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. Dry the part or sub-assembly with filtered compressed air. 6. 4. 3.BHT-ALL-SPM 10-24. d. If the conditions change and the part or sub-assembly must stay in storage. do the steps that follow: a. Gently shake the part or sub-assembly in corrosion preventive (C-105) for 2 minutes. 2.

e. 10-00-00 Page 16 Rev. You will extend the storage time for 180 days. b. do the steps that follow: a. If the condition requires that the storage be extended. d. For parts or sub-assemblies that can be fully placed into preservative. individually wrap the part into barrier material (C-427) and safety with tape (C-410) or put the part in a bag made of plastic material (MIL-B-22191) and do a heat seal or safety with tape (C-410). apply a coat of preservative to the component as described in Table 10-1. 6. 3. After the preservation is completed. Dry the part or sub-assembly with filtered compressed air. Refer to Flight Manual for approved oils. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-410 Tape C-427 Barrier Material MIL-B-22191 Plastic Material 1. . b.BHT-ALL-SPM NOTE Only exposed metal is subject to application of corrosion preventive (C-105) or preservative. Do this procedure each time the storage time needs to be extended. 10-26. 4. Gently shake the part or sub-assembly in corrosion preventive (C-105) for 2 minutes. do the preservation in agreement with the long term storage (180 to 365 days) (paragraph 10-33). do the steps that follow: a. 5. Apply a protective coat to the main rotor hub as described in Table 10-1. 2 16 FEB 2007 CAUTION MAKE SURE THAT ALL OF THE LUBRICATION PASSAGES ARE CLEAN AND FREE OF OBSTRUCTION. COMPONENTS — TEMPORARY STORAGE (1 TO 180 DAYS) Refer to Chapter 5 for instructions on how to clean the exposed metal surfaces of a component. For parts or sub-assemblies that cannot be fully placed into preservative. Always drain residual oil and fill with new oil in accordance with applicable Maintenance Manual. Main Rotor Hub — Temporary Storage (1 to 180 days) MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. 2. If you have to use the component. Drain the corrosion preventive (C-105) from the part or sub-assembly. c. 10-27. intermediate and the tail rotor gearbox. If you have to use the part or sub-assembly. If the conditions change and the component must stay in storage. refer to Chapter 5 for instructions on how to clean the part or sub-assembly before you use it. Painted surfaces must be protected. Apply a layer of applicable preservative (Table 10-1) to the part or sub-assembly by dipping or by brush. Flush the part or sub-assembly in drycleaning solvent (C-304). Apply a layer of applicable preservative (Table 10-1) to the surfaces with a clean low-lint cleaning cloth (C-516). Apply a layer of corrosion preventive (C-105) to the necessary surfaces with a clean low-lint cleaning cloth (C-516). Make sure the transmission intermediate or the tail rotor gearbox are not overfilled. refer to Chapter 5 for instructions on how to clean the part or sub-assembly before you use it. For the transmission. examine the corrosion protective coat and apply a new coat of corrosion protective preservative to the part or sub-assembly if necessary.

and ozone (generated by electric arc. and other equivalent equipment). 10-30. If there are elastomeric rubber parts in the main rotor hub. MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. 3. water. 2. Refer to applicable Maintenance Manual and purge lubricate the swashplate. Spray lubricating oil (C-011) or lubricating oil (C-030) in the mast and mast bearing. put the main rotor hub away from circulating air. fuel. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-011 Lubricating Oil C-030 Lubricating Oil C-410 Tape MIL-B-22191 Plastic Material NOTE 10-28. Wrap the swashplate in barrier material (C-427) or plastic material (MIL-B-22191) and safety with tape (C-410). NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-011 Lubricating Oil C-030 Lubricating Oil C-410 Tape C-427 Barrier Material MIL-B-22191 Plastic Material 16 FEB 2007 Rev. oil. fluorescent lamps.BHT-ALL-SPM 10-29. DO NOT APPLY THE PRESERVATIVE TO PARTS THAT HAVE ELASTOMERIC RUBBER. 3. Apply a protective coat to the swashplate as described in Table 10-2. Wrap the main rotor hub in barrier material (C-427) or plastic material (MIL-B-22191) and safety with tape (C-410). NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-410 Tape C-427 Barrier Material MIL-B-22191 Plastic Material Refer to applicable Flight Manual for specification of lubricating oil. 2. 1. Mast — Temporary Storage (1 to 180 days) CAUTION MATERIALS REQUIRED IF APPLICABLE. Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. Freewheel — Temporary Storage (1 to 180 days) 1. 2. Apply a protective coat to the mast per Table 10-1. dust. Swashplate — Temporary Storage (1 to 180 days) MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. 2 10-00-00 Page 17 . sunlight. Wrap the lower mast end (include the bearing and the support sub-assembly) in plastic material (MIL-B-22191) and safety with tape (C-410). 3.

Ensure the internal components of the freewheel have a coating of lubricating oil (C-011) or lubricating oil (C-030). Drain the gearbox. Drain the transmission. 10-32. Intermediate/Tail Rotor Gearbox Temporary Storage (1 to 180 days) 3. C-030 Lubricating Oil NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-410 Tape C-011 Lubricating Oil C-427 Barrier Material C-030 Lubricating Oil MIL-B-22191 Plastic Material C-410 Tape C-427 Barrier material MIL-B-22191 Plastic Material NOTE Refer to applicable Flight Manual for specification of lubricating oil. bearings and surfaces are coated. NOTE 10-00-00 Page 18 Rev. 2 16 FEB 2007 . NUMBER NOMENCLATURE MATERIALS REQUIRED C-011 Lubricating Oil Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. Rotate and ensure all gears. Apply a protective coat to the tail rotor gearbox per Table 10-1. bearings and surfaces are coated. 1. Spray lubricating oil (C-011) or lubricating oil (C-030) in the tail rotor gearbox. Apply a protective coat to the transmission per Table 10-1. Transmission — Temporary Storage (1 to 180 days) SPECIAL TOOLS REQUIRED NUMBER NOMENCLATURE T103314-101 Cover T102102 Dehydrator — SPECIAL TOOLS REQUIRED NUMBER NOMENCLATURE T103338-101 Cover T102103 Dehydrator MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. Spray lubricating oil (C-011) or lubricating oil (C-030) in the transmission. 3. 1. 10-31. Wrap the freewheel in barrier material (C-427) or plastic material (MIL-B-22191) and safety with tape (C-410).BHT-ALL-SPM NOTE Refer to applicable Flight Manual for specification of lubricating oil. Refer to applicable Flight Manual for specification of lubricating oil. gears. 1. Apply a protective coat to the freewheel per Table 10-1. 2. Rotate and ensure all 2. Wrap the transmission in barrier material (C-427) or plastic material (MIL-B-22191) and safety with tape (C-410). 2.

5 ounces of corrosion preventive compound (C-124) per 1 US quart of MIL-PRF-85734 lubricating oil (C-030) (5% concentration). Wrap the transmission in barrier material (C-427) or plastic material (MIL-B-22191) and safety with tape (C-410). C-427 Barrier Material MIL-B-22191 Plastic Material 10-33. Apply a protective coat to the external areas described in Table 10-1. through top opening. COMPONENTS — LONG TERM STORAGE (180 TO 365 DAYS) If you have to use the component. swashplate. 1. NOTE Use of corrosion preventive compound (C-124) in MIL-PRF-7808 oil is not recommended. Refer to paragraph 10-34 and paragraph 10-35. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. C-124 Corrosion Preventive Compound C-410 Tape If the conditions change and the transmission. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-030 Lubricating Oil To do the long term storage (180 to 365 days) of the main rotor hub. 2 10-00-00 Page 19 . apply a coat of preservative to the component as described in Table 10-1. 2. with approximately 1 gallon of applicable lubricating oil mixed with corrosion preventive compound (C-124). NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-011 Lubricating Oil NOTE Refer to applicable Flight Manual for specification of lubricating oil. Use 5 ounces of corrosion preventive compound (C-124) per 1 US quart of MIL-PRF-23699 lubricating oil (C-011) (15% concentration) or 1. Drain the residual oil mixture from the component and do the spray procedure again. Transmission — Long Term Storage (180 to 365 days) SPECIAL TOOLS REQUIRED NUMBER NOMENCLATURE T103314-101 Cover T102102 Dehydrator MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. do the procedure for temporary storage (1 to 180 days) every 180 days (paragraph 10-26). Spray inside of transmission. Ensure all gears. mast. Always drain the residual oil mixture and fill with new oil in accordance with applicable Maintenance Manual. manually rotate internal gears and bearings with input drive quill. 3. Wrap the tail rotor gearbox in barrier material (C-427) or plastic material (MIL-B-22191) and safety with tape (C-410). While spraying. 10-34.BHT-ALL-SPM 3. Refer to Flight Manual for approved oils. Drain the transmission. intermediate or the tail rotor gearbox must stay in storage. refer to Chapter 5 for instructions on how to clean a part or sub-assembly before you use it. bearings and surfaces are coated. MATERIALS REQUIRED (Cont) Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. and freewheel.

Intermediate/Tail Rotor Gearbox — Long Term Storage (180 to 365 days) NOTE Refer to applicable Flight Manual for specification of lubricating oil. Wrap the tail rotor gearbox in barrier material (C-427) or plastic material (MIL-B-22191) and safety with tape (C-410). 2. 3. To coat internal component surfaces with oil.5 ounces of corrosion preventive compound (C-124) per 1 US quart of MIL-PRF-85734 lubricating oil (C-030) (5% concentration). SPECIAL TOOLS REQUIRED NOTE NUMBER NOMENCLATURE T103338-101 Cover T102103 Dehydrator MATERIALS REQUIRED Refer to Chapter 13 for specifications. NUMBER NOMENCLATURE C-011 Lubricating Oil C-030 Lubricating Oil C-124 Corrosion Preventive Compound C-410 Tape C-427 Barrier Material MIL-B-22191 Plastic Material 10-00-00 Page 20 Rev. manually rotate internal gears and bearings with input drive. Use 5 ounces of corrosion preventive compound (C-124) per 1 US quart of MIL-PRF-23699 lubricating oil (C-011) (15% concentration) or 1. Be sure intermediate or tail rotor gearbox has been filled with applicable lubricating oil and corrosion preventive compound (C-124) to the proper level. bearings and surfaces are coated. 2 16 FEB 2007 Use of corrosion preventive compound (C-124) in MIL-PRF-7808 oil is not recommended. Apply a protective coat to the external areas described in Table 10-1. 1. Drain the gearbox. . Ensure all gears.BHT-ALL-SPM 10-35.

2 10-00-00 Page 21 . PR-3 2. PR-1 or PR-2 2. 2. Oil lubricated. Preservation Requirement ITEM 1 MATERIAL AND/OR ITEM PROCEDURE OF PRESERVATION PRESERVATIVE Apply a coat of preservative to the bare surfaces. 3.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 10-1. 2. 3. 1. Individually wrap in barrier material. or a ferrous part in an aluminum or magnesium sub-assembly (bearing liner) Magnesium parts Bare or Dow 19 treated or not fully painted. 1. 1. Purge the lubricant and apply a coat of preservative to the bare and external surfaces of the bearing. Apply a coat of preservative to black oxide coated parts. Teflon lined. 2 3 4 1 Bearings Ferrous (steel) parts. Bare. NOTE: 1 Refer to Table 10-2 for the identification of the preservatives. not fully painted or plated. PR-4 3. or not fully coated with a solid film lubricant. or not fully painted. Apply a coat of preservative to the surfaces of the bearing. 2. PR-5 Aluminum alloy parts Bare. Black oxide coated parts. None 1. not fully chemical film treated. PR-5 Apply a coat of preservative to the bare and Dow 19 treated surfaces. Apply a coat of preservative to the bare surface. 2. not fully anodized. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. 1. Sealed or shielded – grease lubricated. PR-1 or PR-2 1.

Mobile 28 is preferred PR-4 Low volatile preservative oil Lubricating oil (C-020) PR-5 Preservative oil MIL-C-6085. 2 16 FEB 2007 . Grade 10 or 30 (C-578) PR-3 Grease Grease (C-001). 30. unless otherwise stated in applicable Maintenance Manual. Grade 10. Preservatives Identification TYPE DESCRIPTION MATERIAL CODE OR SPECIFICATION PR-1 Thin film preservative (soft film. or 50 or Type II. cold application) Corrosion preventive compound (C-104) PR-2 Preservative oil MIL-L-21260.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 10-2. Type I. Type II (C-579) 10-00-00 Page 22 Rev.

......................... Aircraft Paint and Primer Thinners..........................................................................................................................................BHT-ALL-SPM CHAPTER 11 — SOLVENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Paragraph Number Chapter/Section Number Title Page Number SOLVENTS 11-1 11-2 11-3 11-4 11-5 11-6 11-7 11-8 11-9 Solvents — General.................................... Ketones........................................................................... 2 5 6 11-00-00 Page 1/2 .................................................................................................................... Alcohols ... Chlorinated Hydrocarbons ............. Solvents — Characteristics..................................................... Solvents — Common Solvents for Maintenance and Overhaul..... Fluorinated Solvents ........................................................................................ 16 FEB 2007 Rev............................................................. 11-00-00 11-00-00 11-00-00 11-00-00 11-00-00 11-00-00 11-00-00 11-00-00 11-00-00 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 TABLES Table Number 11-1 11-2 Page Number Title Solvents — Usage and Limitations .......................................................... Solvents — Precautions......... Petroleum Solvents..............

.

boots.BHT-ALL-SPM SOLVENTS 11-1.) • Solvents can cause damage to internal organs (liver. For that reason. Additional information on properties. etc. and nomenclatures is given in Table 11-2 in order to clarify the usage of the solvents. Therefore. applications. SOLVENTS — PRECAUTIONS possible. kidneys. tri-ethane.) from solvent splash. make sure the work area has good ventilation. Metallic and non-metallic materials. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. prevent the solvent from making vapors (fume hood. SOLVENTS — COMMON SOLVENTS FOR MAINTENANCE AND OVERHAUL WARNING MAKE SURE YOU OBEY ALL OF THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. Whenever you use solvent. 1. If you are not sure about the effects. • Always protect parts made of elastomeric material (seals.). FAILURE TO DO SO MAY RESULT IN INJURIES TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE TO COMPONENTS. Because solvents are commonly used as cleaning agents. refer to Chapter 5 for additional information on cleaning procedures. When delayed. and avoid the breathing of solvent vapors. • Solvents may soften or dull materials. These are organic solvents. chlorothene. and overspray. etc.1. Chloroform. fumes.1-Trichloroethane (Methyl chloroform. 11-2. mounts. provided in Table 11-1. the damage may not be readily apparent at the time of the solvent usage. SOLVENTS — GENERAL The correct use of solvents during maintenance and overhaul of parts and components is very important. Some materials are extremely sensitive to solvents. fumes. Use perchloroethylene (C-563) (tetrachloroethylene. safety and non-safety related precautions must be followed to prevent injuries to persons and/or damage to these materials. Absorption of solvent through the skin is The following provides information on the solvents that are commonly used in maintenance and overhaul of parts and components. When these materials are in contact with specific solvents. • If possible. make sure to follow all the safety precautions given hereafter: • Avoid contact of the solvent with the skin. etc. trilene) are no longer authorized for use on Bell Helicopter Parts. 3. make sure of the following: • Always protect transparent areas (including coated glass windshields) from solvent splash. Tri. are sensitive to solvents. • Never use flammable solvents near open flame (refer to Table 11-2 for properties of solvents). damage from immediate destruction to a delayed deterioration can result. it is imperative to follow the guidelines and restrictions on the usage of solvents. Ingestion of solvent may have the following chronic health effects: • Solvents can be carcinogenic (Benzene. Each time you use solvent. springs. Do not ingest or inhale solvents. 11-4. 2. CHLORINATED HYDROCARBONS NOTE 1. etc. perclene. or solvents that contain carbon. Otherwise. perc) instead. 2 11-00-00 Page 3 . and can cause sores and wounds. 11-3. solvent 111) and trichloroethylene (triclene. test the solvent on an insignificant area of the material.) Refer to the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) of the solvent or to the container label for additional safety information. keep the solvent container tightly closed. Always wear gloves. The solvent is a fluid that dissolves solids and liquids. used in all Bell Helicopter models of helicopter. and overspray.

Perchloroethylene (C-563) is not flammable at room temperature and evaporates easily into air. 2. It is widely used for dry cleaning and metal-degreasing. Otherwise. 1. 11-5. grain alcohol. 4. .8°C). However. In some applications. The boiling point is 103 to 104°F (39. ALCOHOLS NOTE Alcohols are generally required for specific cleaning processes and the particular type required should be specified. 11-7. 2 16 FEB 2007 2. Aliphatic naphtha (C-305).4 to 40°C). spirits. This solvent is normally used for removing grease and oil from painted surfaces and plastic parts.BHT-ALL-SPM Chlorinated hydrocarbons are organic solvents that contain chlorine. Not flammable.8 to 43. any of those listed hereafter is suitable. This solvent is often specified for degreasing metal parts and for cleaning assemblies. Be careful not to substitute this solvent with aliphatic naphtha (C-305) because it will damage some plastics and painted parts. This solvent is often specified for activation of rubber cements and for removal of grease from metal parts. methylene chloride or ketones. turpentine substitute). perclene. It is also currently in use at Bell Helicopter for vapor degreasing. Mineral spirits (petroleum naphtha. Perc). Alcohols are most often used for cleaning plastic surfaces or assemblies. Many of the “cleaners” for electrical and electronic equipment contain fluorinated solvents. FLUORINATED SOLVENTS These are normally supplied under trade names such as: • FREON — Dupont • GENESOLV — Allied Chemical A number of commercial “degreasers” are mixtures of fluorinated materials and other solvents such as alcohol. It should not be used on plastic or painted parts. safety solvent. Methyl alcohol (C-302) (methanol. distillate. wood spirit. Aromatic naphtha (C-388).3°C). Occasionally specified for cleaning and degreasing. Perchloroethylene (C-563) (tetrachloroethylene. 3. (Similar to dry cleaning solvent. Ethyl alcohol (C-339) (ethanol. It may be used for wiping painted parts but should not be used on plastics. Used in some paint removers. The principal restriction on the use of fluorinated solvents is that it could lead to corrosion problems when used to clean hydraulic assemblies. wood alcohol. There are two different alcohols which are specified for use during maintenance and overhaul operations. care must be exercised to ensure that mixtures do not contain solvents which may damage the parts being cleaned. The flash point is about 100 to 110°F (37. carbinol) are no longer authorized for use on Bell Helicopter parts. Stoddard solvent (C-389). aromatic naphtha (C-388) may be specified. heavy This solvent is usually used as a thinner for exterior house paints and for cleaning paint equipment. The flash point is 20 to 50°F (–6.7 to 10. PETROLEUM SOLVENTS These are by far the most common solvents available. denatured alcohol). dichloride. Aliphatic naphtha (C-305) is the only naphtha considered to be safe for use on plastics and paints. These materials are not flammable but can break down when exposed to hot surfaces or flame. or high flash naphtha). Some of the most commonly used are: 1.0°C) and it is extremely flammable. Methylene chloride (methylene dichloromethane) (ASTM D4079). white spirits. The flash point is usually about 100°F (37. 11-6. The boiling point is 248 to 252°F (120 to 122°C). These are: 1. 11-00-00 Page 4 Rev. Use ethyl alcohol (C-339) instead.

). Nitrate cellulose lacquer thinner (C-206). 2. 2-propanone). etc. Toluene (C-306). isopropanol. Aliphatic naphtha (C-305) Stoddard solvent (C-389) Mineral spirits Paint thinners Perchloroethylene (C-563) Ambient Ambient Ambient Ambient 248 to 252°F (120 to 122°C) Vapor degrease Metal with paint. Isopropyl alcohol (C-385) (secondary propyl alcohol. It can be used to remove superglue and for thinning (dilution) and cleaning fiberglass resins and epoxies. alcohols and esters.2°C). This solvent should not be used for general cleaning of painted or plastic parts. The flash point is below 45°F (7. Per-Spirit. adhesive. Aliphatic Naphtha (C-305) Stoddard Solvent (C-389) Isopropyl Alcohol (C-385) Ambient only Ambient only Ambient only Metal with rubber (elastomeric bearings. Use acetone (C-316) only when specified in the procedure. They are flammable with a flash point around 50°F (10. Normally these are mixtures of solvents. Aliphatic naphtha (C-305) Stoddard solvent (C-389) Isopropyl alcohol (C-385) Ambient Ambient Ambient 2 1 3 1 2 2 4 Use these solvents sparingly. Common rubbing alcohol is a diluted isopropyl alcohol (C-385). boots. petrohol). dimethyl ketone. 2. 11-8. such as toluene.BHT-ALL-SPM 2. therefore it should be used only when specified in the procedure.0°C). 16 FEB 2007 Rev. However. AIRCRAFT THINNERS PAINT AND PRIMER The newer paint materials (epoxy and urethane) use specific catalyst/thinner mixtures which are normally supplied as a “kit” with the base material. Table 11-1. The most common ketones used in aircraft maintenance are: 11-9. etc. grease and oil seals. Aliphatic naphtha (C-305) Stoddard solvent (C-389) Isopropyl alcohol (C-385) Mineral spirits Ambient only Ambient only Ambient only Ambient only Metal with adhesive bonded joints. It can dissolve many substances. and these should not be used for any other purpose. The solvent is widely used in paints and coatings because it evaporates quickly. 2-butanone). Normally used for thinning zinc chromate primers (alkyd type) and some other paints. there are a number of enamels and lacquers still in use which require dilution (thinning) prior to application. 1. Acetone (C-316) is a colorless and flammable solvent. rubber. Solvents — Usage and Limitations MATERIAL SOLVENTS TEMPERATURE NOTES Bare metal (except titanium) with no paint. 2 11-00-00 Page 5 . They should not be used for general cleaning of painted or plastic parts. Acetone (C-316) (propanone. MEK (C-309) is a colorless and flammable solvent with a sharp and sweet odor. MEK (C-309) (methyl-ethyl-ketone. KETONES The ketones are strong solvents that will dissolve many paints and plastics. particular mixtures must be used with specific lacquer formulations or undesirable coatings may result. In some cases. 1.

OR TRADE NAMES CHLORINATED HYDROCARBONS Perchloroethylene (C-563) Not flammable Boiling point 248 to 252°F (120 to 122°C) Melting point -2. 2 16 FEB 2007 .0°C) Melting point -142°F (-96. Freon Genesolv FLUORINATED SOLVENTS Fluorinated solvents 11-00-00 Page 6 Rev. Table 11-2. vapor degrease. A sticky acrylic resin will form and can prevent correct operation of equipment. and other strong solvents on painted surface. methylene chloride. use MEK (C-309) or a non-chlorinated paint remover. use solvents for bare metals. or clean with chlorinated solvents. SYSTEMATIC. etc. 3 If paint needs to be removed.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 11-1.7°C) Cleaning Degreasing Used in some paint removers. 5 If paint or solid film lubricant needs to be removed. 2 Do not use alcohol to clean hydraulic components. Methylene dichloride Dichloride methane Dichloromethane Not flammable Sensitive to extreme heat Normally combined in a mixture with other cleaning agents such as alcohol. 4 Do not soak.4 to 40.2°F (-19°C) Dry cleaning Vapor degreasing Tetrachloroethylene Tetrachloroethene Perclene Perc Methylene chloride Not flammable Boiling point 103 to 104°F (39. lacquer thinner (C-206).) Isopropyl alcohol (C-385) Aliphatic naphtha (C-305) Mineral spirits Stoddard solvent (C-389) Toluene (C-306) TEMPERATURE NOTES Ambient Ambient Ambient Ambient Ambient 2 5 NOTES: 1 Do not use ketones. Solvents — Usage and Limitations (Cont) MATERIAL SOLVENTS Titanium metal (nodal beam retention bolts. Solvents — Characteristics SOLVENTS AND SOLVENT TYPES PROPERTIES APPLICATIONS COMMON. or MEK to impart degreasing properties.

Will dissolve most paints and plastics. Will damage plastic parts and painted surfaces. Ethanol Grain alcohol Denatured alcohol Isopropyl alcohol (C-385) Highly flammable Cleaning of plastics or as specified. Should not be used on plastics. Removal of grease from metal parts.7 to 10. Dry cleaning solution White spirits High flash naphtha Mineral spirits Flammable Paint thinner Cleaning of paint equipment. Type I naphtha Drycleaning solvent (C-304) Flammable Flash point 100 to 110°F (37.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 11-2. Naphtha Type II naphtha Aromatic naphtha (C-388) Flammable Flash point 100°F (37. Flash point –20 to 20°F (–28. Solvents — Characteristics (Cont) SOLVENTS AND SOLVENT TYPES COMMON. Petroleum distillate Heavy naphtha Turpentine substitute White spirit (Europe) Petroleum spirit (Europe) Ethyl alcohol (C-339) Highly flammable Cleaning of plastic surfaces. Isopropanol Petrohol Rubbing alcohol (dilute) Extremely flammable. 2 11-00-00 Page 7 .6°C) Use only as specified in procedures.9 to –6.0°C) Removal of grease and/or oil from painted and plastic surfaces. Propanone Dimethyl ketone 2-Propanone PETROLEUM SOLVENTS ALCOHOLS KETONES Acetone (C-316) 16 FEB 2007 Rev. Special cases as specified. Should not be used on plastics.0°C) Cleaning of metals Degreasing of metals Wiping of painted parts.8 to 43.8°C) Specified for activation of rubber cements. SYSTEMATIC. May not be substituted for aliphatic naphtha. OR TRADE NAMES PROPERTIES APPLICATIONS Aliphatic naphtha (C-305) Extremely flammable Flash point 20 to 50°F (-6. Removal of tack glues.

OR TRADE NAMES KEYTONES (CONT) MEK (C-309) Methyl-ethyl-ketone 2-butanone AIRCRAFT PAINT AND PRIMER THINNERS Epoxy and urethane Two component mixtures These paint materials are specific catalyst/ thinner mixtures which are normally supplied as a “kit” and should not be used separately for any other purpose. Methylbenzene Phenylmethane 11-00-00 Page 8 Rev. Flash point approximately 50°F (10.0°C) Normally used with specific lacquer formulation to produce desired results.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 11-2.6°C) Use only as specified in procedures. 2 16 FEB 2007 . Flammable. COMMON. Not to be used on paints or plastics.22°C) Normally used for thinning zinc chromate primers (alkyd types) and other paints. alcohols and esters. SYSTEMATIC. Lacquer thinner (C-206) Mixtures of solvents such as toulene. Flash point –20 to 20°F (–28.9 to –6. Solvents — Characteristics (Cont) SOLVENTS AND SOLVENT TYPES PROPERTIES APPLICATIONS Extremely flammable. Thinner Toluene (C-306) Highly flammable Flash point 45°F (7. Will dissolve most paints and plastics. Not to be used on paints or plastics.

..........BHT-ALL-SPM CHAPTER 13 — CONSUMABLE MATERIALS TABLE OF CONTENTS Paragraph Number Chapter/Section Number Title Page Number CONSUMABLE MATERIALS 13-1 13-2 Consumable Materials ........... Alternates for Bell Helicopter Textron Adhesives.................... 16 FEB 2007 Rev............................... 13-00-00 13-00-00 3 3 TABLES Table Number 13-1 13-2 13-3 Page Number Title Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature................... Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number............................. 2 5 59 111 13-00-00 Page 1/2 .............................................................................................................. Adhesive Data.......

.

For any additional information pertaining to the safety precautions.net. Consumable materials required to support Bell helicopters are listed in Table 13-1 (item No.bellhelicopter. definition. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). application. FAILURE TO DO SO CAN CAUSE INJURY OR DEATH.ihs.BHT-ALL-SPM CONSUMABLE MATERIALS 13-1.com To obtain the latest listing of consumable materials. Colorado 80112 http://www. or any other applicable documentation available through Bell Helicopter Textron or the manufacturer of the product.). including the characteristics for curing and the storage life. 15 Inverness Way East Englewood. FAILURE TO DO SO CAN CAUSE INJURY OR DEATH. please refer to the Electronic Commercial Technical Publications Web site at www.com For any additional information pertaining to the safety precautions.net. or Code-to-Name) may be obtained from: IHS Inc. vs nomenclature) and Table 13-2 (nomenclature vs item No. Links to MSDS and other consumable data are available via the Electronic Commercial Technical Publications Web site at www. CONSUMABLE MATERIALS WARNING ENSURE ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ARE FOLLOWED WHEN USING CONSUMABLE MATERIALS.bellhelicopter. and use of these alternate adhesives. WARNING ENSURE ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ARE FOLLOWED WHEN USING CONSUMABLE MATERIALS. please refer to the manufacturers Technical Data Sheet. please refer to the manufacturers Technical Data Sheet. application. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. The web site consumable listing will be kept up to date between paper copy manual revisions. NOTE Federal Supply Codes for Manufacturers (FSCM) listing of vendors name. Federal Supply Codes for Manufacturers (FSCM) or Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) Codes are listed in the Source column (when known) to provide a specific approved source for material listed. or any other applicable documentation available through Bell Helicopter Textron or the manufacturer of the product.S.net. Technical Support: 1-800-447-3352 (USA/Canada) 1-303-397-2295 (Worldwide) 1-303-397-2599 (Fax) custsvc@ihs.bellhelicopter. definition. and use of these consumables. Telemarketing: U. ADHESIVE DATA Table 13-3 provides acceptable alternates for Bell Helicopter Textron adhesives (299-947-XXX). address (Name-to-Code. 13-2. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). and International Phone Number 1-800-525-7052 Links to MSDS and other consumable data are available via the Electronic Commercial Technical Publications Web site at www. 2 13-00-00 Page 3/4 .

.

Grade A MIL-PRF-81322. Grade A MIL-PRF-5606 AEROSHELL 22 BELL ORDER NO. Type Jet A None MIL-DTL-83133. General Purpose NOMENCLATURE C-001 ITEM NO. MOBIL 28 5LB CAN None MOBIL 28 MIL-PRF-81322. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature Commercial N/A Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial 1ZAY6 07950 1ZAY6 07950 54527 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 5 . Type Jet A-1 None MIL-DTL-5624. 2 Lubricant. Grade JP-5 ASTM D1655. Grade JP-8 MIL-H-5606 ROYCO 22 MIL-PRF-81322. Heat Cured. Grade A AS 5272 None None ASTM D6615 None None ASTM D1655. MIL-PRF-81322. Corrosion Inhibitor C-005 Turbine Fuel C-003 Use C-043 Hydraulic Fluid. Aircraft. Grade A MIL-PRF-81322. Petroleum Base C-002 C-004 Grease.16 FEB 2007 Rev. Grade A SPECIFICATION N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1 QT 1 LB N/A 5 LB 14 OZ 14 OZ ORDER QTY Lube-Lok 2109 Use C-043 Refer to Flight Manual for approved fuels Refer to Flight Manual for approved fuels Refer to Flight Manual for approved fuels Refer to Flight Manual for approved fuels Refer to Flight Manual for approved fuels Refer to Flight Manual for approved fuels Any product listed in the QPL 5606 1 Mobilgrease 28 Aeroshell Grease 22CF Mobilgrease 28 Royco 22CF Aeroshell Grease 22 MATERIAL Table 13-1. Grade JP-4 None None MIL-DTL-5624. Solid Film.

Solid Film. Turbine Engine. Helicopter. Technical Grade EC-031 Use C-021 Lubricant. Class STD MIL-PRF-23699. AEROSHELL 560 ROYCO 500 ROYCO 560 MIL-PRF-23699. Aircraft. Corrosion Inhibitor NOMENCLATURE C-006 C-005 ITEM NO. Synthetic Base Lubricating Oil. Heat Cured. Class HTS MIL-PRF-7808. Turbine Engine. AS 5272 SPECIFICATION Table 13-1. Grade 3 1 QT 1 QT 1 QT 1 QT Royco Turbine Oil 560 Royco Turbine Oil 500 Aeroshell Turbine Oil 560 Exxon Turbo Oil 2389 Aeroshell Turbine Oil 308 Any product listed in the QPL 6081 1 Any product meeting specification Any product listed in the QPL 25537 1 Use C-021 MIL-PRF-7808. Grade 1010 VV-P-236 VV-P-236 MIL-G-25537 None 1 QT TIOLUBE 460 TIO LUBE 460 MATERIAL AS 5272 ORDER QTY Sandstrom 9A BELL ORDER NO. Grade 3 MIL-PRF-7808. Grade 3 1 GAL 13 OZ 1 LB N/A Royco 808H MIL-L-6081 PETROLATUM 13 OZ MILG25537 1LB CAN None MIL-PRF-7808. 2 Grease.13-00-00 Page 6 Rev. Grade 3 MIL-PRF-6081. Class HTS MIL-L-7808 MIL-PRF-23699. Oscillating Bearing C-007 16 FEB 2007 Lubricating Oil. Synthetic Base C-009 C-010 C-011 C-008 Petrolatum. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) 07950 07950 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial 07950 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial N/A Commercial Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . Jet Engine Lubricating Oil.

Turbine Engine. Class HTS SPECIFICATION Table 13-1.Lubricant. Type II MIL-L-23398. Synthetic Base NOMENCLATURE C-011 ITEM NO. 3 ML 7 PLUS 2 1V074 Commercial Commercial Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE Plastilube #3 Aeroshell Turbine Oil 500 Mobil Jet Oil 254 MATERIAL MIL-PRF-23699. 2 MIL-L-23398. Type II MIL-PRF-6085 None MIL-PRF-6081. Cutting. Tube Pack. Class STD MIL-PRF-23699. Type I or II J 2362 (10W30) None None NO. MIL-PRF-23699.4 SILICONE 204-040-755-005 MIL-G-23827 PLASTILUBE #3 N/A 5. Hydraulic Lubricating Oil. Jet Engine C-016 C-020 Lubricant. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 7 . Driveshaft Coupling C-015 Use C-028 Grease. Lubricating. Air Cured. Grade 1005 None MIL-PRF-23827. 4 Cement Dow Corning No. Solid Film. Class STD 1 QT ORDER QTY Mobil Jet Oil II MOBIL 254 BELL ORDER NO. Fluorosilicone C-017 Lubricating Oil. Corrosion Inhibitor C-021 Lubricant. Aircraft and Instruments C-014 C-019 Lubricating Oil C-013 Silicone Compound Lubricant C-012 C-018 Lubricating Oil.3 OZ 6 OZ 14 OZ 14 OZ Perma Slik G Any product listed in the QPL 6085 1 Use C-028 No. FS 3451 Any product listed in the QPL 6081 1 204-040-755-005 Any product listed in the QPL 23827 1 10W30 Commercial N/A 71984 71984 Commercial 97499 Commercial Commercial 70904 Molykote No. 16 FEB 2007 Rev.

Fire Resistant. Type II SPECIFICATION 1 QT 1 QT N/A 12 OZ 28 OZ 1 LB 4 OZ N/A N/A 12 OZ ORDER QTY 3201-86217-01-0 Aeroshell Turbine Oil 555 Royco Turbine Oil 555 Exxon Turbo Oil 25 Any product listed in the QPL 83282 1 Permalon 327 Royco 46 Royco 13CF Royco 13D Any product meeting specification 99167 Commercial Commercial 07950 Commercial Commercial 8M506 07950 07950 07950 98308 56385 73219 Lubriplate 130-A Ultrachem Assembly Fluid No. Corrosion Inhibitor NOMENCLATURE Rev. Thread Antiseize Compound Grease. 2 Use C-005 Grease. Semi-Fluid Lubricant. DOD-PRF-85734 MIL-PRF-83282 None MIL-L-46000 MIL-G-25013 MIL-G-25013 MIL-G-25013 AMS 2518 AMS 2518 None None MIL-L-23398. Synthetic Hydrocarbon Lubricating Oil Lubricating Oil. Air Cured. 1 73219 N/A N/A 34568 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE Lubriplate 130-AA Use C-005 Use C-031 TIOLUBE 70 MATERIAL Table 13-1.13-00-00 Page 8 Lubricant. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM . Petroleum Lubricant Ultrachem Assembly Fluid No. 1 Graphite Petrolatum. Aircraft. Dry Film Hydraulic Fluid. Ball and Roller Bearing Lubricant. Grade 1100 None PERMALON #327 ROYCO 13 MIL-T-5544 #1FLUID4OZ ULTRACHEM None None TIO-LUBE 70 BELL ORDER NO. Piston Engine Lubricant C-022 C-023 C-024 C-025 C-026 C-027 C-028 C-029 C-030 C-031 C-032 C-021A Use C-031 C-021 ITEM NO. Solid Film. 16 FEB 2007 ROYCO 555 AEROSHELL 555 DOD-PRF-85734 DOD-PRF-85734 J 1966.

Solid Film Use C-021 Cleaning Compound Use C-003 Soluble Oil. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 9 . 5423 .75 inch wide 3M No. Silicone Base Coating. 5423 . Type I MIL-G-21164 MIL-PRF-3043 MIL-PRF-7870 MIL-I-24453 None None None SPECIFICATION None None None PF 5423 MIL-G-21164 None None None BELL ORDER NO. Low & High Temperatures Antichafe Tape. Permanent. No Hazardous Air Pollutants C-045 Potassium Hydroxide (Caustic EC-001 Potash). 85% Use C-005 NOMENCLATURE C-033 ITEM NO. 9 or equivalent Use C-021 Everlube 620 Use C-005 MATERIAL Table 13-1. General Purpose. Light Machine Heatsink Compound. 0. Rubber Sealant C-034 C-035 C-036 C-037 C-038 C-039 C-040 C-041 C-042 C-043 C-044 16 FEB 2007 Rev.0 inch wide Any product listed in the QPL 21164 1 Griggs Paints Blue Bake Resin Thermalcote 250 3 in 1 or equivalent Any product listed in the QPL 7870 1 Use C-003 Hoppe's No. 5423 .375 inch wide Any product meeting specification 00612 00612 Commercial 13103 Commercial Commercial 29700 N/A 73266 N/A 11770 N/A CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE 3M No. N/A N/A N/A Roll (0. Corrosion Inhibitor Lubricating Oil. 1. Molybdenum Disulfide. Resin. 2 C-046 Paint Remover. Engine Components Grease. TT-R-2918 TT-R-2918 ASTM E1456.75” wide) 1 LB N/A N/A N/A ORDER QTY Turco 6813ED PR-3133 1N6B3 55208 Commercial 00612 3M No. Solid Form. Low Temperature Lubricating Oil.Lubricant. 0.

Form II MIL-C-81706. 1 GAL N/A N/A 2 OZ 1 PT 1 GAL N/A 1 GAL 1 QT N/A N/A 2 LB 1 LB ORDER QTY Any product listed in the QPL 16173 1 Use C-116 with C-120 Use C-101 Any product listed in the QPL 16173 1 Any product listed in the QPL 16173 1 Any product listed in the QPL 16173 1 Alodine 1201 (Brush-on) Alumibond 1200 (Immersion) Alodine 1200S (Immersion) Iridite 14-2 MATERIAL Table 13-1.GR1 2OZ MIL-PRF-16173. Form III MIL-PRF-16173. Class 1A. C-100 Chemical Film Material for Aluminum EC-013 S-100 SPECIFICATION MIL-DTL-81706. Form II CPC. Class 3. Grade 1 MIL-C-81706 1 GAL MIL-DTL-81706. Solvent Cutback. Grade 1 C-102 Use C-101 EC-015 MIL-C16173 GR1 PT None MIL-DTL-81706. Form III MIL-PRF-16173E CLASS1 MIL-C-81706 1 QT MIL-DTL-81706. Grade 2 None C-103 S-103 Use C-116 with C-120 None MIL-C-16173 GR2 None None MIL-C-16173.CL3 PWDR BELL ORDER NO. Form II NOMENCLATURE C-099 Chemical Film Material for Aluminum EC-014 Bonding and Grounding ITEM NO. Cold-Application (Hard Film) None MIL-DTL-81706. Class 1A. EC-015 Cold-Application (Soft Film) MIL-PRF-16173. Solvent Cutback. Class 1A. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) Commercial N/A N/A Commercial Commercial Commercial 71410 1DZU6 71410 0PX54 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . Form III MIL-PRF-16173. Grade 1 None MIL-DTL-81706. Form II C-101 MILC81706 CL1AFORM11 MIL-DTL-81706. Class 1A. Class 1A.13-00-00 Page 10 Rev. 2 16 FEB 2007 C-104 CPC. Class 1A.

Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 11 .5 OZ 6 OZ 1 PT ORDER QTY 57868 SPS-2023P Use C-020 Use C-020 Any product listed in the QPL 16173 1 Any product listed in the QPL 16173 1 N/A N/A Commercial Commercial N/A 57868 SPS-5070 Use C-125 13929 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE LDC-4803 Any product meeting specification Any product listed in the QPL 6529 1 Any product listed in the QPL 15074 1 Any product listed in the QPL 16173 1 Any product listed in the QPL 16173 1 Any product listed in the QPL 16173 1 MATERIAL Table 13-1. Grade 3 MIL-PRF-16173. SPECIFICATION NOMENCLATURE ITEM NO. Grade 2 C-105 MIL-PRF-16173 GR2 MIL-PRF-16173. EC-015 Cold-Application (Soft Film) BELL ORDER NO. Solvent Cutback. Solvent Cutback. N/A N/A 1 PT 1 GAL N/A 1 QT 1 GAL 2. EC-017 Cold-Application (Water Displacing Film) Use C-125 LHE Cadmium Plating Solution. Reciprocating EC-016 Aircraft Engine None None MIL-PRF-16173. Grade 3 None MIL-PRF-6083 MIL-C-6529.C R2 MIL-PRF-16173. Preservation/Operation C-107 C-106 Corrosion Preventive.GR2 6OZ MIL-PRF-16173. Type II MIL-C-15074 None None MIL-C16173 GR3 PT MIL-C16173 GR3 GL None LHE SELECTRON SPS507 MILC15074 GALLON MIL-PRF-16173. Fingerprint Remover MIL-C-16173. Brush-on C-108 C-109 Hydraulic Fluid. Petroleum Base. 2 C-111A C-111 Use C-020 Use C-020 C-110 CPC. Grade 2 C-104 CPC. Grade 2 Corrosion Preventive Compound.16 FEB 2007 Rev.

Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) 98308 61102 N/A Commercial N/A Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial 11924 76071 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . Type II. 2 16 FEB 2007 AMS-C-27725. Fuel and Corrosion Resistant Metal Surface Conditioner Corrosion Preventive Compound.4 LB N/A N/A 1 LB 1 QT N/A ORDER QTY Brayco Concentrate 599 Turco T4338 Cor D Smut 5215 E-Pik 272 Deoxidine 299 833K086 Base & 930K088 Catalyst Use C-100 Any product meeting specification Use C-112 Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Use A mixture of C-113&C-212&water or C115&C212&Water Dalic 5005. Brush SSS 3002. 8 OZ N/A 4.13-00-00 Page 12 NOMENCLATURE Calcium Fluoride Corrosion Treatment Magnesium Fluoride Chromic Trioxide (Chromic Acid) Hydrofluoric Acid Sodium Hydroxide (Caustic Soda). Class A None TS 567 None ASTM D456 MIL-A-24641 A-A-55827. Oil Additive C-113 C-114 C-115 C-116 C-117 C-118 C-119 C-120 C-121 C-122 C-123 C-124 C-112 Cadmium Chromate Conversion EC-085 Coating ITEM NO. Anhydrous Use C-112 Calcium Sulfate Dihydrate (Ca(SO4)2H2O) Use C-100 Fume Tightness Coating. Type I JAN-M-621 MIL-C-11162 None None SPECIFICATION BRAYCO 599 None CALCIUM SULFATE None None A-A-55827 DALIC 5005 None BELL ORDER NO. Rev. Brush MATERIAL Table 13-1.

CL 1 MIL-C-11796. Aerosol or EC-032 Bulk ITEM NO. Solvent. MIL-PRF-8188 SPECIFICATION Corrosion Preventive Compound. High Temp WD-40 BELL ORDER NO. CL 3 MIL-C-11796. N/A 160 ML 1 LB 1 LB 12 OZ ORDER QTY 81349 81349 81349 81349 81349 3AM52 09137 Commercial Commercial Dinitrol AV5 Oakite ProLine SPO 2 K-638 Dasco Guard 2411 Dasco Guard 2408 ACF-50 3M 5-Way Preventive Castrol 4135 Castrol 4169 Use C-125 Mastinox 6856K Any product listed in the QPL 11796 1 Any product listed in the QPL 11796 1 Commercial N/A 0ZX56 Commercial Commercial Commercial 81349 CRC-3. Grade 3 C-127 Corrosion Preventive Compound.36 Any product listed in the QPL 8188 1 9137 66724 LPS 2 WD 40 66724 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE LPS 1 MATERIAL Table 13-1. EC-080 Petrolatum.NOMENCLATURE 16 FEB 2007 Corrosion Preventive Compound Use C-125 Cleaning Compound. Oil Cooler C-129 Rev. 2 C-130 MIL-PRF-6864 None None None XMAS6856K/160 CTG MIL-C-11796. Light. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 13 . Aircraft Turbine Engine C-126 C-125 Preservative Oil. Grade 3 C-128 MIL-C-11796.

1 PT 2 GAL KIT N/A N/A 1 GAL KIT 2 QT KIT 12 OZ 3 OZ 16 OZ N/A N/A N/A ORDER QTY Any product listed in the QPL 23377 1 Use C-245 Use C-204 Super Koropon Super Koropon Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification AC-665 B-2 Commercial Commercial Commercial N/A N/A K5635 K5635 Commercial Commercial Commercial 1DWR5 0ZX56 11924 1010 P/S 870 B-2 13929 N/A CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE SCM 4100 Use C-018 MATERIAL Table 13-1. Catalyzed Epoxy TT-P-1757-CP G TT-P-1757 MILP8116 None 299-947-074. Type I. Prefrozen Zinc Chromate Putty. Non-Hardening C-151 C-200 C-204 Coating. Type I TT-P-1757 TT-P-1757 None Primer. Class C None Use C-245 C-203 SUPER KOROPON GAL 299-947-060. General Purpose. Type IV MIL-PRF-8116 None None BELL ORDER NO. 2 16 FEB 2007 Sealing Compound. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM . 299-947-074. High Solids EC-036 (Alternate C-246. Class C None MIL-PRF-23377. Corrosion Inhibitive.13-00-00 Page 14 Rev. Type I. Type I. Class C MIL-PRF-23377. C-246 not for wet S-204 installations) MILP23377TY1 513X395/910X 710 MIL-PRF-23377. Premixed. Epoxy Primer. Type IV None SPECIFICATION C-202A Use C-204 C-202 C-201 Zinc Chromate Primer EC-033 Brush Cadmium Electro-cleaning Solution Use C-018 NOMENCLATURE C-132 C-131 ITEM NO. Type I None SUPER KOROPON 299-947-060.

GRAY 36118 1.Thinner.5 GAL KIT N/A 2 GAL Dow 7 Color per FED-STD-595B Color per FED-STD-595B Color per FED-STD-595B Color per FED-STD-595B Color per FED-STD-595B Use C-245 02-X-011 Base + Catalyst + Zinc Dust Use C-210 Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial N/A 97499 N/A Commercial Any product meeting specification MATERIAL A-A-857 N/A ORDER QTY Commercial None BELL ORDER NO. Type I.5 GAL None 299-947-204 2GAL MIL-PRF-22750 None 299-947-204 299-947-204 299-947-204 None 1 QT KIT 2 GAL KIT 4 OZ 1 GAL KIT 1. Epoxy. Body 2 GRAY 36118 1. 2 AMS-M-3171. Nitrate Cellulose Lacquer EC-057 C-205 ITEM NO. 20040 MIL-PRF-22750 MIL-PRF-22750 MIL-PRF-22750 MIL-PRF-22750 Rev. Type III A-A-8.0 GAL GRAY 36118 4 OZ MIL-C-22750 GRA36231 BROWN. MIL-T-19544 MIL-T-6095 SPECIFICATION Table 13-1. High-Solids C-210 C-212 Use C-245 C-209 Shellac Varnish Epoxy/Zinc Coating C-208 C-211 Use C-210 C-207 C-206 Thinner. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 15 . Grade B. Sodium Dichromate Coating. Cellulose Nitrate NOMENCLATURE 16 FEB 2007 Corrosion Preventive Compound. Dope.

Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM .13-00-00 Page 16 Corrosion Preventive Compound. Gloss. Type I. Ferrous Surface Catalyzed Epoxy Primer (3 Part Kit) Nonslip Compound. Aliphatic Polyurethane. Walkway Silver Conductive Paint C-213 C-214 C-215 C-216 C-217 C-218 C-219 C-220 C-221 C-222 C-223 C-224 NOMENCLATURE C-212 ITEM NO. 2 16 FEB 2007 A-A-59166. Type II A-A-3165 None BLK. DTA (for Epoxy Resins) Chemical Conversion Coating Material.37038 GAL EPON828 W/DTA CATLST TURCO 5580-G None 1 GAL 1 PT 5 GAL N/A N/A Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE P/N 13220E8197 Any product meeting specification Catalyzed Epoxy Primer (3 Part Kit) EPI-Cure 3223 (Diethylenetriamine) Epon 828 Turco T-5580G Glo-Rubber Indian Red Micropeel Any product meeting specification Use C-216 97403 Commercial 22783 02731 86961 Commercial 61102 Commercial N/A 85570 528X306 Use C-245 Dow 9 MATERIAL 299-947-085 N/A ORDER QTY 97499 None BELL ORDER NO. Sodium Dichromate Use C-245 Anti-Static Coating Use C-216 Lacquer. Type II TT-C-490 MIL-P-38714. Grade 0 MIL-C-46168. Rev. Type IV SPECIFICATION Table 13-1. 299-947-085 None AMS-M-3171. Clear Peelable Plastic Coating Coating. Chem. Agent Resistant Liquid Epoxy Catalyst.

Polyurethane. PVF No. 910x811 Curing Solution Imron Polyurethane Enamel 97460 Commercial 97499 Commercial 299-947-117. High Temperature NOMENCLATURE C-225 ITEM NO. Type I 299-947-117. Type II Imron 6000 (Basecoat/Clearcoat) 97499 299-947-117. Y-1306 Lightning Guard. Type I 87354 Antenna Guard. 599-A8574-1 Use C-245 Use C-245 Use C-245 09GY006/09GY006C AT. 299-947-328 299-947-328 None None None 299-947-127 299-947-127 None A-A-3164 SPECIFICATION Table 13-1. Urethane Compatible Synthetic Lacquer. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 17 . VOC Compliant C-226 C-234 Parting Film. 40S-Release Film MATERIAL 299-947-328 N/A N/A N/A N/A ORDER QTY 97499 None None None None BELL ORDER NO. Type II DeSoto. Copper Filled Polyurethane Enamel C-227 C-228 C-229 C-230 C-231 C-232 C-233 Primer. 513x411 Primer Base. Type II 299-947-117. Exterior. 2 299-947-322.16 FEB 2007 Use C-228 Sanding Surfacer. 87354 N/A N/A N/A 97499 33461 N/A Commercial 18873 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE Rev. Camouflage. Parts A & B Use C-228 Any product meeting specification Tedlar. VOC Compliant Use C-245 Use C-245 Use C-245 Polyurethane Conductive Coating.

Aliphatic Polyurethane. Exterior. Low VOC Coating. Epoxy & Polyurethane Sodiumthiosulphate (Na2S2O3) 16g/L Use C-248 Coating. Chem. 513x384 Primer Base. Type I None TURCO 5351(T-5469) None None MIL-PRF-85285. Urethane Compatible C-234 C-235 NOMENCLATURE ITEM NO.TYI. Type I SPECIFICATION Table 13-1. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) Commercial Commercial N/A Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial N/A N/A Commercial N/A Commercial Commercial Commercial 97460 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . 2 16 FEB 2007 MIL-PRF-85285. Alkyd. MIL-T-81772. Alkaline Resistant Use C-298 Use C-245 Enamel Overcoat.16g/L Use C-245 Use C-298 Any product meeting specification Use C-259 (Acrylic and Alkyd) MIL-T-81772. Type I 299-947-322. Rev. Aircraft Support C-236 C-237 C-238 C-239 C-240 C-241 C-242 C-243 C-244 C-245 Primer.1 2197 MILC85285. Type II 1 GAL ORDER QTY (Polyurethane) MILT81772 TYIII GAL BELL ORDER NO. 910x456 Curing Solution MATERIAL MIL-T-81772. Type I MIL-C-53039 TT-E-489 None None A-A-1800.13-00-00 Page 18 Polyurethane Thinner Use C-259 Varnish.3 6440 MIL-PRF-85285. Type I None MIL-R-81294. Polyurethane. Agent Resistant (Alternate C-218) Paint Remover. Type III None (Epoxy) DeSoto. Type I or II None 2 GAL KIT 1 GAL KIT N/A 1 PT N/A N/A N/A Use C-248 Sodiumthiosulphate (Na2S2O3) .

Epoxy Primer. Silver C-248 C-250 Use C-262 C-247 C-246 Coating. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 19 .TYI.1 7178 MIL-PRF-85285.TYI. Silicone Base Paint. Polyurethane. Type I MIL-PRF-85285. Topcoating. Type I MIL-PRF-85582.1 6440 MILC85285. Type I SPECIFICATION Table 13-1. Type I MIL-PRF-85285. Type I MIL-PRF-85285. Waterborne EC-036 C-245 ITEM NO. MIL-PRF-85285. 2 80064 71984 80064 RTV-738 217-548 Commercial MIL-V-173 CP1 6282PC12 Commercial MIL-V-173 58913 N/A Commercial Seymetal 1122 Use C-262 85570 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE MIL-V-173 CP2 N/A EWDE072A/B MATERIAL Commercial None 5 QT KIT 5 QT KIT 5 QT KIT 2 GAL KIT 2 GAL KIT 3 GAL KIT 1 GAL KIT 2 GAL KIT ORDER QTY MIL-V-173 Amend 2. Type I MIL-PRF-85285. Class C2 MILC85285TYI-13 538 BELL ORDER NO. Type 2 None EWDE072 MILC85285TYI-27 925 MIL-PRF-85285.TYI.C LEAR MILC85285TY1C OL17925 MILC85285.Coating. MILC85285TY1.3 7038 MILC85285. Aircraft Support NOMENCLATURE 16 FEB 2007 Varnish C-249 Adhesive. Type I Rev. Type I.

Form 3K-PW 299-947-499. Corrosion Inhibitor C-251 C-252 NOMENCLATURE ITEM NO.13-00-00 Page 20 Rev. Untreated and Unbleached Carbon Fabric. MIL-PRF-81733 (4 OZ) MIL-PRF-81733 TYII MILS81733TY II-2 PT MILS81733TY II-2 QT MIL-PRF-81733. EC3924B 0LHZ4 0LHZ4 Commercial 97499 6A670 6A670 3M No. Form 3K-PW 299-947-320. Untreated and Unbleached 3M No. Type II None None 299-947-499. Intermediate Cure Kraft Paper. Type II MIL-PRF-81733 2. Type II MIL-PRF-81733. Type II MIL-PRF-81733. Type II. AF-163-2K 0ZX56 1DWR5 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE 299-947-320. Class 1 299-947-320. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM . Class 1 N/A PW 42” 195GSMTR7X12AS4 GP-3K PW 60” 195GSMTR7X12AS4 GP-3K Kraft Paper.5 OZ BELL ORDER NO. Plain Weave C-253 C-254 C-255 Sealant.5 OZ ORDER QTY 299-947-320. Type II MIL-PRF-81733. Type II. Type I MIL-PRF-81733. Intermediate Cure Primer. Class 2. Type II SPECIFICATION Table 13-1. Type I P/S 870 B-1/2 AC-665 B-1/2 MATERIAL 97499 N/A 1 QT 1 PT 4 OZ 4 OZ 2. Dry. MIL-PRF-81733. Class 2. Type II MIL-PRF-81733. 2 16 FEB 2007 Adhesive Film.

Vacuum Bag. <275F Cure Pressure Sensitive Tape Epoxy Resin. Thread. Petrolatum Adhesive. Anaerobic. Grade 1 MIL-PRF-83483 Rev. Grade 1 MIL-PRF-83483 MB1679G BELL ORDER NO. Sealing Compound. Wet Layup Anti-Seize Compound. Disulfide. High Pressure Vacuum Bag. Nylon. Threadlocking. Group 03. Fast Curing C-257 C-258 C-259 C-260 C-261 C-262 C-298 C-299 NOMENCLATURE C-256 ITEM NO. None SPECIFICATION Table 13-1. <350F Cure Polyester Breather Fabric. Class 1. Nylon. 2 None DEVCON 2-TON N/A 1 OZ Loctite 222 Devcon 2-Ton Any product meeting specification Hysol EA9390 BMS-8-301. Grade 1 05972 16059 Commercial 1UW17 1UW17 04963 53912 Airtech GS-100B (1/8” x 1/2”) 3M No. Class 1. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 21 . Molybdenum. Sealing Compound. Vacuum Bagging Film. None None None None 53912 Airtech GS-213-3 (1/8” x 1/2”) 16 FEB 2007 ASTM D5363. Epoxy. Metal Repair & Fairing Compound Sealant. 8403 Green 53912 53912 Airtech Ipplon WN1500 (Blue) Airtech Airweave Super 10 53912 53912 53912 0F451 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE Airtech Wrightlon WL7400 (Blue/Green) WL5200 A4000 A5000 MATERIAL Hysol EA9390 1 LB N/A N/A Roll (50”x500') ORDER QTY BMS-8-301.Fluoropolymer Resin Parting Film. Class 1. Non-perforated Vacuum Bagging Film.

Type I. Class 1 N/A Permabond LM113 MATERIAL Silgrip SR 529 with SRCX 18 Catalyst None ASTM D5363. Type I. Type I. Fast Curing NOMENCLATURE C-299 ITEM NO. Silicone Base Adhesive. Type I 299-947-152. Class 1. Threadlocking. Class 1 MILS46163TY11 GRM50CC None BELL ORDER NO. Class 1 299-947-152TICL 1 1OZ 299-947-152. Type I 299-947-066 TY1 299-947-066. Urethane Base C-300 C-301 C-303 Adhesive for Acrylic Plastics C-302 Use C-339 EC-010 Sealant. Type I 97499 97499 1 QT 1 QT 1 OZ 58093 01139 4Z400 3R2V1 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE 299-947-066. Type I N/A 4 OZ PS-18 (Three components) Use C-339 Dapcotac 3013 (Natural Color) N/A 58093 6A670 3M No. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM . Type I.13-00-00 Page 22 Rev. ASTM D5363. Group 03. Grade 1 ASTM D5363. Group 03. 299-947-152TYIC L1 QT 299-947-152. Class 1 299-947-092 None None 299-947-066. Grade 1 SPECIFICATION Table 13-1. Grade 1 50 CC N/A ORDER QTY 299-947-152. Type I. 2 16 FEB 2007 Adhesive. EC3549 (Tan) 299-947-066. Anaerobic. Class 1. Class 1 Dapcotac 3300 Saf-T-Lok T22 299-947-152. TY1 4OZ 299-947-066. Class 1. Group 03. Type I 299-947-066.

Class 2 A-A-59107 TT-N-95. Drycleaning. Class 2 299-947-152. Type I.Adhesive for Acrylic Plastics C-303 C-307 Adhesive. Type I. Class 2 299-947-152. Type I. Type I. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. Type II TT-N-95. Class 2 299-947-152. Degreaser EC-046 NOMENCLATURE ITEM NO. Type II 299-947-092 299-947-092 299-947-092 SPECIFICATION 3 OZ 3 OZ 3 OZ 1 OZ 55 GAL 1 GAL 5 GAL 1 GAL 1 PT ORDER QTY RTV-732 (White.TYII 1GAL MIL-PRF-680TYII MIL-PRF-680.TY1. 2 299-947-152. Type I. Type I. MIL-PRF-680. Black or Clear) Dapcotac 3300 RTV-108 (Translucent) Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification PS-30 (Two components) MATERIAL Table 13-1. CL2 299-947-152TY1 CL2CLR 299-947-152T1CL 2 WHT 299-947-152. Class 1 299-947-152. Type II PD680 299-947-092 PT BELL ORDER NO. Type I. Class 2 299-947-152TICL 1 1OZ TTT548 299-947-152. Silicone Base C-306 Toluene. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) 71984 97499 01139 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial 97499 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 23 . Class 2 299-947-152. Technical Grade EC-059 C-305 Aliphatic Naphtha EC-028 S-305 C-304 Solvent.

Class B-2 Pro-Seal 890-B2 PR-1440. Fuel & Oil C-309 Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone (MEK) EC-081 (Alternate C-305 or C-316) S-309 C-308 Sealant. Class B2 299-947-107. General Purpose. Class B2 CS3204-B2 AMS-S-8802. 299-947-107. Class 7 SPECIFICATION Table 13-1. Class 7 85091 Magna-Tac M-24 Commercial 14439 299-947-107. Class 6 Any product meeting specification CS3204-B2 97499 1 GAL 50 GRAMS 1 QT 1 PT 299-947-107. Class 6 ASTM D740 METHYL ETHYL KETONE AMS-S-8802 PT AMS-S-8802. Class B2 14439 83574 83574 83574 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE PR-1440. Type III. Class 7 299-947-107. Class 7 299-947-107. & Fuel Resistant. Class B2 299-947-107. Class 7 AMS-S-8802 6OZ AMS-S-8802. High EC-005 Adhesion S-308 ITEM NO. 2 16 FEB 2007 C-310 Adhesive. Class 7 6 OZ ORDER QTY 97499 BELL ORDER NO. Type III. Type III. Type III. Type III. Rubber Base. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM . Temp. Type III.13-00-00 Page 24 NOMENCLATURE Rev. Class B-2 MATERIAL 299-947-107. Type III. AMS-S-8802 QT 299-947-107 TY3 CL7 AMS-S-8802. Type III.

General Purpose C-312 Adhesive. Type II. Class 4 16 FEB 2007 Rev. Class 4 299-947-107. Class 6 SPECIFICATION Table 13-1. 299-947-107TY3 CL6 8OZ 299-947-107. Type II.Adhesive. Class 4 299-947-107. General EC-007 Purpose C-311 Adhesive. Type III. 2 299-947-099 299-947-099 11 OZ Araldite AV1258/HV1258 Hysol EA9340 299-947-099 3M EC-847 A-1231-B Magna-Tac M-24 MATERIAL Metalset A-4 NA 299-947-099 11OZ 5 OZ 1 PT 1 QT 4 OZ 8 OZ 1 QT ORDER QTY 299-947-099 299-947-099 None 847 299-947-107TY2 CL4 QT 299-947-107. Fuel & Oil NOMENCLATURE C-313 Adhesive. Rubber Base. Type II. Class 6 299-947-107 TY3 CL6 BELL ORDER NO. Rubber Base. Class 4 299-947-107. General EC-004 Purpose. Rubber Base. Room Temperature Cure. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) 02684 1UW17 97499 6A670 1HS43 97499 5B981 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 25 . Class 4 299-947-107T2 CL4 4OZ 299-947-107. Type III. Type III. Vinyl C-310 ITEM NO. Type II. Class 6 299-947-107TYII CL4 299-947-107. General Purpose. 299-947-107. Type II.

Class 2 1 GAL 6 OZ ORDER QTY Hysol EA9392 ACETONE GALLON 299-947-152. Type II. Room Temperature Vulcanizing NOMENCLATURE C-314 ITEM NO. Class 2 ASTM D329 A-A-59503 299-947-152. Type III 299-947-152. 2 16 FEB 2007 Nitrogen Gas.13-00-00 Page 26 Rev. Technical C-315 Adhesive. Type II. 299-947-100TY2 CL2G50 299-947-100. Type III 299-947-152. Type II. 299-947-100. Class 2 None None 299-947-100TY2 CL2QT 299-947-100. General Purpose C-317A Use C-317 C-317 S-317 C-316 Acetone EC-002 S-316 Adhesive. Type II. Epoxy Base. Class 2 299-947-100. Type II. Heat Resistant. Type III SPECIFICATION Table 13-1. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) N/A 97499 1UW17 22121 1UW17 Commercial Commercial 01139 71984 97499 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . Class 2 299-947-100. Class 2 299-947-100TY2 CL2PT N/A 50 GRAMS 1 QT 1 PT Use C-317 Hysol EA934NA 299-947-100. Type III 299-947-152.TY III BELL ORDER NO. Type II. Class 2 Magnobond 6398 (Magnolia) Any product meeting specification FRV-1106 RTV-730 (White) MATERIAL 299-947-100. Silicone Base. Type II.

Grade N. Form R MIL-S-22473. Group 01. C-309. LOCTITE 7649 MIL-S-22473. Class 2. Grade N. Group 01. Group 01. None MIL-C-87936.GR E ASTM D5363. Aerosol Can Permabond ASC10 Loctite 078 Loctite 078 Loctite 080 Loctite 083 Loctite 087 Loctite 089 Permabond HL126 Use C-305. or C-389 Use C-524 MATERIAL Table 13-1. Alkaline Base. Grade 1 None MILC87936TYI 5GAL BELL ORDER NO. Class 5. Grade 2 MIL-S-22473. Class 6. Grade N. 2 1. Group 01. Threadlocking. Oz. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) 05972 05972 05972 3R2V1 05972 05972 05972 05972 05972 05972 3R2V1 N/A N/A Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 27 . Activator for Cleaning Compound. 4.5 Oz.75 OZ 6 OZ 4.75 Fl. or C-524 Sealant. Class 1. Grade 1 MIL-S-22473. Group 01. C-389. Grade 1 LOCQUIC N 6 OZ MIL-S-22473. Net Wt.Use C-305. 1.GR AV ASTM D5363. Class 1. Class 4. Form R None None None ASTM D5363. Group 01. Detergent C-318 S-318 C-320 NOMENCLATURE ITEM NO.5OZ MIL-S-22473GRC V50CC ASTM D5363. C-309. Form R MIL-S-22473. Group 01. Type I SPECIFICATION 16 FEB 2007 Rev.GR H 50CC ASTM D5363. Grade 1 MIL-S-22473. Grade 1 MIL-S-22473. Class 6. Slow Curing (Alternate C-299) C-319 C-320 Sealant. Bottle Loctite 7649 Loctite 7649.GR N4. Anaerobic. Anaerobic. Form R MILS22473GRH 50CC ASTM D5363. Grade N.5 OZ N/A 50 CC 50 CC 50 CC 50 CC 50 CC 50 CC N/A N/A N/A 5 GAL ORDER QTY Loctite 7649. Grade 3 None MILS22473 GR AA 50CC ASTM D5363.

General Purpose. 299-947-072. Class 1 Hysol EA960-A Resin. Class 1 299-947-107. Type I None MIL-S-22473. Anaerobic. 2216 B/A TAN N/S 04963 04963 6A670 83574 6A670 1UW17 02684 1. Rubber Base. Rev. Aerodynamic Adhesive.7 OZ EC2216 B/A TAN N/S 3M No. Class 1 299-947-072. 2216 B/A 04963 04963 N/A 3R2V1 05972 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE 299-947-072. Epoxy & Polyester Base. Form R SPECIFICATION Table 13-1. Type I. Type I 2 OZ 2216B/A 2OZ 3M No. 2216 B/A GREY Use C-317 Permabond ASC10 Loctite 7471 MATERIAL 97499 1 PT N/A N/A 6 OZ ORDER QTY 2216B/A None None LOCQUIC T 747 BELL ORDER NO. Activator for NOMENCLATURE C-321 C-320 ITEM NO.TY II EA960 1 PT 299-947-072TYP E 1 PT 299-947-107. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM . Type I 299-947-072. Resin & Hardener 3M No. Type I RP1257-3. EQ 960-B Hardener 3M Scotchgrip 1300L (EC1300L) 16 OZ 1 QT 299-947-072. 2 16 FEB 2007 Pro-Seal 596 3M Scotchgrip 1300 299-947-107. Neoprene C-322 C-323 C-324 Sealant. Type I. Grade T. Grade T.13-00-00 Page 28 Use C-317 Adhesive Fairing Compound. Form R MIL-S-22473. 2216 B/A 3M No. Type I.

Type I. Type I AMS 3284. Class B-2 INSTAbond 900 Denatured Alcohol 3M EC-776 MATERIAL Table 13-1. General Purpose. 2 C-330 Acrylic Plastic Cleaner Use C-320 Adhesion Promoter. Removable Panels C-328 16 FEB 2007 Rev.Adhesive. Rubber Base. Type II. Class 5 DENATURED SOLOX 299-947-107 TY2CL5PT 299-947-107 TYPE-1 BELL ORDER NO. Class 5 299-947-107. Type I AMS 3284. Low Adhesion. Type III AMS 3284. Class 1 299-947-107. AMS 3267 AMS3284. Type I 299-947-074. Metal Bonds C-327 C-329 Denatured Alcohol C-326 C-325 Adhesive. Type I AMS 3284.5 OZ KIT N/A N/A 1 PT 1 GAL 2 OZ 1 PT 1 PT ORDER QTY Tend Anti-Static Plastic Cleaner Use C-320 CS 3330. 299-947-107. Type I AMS 3284. Class B-2 AC-615. Class B-2 PR-1428. Class B-2 PR-1773. Class 1 SPECIFICATION N/A 25 GRAMS KIT 2 OZ KIT N/A N/A N/A 1 QT KIT 3. Type I None None AMS 3267/4 None None INSTABOND 900 AMS 3267/4 None EC776-2OZ 299-947-107. Neoprene NOMENCLATURE Sealing Compound. Type II. Class B-2 PR-1773. TY 1 None None None AMS 3267 2OZ AMS3284 TY 1 AMS 3284. Rubber Base. Urethane C-324 ITEM NO. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) 1N960 N/A 14439 83574 83574 1DWR5 83574 5V071 Commercial 6A670 97499 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 29 . General EC-006 Purpose. Type I.

Type I. Room Temperature Cure. Type I 299-947-125 TYPE 1 BELL ORDER NO. Styrofoam Use C-309. Type I 50 GRAMS Glisten Acrylic Plastic Cleaner CADCO Anti-Static Plastic Cleaner MATERIAL 97499 299-947-125TYI5 0GM 299-947-125. Type I. 2 16 FEB 2007 None None S2260 None None None 299-947-107TY1 CL2GA 299-947-107. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM . or C-563 Use C-320 Adhesive Primer. Class 2 None None None 299-947-107. Silicone Adhesive C-332 C-333 C-334 C-335 C-336 C-337 Acrylic Plastic Cleaner NOMENCLATURE C-331 C-330 ITEM NO. 0151 (Clear) Use C-320 Use C-563 Use C-309 or C-389 3M Scotch-Grip Industrial Adhesive 4550 Use C-362 71984 04347 N/A N/A N/A 97499 97499 6A670 N/A 33564 EA9309NA 20913 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE 299-947-125. High Peel Strength Use C-362 Adhesive. 299-947-125. Type I 1 QT ORDER QTY 299-947-125. Type I SPECIFICATION Table 13-1. Type I. C-389. Class 2 None 299-947-107TY1 CL2 PT 299-947-107. Rev.13-00-00 Page 30 Adhesive. Rubber Base. General Purpose. Class 2 None 1 PT N/A N/A N/A 1 GAL 1 PT N/A N/A 25 GRAMS KIT Hysol EA 9309NA Dow Corning S 2260 prime coat Hysol Epoxy Patch Kit No.

A/N 467 0. None SPECIFICATION N/A N/A N/A 1 PT 1 PT 4 OZ ORDER QTY 04963 3M No. 2 Cor Clean 6300 O-S 590 Oakite 90 Cor Clean 6000 Anodex NP-2 Oakite 8 61102 44389 34568 44389 44389 04963 3M No. Metal Conditioning. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 31 . 1200 PRIMER None MIL-C-10578 MIL-C-43616 None A-A-59342.Use C-356 C-338 16 FEB 2007 Corrosion Remover. Phosphoric Acid Electrolytic Cleaner. Silicone Adhesive NOMENCLATURE C-337 ITEM NO. Pressure C-340 C-339A Use C-385 C-339 Ethyl Alcohol EC-008 Primer. Y9122 0. Film Type. Aircraft Surface Oakite Rust Stripper C-341 C-342 Adhesive Tape for Nameplate. 1200 SS4004 Silicone primer Dow Corning S 2260 prime coat MATERIAL Table 13-1.0031 inch thick Oakite 90 04963 N/A Commercial N/A 71984 01139 71984 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE 3M No. Grade 3 None None None SS4004 None None S2260-4OZ BELL ORDER NO. Alkaline C-343 C-344 S-344 Cleaning Compound. A/N 465 0.002 inch thick Rev.040 inch thick Use C-385 Any product meeting specification Use C-356 Dow Corning No.

Type II 6 OZ Each N/A 50 CC N/A N/A 8 OZ Dapco 2100 Permabond HM160 Loctite 640 Loctite 609 Saf-T-Lok R01 Permabond HL138 Q2-0046 3M Scotchcal No. Anaerobic.O. Prilled Adhesive. Group 04. Metal Conditioning. Grade 2 ASTM D5363. Grade 1 ASTM D5363. Group 04. Group 04. Group 04. Class 1. Grade 2 DAPCO 2100 609 ASTM D5363. 3950 Oakite LFL 58093 05972 05972 05972 4Z400 3R2V1 Commercial 04963 44389 71984 RTV-736 (Red) RTV-106 (Red) Use C-304 or C-305 MATERIAL 299-947-152. Retaining Compound Sealing Compound. Class 1. Anaerobic. Silicone Base Alkaline Steel Cleaner Decal Sealer Ammonium Nitrate. 01139 N/A CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE Rev. Type I None None 3950 SCOTCHCAL ASTM D5363. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM . Class 1. Grade 1 MIL-A-50460 299-947-152. 299-947-152. Class 1. Phosphoric Acid Use C-304 or C-305 Adhesive. Retaining Compound Sealant. & Fuel Resistant. Firewall C-345 C-346 C-348 C-349 C-350 C-351 C-352 C-352 C-353 S-353 NOMENCLATURE C-344 S-344 ITEM NO.13-00-00 Page 32 Corrosion Remover. Group 04. Type II None MIL-C-10578 SPECIFICATION Table 13-1. 2 16 FEB 2007 None HM160 ASTM D5363. Grade 1 AMS 3374.1 QT BELL ORDER NO. Temp. Class 1. Type II 299-947-152. Type II 3 OZ N/A 1 QT ORDER QTY 97499 299-947-152 TY2 3OZ None TURCO W. High Adhesion Sealant.

Class A 299-947-107. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) 97499 6A670 09BV7 04622 83527 N/A 28873 28873 28873 97499 6A670 3R2V1 05972 4Z400 Commercial N/A CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 33 . Class A 910-T-099 AMS-C-27725. Retaining Compound C-355 C-356 Use C-320 Sealing Compound Adhesive Film C-360 C-361 Sealant. Class 2. Grade 1 None SPECIFICATION Table 13-1. Rubber Base.Detergent. Class 3 None None ASTM D5363. Type I. Class 2. Grade 1 299-947-107. Grade 1 16 FEB 2007 Rev. Grade 1 ASTM D5363. Class 2. 2 FM 53 3M No. Type II 299-947-121. Fume Tightness C-359 C-358 C-357 Adhesive. Type II. Class 2. Fuel & Corrosion Resistant. AN0421 None ASTM D5363. Mild Liquid Sealant. Anaerobic. Group 04. Group 04. AF-163-2(U/S) 299-947-121. Class 3 None None BELL ORDER NO. ASTM D5363. Group 04. Type II 299-947-121. ASTM D5363. Type II. Spray EC-003 Use C-320 NOMENCLATURE C-354 ITEM NO. 77 Permabond HM161 Loctite 635 Saf-T-Lok R80 Mild Detergent Use C-320 MATERIAL 823-T-011 N/A N/A 50 CC N/A N/A N/A ORDER QTY AMS-C-27725. Type II. Group 04. Type II None AMS-C-27725. Type I. Type II Cytec N-1113 Pro-Seal 711-EP-B2 Use C-320 823-730 PR1560-M 299-947-121. Class A 3M Spray Adhesive No.

13-00-00 Page 34 Adhesive Film. Type II.ft 299-947-121. Type I 299-947-121.ft 299-947-121. Type I 299-947-121.06 lb/sq. Type I 04622 299-947-121. Type I 55119 04622 55119 55119 09BV7 55119 Hysol EA956 Magnobond 6367 299-947-100.ft AF-126-2 0. Type I 09BV7 97499 FM 53 299-947-121.08 lb/sq. Type I Cytec N-1113 299-947-121. Class 3 299-947-100TY2 CL3PT 299-947-100.06 lb/sq.06 lb/sq.06 lb/sq. Type II.ft Narmco 227 0. Type I Hysol EA9601 0.ft AF-126-3 0. Type I 3M No. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM . Type I 299-947-121. Type II. Type II SPECIFICATION Table 13-1.06 lb/sq. Epoxy Base. Class 3 299-947-100T2CL 50 GRAMS 3 50G 299-947-100. 2 16 FEB 2007 AF-126 0.06 lb/sq. Class 3 299-947-100. Type I 6A670 09BV7 09BV7 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE 299-947-121. Class 3 22121 1UW17 97499 94565 FM 123-2 0. Type I 1 PT ORDER QTY FM 87 BELL ORDER NO.ft AF-126 0. AF-163-2K FM 87 MATERIAL 299-947-121. Intermediate Cure Adhesive. Rev.ft 299-947-121. 299-947-121. Heat Resistant. Type II. Type I 299-947-121. Class 3 299-947-100. Wet Layup C-363 S-363 Adhesive Film NOMENCLATURE C-362 C-361 ITEM NO. Type II.

Adhesive Adhesive Use C-353 C-365 C-366 C-367 16 FEB 2007 Use C-253 Use C-337 Use C-337 C-373 C-374 C-375 Use C-344 C-371 Filler. 2 None None None 299-947-072. Polyester Body and Pinhole Vacuum Bag. Epoxy NOMENCLATURE C-364 ITEM NO. BR1009-50 Primer 299-947-038 Use C-337 Use C-337 Use C-253 APF 4 Gray (Filler #4) Use C-344 SM-5127 9859-N42 Tetra Etch Use C-353 Fusor 304-1 and 304-2 Eccobond 45 / Catalyst 15 AT200 FM-1000-5302 299-947-038 299-947-038 FM-1000 EP-15 Adhesive. Cadmium Conversion Coating C-369 C-368 Etchant for Teflon EC-063 Adhesive Film. Rev. Type IV None None 299-947-038 None None None None None N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A FM-1000 Adhesive. BR1009 Primer MATERIAL 299-947-038 ORDER QTY FM-1000 Adhesive. Sealing Compound C-370 C-372 Chromate Test Strip. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) N/A N/A N/A N/A 53309 59728 60622 N/A 30676 97499 09BV7 09BV7 09BV7 09BV7 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 35 . BR1009-49 Primer BELL ORDER NO. 299-947-038 SPECIFICATION Table 13-1.

Class 9 C-378 Estane Primer EC-021 C-379 299-947-107. Type IV. Electronic EC-009 Applications Methyl-Isobutyl-Ketone (MIBK) MIL-L-63460 MIL-PRF-680. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) 81349 Commercial Commercial Commercial N/A 18873 Commercial N/A 1HS43 N/A N/A N/A Commercial 0KED9 1HS43 1HS43 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . Natural Rubber Base. Type IV. 4 Cement Use C-308 Use C-363 Use C-334 Any product meeting specification Thixon P-5-2 A1343B A1503B MATERIAL Table 13-1. Mineral Spirits. Type IV. Type I. Class 8 C-377 Adhesive. Rubber Base. Degreasing Ethyl Acetate Lubricant. 1 GAL N/A 1 GAL N/A 16 OZ N/A N/A N/A 1 GAL 1 QT 1 QT ORDER QTY Ethyl Acetate Use C-331 DuPont Prep-Sol 3919S Any product meeting specification Use C-355 No. Cleaning and Preservation C-386 C-387 C-388 C-389 C-390 C-391 C-385 Isopropyl Alcohol 99%. Class 8 NOMENCLATURE C-376 Adhesive. Rubber Base EC-020 ITEM NO. Low Adhesion Use C-355 C-380 C-381 C-382 C-383 C-384 Solvent Use C-331 Aromatic Naphtha Stoddard Solvent. Type I TT-N-97. 2 16 FEB 2007 Use C-334 Use C-363 Use C-308 Rubber Cement. TTE751 None TT-I735 ISOPROPYL None NO 4 RUBBER CEMENT None None None THIXON P-5-2 299-947-107TY4 CL8 A1503B BELL ORDER NO.13-00-00 Page 36 Rev. Accelerator EC-019 SPECIFICATION 299-947-107. Grade A None TT-I-735 None None None None ASTM D1153 299-947-107.

Type III MIL-D-16791 299-947-125. Room Temperature Cure. Windows C-399 C-404 S-404 Detergent. Urethane Superfast. Nonionic Liquid C-398 Pressure Sensitive Adhesive Tape Adhesive. 2109 Use C-251 MATERIAL AMS 1424 1 QT N/A ORDER QTY ARCOPLUS. Type I None Rev. Polythioether C-396 Use C-401 Titanium Cleaner C-395 C-402 De-icing Fluid C-394 Tape. High Peel Strength C-397 C-403 Sealant. Class 2. Class 2 MIL-S-29574. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) Commercial Commercial 76381 N/A 04963 97499 97499 04963 Commercial 33564 Commercial 2B665 82925 OFWN7 Commercial N/A CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 37 . Type II.Insulation. Type VIIIA None AMS-C-9084. Fiberglass/Aluminum Foil Luse-Lok C-393 C-401 Use C-251 NOMENCLATURE C-392 S-392 ITEM NO. Type I PASAJEL107 None BELL ORDER NO. 0. Type III Roll (2” wide) 1 QT 6 OZ Bell standard 150-026-070-240 363. Type II. Class B-1/2 Pasa-Jell 107 Octaflo No. Class 1. Type VIIIA 299-947-110.010 inch thick Adhesive.00 WIDE 299-947-125TY2 CL2 MILS29574TYI CLB 6OZ ASTM C665. 2 3 SQ FT Roll (1 LB) N/A Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification 3M Scotchbrand 361 Use C-401 3M No. General Purpose. 08609 EA 9320NA ASTM C665. Corrosion Inhibitor. AMS 1424 None SPECIFICATION Table 13-1. 363 Bell standard 150-026 3M No. Aluminum Backed Fiberglass C-400 Glass Cloth. 16 FEB 2007 AMS-C-9084CL2 TY8A MILC9084 CL1 TY8A AMS-C-9084.2.

032”. Waterproof Steel Wool Wax. 2 16 FEB 2007 Aluminum Oxide Abrasive Cloth Talcum Powder. Type VIIIB SPECIFICATION MILW18723 None 1 GAL N/A 5 LB Each 180 GRIT CLOTH MILT50036 Each Roll (5 LB) 3 SQ FT ORDER QTY P-C-451 AS100028 AMS-C-9084T8B CL2 BELL ORDER NO. Type A. Very Fine Any product meeting specification 58564 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE Anderlex Abrasive Roll 60135. Nylon Web EC-092 S-407 C-406 EC-011 C-405 Safety Wire. 0. EC-025 AS100028 C-404 S-404 ITEM NO. Type III None A-A-59303. Very Fine Aluminum Oxide Abrasive Cloth Any product meeting specification MATERIAL Table 13-1. 35/65 Silicon Dioxide Use C-500 Tape.010 inch thick NOMENCLATURE Rev. Waterproof. Technical Grade. Solvent Type Strip Aid. Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Rostrip M-10 Metex Strip Aid Enstrip S Commercial Commercial Commercial N/A ALK-Cu Strip Concord 1600 Steel Wool Any product meeting specification Use C-500 Commercial 76381 3M Scotch-Brite. MIL-W-18723 ASTM D5486/D 5486M. 0. CRES. Class 2.13-00-00 Page 38 Glass Cloth. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM . Packaging. Copper C-408 C-409 S-409 C-410 C-411 C-412 C-413 C-407 Abrasive Pad. Type T1 AMS 5685 AMS-C-9084.

16 FEB 2007 Rev. Type II None None NASM20995 SPECIFICATION ABRASIVE 240 GRIT None None MS20995CY20 BELL ORDER NO. 0. A-A-1043. Copper. 1000 3M No. 12 inch Scotch Paper Use C-318 Aluminum Wool C-420 C-421 C-422 S-422 Silicon Carbide Abrasive Paper Polyurethane Tape C-419 C-423 S-423 Use C-434 Corrosion Preventive Oil C-416 C-418 Corrosion Preventive Oil C-415 Acid Pickle. Y8561 Use C-434 Commercial Commercial N/A 2E760 76381 N/A 84063 Commercial Presolv B Rodine 213 Commercial Commercial Castrol 4135 Pensalt K-7 61102 Turco 5430 Aquasorb 44389 44389 Oakite SPO (Special Protective Oil) Oakite 90 Commercial LPS 2 44389 Commercial Castrol 4169 Oakite 77 Commercial Commercial Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE LPS 3 Wetalyne Stripper No. Each N/A N/A 1 LB ORDER QTY Commercial Poro Kleen Silicon Carbide Abrasive Paper Use C-318 3M No. Inhibitor Shear Wire. Copper NOMENCLATURE C-413 ITEM NO. 2 Masking Tape. 1 MATERIAL Table 13-1.020” C-414 C-417 Strip Aid. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 39 .

471 (Purple) Surgical Tubing Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Use C-423 Use C-308 Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Masking Tape Use C-323 Use C-323 Silicon Carbide Abrasive Paper MATERIAL Table 13-1. Protective Dust & Moisture Seal C-428 Barrier Tape.1. Technical EC-029 S-432 Hydrochloric (Muriatic) Acid. Grease & Water Proof.13-00-00 Page 40 Rev. Pressure Sensitive None Barrier Material. N/A N/A N/A Roll (36”x200 yards) Roll (1” wide) N/A N/A Each ORDER QTY 04963 14429 Borden Chemical No. Flexible C-427 C-430 None Masking Tape C-426 A-A-59298 A-A-59298 A-A-59105 ASTM E1146 A-A-59298 1. 2 16 FEB 2007 C-429A Use C-423 Surgical Tubing Plating Tape. Age Control C-433 C-434 C-432 Nitric Acid. A-A-59298 NAS 847 MIL-PRF-121 None Use C-323 C-425 None SPECIFICATION Use C-323 Silicon Carbide Abrasive Paper NOMENCLATURE C-424 C-423 S-423 ITEM NO.00 WIDE None None None MIL-B-121 TY1 CL1 232.00 WIDE None None P-P-101 BELL ORDER NO. Technical Grade Use C-308 C-429 C-431 Caps/Plugs. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM . 6404 (Yellow) 43729 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial N/A N/A Commercial Commercial Commercial N/A N/A Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE 3M No.

470 (Purple) 3M No. 420 (Lead Foil) 3M No. Type I or II TT-R-248 SPECIFICATION Roll (1” wide) Roll (2” wide) 420 1.75” wide) ORDER QTY 471.. 471 04963 56059 4-HTP (Green) 3M No.75” wide) 471. 04963 3M No. 425 Use C-242 Any product meeting specification Any product listed in the QPL 81294 1 Turco 5469 04963 Commercial N/A Commercial Commercial 61102 81349 2E289 04963 3M No. Age Control NOMENCLATURE C-434 ITEM NO. 471 56059 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE SC-1 (Yellow) MATERIAL Table 13-1. 420 (Lead Foil) 3M No. Type I MIL-R-81294. Epoxy & EC-030 Polyurethane.75 WIDE BELL ORDER NO.75 WIDE TURCO 5351(T-5469) Roll (0. Water Rinsable Plating Tape. Technical Grade (Ammonia) Rev. 2 Prussian Blue Aluminum Foil Tape C-438 C-439 C-437A Use C-242 C-437 C-436 Paint Remover. Chlorinated Hydrocarbon C-435 16 FEB 2007 Ammonium Hydroxide.00 WIDE 420 2.BLK..YEL.00 WIDE 425-2IN None Roll (2” wide) N/A 1 PT Roll (0. General. A-A-3108 None A-A-59370. 420 (Lead Foil) PR-3700 04963 04963 04963 3M No.Paint Remover. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 41 .

Hard Felt (Rabbit Fur). 2 16 FEB 2007 Synthetic Rubber Coated Fabric Fabric. 2610-7087 No. CRES. Thread. Type I. High EC-090 Temperature Tape. 1/2 inch wide C-448 C-447 Safety Wire. Class 16R1X.041”. 0. Sandwich Cement Sheet. 5253 BT 102 MATERIAL Table 13-1. EC-026 AS100029 Rubber Coated Fabric Aluminum Foil Tape NOMENCLATURE C-441 C-439 ITEM NO. 0. AMS 5685 None C-F-206. 1/16” thk SPECIFICATION 16 OZ N/A Roll (5 LB) Roll (1 LB) Roll (5 LB) Roll (1 LB) N/A ORDER QTY Any product listed in the QPL 907 1 Use C-454 ZA-43 2F1-3-35123 Thread Tape Use C-471 No.062 inch thick Use C-471 C-442 C-443 C-444 C-445 C-446 Fuel Cell Repair Kit Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection Kit Use C-454 C-449 C-450 C-451 C-452 Anti-Seize Compound. 3230 No.13-00-00 Page 42 Rev. 5063 Synthetic Rubber Coated Fabric No. AS100029 1LB ROLL AS100029 5LB ROLL AMS 5685 AMS 5685 MIL-PRF-907 MIL-A907 ANTISEIZE None AS100029 AMS 5685 None AS100029 1LB ROLL None BELL ORDER NO. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) Commercial N/A 37676 5H725 09257 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial N/A 91801 97499 89373 89373 89373 89373 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . Thread.

Type II 472. Pressure Sensitive C-454 C-457 Tape. Adhesive.5” wide) Roll (5/8” wide) Roll (2” wide) Roll (1. 1 inch by 72 yards Tape. 2 Mylar Tape. Type II 299-947-110.3.5” wide) Roll (0.TYII 1.00 WIDE None 299-947-110.. 472. Type II 5453 472.5 299-947-110. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) Commercial Commercial 76381 76381 76381 76381 97499 76381 76381 76381 76381 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 43 .5” wide) Roll (1” wide) Roll (3” wide) Roll (2” wide) Roll (1” wide) ORDER QTY Rev. 4318 3M No.BLK.BLK. 0. 3/4 inch by 72 yards Tape. None SPECIFICATION Roll (0. Type II 299-947-110.5” wide) Roll (1” wide) Roll (3. 1 inch by 72 yards Mylar Tape. 3/4 inch by 72 yards 3M Polyester Tape 853 3M Polyester Tape 853 3M Polyester Tape 853 3M No.50 WIDE 299-947-110. 2IN 299-947-110TY2 5/8 299-947-110.16 FEB 2007 Mylar Tape.00 WIDE None 299-947-110.2.00 WIDE BELL ORDER NO. Adhesive. Vinyl NOMENCLATURE C-453 ITEM NO.5 inch Wide C-455 Mylar Tape. 5453 3M Vinyl Tape 472 3M Vinyl Tape 472 3M Vinyl Tape 472 MATERIAL Table 13-1. Dissimilar Metal Separation C-456 C-458 Chafing Tape. Pressure Sensitive.00 WIDE MIL-T23142 . Type II A-A-59298 A-A-59298 1.1.BLK.TYII.500 WIDE A-A-59298 A-A-59298 A-A-59298 4318.

299-947-110. Class 1 Roll (2”x36 yards) 3M PTFE Film Tape 5490 CHR 2285-2 MATERIAL 97499 299-947-110TY3C L1 2I 299-947-110. Pressure Sensitive EC-056 ITEM NO.020 inch thick C-463 C-464 C-465 C-466 C-467 C-462 Masking Tape for Acrylic Material EC-068 C-461 C-460 Tape. 2024-T3. Type III. Type III. 23070 53912 38968 Airtech Flashbreaker 1 No. Acid Nonwoven Fabric. Class 1 CHR 2255-2 1ECV7 N/A 71643 None CHR HM426 76381 1ECV7 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE 299-947-110.yd India Stone Antifretting Buffer Tape. 299-947-113 6IN 299-947-113 AMS-QQ-A-250/4A 299-947-113 . Class 1 299-947-110.13-00-00 Page 44 NOMENCLATURE Rev. Polyurethane Aluminum Alloy Sheet. Type III. Class 1 SPECIFICATION Table 13-1. 0. Class 1 Roll (1”x36 yards) N/A ORDER QTY 299-947-110. Type III. Class 1 299-947-110 TY3 CL1 None BELL ORDER NO. . 8671 Bell standard 150-044-1 Abrasive Stone Commercial 76381 97499 Commercial 41335 53912 Airtech Flashbreaker 2 Cerex No.5” wide) Each Roll (3” wide) 3M No.7 oz/sq. Type III. A-15-1 97499 299-947-110TY3C L1 299-947-110.50WIDE INDIA STONE 299-947-113 299-947-113 None Roll (6” wide) Roll (0. Adhesive. 2 16 FEB 2007 Etching. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM . Type III.

Vinyl Tape Wicking Cloth. 4508 (Black) 3M No. Type III MIL-C-5040. 4508 (Black) MATERIAL Table 13-1. 2 53912 0NRE6 No. 4508 (Black) 3M No. Aluminum Oxide or Garnet Cotton Thread Use C-397 Tedlar. Chlorinated Hydrocarbon Dry Blasting Abrasive. Vac Pac. 0.BLK None N/A Roll (0.75 WIDE BELL ORDER NO. Nylon. Fibrous. E-3760P1 or E-3760P2 Airtech Wrightlon 4500 or 4500P 0NRE6 N/A 81348 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial 91775 04963 04963 04963 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE No. Fiberglass or Equivalent Abrasive Glass Beads Cord.1/8X1. E3760 Use C-397 Dry Blasting Abrasive.032 inch thick Paint Remover. Aluminum Oxide or Garnet Any product meeting specification EPSG32-38CLA Any product meeting specification Any product listed in the QPL 9954 1 HG32-38 inch 3M No.75” wide) ORDER QTY 4508.BLK. 16 FEB 2007 Rev.5” wide) 4508 1-2IN MIL-C5040 TY3 Roll (0.. Type III MIL-G-9954 SPECIFICATION Roll 4508. Waxed Aluminum Alloy Sheet. Perforated C-469 C-470 C-471 C-472 C-473 C-474 C-475 C-476 C-477 S-477 NOMENCLATURE C-468 ITEM NO. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 45 . None A-A-52094 MIL-PRF-25134 AMS-QQ-A-250/4A MIL-C-5040. 2024-T3. General.

30% KOH Any product meeting specification #300 Hermitage Hermitex “1” Rymplecloth #301 Commercial Commercial 1L697 26195 2M161 Welding Tube (Borium). 0.125 inch Hard Facing Welding Tube (DT600HM). 2 16 FEB 2007 Use C-427 Use C-471 Teflon-Dacron Fabric Duct Tape Welding Tube (Borium). X1106 Use C-471 Use C-427 Airtech Release Ply B. Perforated NOMENCLATURE C-478 C-477 S-477 ITEM NO. Synthetic. F or Super F No. 0. 0. 1 SQ FT N/A N/A 1 SQ FT ORDER QTY Electrolyte.125 inch Hard Facing C-479 C-480 C-481 C-482 C-484 C-485 C-487 Electrolyte.125 inch Hard Facing Welding Tube (DT600HM). Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM . 393 No. 0.125 inch Hard Facing 57965 04963 N/A N/A 53912 0NRE6 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE Welding Tube (Borium). 30% KOH EC-079 C-486 Cheesecloth. 0. CCC-C-440. 3760P MATERIAL Table 13-1. Cotton EC-091 Peel Ply Fabric.125 inch Hard Facing 3M No.3760P BELL ORDER NO. Non-Bonding Tedlar.13-00-00 Page 46 Rev. Class 1 None None SPECIFICATION CCCC0046 None None VACPAC NO. Vac Pac.

1 FT AMS-DTL-23053/18. 507 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial 04963 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE 3M No. 33 P/N 71193-00 Sodium Bicarbonate. Na2(CO3) MATERIAL Table 13-1. Class 3 1 FT M23053/18-302-0 AMS-DTL-23053/18. Type I. AMS-DTL-23053/18. Class 2 A-A-59282 A-A-59282 SPECIFICATION Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification 58102 Norton No. Class 3 V-T-295. Na2(CO3) EC-075 ITEM NO. Heat Shrinkable C-490 C-491 C-492 C-493 C-489 Boric Acid Solution EC-076 C-488 Sodium Bicarbonate.NOMENCLATURE Cork Stopper Electrical Insulation Tape. Grade A. Size E Tubing. Insulation. M23053/18-308-C Class 3 1 FT M23053/18-303-0 AMS-DTL-23053/18. Class 3 1 FT ORDER QTY M23053/18-302-C BELL ORDER NO. Type I. Class 3 AMS-DTL-23053/18. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 47 . M23053/18-303-C Class 3 16 FEB 2007 Rev. M23053/18-304-C Class 3 AMS-DTL-23053/18. Class 2 A-A-51056. M23053/18-305-C Class 3 1 FT 1 FT AMS-DTL-23053/18. 2 1 FT 1 FT M23053/18-304-0 AMS-DTL-23053/18. Plastic Nylon Thread.

Class 3 SPECIFICATION Sodium Chloride. Non-Permanent Use C-307 Wet Blasting Abrasive Use C-471 Use C-314 Stencil Ink Crocus Cloth. Class 3 AMS-DTL-23053/18.13-00-00 Page 48 Rev. Heat Shrinkable C-493 C-494 NOMENCLATURE ITEM NO. Insulation. AMS-DTL-23053/18. 2 16 FEB 2007 Metal Marking Ink. 1 FT M23053/18-306-0 M23053/18-307-0 AMS-DTL-23053/18. 3/0 Inspection Grade Use C-307 F-1200 Vapor-Off Pen Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification MATERIAL Table 13-1. 603 Use C-314 Use C-471 Flint Quartz No. Class 3 Each N/A N/A N/A 1 FT 1 FT M23053/18-310-0 AMS-DTL-23053/18. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) Commercial Commercial 09800 N/A N/A 84083 N/A 01195 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . Class 3 1 FT ORDER QTY 1 FT M23053/18-309-0 BELL ORDER NO. Abrasive Coated Any product meeting specification . Class 3 A-A-208. [NaCl] C-495 C-496 C-497 C-498 C-499 C-500 C-501 Tubing.Color No. 3/0. M23053/18-310-C Class 3 AMS-DTL-23053/18. Abrasive Coated (Alternate C-423) Sodium Chloride. Type I None None PC458 None None None 1 FT AMS-DTL-23053/18. M23053/18-306-C Class 3 None 1 FT M23053/18-305-0 AMS-DTL-23053/18. [NaCl] Crocus Cloth.

yd Potassium Cyanide. [NaCN] Potassium Cyanide. 8671 Polyethylene Syringe S640-10 MATERIAL 299-947-113 Roll (1 LB) ORDER QTY 3M No.2. Foam. Technical Grade.1/8X3. 8671 AS100026 BELL ORDER NO. Double Emulsion Tape. [KCN] Cerex No.. Anti-chafing Polyethylene Syringe C-502 C-510 Sodium Chloride.75 WIDE 3M Double Coated Tape 444 04963 04963 04963 3M No. [NaCl] NOMENCLATURE C-501 ITEM NO. 4408 3M No. 23030 3M No.00 WIDE 3M444 Roll Roll (2” wide) Roll 4408. Technical Grade.BLK NO 444 Roll (0. 2 None None AMS 5685 Roll (2” wide) 4408.3 oz/sq. CRES. 4408 3M No. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 49 . [NaCN] Safety Wire. . 4408 Sodium Cyanide. 299-947-113 SPECIFICATION Table 13-1. 4408 3M No. 4508 3M Double Coated Tape 444 04963 04963 04963 04963 04963 Commercial Commercial Commercial 41335 04963 04963 04963 52004 Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE 3M No. [KCN] Sodium Cyanide. Rev. AS100026 Tape. Technical grade. 0. Anti-chafing C-505 C-506 C-507 C-508 C-509 Tape.020”. 4508 3M No. Soundproofing C-504 C-511 Polyurethane Tape C-503 Tape. 4370 3M No.16 FEB 2007 Nonwoven Fabric.75” wide) 4408. Technical grade.

0. 0. 1/16” thk AMS 6345 WW-T-700/7B AMS-QQ-A-250/4A 299-947-100. Class 16R1X. Wet Layup Aluminum Alloy.5 PT Each 1 PT ORDER QTY 28-C-1 EASE-OFF990 76209 299-947-100TY2 CL3PT BELL ORDER NO. Cleaning. Cleaning. 0. Type II. Heat Resistant. 250 98795 98795 81348 81348 81348 81348 04963 51813 81349 Cloth. Class 3 299-947-100. Epoxy Base. 1/16 inch Adhesive. Aluminum alloy. Rev.050 inches thick Cloth. Low-Lint Liquid Nitrogen Tape.156 inches thick wall Steel Metal Sheet. High Adhesion Felt Sheet.13-00-00 Page 50 Adhesive. Dry High Pressure Anti-Seize Compound Sealing Compound. 7075-T6. Type II. Flatback. Class 3 SPECIFICATION Table 13-1.100 inches thick Tube. Epoxy Base. 2 16 FEB 2007 10-C-2 Ease Off 990 Mollylube Osborn P/N 76209 3M No. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM . Type I. 299-947-144 MMM-A-134 C-F-206. Low-Lint Magnobond 6367 Magnobond 6367 MATERIAL 299-947-144 0. Low-Lint Liquid Nitrogen 80244 Commercial Commercial Commercial 97499 22121 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE Cloth. Normalized 4130. Cleaning. Pin Hole Filler C-513 C-514 C-515 C-516 C-517 C-518 C-519 C-520 C-521 C-522 C-523 NOMENCLATURE C-512 ITEM NO. 2024-T3. Heat Resistant Lubricant.

Potting EC-064 C-534 Methylene Chloride. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) 97499 83574 Commercial Commercial 75297 14439 97499 Commercial 97499 97499 Commercial 71984 07950 07950 Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 51 .Grease. Dielectric. Vapor Degreaser (Alternate C-563) NOMENCLATURE C-524 ITEM NO. EC-062 Strippable (Hot Dipping) C-529 Chafing Kit EC-066 C-528 Braid. Rosin EC-023 C-531 C-530 Compound. Braided. Type II ANSI J-STD-004 299-947-074 TY2 6OZ 299-947-074. Technical Grade EC-027 C-533 Freon TF EC-024 C-532 Soldering Flux. Type II Rev. Plastic Coating. Silicone. MIL-G-81827 ASTM D4080 SPECIFICATION C-535 Primer. High Load Capacity Grease. 2. Metal Sleeving EC-084 Trichloroethylene. Prefrozen 16 FEB 2007 MILG81827 14OZ MIL-G-81827 None None C-536 Sleeving. Type II MIL-P-149 A-A-59173 MILG81827 1LB BELL ORDER NO. Aircraft. Premixed. Expendable EC-072 ASTM D4701 MIL-C-81302. 8 DC 33 (Light) Royco 22MS Aeroshell Grease 23C MATERIAL Table 13-1. or 3 Any product listed in the QPL 149 1 Bas Kit -010 Bell standard 20-0363-11-XX Armovis No. Aircraft and Instrument Grease C-525 C-526 C-527 Sealing Compound. 1 FT N/A N/A N/A 1 GAL N/A 6 OZ 14 OZ 1 LB ORDER QTY 130-053-( )-0 PR-1523-M Dichloromethane Freon TF Kester 185 CS 3100 299-947-074 Class 1. 2 130-053-( )-0 None None None KESTER FLUX #185 None 299-947-074.

Contact Cleaner S-1125 Kit 1 Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Insulation Tape. Electronic Grade EC-040 None None None BELL ORDER NO. Electronic Grade EC-044 None N/A Sn62WRMAP LAR 388 ANSI J-STD-006 Solder. Hard. Contact Cleaner EC-082 A-A-59282 C-550 Tetrahydrofuran (THF) EC-065 C-551 Epoxy Adhesive. Electronic Grade C-542 None N/A Sn60WS Sn60WRMAP3 MATERIAL C-545 Stripper EC-047 ANSI J-STD-006 Solder. Silver EC-045 ITEM NO. Silicone Adhesive EC-051 A-A-59163. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) Commercial 06090 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . Table 13-1. Electronic Grade EC-042 C-544 ANSI J-STD-006 QQ-B-654.13-00-00 Page 52 NOMENCLATURE Rev. Potting Compound EC-074 A-A-59474 C-549 Tape. BAg-9 SPECIFICATION Solder. Reinforced Silicone C-548 A-A-52081 Tape. Spacers ANSI J-STD-006 C-539 Solder. Electronic Grade C-538 C-537 Solder. Type I None S1125 None N/A Each N/A Butyl Acetate. Electrical. Brazing Alloy. 2 16 FEB 2007 None None C-552 Butyl Acetate. Polyester Lacing C-547 Sn63WS XTPA-080 N/A Sn63WRMAP3 Thermoplastic Sealant Tape None N/A Sn62WS C-546 ANSI J-STD-006 C-543 Solder. Electronic Grade C-541 None N/A N/A N/A ORDER QTY Spacers ANSI J-STD-006 C-540 Solder.

2 ASTM D4376 299-947-359. Type I 299-947-359. 299-947-110. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 53 . Grade 2 THIXOGREASE AMS-C-9084. Teflon NOMENCLATURE C-553 ITEM NO. 86A 70-000-6237-5 3M No. Class 2 NASM20995 299-947-110 TY3 CL2 BELL ORDER NO. Rev. 0.CL2 TYIII AMS3276 1 PT 3M 86A 70-0000-6237-5 MS20995CY15-4 8 299-947-110TY3C 2 3IN 299-947-110.005 inch thick Grease. Copper. Type III. Perchloroethylene Hysol EA9392 Magnobond 6398 (Magnolia) Thixogrease Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification 3M No. Class 2 SPECIFICATION 15. 8663 Black Commercial 97499 1UW17 22121 Commercial Commercial Commercial 04963 97499 04963 66724 Commercial Mono-Coat E 150 N-ODS LPS 3 05972 Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE Loctite Frekote 44 NC MATERIAL Table 13-1. High Pressure Adhesive. 0.16 FEB 2007 Safety Wire.5 OZ 3 SQ FT 1 PT 1 PT Roll (8”x36 yards) 4 FT Roll (3” wide) Roll (0. Type III AMS 3276 None MIL-C-6173. Two Parts Epoxy C-554 C-555 C-556 C-557 C-558 C-559 C-560 C-561 C-562 C-563 Vapor Degreaser EC-060 Tape.0 inch Wide Adhesion Promoter Sealant. Fuel Resistant Glass Cloth. Type III.015” Release Agent Corrosion Preventive Compound Blade Tape. Type I NLGI Grade 2 AMS-C-9084. Type I 299-947-359. Class 2.5” wide) ORDER QTY Tetrachloroethylene. 8.

Abrasion Resistant Materials Sealant. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) Commercial Commercial Commercial 53912 Commercial 72008 0M7L5 18554 97499 53912 53912 53912 53912 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM .029 Lubricant. 2 16 FEB 2007 None None None None None None None None DC-340 LARSON L100 None BELL ORDER NO. Perforated Adhesive. Filled Resin Copper Wire Mesh. Retaining Compound Heatsink Compound C-565 C-565 C-566 C-567 C-568 C-569 C-570 C-571 C-572 C-573 NOMENCLATURE C-564 ITEM NO. Rev. Class 1 SPECIFICATION 1 PT 87 GRAMS KIT N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A ORDER QTY Dow Corning 340 compound Locktite 603 Larson L100 Airtech A4000 P3 Joocy-Loob Cethyl Alcohol (solid blocks 1”x2”x3” approx. Drilling and Tapping. Vacuum Bagging Film. <440F Cure Shimming Compound. Nylon. <440F Cure Polyester Breather Fabric Polyester Breather Fabric Vacuum Bag.) ICF-31P Micro Lube Boelube 70104 Bell standard 151-024-3 DMS-4-828 Airtech GS-213-3 (1/8” x 1/2”) Airtech Airweave Super 10 Airtech Airweave N-10 Airtech Ipplon WN1500 (Blue) MATERIAL Table 13-1. Nylon. 0. Composites and Metals FEP Parting Film. Sealing Compound. None AMS 3726. Sealing Compound.13-00-00 Page 54 Vacuum Bagging Film. Vacuum Bag.

Type I or Type II AMS 3817 299-947-073 6OZ 299-947-073 QUART LACING TAPE SIZE 3 AA52084-C-2 50 BT-100 ARALDITE 2026 6 OZ 1 QT Each Roll (100' long) Roll (2” wide) 50 ML Hysol EA 9306NA Presto Black BST4 Brush-On AA52084-C-3 AA52084-C-2 Any product meeting specification BT-100 (Anchor Continental) Tape 500 (3M) Araldite 2026 Permabond 101 MATERIAL A-A-3097 Type 2. Class 1 SPECIFICATION Table 13-1. 16 FEB 2007 Rev. A-A-3097 Type 2. Resin Coated C-577 C-583 Tape.025 inch diameter Tape. Lacing. Flat Electrical Tying. 2 299-947-073 299-947-073 299-947-073 A-A-52084 A-A-52084 AMS 5685 MIL-C-6085. Plastic (PMB) C-576 Black Oxide Solution. Intermediate Cure. Epoxy Base. Type II MIL-L-21260. Class 1 ORDER QTY Loctite 420 (Loctite Super Bonder 420) BELL ORDER NO. CRES. Brush-on Adhesive C-575 C-582 Adhesive NOMENCLATURE C-574 ITEM NO. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) 97499 97499 33564 OHLC1 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 55 . Aramid C-578 C-579 C-580 C-581 Adhesive. 0.Preservative Oil Preservative Oil Safety Wire. Heat Resistant Nylon Braid.

Low Density. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial 06090 K5635 09800 22121 51625 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . Class 1 AMS-DTL-23053/5. Heat Shrinkable EC-071 Insert Material. Insulation. Class 1 M23053/8-004-C AMS-DTL-23053/8 AMS-DTL-23053/5. Class 3 Stencil Ink C-585 299-947-097 TY2 BELL ORDER NO. Epoxy & Amine Base NOMENCLATURE C-584 ITEM NO. Class 1 AMS-DTL-23053/5. Class 1 AMS-DTL-23053/5. Insulation. Heat Shrinkable None CA1000 6OZ AMS-DTL-23053/8 None C-588 Corrosion Preventive Compound C-586 None 299-947-097. 2 16 FEB 2007 C-589 Tubing. Type II 299-947-097. Heat Shrinkable EC-069 M23053/5-103-9 M23053/5-104-0 M23053/5-105-0 M23053/5-106-0 M23053/5-106-9 M23053/5-107-0 AMS-DTL-23053/5.TY II 299-947-097. Type II SPECIFICATION C-587 Tubing. Type III None 299-947-097. Type II A-A-208. Insulation. Type II AMS-DTL-23053/4. 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT N/A 6 OZ N/A N/A 1 GAL 1 PT ORDER QTY Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification ATUM (RK-6025) DeSoto CA 1000 Any product meeting specification Magnobond 120-271 BH200/9810 MATERIAL Table 13-1. Class 1 M23053/8-001-C Tubing.13-00-00 Page 56 Rev. 299-947-097. Class 1 AMS-DTL-23053/5.

Table 13-1. Class 2 M23053/5-107-9 BELL ORDER NO. Heat Shrinkable EC-069 ITEM NO.com for free public access to the Qualified Products List (QPL). Heat Shrinkable EC-070 C-589 Tubing. Class 1 AMS-DTL-23053/5. Insulation.assistdocs.NOMENCLATURE 1 NOTE: M23053/5-109-0 M23053/5-109-2 M23053/5-111-0 M23053/5-102-0 M23053/5-103-0 M23053/5-118-0 M23053/5-109-9 AMS-DTL-23053/5. Class 1 AMS-DTL-23053/5. Government web site http://www. Class 1 M23053/4-203-0 M23053/5-108-0 AMS-DTL-23053/5. Class 1 AMS-DTL-23053/5.S. Consumable Materials List — Item Number Versus Nomenclature (Cont) BHT-ALL-SPM 16 FEB 2007 Rev. Class 1 AMS-DTL-23053/5. C-590 Tubing. Class 1 AMS-DTL-23053/4. Class 1 SPECIFICATION 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT ORDER QTY Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification MATERIAL Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE Refer to the U. Class 1 AMS-DTL-23053/5. AMS-DTL-23053/5. Insulation. 2 13-00-00 Page 57/58 . Class 1 AMS-DTL-23053/5.

.

Metal Bonds 3M No. Nylon Web MIL-G-9954 ORDER QTY C-470 BELL ORDER NO. Very Fine C-407 EC-092 S-407 ACETONE GALLON Anderlex Abrasive Roll 60135. Inhibitor ASTM D329 C-316 EC-002 S-316 Acetone 1 GAL 3M Scotch-Brite. Type A. 2216 B/A GREY 1 PT C-322 INSTABOND 900 Adhesive None C-327 Adhesion Promoter.7 OZ 2 OZ 1 PT 3M No. 2216 B/A TAN N/S 3M No. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number 04963 04963 04963 04963 5V071 04963 20913 1N960 84063 Commercial 76381 58564 Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 59 . NOMENCLATURE Table 13-2.16 FEB 2007 Rev. Abrasive Glass Beads SPECIFICATION ITEM NO. 86A C-558 Adhesion Promoter 1 PT Glisten Acrylic Plastic Cleaner C-330 3M 86A CADCO Anti-Static Plastic Cleaner C-330 None Tend Anti-Static Plastic Cleaner C-330 Acrylic Plastic Cleaner Rodine 213 C-417 Any product meeting specification Acid Pickle. Very Fine C-407 EC-092 S-407 Any product listed in the QPL 9954 1 MATERIAL Abrasive Pad. 2216 B/A INSTAbond 900 3M No. 2216 B/A 2216B/A C-322 EC2216 B/A TAN N/S 1. 2 2216B/A 2OZ C-322 C-322 3M No.

Type II C-361 50 ML A-A-3097 Type 2. Type II C-361 299-947-038 299-947-121. Adhesive SPECIFICATION ITEM NO.13-00-00 Page 60 Rev. 2 16 FEB 2007 Adhesive Film. NOMENCLATURE Table 13-2. Epoxy Adhesive Film 299-947-038 299-947-038 299-947-038 299-947-038 C-364 C-364 C-364 C-364 299-947-121. Class 1 C-574 ARALDITE 2026 Loctite 420 (Loctite Super Bonder 420) A-A-3097 Type 2. 0151 (Clear) ORDER QTY C-336 BELL ORDER NO. BR1009 Primer FM-1000 Adhesive. Type II C-361 C-364 299-947-121. BR1009-50 Primer FM-1000-5302 FM-1000 EP-15 Adhesive. Class 1 C-574 C-575 Fusor 304-1 and 304-2 C-366 AT200 FM-1000 Adhesive. AF-163-2(U/S) FM 53 Cytec N-1113 Araldite 2026 Permabond 101 Eccobond 45 / Catalyst 15 C-365 MATERIAL Hysol Epoxy Patch Kit No. Type II C-361 C-364 299-947-121. Type II C-361 299-947-038 299-947-121. BR1009-49 Primer FM 87 3M No. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 97499 09BV7 09BV7 09BV7 09BV7 09BV7 97499 6A670 09BV7 04622 Commercial Commercial Commercial 30676 04347 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM .

299-947-121. Type I 299-947-121. Intermediate Cure SPECIFICATION ITEM NO.06 lbs/sq.06 lbs/sq.06 lbs/sq. 2 299-947-092 C-303 299-947-092 299-947-092 C-303 C-303 299-947-092 C-303 299-947-121. Type I C-362 299-947-121.ft AF-126-2 0. AF-163-2K MATERIAL Table 13-2. AF-163-2K FM 87 3M No. Type I C-252 C-362 299-947-320.06 lbs/sq.06 lbs/sq. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 97499 94565 97499 55119 04622 55119 55119 09BV7 55119 04622 09BV7 6A670 09BV7 6A670 97499 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 61 . Type I C-362 C-362 299-947-121.ft AF-126-3 0. Type I C-252 Adhesive Film.ft AF-126 0. Type I 299-947-320. Type I 299-947-121. Type I 299-947-121.ft AF-126 0. 1 PT ORDER QTY PS-30 (Two components) PS-18 (Three components) Hysol EA9601 0. Type I 299-947-121. Type I 299-947-121. Type I 299-947-121.08 lbs/sq.ft Cytec N-1113 FM 53 3M No. NOMENCLATURE 299-947-092 PT BELL ORDER NO. Type I C-362 16 FEB 2007 Rev. Type I C-362 C-362 C-362 C-362 C-362 C-362 C-362 Adhesive for Acrylic Plastics 299-947-121.06 lbs/sq.ft FM 123-2 0.ft Narmco 227 0. Type I 299-947-121.

Type II. Type II. Adhesive. Class 2 C-317 S-317 C-317 S-317 C-317 S-317 299-947-100. Abrasion Resistant Materials Adhesive Tape for Nameplate. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 97499 97499 1UW17 22121 1UW17 81348 Commercial 04963 04963 04963 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . Class 3 299-947-100. Type II. 3M No. General Purpose Adhesive.13-00-00 Page 62 Rev. Heat Resistant.040 inch thick SPECIFICATION C-340 ITEM NO. A/N 467 0. Epoxy Base. Type II. Epoxy Base. Y9122 0.0031 inch thick ORDER QTY C-340 BELL ORDER NO.002 inch thick C-340 MATERIAL 3M No. Epoxy Base. Heat Resistant MMM-A-134 C-571 299-947-100TY2 CL3PT 299-947-100TY2 CL2G50 299-947-100TY2 CL2QT 299-947-100TY2 CL2PT LARSON L100 1 PT 50 GRAMS 1 QT 1 PT 87 GRAMS KIT Hysol EA934NA Magnobond 6398 (Magnolia) Hysol EA9392 Larson L100 3M No. A/N 465 0. 2 16 FEB 2007 299-947-100. Class 2 C-317 S-317 Adhesive. Film Type. Type II. Type II. Class 2 299-947-100. Class 3 299-947-100. Class 2 C-520 Adhesive. Wet Layup 299-947-100. Heat Resistant. Class 2 C-317 S-317 299-947-100. Class 2 C-317 S-317 C-363 S-363 299-947-100. Type II. Class 2 C-317 S-317 C-363 S-363 299-947-100. Pressure NOMENCLATURE Table 13-2. Type II. Type II.

Class 3 299-947-100. Type I 299-947-099 C-313 C-331 299-947-099 C-313 Adhesive.299-947-100. Type II. Class 3 C-363 S-363 C-512 C-512 16 FEB 2007 Rev. Type II. Class 3 C-363 S-363 Adhesive. 2 299-947-099 299-947-099 C-313 C-313 299-947-125. Araldite AV1258/HV1258 Hysol EA9340 Metalset A-4 NA Devcon 2-Ton Hysol EA 9306NA Magnobond 6367 Magnobond 6367 Magnobond 6367 Hysol EA956 MATERIAL Table 13-2. Metal Repair & Fairing Compound Adhesive. Intermediate Cure. Epoxy Base. Heat Resistant. General Purpose 299-947-073 C-583 C-298 299-947-073 C-583 Adhesive. Heat Resistant. Class 3 299-947-100. Class 3 C-363 S-363 Adhesive. Type II. Epoxy Base. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 02684 1UW17 97499 16059 97499 97499 33564 97499 22121 22121 1UW17 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 63 . Wet Layup SPECIFICATION ITEM NO. Epoxy Base. Heat Resistant 299-947-100. NOMENCLATURE ORDER QTY 299-947-125 TYPE 1 299-947-099 11OZ DEVCON 2-TON 299-947-073 6OZ 299-947-073 QUART 299-947-100TY2 CL3PT 1 QT 11 OZ 1 OZ 6 OZ 1 QT 1 PT 299-947-100T2CL 50 GRAMS 3 50G BELL ORDER NO. Room Temperature Cure. High Peel Strength 299-947-099 C-313 299-947-073 C-583 Adhesive. Type II. Epoxy. Wet Layup 299-947-100. Room Temperature Cure. Type II.

Rubber Base Adhesive. Type IV. 2 16 FEB 2007 299-947-107. General Purpose. Type III. Type III. Class 2 C-397 Adhesive. High Peel Strength NOMENCLATURE 299-947-107TY3 CL6 8OZ 299-947-107 TY3 CL6 847 299-947-107TY4 CL8 A1503B 299-947-125TY2 CL2 EA9309NA 299-947-125TYI5 0GM BELL ORDER NO. Type IV. Class 8 299-947-125. Class 6 C-310 C-310 C-310 C-310 C-310 Adhesive. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 83574 6A670 5B981 85091 97499 6A670 1HS43 1HS43 33564 97499 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . Type I C-331 C-376 EC-020 299-947-125. 8 OZ 1 QT 5 OZ 1 QT 1 QT 1 QT 25 GRAMS KIT 50 GRAMS ORDER QTY Pro-Seal 596 3M Scotchgrip 1300L (EC1300L) Magna-Tac M-24 Magna-Tac M-24 3M EC-847 A1343B A1503B Hysol EA 9309NA MATERIAL Table 13-2. Type III. Class 6 299-947-107. Type I. Class 6 C-312 EC-007 Adhesive. Class 1 C-324 C-324 None 299-947-107. Type I. Type II. Type III. Fuel & Oil Adhesive. Rubber Base. Type I C-331 299-947-107. General Purpose 299-947-107. Class 6 299-947-107. Room Temperature Cure. Neoprene 299-947-107. Rubber Base.13-00-00 Page 64 Rev. Type I SPECIFICATION C-331 ITEM NO. Class 8 C-377 EC-019 299-947-125. General Purpose. Rubber Base. Class 1 299-947-107. Rubber Base. Accelerator 299-947-125. Class 6 299-947-107. Type III. Adhesive.

Type I. Class 4 C-311 EC-004 C-311 EC-004 C-311 EC-004 C-311 EC-004 299-947-107. Type II. Rubber Base. 1 PT 1 QT 4 OZ 2 OZ 1 PT 1 GAL 1 PT N/A 1 PT ORDER QTY A-1231-B 3M EC-776 3M Scotch-Grip Industrial Adhesive 4550 3M Scotchgrip 1300 MATERIAL Table 13-2. Class 5 C-325 EC-006 C-311 EC-004 299-947-107. Class 1 C-324 299-947-107. Class 4 299-947-107. Class 1 C-324 C-333 299-947-107. Class 4 299-947-107. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 1HS43 97499 6A670 97499 97499 6A670 97499 6A670 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM Rev. Type II. Rubber Base. Styrofoam Adhesive. Urethane Adhesive. Class 1 SPECIFICATION C-324 ITEM NO. Type II. General Purpose. 2 13-00-00 Page 65 . General Purpose. Type II. Rubber Base. Class 5 299-947-107. Type II. Type II. Type I. Type I. Type I. Type I. Class 2 C-333 C-325 EC-006 299-947-107. Neoprene NOMENCLATURE 299-947-107. General Purpose. Class 4 299-947-107. 16 FEB 2007 299-947-107TYII CL4 299-947-107TY2 CL4 QT 299-947-107T2CL 4 4OZ EC776-2OZ 299-947-107 TY2CL5PT 299-947-107TY1 CL2GA 299-947-107TY1 CL2 PT None 299-947-107 TYPE-1 BELL ORDER NO. Class 4 299-947-107. Type I. Class 2 299-947-107. Class 2 C-333 299-947-107. General Purpose. Vinyl Adhesive. Type II.Adhesive. Rubber Base.

Class 2 299-947-152. Class 1 299-947-152. CL2 299-947-152TICL 1 1OZ 3 OZ 3 OZ 1 OZ 1 QT 299-947-152. Rubber Base. Class 2 C-300 C-300 C-300 C-307 C-307 C-307 C-307 C-307 299-947-152TY1 CL2CLR 299-947-152. Class 3 SPECIFICATION C-357 EC-003 ITEM NO. Type I. Type I. Class 1 299-947-152.TY1. C-250 299-947-107. Class 1 C-300 299-947-152TYIC L1 QT Silgrip SR 529 with SRCX 18 Catalyst 299-947-152. Type I. Type I. Type I. Type I. Class 2 299-947-152. Type I. Class 1 C-300 1 OZ 217-548 C-250 Dapcotac 3300 RTV-108 (Translucent) Dapcotac 3300 RTV-738 3M Spray Adhesive No. 77 MATERIAL C-250 299-947-152TICL 1 1OZ ORDER QTY 6282PC12 299-947-107. Type I. 2 16 FEB 2007 299-947-152. Type I. Class 1 299-947-152. Table 13-2. Class 3 C-357 EC-003 BELL ORDER NO. Class 1 299-947-152. Silicone Base Adhesive. Type I. Spray NOMENCLATURE Rev. Type I. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 97499 01139 97499 58093 01139 80064 71984 80064 97499 6A670 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM .13-00-00 Page 66 Adhesive. Type I. Class 2 299-947-152.

Type II C-346 299-947-152. Type I. Silicone Base. Silicone Base SPECIFICATION ITEM NO. Class 2 C-307 Adhesive. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 6A670 97499 97499 1UW17 22121 01139 71984 97499 71984 97499 01139 71984 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 67 . Type I 299-947-359. Type I C-562 C-301 299-947-359. Type III C-314 Adhesive. Type III 299-947-152. Type I C-301 C-301 299-947-066.TY III 299-947-152 TY2 3OZ 299-947-152T1CL 2 WHT BELL ORDER NO. Type I C-351 299-947-152. Type II C-346 299-947-152. Type II C-346 C-314 299-947-152. Two Parts Epoxy Adhesive. Black or Clear) MATERIAL Table 13-2. NOMENCLATURE 299-947-066 TY1 299-947-152. Room Temperature Vulcanizing 299-947-152. Type II C-346 C-314 299-947-152. Type III 299-947-152. Type III C-314 299-947-152. & Fuel Resistant. Type I. EC3549 (Tan) Hysol EA9392 Magnobond 6398 (Magnolia) Q2-0046 FRV-1106 RTV-730 (White) RTV-736 (Red) RTV-106 (Red) RTV-732 (White. Type I C-562 Adhesive. 1 QT 6 OZ 3 OZ 3 OZ ORDER QTY 3M No. Temp.16 FEB 2007 Rev. Type I 299-947-066. High Adhesion 299-947-152. Class 2 C-307 Adhesive. Urethane Base 299-947-359. 2 C-562 299-947-066.

0. 0.032 inch thick Aluminum Alloy. Type I C-301 Adhesive. TY1 4OZ BELL ORDER NO. 2024-T3. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial 04963 Commercial Commercial Commercial 44389 Commercial 04963 58093 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . 0. Type II 299-947-066. 2024-T3. Urethane Base SPECIFICATION ITEM NO.13-00-00 Page 68 Rev. 08609 Dapcotac 3013 (Natural Color) MATERIAL Table 13-2. Type II AMS-QQ-A-250/4A AMS-QQ-A-250/4A AMS-QQ-A-250/4A TT-N-95. C-406 EC-011 C-439 C-399 299-947-066. Type I C-301 Adhesive. 425 Oakite LFL Any product meeting specification 3M No. Windows 299-947-066.TYII 1GAL P-C-451 A-A-1043. NOMENCLATURE Each Each Roll (2” wide) 1 GAL 4 OZ ORDER QTY Aluminum Oxide Abrasive Cloth BT 102 3M No. Urethane Superfast.020 inch thick Aluminum Alloy Sheet. 2024-T3. 2 16 FEB 2007 C-348 C-467 C-472 C-513 C-439 Alkaline Steel Cleaner Aluminum Alloy Sheet.100 inches thick Aluminum Foil Tape Aluminum Wool Aluminum Oxide Abrasive Cloth C-305 EC-028 S-305 Aliphatic Naphtha C-422 S-422 C-406 EC-011 180 GRIT CLOTH C-406 EC-011 425-2IN TT-N-95.

Disulfide. Flexible Barrier Tape.75” wide) C-044 PF 5423 3M No.C-522 C-452 EC-090 C-262 C-214 Anti-Seize Compound Anti-Seize Compound. 0. Molybdenum. Thread. Technical Grade (Ammonia) NOMENCLATURE Table 13-2. 0. Rubber Sealant ORDER QTY C-350 BELL ORDER NO.75 inch wide Roll (0. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial 85570 97499 Commercial Commercial 81348 97499 00612 00612 00612 Commercial Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 69 . High Temperature Anti-Seize Compound. Type I.00 WIDE MIL-B-121 TY1 CL1 MIL-PRF-83483 MIL-A907 ANTISEIZE EASE-OFF990 Roll (36”x200 yards) 1 LB 16 OZ 0.5 PT Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification 528X306 Any product meeting specification Any product listed in the QPL 907 1 Ease Off 990 Bell standard 150-044-1 3M No. 5423 . 2 C-430 C-430 C-427 Barrier Material. Prilled A-A-59370. Petrolatum Anti-Static Coating 16 FEB 2007 Rev.0 inch wide C-044 MIL-A-50460 Any product meeting specification MATERIAL Antichafe Tape. Pressure Sensitive C-388 Aromatic Naphtha C-214 C-465 Antifretting Buffer C-044 A-A-59298 A-A-59298 MIL-PRF-121 TT-N-97. Grease & Water Proof. Grade A 299-947-085 299-947-085 MIL-PRF-83483 MIL-PRF-907 A-A-59298 A-A-59298 1. Thread. Type I SPECIFICATION C-437 ITEM NO. 1.375 inch wide 3M No. 5423 . 5423 . Ammonium Nitrate. Ammonium Hydroxide.

Brush-on SPECIFICATION ITEM NO. Brush Butyl Acetate. Protective Dust & Moisture Seal NAS 847 TS 567 MIL-C-11162 None C-112 EC-085 Calcium Fluoride None C-112 EC-085 Cadmium Chromate Conversion Coating None C-552 EC-082 None N/A None CALCIUM SULFATE DALIC 5005 None N/A 4. Metal Sleeving Boric Acid Solution 70-000-6237-5 Roll (8”x36 yards) C-557 70-0000-6237-5 3M No. 8663 Black C-557 Presto Black BST4 Brush-On MATERIAL Blade Tape. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) Commercial Commercial Commercial 11924 76071 Commercial 11924 13929 97499 Commercial Commercial 97499 04963 OHLC1 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . 8. NOMENCLATURE Table 13-2. Brush SSS 3002. Contact Cleaner SCM 4100 C-132 Bell standard 20-0363-11-XX Brush Cadmium Electro-cleaning Solution A-A-59282 C-489 EC-076 P/N 71193-00 C-528 EC-084 A-A-59282 C-489 EC-076 Braid.13-00-00 Page 70 Rev.4 LB 1 QT N/A Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Dalic 5005. Black Oxide Solution. Contact Cleaner 1010 C-132 Butyl Acetate.0 inch Wide ORDER QTY C-582 BELL ORDER NO. 2 16 FEB 2007 C-113 C-120 C-428 Calcium Sulfate Dihydrate (Ca(SO4)2H2O) Caps/Plugs.

0. Cotton CCC-C-440. Form II TT-C-490 MILC81706 CL1AFORM11 2 LB 1 SQ FT C-486 EC-091 CCCC0046 Any product meeting specification C-486 EC-091 C-486 EC-091 #300 Hermitage Hermitex “1” C-486 EC-091 Cheesecloth. Dry. 4318 Bas Kit -010 No. Class 2. DTA (for Epoxy Resins) 299-947-499.5” wide) C-529 EC-066 Chafing Kit 4318.. Class 1A. Type II. Form 3K-PW C-255 Carbon Fabric. 2 MIL-DTL-81706.5 inch Wide Roll (0.50 WIDE C-444 Cement 3M No. Plain Weave SPECIFICATION ITEM NO. NOMENCLATURE Table 13-2. Class 2. Class 1 Rymplecloth #301 C-455 Chafing Tape. Catalyst. Type II. Ferrous Surface Chemical Film Material for Aluminum Rev. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 02731 Commercial 1L697 76381 97499 89373 22783 0LHZ4 0LHZ4 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 71 .16 FEB 2007 C-221 C-100 EC-013 S-100 Chemical Conversion Coating Material. Form 3K-PW C-255 None BELL ORDER NO. 3230 Catalyzed Epoxy Primer (3 Part Kit) EPI-Cure 3223 (Diethylenetriamine) PW 42” 195GSMTR7X12AS4 GP-3K C-222 N/A PW 60” 195GSMTR7X12AS4 GP-3K MATERIAL Catalyzed Epoxy Primer (3 Part Kit) None N/A ORDER QTY C-220 299-947-499.

13-00-00 Page 72 Rev. Aircraft Surface Cleaning Compound. Form III C-100 EC-013 S-100 MIL-PRF-6864 MIL-C-87936. Class 1A. Form II SPECIFICATION C-100 EC-013 S-100 ITEM NO. Form II None MIL-DTL-81706. Cadmium Conversion Coating Chromic Trioxide (Chromic Acid) Cleaning Compound Cleaning Compound. Class 1A. Form II C-100 EC-013 S-100 None BELL ORDER NO. Class 3. Type I MIL-DTL-81706. Detergent Cleaning Compound. Oil Cooler MIL-DTL-81706. Class 1A. Alkaline Base. 2 16 FEB 2007 C-369 C-116 C-036 C-342 C-318 S-318 C-130 Chromate Test Strip. Type I MIL-C-43616 A-A-55827. Class 1A.CL3 PWDR MIL-C-81706 1 QT None MIL-DTL-81706. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) Commercial Commercial 44389 73266 Commercial 59728 0PX54 71410 1DZU6 71410 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . Solvent. Form III C-100 EC-013 S-100 MILC87936TYI 5GAL A-A-55827 MIL-C-81706. Chemical Film Material for Aluminum Bonding and Grounding Chemical Film Material for Aluminum NOMENCLATURE 5 GAL 1 LB 1 LB N/A 1 GAL 1 QT N/A N/A ORDER QTY Oakite 8 Hoppe's No. 9 or equivalent Any product meeting specification 9859-N42 Iridite 14-2 Alodine 1201 (Brush-on) Alumibond 1200 (Immersion) Alodine 1200S (Immersion) MATERIAL Table 13-2. MIL-DTL-81706. Class 1A. Form III C-100 EC-013 S-100 C-099 EC-014 MIL-C-81706 1 GAL MIL-DTL-81706.

Class C C-204 EC-036 S-204 MIL-PRF-85582. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial 85570 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial 81349 80244 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 73 . Aliphatic Polyurethane. Epoxy Primer. C-246 not for wet installations) MIL-C-46168. Epoxy Primer. ITEM NO.5 GAL KIT 5 QT KIT 1 PT 2 GAL KIT Color per FED-STD-595B Color per FED-STD-595B Color per FED-STD-595B Color per FED-STD-595B Color per FED-STD-595B EWDE072A/B Any product listed in the QPL 23377 1 Cloth.16 FEB 2007 MIL-PRF-22750 C-210 MIL-PRF-22750 C-210 MIL-PRF-22750 MIL-PRF-22750 C-210 C-210 MIL-PRF-22750 C-210 Coating. Type I. Class C C-204 EC-036 S-204 MIL-C-53039 C-241 Coating. NOMENCLATURE SPECIFICATION Table 13-2. Low-Lint C-516 Coating. Cleaning. 2 BROWN.0 GAL GRAY 36118 1. Epoxy. Waterborne Coating. Low-Lint MATERIAL C-516 ORDER QTY Cloth. Type I. 20040 MIL-C-22750 GRA36231 GRAY 36118 4 OZ GRAY 36118 1. Class C C-204 EC-036 S-204 C-246 EC-036 MIL-PRF-23377. Type I. Cleaning. Class C2 MIL-PRF-23377. Type I. Type II C-218 Rev. Cleaning. Agent Resistant (Alternate C-218) Cloth. Low-Lint BELL ORDER NO. High Solids (Alternate C-246. High-Solids MIL-PRF-23377.5 GAL EWDE072 513X395/910X71 0 MILP23377TY1 1 QT KIT 2 GAL KIT 4 OZ 1 GAL KIT 1. Chem.

Permanent. Strippable (Hot Dipping) MIL-PRF-85285. Coating. Type I C-245 C-471 MIL-PRF-85285. Aircraft Support NOMENCLATURE MIL-C5040 TY3 MILC85285. Type I C-245 C-530 EC-062 MIL-PRF-85285. Nylon. Plastic Coating. Fibrous. Engine Components Coating.3 6440 MIL-PRF-85285. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) Commercial Commercial 97499 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . Type I C-245 C-568 MIL-PRF-85285. Type III C-471 MIL-P-149 MIL-C-5040.TYI. Type I C-245 Cord.3 7038 MILC85285.TYI.TYI.1 2197 BELL ORDER NO. Type I C-245 MIL-PRF-3043 MIL-PRF-85285. 0. Type I SPECIFICATION C-245 ITEM NO.029 MIL-PRF-85285.1 7178 MILC85285. 5 QT KIT 5 QT KIT 2 GAL KIT 2 GAL KIT 3 GAL KIT 1 GAL KIT 2 GAL KIT 2 GAL KIT 1 GAL KIT ORDER QTY EPSG32-38CLA Any product meeting specification Bell standard 151-024-3 Any product listed in the QPL 149 1 Griggs Paints Blue Bake Resin MATERIAL Table 13-2. Type I C-245 Compound. Type I C-245 C-042 MIL-PRF-85285.1 6440 MILC85285TY1C OL17925 MILC85285TY1.C LEAR MILC85285TYI-27 925 MILC85285TYI-13 538 MILC85285.13-00-00 Page 74 Rev. Resin. 2 16 FEB 2007 MIL-C-5040. Type III MIL-PRF-85285. Polyurethane. Waxed MIL-PRF-85285. Type I C-245 Copper Wire Mesh.TYI.

Grade A. Oil Additive Castrol 4169 LPS 2 Oakite SPO (Special Protective Oil) Turco 5430 Aquasorb C-415 C-415 C-415 Dow 9 Dow 7 Any product listed in the QPL 11796 1 Any product listed in the QPL 11796 1 Brayco Concentrate 599 Any product listed in the QPL 15074 1 Any product listed in the QPL 8188 1 DeSoto CA 1000 LPS 3 Mastinox 6856K MATERIAL C-415 1 LB 1 LB 8 OZ 1 GAL 6 OZ 160 ML ORDER QTY LPS 3 AMS-M-3171. Type IV C-212 MIL-C-11796. 2 61102 44389 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial 98308 Commercial Commercial K5635 66724 0ZX56 Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 75 . Petrolatum. Grade 3 C-127 EC-080 C-127 EC-080 Corrosion Preventive Compound. Class 2 C-490 Cork Stopper SPECIFICATION ITEM NO.3 BRAYCO 599 MILC15074 GALLON CA1000 6OZ XMAS6856K/160 CTG BELL ORDER NO. Fingerprint Remover MIL-PRF-8188 C-126 Corrosion Preventive Compound.None MIL-C-6173. Grade 3 C-124 Corrosion Preventive Compound. Aircraft Turbine Engine A-A-51056. Grade 2 None C-128 C-556 C-586 Corrosion Preventive Compound MIL-C-11796. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 16 FEB 2007 Rev. C-415 AMS-M-3171. Sodium Dichromate MIL-C-11796. Type III C-212 MIL-C-15074 C-105 Corrosion Preventive Compound.CL 1 MIL-C-11796 CL. High Temp Corrosion Preventive Oil Corrosion Preventive Compound. NOMENCLATURE Table 13-2. Type I.

Metal Conditioning. Solvent Cutback.O. Grade 1 C-101 CPC. Solvent Cutback. Grade 2 MIL-PRF-16173.1 QT Pensalt K-7 C-416 Any product listed in the QPL 16173 1 Any product listed in the QPL 16173 1 Any product listed in the QPL 16173 1 Any product listed in the QPL 16173 1 Any product listed in the QPL 16173 1 Use A mixture of C-113&C-212&water or C115&C212&Water Any product listed in the QPL 6529 1 Oakite 90 C-416 MIL-C-6529. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial 81348 Commercial 61102 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial 44389 44389 Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . Reciprocating Aircraft Engine 1 PT 1 GAL 2 OZ 1 PT 1 GAL 1 QT Presolv B C-416 TURCO W. Cold-Application (Hard Film) A-A-52094 C-475 Cotton Thread C-344 S-344 C-114 MIL-C-10578 C-344 S-344 Corrosion Remover.13-00-00 Page 76 Rev. Grade 1 C-101 CPC.GR1 2OZ MIL-C16173 GR1 PT MIL-PRF-16173E CLASS1 MIL-PRF-16173. Type II Oakite 77 C-416 MATERIAL Castrol 4135 ORDER QTY C-415 BELL ORDER NO. Corrosion Preventive Oil SPECIFICATION ITEM NO. NOMENCLATURE Table 13-2. 2 16 FEB 2007 Poro Kleen C-416 MIL-C-16173 GR2 MIL-PRF-16173 GR2 MIL-PRF-16173. Grade 1 C-101 C-104 EC-015 MIL-PRF-16173. Phosphoric Acid Corrosion Treatment MIL-C-10578 C-106 EC-016 Corrosion Preventive. Cold-Application (Soft Film) MIL-PRF-16173. Grade 2 MIL-C-16173.

Cold-Application (Soft Film) SPECIFICATION ITEM NO. General Purpose. 33 3M No. Grade 3 C-110 EC-017 Crocus Cloth. Type I 3M Scotchcal No. Nonionic Liquid C-394 De-icing Fluid C-326 AMS 1424 C-349 Decal Sealer Denatured Alcohol AMS 1424 C-500 MIL-PRF-16173. Grade 2 C-104 EC-015 CPC. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 58102 04963 04963 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial 82925 OFWN7 04963 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 77 . Mild Liquid Duct Tape C-398 MIL-D-16791 C-394 Detergent. Aluminum Oxide or Garnet Mild Detergent Denatured Alcohol Octaflo ARCOPLUS. Aluminum Oxide or Garnet C-482 C-355 Detergent. Abrasive Coated Any product listed in the QPL 16173 1 Any product listed in the QPL 16173 1 Any product listed in the QPL 16173 1 Any product listed in the QPL 16173 1 MATERIAL Table 13-2.16 FEB 2007 Rev. Grade 3 C-110 EC-017 MIL-PRF-16173. 393 Dry Blasting Abrasive. 1 GAL 8 OZ Each 1 PT 1 GAL 2.5 OZ 6 OZ ORDER QTY Norton No. Grade 2 C-104 EC-015 CPC. Solvent Cutback. Plastic C-474 Dry Blasting Abrasive.GR2 6OZ BELL ORDER NO.C R2 MIL-C-16173. 3950 Crocus Cloth. Cold-Application (Water Displacing Film) MIL-PRF-16173. Abrasive Coated (Alternate C-423) MIL-PRF-16173. 507 3M No. Solvent Cutback. 2 C-491 C-491 Electrical Insulation Tape. NOMENCLATURE DENATURED SOLOX 3950 SCOTCHCAL PC458 MIL-C16173 GR3 PT MIL-C16173 GR3 GL MIL-PRF-16173.

2 16 FEB 2007 BMS-8-301. Grade 1 C-261 C-368 EC-063 C-461 C-390 Etchant for Teflon Etching. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) Commercial 38968 60622 0KED9 97499 1UW17 1UW17 06090 Commercial 44389 34568 Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . Class 1. Class 1. Alkyd. Exterior. Class 9 299-947-204 C-208 C-378 EC-021 299-947-204 C-208 Estane Primer Epoxy/Zinc Coating BMS-8-301. Wet Layup None C-551 EC-074 Epoxy Adhesive. 30% KOH NOMENCLATURE Table 13-2. Type IV. Electrolyte. Grade 1 C-261 Epoxy Resin. Alkaline SPECIFICATION C-487 EC-079 ITEM NO.13-00-00 Page 78 Rev. Low VOC Cor Clean 6000 C-343 Electrolyte. 30% KOH MATERIAL Anodex NP-2 ORDER QTY C-343 BELL ORDER NO. Electrolytic Cleaner. A-15-1 Tetra Etch Thixon P-5-2 02-X-011 Base + Catalyst + Zinc Dust Hysol EA9390 Hysol EA9390 S-1125 Kit 1 Cor Clean 6300 C-343 TT-E-489 O-S 590 C-343 C-240 Oakite 90 C-343 Enamel Overcoat. Acid Ethyl Acetate 299-947-204 C-208 299-947-107. Potting Compound TTE751 THIXON P-5-2 299-947-204 2GAL S1125 1 GAL 1 GAL 2 GAL Each Ethyl Acetate No.

1/16” thk Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection Kit C-519 Felt Sheet. Sandwich A-A-59342. Ethyl Alcohol NOMENCLATURE N/A N/A N/A Roll (50”x500') 16 OZ 1 QT 1 PT N/A ORDER QTY 2F1-3-35123 Freon TF WL5200 A4000 A5000 ZA-43 APF 4 Gray (Filler #4) Airtech A4000 P3 Hysol EA960-A Resin.TY II 299-947-072. Class 16R1X. Non-perforated C-372 Filler. C-323 299-947-072. Aerodynamic None BELL ORDER NO. Type I C-323 C-323 299-947-072. 2 C-449 Fuel Cell Repair Kit None C-256 C-533 MIL-C-81302. Perforated C-F-206. Epoxy & Polyester Base.299-947-072TYP E 1 PT 16 FEB 2007 Rev. Type IV Fluoropolymer Resin Parting Film. Type II EC-024 None C-256 Freon TF None C-256 299-947-072. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 5H725 Commercial 53912 53912 0F451 37676 53912 81348 1UW17 02684 97499 89373 Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 79 . Type I C-323 Fairing Compound. 1/16 inch None None None MB1679G EA960 299-947-072. 5063 Any product meeting specification MATERIAL Table 13-2. Resin & Hardener No. Grade 3 SPECIFICATION C-339 EC-008 ITEM NO. Type I C-323 299-947-072. EQ 960-B Hardener RP1257-3. Type I. Type I C-443 Fabric. Polyester Body and Pinhole C-450 C-570 FEP Parting Film.

Type VIIIB C-404 S-404 C-560 AMS-C-9084. 8 Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification 833K086 Base & 930K088 Catalyst MATERIAL Table 13-2. Aircraft. Type II. General Purpose MIL-G-25013 C-014 Grease. Type III AMS-C-9084. Grade A C-001 C-001 C-026 MIL-PRF-81322. Fume Tightness Coating. 0. Aircraft and Instruments MIL-PRF-23827. Type I or II C-527 AMS 2518 C-025 Grease AMS 2518 C-025 Graphite Petrolatum.13-00-00 Page 80 Rev. Class 1.005 inch thick AMS-C-9084. Type VIIIA C-404 S-404 Glass Cloth. Grade A MIL-G-25013 C-026 C-001 MIL-G-25013 C-026 Grease.CL2 TYIII AMS-C-9084T8B CL2 MILC9084 CL1 TY8A AMS-C-9084CL2 TY8A BELL ORDER NO. Fuel and Corrosion Resistant NOMENCLATURE MOBIL 28 5LB CAN ROYCO 22 AEROSHELL 22 ROYCO 13 MIL-G-23827 MIL-T-5544 AMS-C-9084. Class 2. 2 16 FEB 2007 MIL-PRF-81322. Class 2. Class A SPECIFICATION C-122 ITEM NO. Type VIIIA C-404 S-404 Glass Cloth. Ball and Roller Bearing Grease. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 1ZAY6 07950 54527 07950 07950 Commercial Commercial 98308 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . Class 2. 0.010 inch thick AMS-C-27725. Thread Antiseize Compound AMS-C-9084. Grade A MIL-PRF-81322. Aircraft. 5 LB 14 OZ 14 OZ 28 OZ 14 OZ 1 LB 3 SQ FT 3 SQ FT 3 SQ FT Roll (1 LB) ORDER QTY Mobilgrease 28 Royco 22CF Aeroshell Grease 22 Royco 13CF Royco 13D Any product listed in the QPL 23827 1 Armovis No.

Grade A C-001 Grease. Preservation/Operation C-431 C-029 Hydraulic Fluid. Silicone Base C-526 Grease. Grease. Technical Grade C-041 C-573 Heatsink Compound Heatsink Compound. Synthetic Hydrocarbon Hydrochloric (Muriatic) Acid. Petroleum Base.16 FEB 2007 Rev. 2 C-002 C-107 Hydraulic Fluid. Aircraft. Petroleum Base Hydraulic Fluid. Oscillating Bearing MIL-PRF-81322. Grade A C-001 Grease. Aircraft and Instrument Lubriplate 130-A C-023 ASTM E1146 MIL-PRF-6083 MIL-PRF-5606 MIL-PRF-83282 A-A-59173 MIL-H-5606 DC-340 1 QT 1 PT Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product listed in the QPL 5606 1 Any product listed in the QPL 83282 1 Thermalcote 250 Dow Corning 340 compound DC 33 (Light) Any product listed in the QPL 21164 1 Lubriplate 130-AA 1 LB C-023 MIL-G-21164 Thixogrease Grease. Aircraft. Fire Resistant.5 OZ Royco 22MS C-043 THIXOGREASE 14 OZ Aeroshell Grease 23C Any product listed in the QPL 25537 1 Mobilgrease 28 Aeroshell Grease 22CF MATERIAL Grease. High Pressure MIL-G-81827 C-525 Grease. General Purpose SPECIFICATION ITEM NO. High Load Capacity MIL-G-25537 C-007 MIL-PRF-81322. Silicone. Aircraft. Helicopter. Molybdenum Disulfide. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial 13103 Commercial 71984 73219 73219 Commercial Commercial 07950 07950 Commercial 1ZAY6 07950 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 81 . Low & High Temperatures NLGI Grade 2 MILG81827 14OZ 1 LB 1 LB 1 LB N/A ORDER QTY C-561 MIL-G-81827 C-525 MILG81827 1LB MILG25537 1LB CAN MOBIL 28 None BELL ORDER NO. Petroleum Lubricant MIL-G-21164 15. NOMENCLATURE Table 13-2.

Type II C-584 C-584 C-584 C-584 Insert Material. Electronic Applications ASTM C665. Clear TT-I735 ISOPROPYL N/A N/A 1 GAL 1 PT Abrasive Stone Any product meeting specification MATERIAL LDC-4803 C-254 Kraft Paper. Untreated and Unbleached TT-I-735 None None 299-947-097 TY2 Each ORDER QTY C-108 C-385 EC-009 ASTM C665. Type I C-548 Insulation Tape. Type III C-400 Insulation. Type II 299-947-097.13-00-00 Page 82 299-947-097. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 57868 57868 13929 Commercial Commercial Commercial 97499 97499 Commercial 22121 51625 Commercial Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . Type II 299-947-097. Epoxy & Amine Base Rev. NOMENCLATURE Table 13-2. Type III C-400 Isopropyl Alcohol 99%. Brush-on A-A-3165 1 GAL Bell standard 150-026 Bell standard 150-026-070-240 Any product meeting specification Magnobond 120-271 BH200/9810 C-108 C-216 Lacquer. Aluminum Backed Fiberglass A-A-59163.TY II 299-947-097. Electrical. Gloss. Reinforced Silicone None INDIA STONE C-464 India Stone MIL-A-24641 C-117 BELL ORDER NO. Untreated and Unbleached Any product meeting specification SPS-5070 C-108 LHE Cadmium Plating Solution. 2 16 FEB 2007 SPS-2023P 1 QT C-108 LHE SELECTRON SPS507 Any product meeting specification Kraft Paper. Hydrofluoric Acid SPECIFICATION ITEM NO. Low Density. Type II 299-947-097.

Dry High Pressure None C-569 MIL-L-23398. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 11770 07950 71984 81348 8M506 Commercial 72008 0M7L5 18554 81349 99167 70904 1V074 51813 86961 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 83 . Solid Film C-021 C-027 Lubricant. Dry Film None C-391 Lubricant. Corrosion Inhibitor C-017 Lubricant. FS 3451 Mollylube Osborn P/N 76209 Permalon 327 Joocy-Loob Cethyl Alcohol (solid blocks 1”x2”x3” approx. Type II MIL-L-46000 None None C-569 C-028 None C-569 Lubricant. 3 C-219 Liquid Epoxy SPECIFICATION C-012 ITEM NO. Semi-Fluid Lubricant. NOMENCLATURE Table 13-2.) ICF-31P Micro Lube Boelube 70104 3201-86217-01-0 PLASTILUBE #3 Liquid Nitrogen Epon 828 C-032 None 1 PT MATERIAL ML 7 PLUS 2 C-012 Lubricant EPON828 W/DTA CATLST ORDER QTY C-012 C-517 Liquid Nitrogen MIL-P-38714. Composites and Metals Lubricant. 2 C-034 Lubricant.16 FEB 2007 Rev. Fluorosilicone C-569 C-521 None C-569 Lubricant. Type I. Cleaning and Preservation MIL-L-63460 76209 PERMALON #327 None None None None None Each 12 OZ N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 14 OZ Plastilube #3 Everlube 620 Royco 46 Dow Corning No. Molykote No. Grade 0 BELL ORDER NO. Air Cured. Drilling and Tapping. Solid Film.

Solid Film. Grade 3 J 1966. Grade 1005 MIL-PRF-6081. Lubricating. 1 GAL 1 QT 1 QT N/A 6 OZ 1 QT 12 OZ ORDER QTY Royco 808H 3 in 1 or equivalent Any product listed in the QPL 6081 1 Any product listed in the QPL 6081 1 Any product listed in the QPL 7870 1 Any product listed in the QPL 6085 1 Aeroshell Turbine Oil 555 Royco Turbine Oil 555 Exxon Turbo Oil 25 10W30 204-040-755-005 TIOLUBE 460 Sandstrom 9A Lube-Lok 2109 TIOLUBE 70 Perma Slik G MATERIAL Table 13-2.13-00-00 Page 84 Rev. Grade 1100 MIL-PRF-6081. Tube Pack. Jet Engine Lubricating Oil. General Purpose. Light Machine Lubricating Oil. Hydraulic J 2362 (10W30) AS 5272 C-005 C-013 AS 5272 C-005 Lubricating Oil AS 5272 C-005 None MIL-L-23398. 2 16 FEB 2007 C-039 C-009 C-016 C-040 C-031 C-010 Lubricating Oil. Air Cured. Jet Engine Lubricating Oil. Type II C-021 C-015 MIL-L-23398. Cutting. Driveshaft Coupling Lubricant. Synthetic Base DOD-PRF-85734 C-030 MIL-PRF-7808. Piston Engine Lubricating Oil. Type II SPECIFICATION C-021 ITEM NO. Turbine Engine. Corrosion Inhibitor NOMENCLATURE MIL-L-6081 AEROSHELL 555 ROYCO 555 None 204-040-755-005 TIO LUBE 460 TIO-LUBE 70 BELL ORDER NO. Grade 1010 MIL-PRF-7870 MIL-PRF-6085 DOD-PRF-85734 C-030 C-020 DOD-PRF-85734 C-030 Lubricating Oil. Low Temperature Lubricating Oil. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 07950 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial 07950 Commercial Commercial 97499 Commercial Commercial Commercial 34568 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . Lubricant.

1. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 53912 53912 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial 07950 07950 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 85 . Synthetic Base NOMENCLATURE 232. Class STD C-011 JAN-M-621 MIL-PRF-23699. 2 C-462 EC-068 C-462 EC-068 C-426 C-426 MIL-PRF-23699. Class HTS MIL-PRF-23699. Class STD C-011 C-011 C-011 16 FEB 2007 Masking Tape for Acrylic Material Rev. 2109 Aeroshell Turbine Oil 500 Mobil Jet Oil II Mobil Jet Oil 254 Royco Turbine Oil 560 Royco Turbine Oil 500 Aeroshell Turbine Oil 560 Exxon Turbo Oil 2389 Aeroshell Turbine Oil 308 MATERIAL Table 13-2.MIL-PRF-23699. Class STD MIL-PRF-23699.00 WIDE MOBIL 254 ROYCO 560 ROYCO 500 AEROSHELL 560 MIL-L-7808 BELL ORDER NO. Roll (1” wide) 1 QT 1 QT 1 QT 1 QT 1 QT ORDER QTY Airtech Flashbreaker 2 Airtech Flashbreaker 1 Masking Tape No. Luse-Lok Lubricating Oil. Grade 3 C-010 Magnesium Fluoride MIL-PRF-7808. Grade 3 SPECIFICATION C-010 ITEM NO. Class HTS C-011 Masking Tape MIL-PRF-23699. Grade 3 C-010 C-393 MIL-PRF-7808. Turbine Engine. Class HTS C-011 C-115 MIL-PRF-7808.

.7 oz/sq. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 41335 41335 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial 61102 01195 2E760 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . 3/4 inch by 72 yards Nitric Acid.yd A-A-59166. Masking Tape. 1 inch by 72 yards Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Dichloromethane F-1200 Vapor-Off Pen 3M No. 23030 Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Mylar Tape.3 oz/sq. NOMENCLATURE Table 13-2. Walkway Nonwoven Fabric. Technical Nonslip Compound.13-00-00 Page 86 Rev. 1000 MATERIAL Metal Marking Ink. 3/4 inch by 72 yards Mylar Tape. Technical Grade Deoxidine 299 C-494 Cerex No. 12 inch Scotch Paper SPECIFICATION ITEM NO. Non-Permanent ORDER QTY C-420 BELL ORDER NO.yd Nonwoven Fabric. 2 16 FEB 2007 C-309 EC-081 S-309 C-379 C-458 C-457 C-432 EC-029 S-432 C-315 C-223 C-505 C-463 Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone (MEK) (Alternate C-305 or C-316) Methyl-Isobutyl-Ketone (MIBK) Mylar Tape. Type II A-A-59503 A-A-59105 ASTM D1153 ASTM D740 BLK. 23070 Cerex No.37038 GAL METHYL ETHYL KETONE 1 GAL 1 GAL N/A C-123 None Turco T4338 C-123 ASTM D4701 Cor D Smut 5215 C-123 C-534 EC-027 E-Pik 272 C-123 Metal Surface Conditioner Methylene Chloride. . Technical Nitrogen Gas. 1 inch by 72 yards Mylar Tape.

Topcoating. No Hazardous Air Pollutants Paint. 2 C-046 C-248 C-225 C-478 Paint Remover. Synthetic. F or Super F Tedlar.C-341 C-242 C-436 EC-030 Oakite Rust Stripper Paint Remover. Type I. Size E C-436 EC-030 C-577 ITEM NO. Resin Coated NOMENCLATURE Table 13-2. Silver Parting Film. General. Chlorinated Hydrocarbon C-492 Nylon Thread. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 53912 18873 58913 1N6B3 55208 Commercial 2E289 Commercial 61102 81349 Commercial 44389 Commercial Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 87 . Nylon Braid. Flat Electrical Tying. Epoxy & Polyurethane. PR-3700 MIL-R-81294. Type I or II TT-R-248 MIL-R-81294. 40S-Release Film Seymetal 1122 Turco 6813ED PR-3133 Any product meeting specification None 1 PT 1 PT ORDER QTY C-473 MIL-PRF-25134 TURCO 5351(T-5469) TURCO 5351(T-5469) 50 BELL ORDER NO. PVF No. Type I V-T-295. Epoxy & Polyurethane Paint Remover. Class 2 AMS 3817 SPECIFICATION C-435 C-436 EC-030 Paint Remover. Water Rinsable 16 FEB 2007 Rev. No Hazardous Air Pollutants Paint Remover. High Temperature Peel Ply Fabric. Non-Bonding C-217 C-046 Peelable Plastic Coating N/A Any product listed in the QPL 81294 1 Turco 5469 Oakite 90 Any product meeting specification MATERIAL TT-R-2918 TT-R-2918 None N/A Micropeel Airtech Release Ply B.

Peelable Plastic Coating SPECIFICATION ITEM NO. Age Control Petrolatum. 470 (Purple) C-434 C-565 3M No. 471 (Purple) VV-P-236 C-008 EC-031 PETROLATUM 13 OZ C-434 VV-P-236 C-008 EC-031 5 GAL Turco T-5580G TURCO 5580-G C-217 MATERIAL Glo-Rubber Indian Red ORDER QTY C-217 BELL ORDER NO. 471 471.00 WIDE 420 2..YEL.00 WIDE C-434 C-434 C-434 C-434 C-434 Airtech Airweave N-10 Airtech Airweave Super 10 C-565 3M No.75 WIDE 471. 420 (Lead Foil) C-434 Roll (2” wide) Roll (1” wide) 3M No. 2 16 FEB 2007 Polyester Breather Fabric Plating Tape.BLK. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 53912 53912 04963 04963 04963 04963 04963 04963 56059 56059 14429 04963 Commercial Commercial 61102 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . 471 SC-1 (Yellow) C-434 Roll (0.75” wide) Borden Chemical No. 6404 (Yellow) Any product meeting specification C-434 Roll (0. Technical Grade 4-HTP (Green) 3M No.13-00-00 Page 88 Rev. NOMENCLATURE Table 13-2. 420 (Lead Foil) 3M No. 420 (Lead Foil) 3M No..75 WIDE 420 1.75” wide) 13 OZ 3M No.

8671 3M No. Type I MIL-T-81772. Technical Grade. Y8561 299-947-117. [KCN] Polyurethane Thinner Polyurethane Tape MIL-T-81772. 85% Potassium Cyanide. Technical Grade. Copper Filled Polyurethane Enamel 299-947-328 C-502 Polyethylene Syringe SPECIFICATION C-258 ITEM NO. 2 Potassium Hydroxide (Caustic Potash). Type I C-233 ORDER QTY 3M No. Type II C-233 C-232 299-947-117. Type III C-235 C-045 EC-001 ASTM E1456. 599-A8574-1 Polyethylene Syringe Airtech Airweave Super 10 MATERIAL C-503 299-947-117. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial 04963 04963 76381 Commercial 97499 Commercial 97499 87354 97499 87354 52004 53912 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 89 .16 FEB 2007 Rev. 8671 299-947-113 Imron Polyurethane Enamel Imron 6000 (Basecoat/Clearcoat) Antenna Guard. Type II C-233 BELL ORDER NO. Type I 299-947-328 C-232 C-233 299-947-328 C-232 Polyurethane Conductive Coating. [KCN] (Acrylic and Alkyd) (Epoxy) (Polyurethane) 3M No. Y-1306 Lightning Guard. Type II C-235 C-506 MIL-T-81772. Type I 299-947-113 C-235 C-503 MILT81772 TYIII GAL 1 GAL None N/A Any product meeting specification Potassium Cyanide. High Pressure NOMENCLATURE Table 13-2. Polyester Breather Fabric. C-419 299-947-117. Solid Form.

2 16 FEB 2007 CRC-3. Type I or Type II C-578 Preservative Oil SPECIFICATION ITEM NO.13-00-00 Page 90 Rev. C-125 EC-032 MIL-C-6085. Aerosol or Bulk MIL-L-21260. NOMENCLATURE Table 13-2. Type II C-579 Preservative Oil. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) Commercial 09137 3AM52 81349 81349 81349 81349 81349 81349 09137 66724 66724 Commercial Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . Light.36 Dinitrol AV5 Oakite ProLine SPO 2 K-638 Dasco Guard 2411 Dasco Guard 2408 ACF-50 3M 5-Way Preventive Castrol 4135 C-125 EC-032 C-125 EC-032 C-125 EC-032 C-125 EC-032 C-125 EC-032 C-125 EC-032 C-125 EC-032 C-125 EC-032 WD 40 C-125 EC-032 C-125 EC-032 LPS 2 MATERIAL C-125 EC-032 12 OZ ORDER QTY LPS 1 WD-40 BELL ORDER NO.

Type II 299-947-322. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 97460 97460 71984 01139 71984 71984 83574 97499 6A670 K5635 K5635 04963 76381 Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 91 . Aerosol or Bulk SPECIFICATION ITEM NO. 513x411 Primer Base. 910x811 Curing Solution Dow Corning No. Urethane Compatible 16 FEB 2007 299-947-322. 910x456 Curing Solution DeSoto. 8403 Green 3M Scotchbrand 361 Castrol 4169 MATERIAL Table 13-2. Type I C-234 None C-337 C-234 None None C-337 C-337 None C-337 Primer. Type I C-260 C-202 C-202 Pressure Sensitive Tape Primer. 1 PT 1 PT 4 OZ 1 PT N/A 1 GAL KIT 2 QT KIT ORDER QTY Rev. 2 DeSoto. Potting Primer. Class 1 C-253 Primer.299-947-060. Catalyzed Epoxy Primer. NOMENCLATURE 1200 PRIMER SS4004 S2260-4OZ S2260 None SUPER KOROPON GAL SUPER KOROPON BELL ORDER NO. Type I C-403 Pressure Sensitive Adhesive Tape 299-947-110. Intermediate Cure 299-947-060. Silicone Adhesive None 299-947-320. EC3924B Super Koropon Super Koropon 3M No. Light. 1200 SS4004 Silicone primer Dow Corning S 2260 prime coat Dow Corning S 2260 prime coat PR-1523-M 3M No. 513x384 Primer Base. Class 1 C-253 C-535 EC-064 299-947-320. Type I C-125 EC-032 Preservative Oil.

015” 299-947-127 299-947-127 C-228 C-228 AMS 5685 AMS 5685 AMS 5685 C-441 Rubber Coated Fabric NASM20995 C-383 Rubber Cement.020”. CRES. 4 Cement Mono-Coat E 150 N-ODS C-555 NO 4 RUBBER CEMENT Loctite Frekote 44 NC C-555 A-A-3108 Release Agent MATERIAL C-438 ORDER QTY Prussian Blue BELL ORDER NO. 5253 No. AS100026 Safety Wire. VOC Compliant AMS 5685 C-554 Safety Wire.025 inch diameter Safety Wire. CRES.041”. Polyurethane. ITEM NO. 0. 0. Natural Rubber Base. 2 16 FEB 2007 AMS 5685 AMS 5685 AMS 5685 C-508 C-580 C-405 EC-025 C-447 EC-026 C-447 EC-026 C-447 EC-026 C-447 EC-026 Safety Wire. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 97499 33461 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial 89373 1HS43 Commercial 05972 Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . 0.13-00-00 Page 92 Rev. AS100029 Sanding Surfacer. AS100028 Safety Wire. Copper. Parts A & B No.032”. NOMENCLATURE SPECIFICATION Table 13-2. CRES. 0. Low Adhesion AS100029 5LB ROLL AS100029 1LB ROLL AS100029 AS100029 1LB ROLL AS100028 AS100026 MS20995CY15 -48 Roll (5 LB) Roll (1 LB) Roll (5 LB) Roll (1 LB) Roll (5 LB) Roll (1 LB) 4 FT 16 OZ 09GY006/09GY006C AT. 0. CRES.

Form R C-320 ASTM D5363. Grade 1 MIL-S-22473. Bottle Loctite 7649 Loctite 7649. Class 1. Grade N. Class 1. Class 2. Aerosol Can Permabond ASC10 MATERIAL Table 13-2.16 FEB 2007 ASTM D5363.75 OZ 6 OZ 4. Class 2. Form R C-320 C-352 MIL-S-22473. Form R C-320 Sealant. Group 04. 50 CC N/A N/A Each N/A 50 CC N/A N/A N/A 6 OZ 1. 4. Anaerobic.75 Fl. Group 04. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 05972 4Z400 05972 05972 05972 4Z400 3R2V1 3R2V1 05972 05972 05972 05972 3R2V1 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 93 . Grade 1 MIL-S-22473. AN0421 None None HM160 None 609 None None None LOCQUIC T 747 LOCTITE 7649 LOCQUIC N 6 OZ MIL-S-22473. Form R C-320 Sealant. Group 04. Net Wt. Grade 1 ASTM D5363. Grade N. Group 04. Grade 2 C-352 ASTM D5363. Grade T. Class 1. Group 04. Grade N. Grade 1 C-356 C-356 ASTM D5363.GR N4. Form R C-320 C-352 MIL-S-22473. Group 04. Class 1. NOMENCLATURE Rev. Form R C-320 ASTM D5363. Class 2. Class 1. Group 04. 2 ASTM D5363. Anaerobic. Group 04. Grade T. Grade N. Grade 1 C-352 MIL-S-22473. 1. Grade 2 C-352 C-356 ASTM D5363. Oz. Retaining Compound MIL-S-22473.5 Oz.5 OZ N/A ORDER QTY Loctite 635 Saf-T-Lok R80 Permabond HM160 Loctite 640 Loctite 609 Saf-T-Lok R01 Permabond HL138 Permabond ASC10 Loctite 7471 Loctite 7649. Activator for SPECIFICATION ITEM NO. Grade 1 ASTM D5363.5OZ None BELL ORDER NO.

Grade 3 ASTM D5363. Anaerobic. Class 5.5 OZ 50 CC 50 CC 50 CC 50 CC 50 CC 50 CC N/A N/A 50 CC N/A N/A N/A ORDER QTY AC-665 B-1/2 Loctite 078 Loctite 078 Loctite 080 Loctite 083 Loctite 087 Loctite 089 Permabond HL126 Saf-T-Lok T22 Permabond LM113 Loctite 222 Permabond HM161 MATERIAL Table 13-2. Class 1. Group 01. Corrosion Inhibitor MIL-PRF-81733. Grade 1 ASTM D5363. Fast Curing ASTM D5363. 2. Group 01. Class 6. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 1DWR5 05972 05972 05972 05972 05972 05972 3R2V1 4Z400 3R2V1 05972 3R2V1 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM .GR H 50CC MIL-S-22473. Slow Curing (Alternate C-299) ASTM D5363. Grade 2 ASTM D5363. Group 01. Grade 1 C-320 C-320 C-320 C-320 C-320 C-320 Sealant. Group 01. Grade 1 C-299 C-251 ASTM D5363. Type II ASTM D5363. Group 01. Class 2. Group 04. Group 03. Grade 1 C-299 Sealant. Class 4. Grade 1 ASTM D5363. Class 2. Group 03. 2 16 FEB 2007 ASTM D5363. Anaerobic. Group 01. Group 01. Type II ASTM D5363. Grade 1 ASTM D5363. Class 6.GR AV MILS22473 GR AA 50CC None None MILS46163TY11 GRM50CC None None None BELL ORDER NO. Class 1. Class 1.13-00-00 Page 94 Rev. Class 1. Grade 1 C-299 Sealant. Anaerobic Retaining Compound NOMENCLATURE MIL-PRF-81733 2.GR E MIL-S-22473GRC V50CC MIL-S-22473. Threadlocking. Grade 1 SPECIFICATION C-356 ITEM NO. Class 1. Class 1. Threadlocking. Grade 1 C-320 C-251 ASTM D5363. Sealant. Grade 1 C-299 MIL-PRF-81733.5 OZ MILS22473GRH 50CC MIL-S-22473. Group 03. Group 03.

Class B-1/2 MIL-PRF-81733. Class 7 C-559 C-572 C-308 EC-005 S-308 C-308 EC-005 S-308 Sealant. 1 PT 6 OZ 1 QT 1 PT 4 OZ 4 OZ ORDER QTY 16 FEB 2007 Rev. Corrosion Inhibitor. 2 Pro-Seal 890-B2 PR-1440. Type II C-251 C-396 MIL-PRF-81733. Retaining Compound Sealant. Type II C-251 Sealant. Type II. Class 7 299-947-107. Fuel & Corrosion Resistant. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 83574 83574 Commercial Commercial 28873 28873 28873 Commercial 0ZX56 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 95 . & Fuel Resistant.AMS-C-27725. Corrosion Inhibitor SPECIFICATION ITEM NO. High Adhesion AMS 3276 AMS-C-27725. Class B-2 Locktite 603 Any product meeting specification 823-730 PR1560-M 910-T-099 823-T-011 P/S 870 B-1/2 MATERIAL Table 13-2. Type II. Fuel Resistant Sealant. Type III. Temp. Class A AMS-C-27725. NOMENCLATURE AMS3276 1 PT MILS29574TYI CLB 6OZ MILS81733TY II-2 QT MILS81733TY II-2 PT MIL-PRF-81733 TYII MIL-PRF-81733 (4 OZ) BELL ORDER NO. Fume Tightness MIL-PRF-81733. Class A C-358 MIL-PRF-81733. Type II C-251 MIL-S-29574. Type II. Class A C-358 C-358 299-947-107. Polythioether MIL-PRF-81733. Type II C-251 Sealant. Type II. Type II C-251 Sealant. Type III.

Type IV 299-947-107. Type IV 299-947-107 TY3 CL7 AMS-S-8802. Class B2 C-308 EC-005 S-308 C-151 AMS-S-8802 QT AMS-S-8802. 2 16 FEB 2007 299-947-074. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 1DWR5 0ZX56 83527 14439 14439 83574 97499 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . Type III. Temp. Class B2 C-308 EC-005 S-308 299-947-074. Class 7 SPECIFICATION C-308 EC-005 S-308 ITEM NO. Class B2 C-308 EC-005 S-308 Sealing Compound. Type III. Class 7 C-308 EC-005 S-308 None None AMS-S-8802. Prefrozen AMS-S-8802 PT AMS-S-8802. Class 7 C-308 EC-005 S-308 BELL ORDER NO. Type III. Type III. 299-947-107. Class B2 C-308 EC-005 S-308 C-360 AMS-S-8802 6OZ 299-947-107. Corrosion Inhibitive. & Fuel Resistant. Class B-2 MATERIAL Table 13-2. Class 7 C-308 EC-005 S-308 C-151 299-947-107. Premixed. High Adhesion NOMENCLATURE N/A N/A 50 GRAMS 1 QT 1 PT 6 OZ ORDER QTY AC-665 B-2 P/S 870 B-2 Pro-Seal 711-EP-B2 CS3204-B2 CS3204-B2 PR-1440. Sealing Compound Sealant.13-00-00 Page 96 Rev.

2610-7087 10-C-2 28-C-1 CS 3330.299-947-074. Class B-2 PR-1773. Copper. Type I. Type I AMS 3284. Type I C-328 C-328 C-328 C-328 16 FEB 2007 Rev. TY 1 AMS 3267 None None DAPCO 2100 None 299-947-074 TY2 6OZ BELL ORDER NO. 1/16” thk NASM20995 299-947-144 AMS 3284. 0. Class B-2 PR-1428.020” C-F-206. Type I 299-947-074. Low Adhesion. Class B-2 Dapco 2100 CS 3100 299-947-074 Class 1. Class B-2 AC-615. Type II C-531 C-353 S-353 299-947-074. Type I C-328 C-523 AMS 3284.062 inch thick C-445 C-414 Shear Wire. Pin Hole Filler AMS 3267/4 C-328 Sealing Compound.5 OZ KIT N/A N/A 6OZ N/A 6 OZ ORDER QTY No. 2 C-445 Sheet. Sealing Compound. 2. 1 LB 25 GRAMS KIT 2 OZ KIT N/A N/A N/A 1 QT KIT 3. Class B-2 PR-1773. Type I AMS 3284. 0. Class 16R1X. Type I C-328 299-947-144 AMS 3284. Hard Felt (Rabbit Fur). or 3 MATERIAL Table 13-2. Type III AMS 3284. Removable Panels AMS 3374. Firewall Sealing Compound. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 91801 97499 Commercial 98795 98795 14439 83574 83574 1DWR5 83574 58093 14439 97499 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 97 . Premixed. Prefrozen NOMENCLATURE MS20995CY20 AMS3284 TY 1 AMS 3267 2OZ None None None AMS3284. Type I C-328 C-523 AMS 3267/4 C-328 Sealing Compound. Type II SPECIFICATION C-531 ITEM NO. Dielectric.

3 OZ Each Each ORDER QTY Silver Conductive Paint C-018 AMS 3726. Technical grade. Class 1 NO. [NaCl] Sn60WRMAP3 Sodiumthiosulphate (Na2S2O3) . Braided. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial 97499 97403 71984 Commercial Commercial Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . Na2(CO3) 130-053-( )-0 C-488 EC-075 1 FT Sodium Bicarbonate. Shellac Varnish SPECIFICATION ITEM NO. Na2(CO3) 130-053-( )-0 C-536 EC-072 Sleeving. [NaCl] C-501 Sodium Chloride. [NaCN] Sodium Bicarbonate.16g/L Any product meeting specification Sodium Cyanide.13-00-00 Page 98 Rev. NOMENCLATURE Table 13-2. Expendable P/N 13220E8197 No.4 SILICONE C-423 S-423 C-018 P-P-101 C-423 S-423 Silicon Carbide Abrasive Paper Silicone Compound ABRASIVE 240 GRIT C-567 Shimming Compound. [NaCN] Sodium Chloride. Electronic Grade ANSI J-STD-006 ASTM D456 None None N/A N/A S640-10 C-501 Sodium Cyanide. Anhydrous Sodiumthiosulphate (Na2S2O3) 16g/L Solder. 4 Cement Silicon Carbide Abrasive Paper Silicon Carbide Abrasive Paper DMS-4-828 MATERIAL C-224 None 5. Filled Resin A-A-8. Type I. 2 16 FEB 2007 C-507 C-118 C-243 C-538 Sodium Hydroxide (Caustic Soda). Grade B. Technical grade. Body 2 C-211 BELL ORDER NO.

BAg-9 ANSI J-STD-006 C-540 EC-040 C-537 EC-045 ANSI J-STD-006 SPECIFICATION C-539 EC-042 ITEM NO. 603 Steel Wool Spacers Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification DuPont Prep-Sol 3919S Kester 185 Sn63WS Sn63WRMAP3 Sn62WS Sn62WRMAP Sn60WS MATERIAL Table 13-2. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 09800 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial 18873 29700 75297 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 99 . Drycleaning.050 inches thick Steel Wool C-544 Spacers C-304 EC-046 C-038 Soluble Oil. Rosin ANSI J-STD-006 C-541 A-A-208. Brazing Alloy. 5 GAL 1 GAL 1 GAL N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A ORDER QTY Rev. Electronic Grade NOMENCLATURE MIL-PRF-680TYII PD680 KESTER FLUX #185 None None None None None None BELL ORDER NO. Type II MIL-PRF-680. Type II MIL-I-24453 ANSI J-STD-004 QQ-B-654. Silver Solder.Color No. Corrosion Inhibitor ANSI J-STD-006 C-543 EC-044 C-532 EC-023 ANSI J-STD-006 C-542 Soldering Flux. Solder. Degreaser 16 FEB 2007 C-411 C-499 Stencil Ink C-515 Steel Metal Sheet. Hard. 2 Any product meeting specification .C-386 C-304 EC-046 Solvent Solvent. Type I AMS 6345 MIL-PRF-680. Normalized 4130. 0.

Exterior. 35/65 Silicon Dioxide Tape. Technical Grade. Copper C-389 C-585 Stencil Ink Stoddard Solvent.13-00-00 Page 100 Rev. Degreasing ITEM NO. Type II 299-947-110. Mineral Spirits. 1 C-413 Surgical Tubing Enstrip S C-413 3M No. C-413 A-A-3164 MIL-PRF-680. Adhesive. NOMENCLATURE Table 13-2. VOC Compliant Synthetic Rubber Coated Fabric Talcum Powder. 2 16 FEB 2007 299-947-110. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 97499 76381 Commercial 89373 Commercial 43729 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial 09800 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . Type II 299-947-110. 5453 Any product meeting specification Synthetic Rubber Coated Fabric Any product meeting specification Surgical Tubing LAR 388 Metex Strip Aid C-413 C-545 EC-047 Rostrip M-10 Any product meeting specification MATERIAL C-413 5 LB ORDER QTY ALK-Cu Strip MILT50036 BELL ORDER NO.TYII 1. Type II 299-947-110.5” wide) Roll (1” wide) Wetalyne Stripper No.5 5453 Roll (2” wide) Roll (1. Type T1 C-433 299-947-110. Type I A-A-208.TYII. 2IN 299-947-110. Type II C-226 C-442 C-408 C-454 C-454 C-454 C-454 Synthetic Lacquer. Type III SPECIFICATION Stripper Strip Aid. Camouflage. Pressure Sensitive A-A-59303.

299-947-110.1/8X3. Class 1 C-460 EC-056 C-456 299-947-110.5” wide) Roll (3” wide) N/A Roll (1”x36 yards) N/A Roll (5/8” wide) ORDER QTY 3M No. 4408 MIL-T23142 . Type III. Class 1 C-460 EC-056 A-A-59298 CHR HM426 Roll (2”x36 yards) C-456 299-947-110. NOMENCLATURE Table 13-2.75 WIDE 3M Polyester Tape 853 3M Polyester Tape 853 3M Polyester Tape 853 CHR 2255-2 3M PTFE Film Tape 5490 CHR 2285-2 MATERIAL C-509 Roll (0. Dissimilar Metal Separation 299-947-110.75” wide) 3M No. 4408 3M No. Class 1 C-460 EC-056 A-A-59298 299-947-110. 4408 4408. Anti-chafing Rev. Type III. Adhesive. Type II C-454 Tape. Type III.5” wide) Roll (1” wide) Roll (3. Type III. Class 1 C-460 EC-056 C-456 299-947-110. Type III. 2 C-509 4408.BLK Roll Roll (0. Adhesive.00 WIDE A-A-59298 299-947-110TY3C L1 None 71643 299-947-110TY3C L1 2I 299-947-110 TY3 CL1 None 299-947-110TY2 5/8 BELL ORDER NO. C-509 A-A-59298 299-947-110. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 04963 04963 04963 76381 76381 76381 97499 1ECV7 97499 76381 1ECV7 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 101 . Type III. Class 1 C-460 EC-056 Tape.500 WIDE A-A-59298 1. Pressure Sensitive SPECIFICATION ITEM NO.. Class 1 C-460 EC-056 16 FEB 2007 Tape. Pressure Sensitive.

Plastic (PMB) C-581 ASTM D5486/D 5486M. Flatback. Polyurethane A-A-52081 C-547 Tape.13-00-00 Page 102 Rev. Fiberglass/Aluminum Foil Tape. 2 16 FEB 2007 NO 444 299-947-113 299-947-113 C-466 C-466 Tape. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 76381 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial 04963 04963 04963 04963 04963 04963 04963 04963 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . Foam. 4408 MATERIAL 3M No. High Adhesion None C-511 C-401 None C-511 Roll (2” wide) 3M No. NOMENCLATURE Table 13-2.50WIDE Roll (0. Waterproof A-A-52084 C-518 Tape. 250 3M No. 4508 C-509 Tape. 363 3M Double Coated Tape 444 Tape. Double Emulsion 4408. Polyester Lacing 299-947-113 .2.2. Aramid Roll (2” wide) Roll C-410 A-A-52084 C-504 Tape. Lacing. Anti-chafing SPECIFICATION C-510 ITEM NO. 3M No. 4370 3M No. Packaging.00 WIDE BELL ORDER NO. Soundproofing 363.5” wide) Roll (2” wide) 3M No. Type III C-581 Tape.00 WIDE 3M444 3M Double Coated Tape 444 Tape. 8671 BT-100 (Anchor Continental) BT-100 C-576 Any product meeting specification AA52084-C-3 AA52084-C-2 Tape 500 (3M) Each Roll (100' long) C-576 LACING TAPE SIZE 3 AA52084-C-2 3M No. 4508 Roll (2” wide) ORDER QTY C-510 Tape.

2.00 WIDE 472.00 WIDE 472. Thread.1. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) Commercial Commercial 0NRE6 53912 0NRE6 0NRE6 76381 76381 76381 09257 Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 103 .BLK. Vinyl Tedlar.3760P 472. 2 XTPA-080 Any product meeting specification No. Teflon C-453 16 FEB 2007 C-481 C-550 EC-065 C-546 Tetrahydrofuran (THF) Thermoplastic Sealant Tape None N/A Rev.00 WIDE 299-947-110TY3C 2 3IN 299-947-110 TY3 CL2 299-947-113 6IN BELL ORDER NO. Type III. NOMENCLATURE Table 13-2.BLK. Silicone Adhesive Tape.BLK. Perforated None C-448 Tape. E3760 3M Vinyl Tape 472 3M Vinyl Tape 472 3M Vinyl Tape 472 Thread Tape MATERIAL C-477 S-477 1 SQ FT Roll (3” wide) Roll (2” wide) Roll (1” wide) Roll (3” wide) Roll (0.5” wide) Roll (6” wide) ORDER QTY No. Polyurethane SPECIFICATION ITEM NO. Class 2 C-549 EC-051 C-553 C-553 Tape.299-947-110. X1106 No. Type III. C-477 S-477 A-A-59282 None C-453 C-477 S-477 None C-453 Tape. 3760P C-477 S-477 Teflon-Dacron Fabric Airtech Wrightlon 4500 or 4500P No. Vac Pac. E-3760P1 or E-3760P2 VACPAC NO. 1/2 inch wide A-A-59474 299-947-113 C-466 Tape.3. Class 2 299-947-110.

Class 3 AMS-DTL-23053/18. M23053/18-303-C Class 3 AMS-DTL-23053/18. Vapor Degreaser (Alternate C-563) A-A-59107 C-306 EC-059 Toluene. Cellulose Nitrate Thinner. 7075-T6. Heat Shrinkable WW-T-700/7B ASTM D4080 C-524 M23053/18-304-0 M23053/18-303-0 M23053/18-302-0 M23053/18-302-C TTT548 Trichloroethylene. Dope. 0. M23053/18-305-C Class 3 C-514 C-493 C-493 C-493 C-493 C-493 C-493 C-493 Tube. Technical Grade PASAJEL107 BELL ORDER NO. M23053/18-304-C Class 3 AMS-DTL-23053/18. Aluminum alloy.13-00-00 Page 104 Rev. C-395 A-A-857 MIL-T-19544 MIL-T-6095 SPECIFICATION Titanium Cleaner C-206 EC-057 C-206 EC-057 C-205 Thinner. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial 2B665 Commercial Commercial Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . Class 3 AMS-DTL-23053/18. NOMENCLATURE 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 55 GAL 1 QT ORDER QTY Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Pasa-Jell 107 Any product meeting specification MATERIAL Table 13-2. Class 3 AMS-DTL-23053/18. 2 16 FEB 2007 AMS-DTL-23053/18.156 inches thick wall Tubing. Nitrate Cellulose Lacquer ITEM NO. Insulation. Class 3 AMS-DTL-23053/18.

Class 1 AMS-DTL-23053/18. Heat Shrinkable SPECIFICATION ITEM NO. Class 3 C-493 AMS-DTL-23053/5. 2 M23053/5-105-0 M23053/5-104-0 M23053/5-103-9 M23053/8-004-C M23053/8-001-C None M23053/18-307-0 M23053/18-306-0 M23053/18-305-0 M23053/18-310-0 M23053/18-309-0 M23053/18-308-C AMS-DTL-23053/18. Class 3 C-493 BELL ORDER NO. Class 3 C-493 Rev. Class 1 AMS-DTL-23053/18. Insulation. Class 3 AMS-DTL-23053/4. NOMENCLATURE 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT N/A 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT ORDER QTY Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification ATUM (RK-6025) Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification MATERIAL Table 13-2. Class 3 C-493 C-589 EC-069 AMS-DTL-23053/18. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial 06090 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 105 . Class 3 C-493 C-589 EC-069 AMS-DTL-23053/18.16 FEB 2007 AMS-DTL-23053/18. Class 1 AMS-DTL-23053/18. M23053/18-306-C Class 3 C-493 AMS-DTL-23053/5. Tubing. M23053/18-310-C Class 3 C-493 C-589 EC-069 AMS-DTL-23053/18. Class 3 AMS-DTL-23053/8 AMS-DTL-23053/8 C-493 C-587 EC-071 C-588 C-588 AMS-DTL-23053/5.

Class 1 AMS-DTL-23053/5. Class 2 C-589 EC-069 C-589 EC-069 C-589 EC-069 C-589 EC-069 C-589 EC-069 C-589 EC-069 C-589 EC-069 C-589 EC-069 C-589 EC-069 C-589 EC-069 C-590 EC-070 MIL-DTL-83133. N/A 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT ORDER QTY Refer to Flight Manual for approved fuels Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification MATERIAL Table 13-2. Class 1 AMS-DTL-23053/5. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . Class 1 C-589 EC-069 C-003 AMS-DTL-23053/5. Class 1 AMS-DTL-23053/5. Insulation. Class 1 AMS-DTL-23053/4.13-00-00 Page 106 Turbine Fuel Tubing. None M23053/4-203-0 M23053/5-109-9 M23053/5-118-0 M23053/5-103-0 M23053/5-102-0 M23053/5-111-0 M23053/5-109-2 M23053/5-109-0 M23053/5-108-0 M23053/5-107-9 M23053/5-107-0 M23053/5-106-9 M23053/5-106-0 BELL ORDER NO. Class 1 SPECIFICATION C-589 EC-069 ITEM NO. Class 1 AMS-DTL-23053/5. Class 1 AMS-DTL-23053/5. 2 16 FEB 2007 AMS-DTL-23053/5. Class 1 AMS-DTL-23053/5. Class 1 AMS-DTL-23053/5. Class 1 AMS-DTL-23053/5. Heat Shrinkable NOMENCLATURE Rev. Grade JP-8 AMS-DTL-23053/5. Class 1 AMS-DTL-23053/5.

<275F Cure #1FLUID4OZ ULTRACHEM None N/A Refer to Flight Manual for approved fuels SM-5127 ASTM D6615 C-003 None N/A Refer to Flight Manual for approved fuels C-370 ASTM D1655. Sealing Compound. Vacuum Bag. <350F Cure Ultrachem Assembly Fluid No. Nylon. Ultrachem Assembly Fluid No. Type Jet A-1 C-003 None N/A Refer to Flight Manual for approved fuels MATERIAL Vacuum Bag. 2 53912 53912 53912 53912 53912 53309 56385 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 13-00-00 Page 107 . Vacuum Bag. Sealing Compound. Sealing Compound. 1 Refer to Flight Manual for approved fuels C-259 4 OZ N/A Refer to Flight Manual for approved fuels Vacuum Bag. Grade JP-5 C-003 Turbine Fuel SPECIFICATION ITEM NO.Airtech GS-100B (1/8” x 1/2”) Airtech GS-213-3 (1/8” x 1/2”) Airtech GS-213-3 (1/8” x 1/2”) Airtech Wrightlon WL7400 (Blue/Green) Airtech Ipplon WN1500 (Blue) C-259 C-566 C-257 C-257 Vacuum Bag. Grade JP-4 C-003 None BELL ORDER NO. Sealing Compound ASTM D1655. NOMENCLATURE Table 13-2. Sealing Compound. Type Jet A C-003 None N/A ORDER QTY C-024 MIL-DTL-5624. Vacuum Bagging Film. Nylon. <440F Cure Vacuum Bagging Film. 1 MIL-DTL-5624. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 16 FEB 2007 Rev.

BLK C-468 C-485 Welding Tube (DT600HM).125 inch Hard Facing C-484 Concord 1600 Welding Tube (Borium).BLK. Waterproof.1/8X1. Varnish.75” wide) ORDER QTY Wax.75 WIDE C-468 Vinyl Tape MIL-V-173 CP1 C-249 A-A-1800. Solvent Type MILW18723 4508 1-2IN C-468 MIL-W-18723 4508.5” wide) Roll (0. 4508 (Black) 3M No. 0.125 inch Hard Facing Welding Tube (Borium). <440F Cure NOMENCLATURE Table 13-2. Perchloroethylene Airtech Ipplon WN1500 (Blue) MATERIAL C-412 Roll Roll (0. 0.. Vapor Degreaser Vacuum Bagging Film. Type 2 C-249 Varnish ASTM D4376 SPECIFICATION C-563 EC-060 C-564 ITEM NO.125 inch Hard Facing C-484 Welding Tube (DT600HM). Type I or II MIL-V-173 C-249 C-237 MIL-V-173 CP2 C-249 BELL ORDER NO. 2 16 FEB 2007 4508. 4508 (Black) Any product meeting specification Tetrachloroethylene. 0.13-00-00 Page 108 Rev. Alkaline Resistant MIL-V-173 Amend 2. Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) 26195 2M161 57965 Commercial 04963 04963 04963 Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial Commercial 53912 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM . Nylon.125 inch Hard Facing 1 GAL 3M No. 0. Vacuum Bagging Film. 0. 4508 (Black) 3M No. Nylon.125 inch Hard Facing Welding Tube (Borium).

Consumable Materials List — Nomenclature Versus Item Number (Cont) Commercial Commercial Commercial 91775 84083 CAGE/FSCM/ SOURCE BHT-ALL-SPM 16 FEB 2007 Rev. MIL-PRF-8116 C-201 EC-033 Zinc Chromate Primer C-200 TT-P-1757 C-469 Wicking Cloth. 2 13-00-00 Page 109/110 . Non-Hardening TT-P-1757 C-496 Wet Blasting Abrasive SPECIFICATION ITEM NO.C-201 EC-033 1 MILP8116 TT-P-1757 TT-P-1757-CP G BELL ORDER NO. 3/0. General Purpose.com for free public access to the Qualified Products List (QPL).assistdocs. Fiberglass or Equivalent Zinc Chromate Putty.S. Government web site http://www. 3/0 Inspection Grade MATERIAL Refer to the U. NOMENCLATURE Table 13-2. 16 OZ 12 OZ 3 OZ ORDER QTY Any product meeting specification Any product meeting specification HG32-38 inch Flint Quartz No.

.

Type I (C-301) 299-947-066. Grade 06 (C-364) 299-947-038.78°C) 60 to 90 minutes 10 to 50 PSI (69 to 345 kPa) 3 months at 40 to 60°F (4 to 16°C) BR1009-49 FM1000-5302 340-355°F (171 to 179. Type I. Type I. Type I (C-323) RP1257-3 Room temp or 125 to 175°F (52 to 80°C) (alternate) 24 hours or 1 hour (alternate) None 12 months at room temp None EA 960-A EQ 960-B Room temp or 125 to 175°F (52 to 80°C) (alternate) 24 hours or 1 hour (alternate) None 12 months at room temp None ALTERNATE CURE TEMP 299-947-038. Type III Scotch-Weld TE031 (natural color) Room temp 2 days 5 to 20 PSI (35 to 138 kPa) 6 months at room temp None 299-947-072. Grade 08 (C-364) FM1000-EP15 299-947-038. Form S. Grade 06 (C-364) 299-947-066.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 13-3. Form B. Type II 16 FEB 2007 Rev.78°C) 60 to 90 minutes 10 to 50 PSI (69 to 345 kPa) 3 months at 40 to 60°F (4 to 16°C) BR1009-49 Scotch-Weld 3549 (brown) Room temp or 160°F (71°C) (alternate) 2 days or 2 hours (alternate) 5 to 20 PSI (35 to 138 kPa) 6 months at room temp None Dapcotac 3013 (natural color) Room temp or 160°F (71°C) (alternate) 2 days or 2 hours (alternate) 5 to 20 PSI (35 to 138 kPa) 6 months at room temp None Scotch-Weld 3549 (brown) Room temp or 160°F (71°C) (alternate) 2 days or 2 hours (alternate) 5 to 20 PSI (35 to 138 kPa) 6 months at room temp None Dapcotac 3013 (black) Room temp or 160°F (71°C) (alternate) 2 days or 2 hours (alternate) 5 to 20 PSI (35 to 138 kPa) 6 months at room temp None 299-947-066. Type I.78°C) 60 to 90 minutes 10 to 50 PSI (69 to 345 kPa) 3 months at 40 to 60°F (4 to 16°C) BR1009-49 FM1000 340-355°F (171 to 179. Alternates for Bell Helicopter Textron Adhesives BELL SPEC (ITEM NO. Form U. 2 PRIMER 13-00-00 Page 111 .) CURE TIME CURE PRESSURE STORAGE LIFE 340-355°F (171 to 179.

2 16 FEB 2007 PRIMER . Alternates for Bell Helicopter Textron Adhesives (Cont) BELL SPEC (ITEM NO.) CURE TIME CURE PRESSURE STORAGE LIFE Room temp or 125 to 175°F (52 to 80°C) (alternate) 24 hours or 1 hour (alternate) None 12 months at room temp None EA 960-F EQ 960-B Room temp or 125 to 175°F (52 to 80°C) (alternate) 24 hours or 1 hour (alternate) None 12 months at room temp None 299-947-072. Type II (C-323) 299-947-099 (C-313) 13-00-00 Page 112 ALTERNATE CURE TEMP RP1257-4 Rev.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 13-3. Type IV APF 4 Room temp 30 minutes None 12 months at room temp None 299-947-092 (C-303) PS-18 Room temp or 120 to 150°F (49 to 66°C) (alternate) 30 minutes or 10 minutes (alternate) additional 24 hours Firm contact 6 months at 50 to 60°F (10 to 16°C) None PS-30 Room temp or 120 to 150°F (49 to 66°C) (alternate) 30 minutes or 10 minutes (alternate) additional 24 hours Firm contact 6 months at 50 to 60°F (10 to 16°C) None Metalset A-4 Room temp or 145 to 180°F (63 to 82°C) (alternate) 24 hours or 30 minutes (alternate) Firm contact 12 months at 40 to 80°F (4 to 27°C) or 18 months below 40°F (4°C) None EA 9340 Room temp or 145 to 180°F (63 to 82°C) (alternate) 24 hours or 30 minutes (alternate) Firm contact 12 months at 40 to 80°F (4 to 27°C) or 18 months below 40°F (4°C) None 299-947-072.

Type I. 2 PRIMER 13-00-00 Page 113 . Class 6 299-947-100. Class 2 (C-317) 16 FEB 2007 Rev. Alternates for Bell Helicopter Textron Adhesives (Cont) BELL SPEC (ITEM NO.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 13-3. Type II.) CURE TIME CURE PRESSURE STORAGE LIFE Room temp or 145 to 180°F (63 to 82°C) (alternate) 24 hours or 30 minutes (alternate) Firm contact 12 months at 40 to 80°F (4 to 27°C) or 18 months below 40°F (4°C) None EC 3448 225 to 300°F (107 to 149°C) 55 to 65 minutes Firm contact to 10 PSI (69 kPa) 180 days below 0°F (-18°C) None Magnobond 6398 Room temp or 190 to 210°F (88 to 99°C) (alternate) 5 to 7 days or 55 to 65 minutes (alternate) None or firm contact to 10 PSI (69 kPa) (alternate) 12 months below 40°F (4°C) or 90 days at 40 to 85°F (4 to 29°C) or 60 days at 85 to 100°F (29 to 38°C) None Hysol EA934NA Room temp or 175 to 185°F (80 to 85°C) (alternate) 5 to 7 days or 55 to 65 minutes (alternate) None or firm contact to 10 PSI (69 kPa) (alternate) 12 months below 40°F (4°C) or 90 days at 40 to 85°F (4 to 29°C) or 60 days at 85 to 100°F (29 to 38°C) None Hysol EA9392 Room temp or 175 to 185°F (80 to 85°C) (alternate) 5 to 7 days or 55 to 65 minutes (alternate) None or firm contact to 10 PSI (69 kPa) (alternate) 12 months below 40°F (4°C) or 90 days at 40 to 85°F (4 to 29°C) or 60 days at 85 to 100°F (29 to 38°C) None ALTERNATE CURE TEMP 299-947-099 (C-313) Araldite AV1258/ HV1258 299-947-100.

Class 4 EC 1469 320 to 340°F (160 to 171°C) or 340 to 360°F (171 to 182°C) (alternate) 55 to 65 minutes or 50 to 60 minutes (alternate) Firm contact to 10 PSI (69 kPa) 12 months below 40°F (4°C) or 90 days at 40 to 85°F (4 to 29°C) or 60 days at 85 to 100°F (29 to 38°C) None 299-947-107. Class 3 (C-363) Scotchgrip 1300L 13-00-00 Page 114 Rev.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 13-3. Alternates for Bell Helicopter Textron Adhesives (Cont) ALTERNATE CURE TEMP CURE TIME CURE PRESSURE STORAGE LIFE Hysol EA956 Room temp or 195 to 205°F (91 to 96°C) (alternate) 5 to 7 days or 55 to 65 minutes (alternate) None or firm contact to 10 PSI (69 kPa) (alternate) 12 months below 40°F (4°C) or 90 days at 40 to 85°F (4 to 29°C) or 60 days at 85 to 100°F (29 to 38°C) None Magnobond 6367 Room temp or 190 to 210°F (88 to 99°C) (alternate) 5 to 7 days or 55 to 65 minutes (alternate) None or firm contact to 10 PSI (69 kPa) 12 months below 40°F (4°C) or 90 days at 40 to 85°F (4 to 29°C) or 60 days at 85 to 100°F (29 to 38°C) None 299-947-100. 2 16 FEB 2007 Per manufacturers instructions PRIMER . Type II.) 299-947-100. Class 1 (C-324) Pro-Seal 596 Join after tacky stage when heated to 250 to 260°F (121 to 127°C) None Firm contact 180 days at 40 to 80°F (4 to 27°C) None Scotchgrip 1300 Join after tacky stage at room temp 5 to 10 minutes Firm contact 180 days at 40 to 80°F (4 to 27°C) None 180 days at 40 to 80°F (4 to 27°C) None BELL SPEC (ITEM NO. Type I. Type II.

or BR 6747-1 16 FEB 2007 Rev.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 13-3. Type I. Class 4 (C-311) A-1231-B 299-947-107. Type I (C-362) Per manufacturers instructions A1503B A1343B 190 to 210°F (88 to 99°C) 12 hours Firm contact 180 days at 40 to 80°F (4 to 27°C) None Cytec N-1113 260 to 290°F (127 to 143°C) 60 minutes minimum 40 PSI (276 kPa) 180 days below 0°F (-18°C) 6726. 2 13-00-00 Page 115 . Class 5 (C-325) EC-776 275 to 280°F (135 to 138°C) and allow to cool to room temp None Firm contact 180 days at 40 to 80°F (4 to 27°C) None 299-947-107. Type II. Alternates for Bell Helicopter Textron Adhesives (Cont) BELL SPEC (ITEM NO. Type III. Type I. 6740.) 299-947-107. Type III. Class 6 (C-310) Magna-Tac M-24 315 to 320°F (157 to 160°C) or 250 to 260°F (121 to 127°C) (alternate 1) or room temp (alternate 2) 25 to 30 minutes or 60 to 70 minutes (alternate 1) or 24 hours (alternate 2) Firm contact 180 days at 40 to 80°F (4 to 27°C) None 299-947-107. Class 8 (C-376) (C-377) 299-947-121. Class B-2 Room temp then 180 to 190°F (82 to 88°C) 1 hour then 1hour Firm contact 180 days at 40 to 80°F (4 to 27°C) None 180 days at 40 to 80°F (4 to 27°C) None CS 3204-B2 299-947-107. Class 7 (C-308) Pro-Seal 890-B2 Room temp then 180 to 190°F (82 to 88°C) 1 hour then 1hour Firm contact 180 days at 40 to 80°F (4 to 27°C) None PR-1440. Class 3 (C-357) ALTERNATE CURE TIME CURE TEMP CURE PRESSURE Per manufacturers instructions Scotchgrip Industrial Adhesive #4550 Spray Adhesive Join after tacky #77 stage at room temp 24 hours Firm contact Per manufacturers instructions STORAGE LIFE PRIMER 180 days at 40 to 80°F (4 to 27°C) None 180 days at 40 to 80°F (4 to 27°C) None 180 days at 40 to 80°F (4 to 27°C) None 299-947-107. Class 2 (C-333) 299-947-107. Type II. Type IV.

or BR 6747-1 FM 53 260 to 290°F (127 to 143°C) 60 minutes minimum 40 PSI (276 kPa) 180 days below 0°F (-18°C) BR 53 FM 87 260 to 290°F (127 to 143°C) 60 minutes minimum 40 PSI (276 kPa) 180 days below 0°F (-18°C) BR 127 AF 163-2(U/S) 260 to 290°F (127 to 143°C) 60 minutes minimum 40 PSI (276 kPa) 180 days below 0°F (-18°C) EC 3924B FM 87 260 to 290°F (127 to 143°C) 60 minutes minimum 40 PSI (276 kPa) 180 days below 0°F (-18°C) BR 127 FM 53L 260 to 290°F (127 to 143°C) 60 minutes minimum 40 PSI (276 kPa) 180 days below 0°F (-18°C) BR 53 Cytec N-1113 260 to 290°F (127 to 143°C) 60 minutes minimum 40 PSI (276 kPa) 180 days below 0°F (-18°C) 6726. 6740. 2 16 FEB 2007 PRIMER . Type III 299-947-121. Type II (C-361) 299-947-121. Type IV 13-00-00 Page 116 ALTERNATE CURE TEMP CURE TIME CURE PRESSURE STORAGE LIFE FM 53 260 to 290°F (127 to 143°C) 60 minutes minimum 40 PSI (276 kPa) 180 days below 0°F (-18°C) BR 53 FM 87 260 to 290°F (127 to 143°C) 60 minutes minimum 40 PSI (276 kPa) 180 days below 0°F (-18°C) BR 127 AF 163-2K 260 to 290°F (127 to 143°C) 60 minutes minimum 40 PSI (276 kPa) 180 days below 0°F (-18°C) EC 3924B Cytec N-1113 260 to 290°F (127 to 143°C) 60 minutes minimum 40 PSI (276 kPa) 180 days below 0°F (-18°C) 6726. or BR 6747-1 FM 53 260 to 290°F (127 to 143°C) 60 minutes minimum 40 PSI (276 kPa) 180 days below 0°F (-18°C) BR 53 FM 87 260 to 290°F (127 to 143°C) 60 minutes minimum 40 PSI (276 kPa) 180 days below 0°F (-18°C) BR 127 AF 163-2K 260 to 290°F (127 to 143°C) 60 minutes minimum 40 PSI (276 kPa) 180 days below 0°F (-18°C) EC 3924B Rev. 6740.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 13-3. Alternates for Bell Helicopter Textron Adhesives (Cont) BELL SPEC (ITEM NO.) 299-947-121. Type I (C-362) 299-947-121.

Type VI FM 87 260 to 290°F (127 to 143°C) 60 minutes minimum 40 PSI (276 kPa) 180 days below 0°F (-18°C) BR 127 299-947-125.) ALTERNATE CURE TEMP CURE TIME CURE PRESSURE STORAGE LIFE 299-947-121. Type II. 2 PRIMER 13-00-00 Page 117 . Type III (C-314) 16 FEB 2007 Rev. Class 1 (C-300) Dapcotac 3300 Room temp 5 days Firm contact 6 months at 40 to 80°F (4 to 27°C) S-2260 299-947-152. Type I (C-331) EA 9309NA Room temp or 175 to 185°F (80 to 85°C) (alternate) 3 days or 60 minutes (alternate) Firm contact 12 months at 40 to 80°F (4 to 27°C) None 299-947-125. Alternates for Bell Helicopter Textron Adhesives (Cont) BELL SPEC (ITEM NO. Type II (C-346) 299-947-152. Type I. Class 2 (C-307) RTV 732 Room temp 5 days Firm contact 6 months at 40 to 80°F (4 to 27°C) 1200 RTV 108 Room temp 5 days Firm contact 6 months at 40 to 80°F (4 to 27°C) SS-4004 RTV 106 Room temp 5 days Firm contact 6 months at 40 to 80°F (4 to 27°C) SS-4004 RTV 736 Room temp 5 days Firm contact 6 months at 40 to 80°F (4 to 27°C) 1200 RTV 730 Room temp 5 days Firm contact 6 months at 40 to 80°F (4 to 27°C) 1200 Q42817 Room temp 5 days Firm contact 6 months at 40 to 80°F (4 to 27°C) 1200 FRV 1106 Room temp 5 days Firm contact 6 months at 40 to 80°F (4 to 27°C) SS-4004 299-947-152. Type V FM 87 260 to 290°F (127 to 143°C) 60 minutes minimum 40 PSI (276 kPa) 180 days below 0°F (-18°C) BR 127 299-947-121. Type I.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 13-3. Class 2 (C-397) EA 9320NA Room temp or 175 to 185°F (80 to 85°C) (alternate) 5 days or 60 minutes (alternate) Firm contact 12 months at 40 to 80°F (4 to 27°C) None 299-947-152.

13-00-00 Page 118 Rev. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). please refer to the manufacturers Technical Data Sheet. 2 16 FEB 2007 . Alternates for Bell Helicopter Textron Adhesives (Cont) BELL SPEC (ITEM NO. or any other applicable documentation available through Bell Helicopter Textron. application. Type V.BHT-ALL-SPM Table 13-3. and use of these alternate adhesives. Class 2 (C-300) ALTERNATE CURE TEMP CURE TIME CURE PRESSURE STORAGE LIFE 3-6077 Room temp 7 days Firm contact 6 months at 40 to 80°F (4 to 27°C) PRIMER 1200 NOTE: For any additional information pertaining to the definition.) 299-947-152.